[Pkg-samba-maint] [SCM] CTDB branch, debian-sid, updated. upstream/2.1-37-ge57653f
Mathieu Parent
math.parent at gmail.com
Thu Jun 6 20:19:35 UTC 2013
The following commit has been merged in the debian-sid branch:
commit a3ad09158ea89cdbba4fe98e9de13cceb5fe0bd4
Author: Mathieu Parent <math.parent at gmail.com>
Date: Thu Jun 6 21:06:15 2013 +0200
Imported Upstream version 2.2+debian0
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index 6a71e4d..a76dc38 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -28,4 +28,5 @@ tests/takeover/ctdb_takeover.pyc
tests/eventscripts/var
tests/eventscripts/etc/iproute2
tests/eventscripts/etc-ctdb/policy_routing
-include/version.h
+include/ctdb_version.h
+packaging/RPM/ctdb.spec
diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in
index fef2e45..bfeccf8 100755
--- a/Makefile.in
+++ b/Makefile.in
@@ -42,19 +42,25 @@ TDB_LIBS = @TDB_LIBS@
TDB_CFLAGS = @TDB_CFLAGS@
TDB_OBJ = @TDB_OBJ@
+REPLACE_OBJ = @LIBREPLACEOBJ@
+
SOCKET_WRAPPER_OBJ = @SOCKET_WRAPPER_OBJS@
PMDA_LIBS = -lpcp -lpcp_pmda
PMDA_INSTALL = @CTDB_PMDA_INSTALL@
-PMDA_DEST_DIR = /var/lib/pcp/pmdas
+PMDA_DEST_DIR = /var/lib/pcp/pmdas/ctdb
+
+ifeq ($(CC),gcc)
+EXTRA_CFLAGS=-Wno-format-zero-length -fPIC
+endif
CFLAGS=@CPPFLAGS@ -g -I$(srcdir)/include -Iinclude -Ilib -Ilib/util -I$(srcdir) \
$(TALLOC_CFLAGS) $(TEVENT_CFLAGS) $(TDB_CFLAGS) -I at libreplacedir@ \
-DVARDIR=\"$(localstatedir)\" -DETCDIR=\"$(etcdir)\" \
- -DLOGDIR=\"$(logdir)\" \
+ -DLOGDIR=\"$(logdir)\" -DBINDIR=\"$(bindir)\" \
-DSOCKPATH=\"$(sockpath)\" \
- -DUSE_MMAP=1 -DTEVENT_DEPRECATED_QUIET=1 @CFLAGS@ -Wno-format-zero-length $(POPT_CFLAGS) \
- -fPIC
+ -DUSE_MMAP=1 -DTEVENT_DEPRECATED_QUIET=1 @CFLAGS@ $(POPT_CFLAGS) \
+ $(EXTRA_CFLAGS)
LDSHFLAGS=-fPIC -shared
#LDSHFLAGS=-fPIC -shared -Wl,-Bsymbolic -Wl,-z,relo -Wl,-Bsymbolic-funtions -Wl,--as-needed -Wl,-z,defs
@@ -63,7 +69,7 @@ SHLD=${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDSHFLAGS} -o $@
LIB_FLAGS=@LDFLAGS@ -Llib @LIBS@ $(POPT_LIBS) $(TALLOC_LIBS) $(TEVENT_LIBS) $(TDB_LIBS) \
@INFINIBAND_LIBS@ @CTDB_PCAP_LDFLAGS@
-CTDB_VERSION_H = include/version.h
+CTDB_VERSION_H = include/ctdb_version.h
UTIL_OBJ = lib/util/idtree.o lib/util/db_wrap.o lib/util/strlist.o lib/util/util.o \
lib/util/util_time.o lib/util/util_file.o lib/util/fault.o lib/util/substitute.o \
@@ -72,7 +78,7 @@ UTIL_OBJ = lib/util/idtree.o lib/util/db_wrap.o lib/util/strlist.o lib/util/util
CTDB_COMMON_OBJ = common/ctdb_io.o common/ctdb_util.o \
common/ctdb_ltdb.o common/ctdb_message.o common/cmdline.o \
lib/util/debug.o common/rb_tree.o @CTDB_SYSTEM_OBJ@ common/system_common.o \
- common/ctdb_logging.c common/ctdb_fork.o
+ common/ctdb_logging.o common/ctdb_fork.o
CTDB_LIB_OBJ = libctdb/ctdb.o libctdb/io_elem.o libctdb/local_tdb.o \
libctdb/messages.o libctdb/sync.o libctdb/control.o \
@@ -80,9 +86,11 @@ CTDB_LIB_OBJ = libctdb/ctdb.o libctdb/io_elem.o libctdb/local_tdb.o \
CTDB_TCP_OBJ = tcp/tcp_connect.o tcp/tcp_io.o tcp/tcp_init.o
+CTDB_EXTERNAL_OBJ = $(POPT_OBJ) $(TALLOC_OBJ) $(TDB_OBJ) \
+ $(REPLACE_OBJ) $(EXTRA_OBJ) $(TEVENT_OBJ) $(SOCKET_WRAPPER_OBJ)
+
CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ = client/ctdb_client.o \
- $(CTDB_COMMON_OBJ) $(POPT_OBJ) $(UTIL_OBJ) $(TALLOC_OBJ) $(TDB_OBJ) \
- @LIBREPLACEOBJ@ $(EXTRA_OBJ) $(TEVENT_OBJ) $(SOCKET_WRAPPER_OBJ)
+ $(CTDB_COMMON_OBJ) $(UTIL_OBJ) $(CTDB_EXTERNAL_OBJ)
CTDB_SERVER_OBJ = server/ctdbd.o server/ctdb_daemon.o \
server/ctdb_recoverd.o server/ctdb_recover.o server/ctdb_freeze.o \
@@ -104,9 +112,11 @@ TEST_BINS=tests/bin/ctdb_bench tests/bin/ctdb_fetch tests/bin/ctdb_fetch_one \
tests/bin/ctdb_takeover_tests tests/bin/ctdb_update_record \
tests/bin/ctdb_update_record_persistent \
tests/bin/ctdb_tool_libctdb tests/bin/ctdb_tool_stubby \
+ tests/bin/ctdb_porting_tests \
@INFINIBAND_BINS@
-BINS = bin/ctdb @CTDB_SCSI_IO@ bin/smnotify bin/ping_pong bin/ltdbtool @CTDB_PMDA@
+BINS = bin/ctdb @CTDB_SCSI_IO@ bin/smnotify bin/ping_pong bin/ltdbtool \
+ bin/ctdb_lock_helper @CTDB_PMDA@
SBINS = bin/ctdbd
@@ -173,7 +183,11 @@ bin/ctdb: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tools/ctdb.o tools/ctdb_vacuum.o libctdb/libctdb.a
bin/ltdbtool: tools/ltdbtool.o $(TDB_OBJ)
@echo Linking $@
- @$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $+ $(TDB_LIBS)
+ @$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $+ $(TDB_LIBS) $(LIB_FLAGS)
+
+bin/ctdb_lock_helper: server/ctdb_lock_helper.o lib/util/util_file.o $(CTDB_EXTERNAL_OBJ)
+ @echo Linking $@
+ @$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ server/ctdb_lock_helper.o lib/util/util_file.o $(CTDB_EXTERNAL_OBJ) $(TDB_LIBS) $(LIB_FLAGS)
bin/smnotify: utils/smnotify/gen_xdr.o utils/smnotify/gen_smnotify.o utils/smnotify/smnotify.o $(POPT_OBJ)
@echo Linking $@
@@ -195,7 +209,7 @@ utils/smnotify/gen_smnotify.c: utils/smnotify/smnotify.x utils/smnotify/smnotify
bin/ping_pong: utils/ping_pong/ping_pong.o
@echo Linking $@
- @$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ utils/ping_pong/ping_pong.o
+ @$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ utils/ping_pong/ping_pong.o $(LIB_FLAGS)
bin/pmdactdb: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) utils/pmda/pmda_ctdb.o
@echo Linking $@
@@ -217,13 +231,13 @@ tests/bin/ctdb_fetch_one: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tests/src/ctdb_fetch_one.o
@echo Linking $@
@$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ tests/src/ctdb_fetch_one.o $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) $(LIB_FLAGS)
-tests/bin/ctdb_fetch_lock_once: libctdb/libctdb.a tests/src/ctdb_fetch_lock_once.o
+tests/bin/ctdb_fetch_lock_once: libctdb/libctdb.a tests/src/ctdb_fetch_lock_once.o $(CTDB_EXTERNAL_OBJ)
@echo Linking $@
- @$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ tests/src/ctdb_fetch_lock_once.o $(TDB_OBJ) $(POPT_OBJ) libctdb/libctdb.a $(LIB_FLAGS)
+ @$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ tests/src/ctdb_fetch_lock_once.o $(CTDB_EXTERNAL_OBJ) libctdb/libctdb.a $(LIB_FLAGS)
-tests/bin/ctdb_fetch_readonly_once: libctdb/libctdb.a tests/src/ctdb_fetch_readonly_once.o
+tests/bin/ctdb_fetch_readonly_once: libctdb/libctdb.a tests/src/ctdb_fetch_readonly_once.o $(CTDB_EXTERNAL_OBJ)
@echo Linking $@
- @$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ tests/src/ctdb_fetch_readonly_once.o $(TDB_OBJ) $(POPT_OBJ) libctdb/libctdb.a $(LIB_FLAGS)
+ @$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ tests/src/ctdb_fetch_readonly_once.o $(CTDB_EXTERNAL_OBJ) libctdb/libctdb.a $(LIB_FLAGS)
tests/bin/ctdb_fetch_readonly_loop: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tests/src/ctdb_fetch_readonly_loop.o
@echo Linking $@
@@ -233,31 +247,35 @@ tests/bin/ctdb_trackingdb_test: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tests/src/ctdb_trackingdb_tes
@echo Linking $@
@$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ tests/src/ctdb_trackingdb_test.o $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) $(LIB_FLAGS)
-tests/bin/ctdb_update_record: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tests/src/ctdb_update_record.o
+tests/bin/ctdb_update_record: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tests/src/ctdb_update_record.o
@echo Linking $@
@$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ tests/src/ctdb_update_record.o $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) $(LIB_FLAGS)
-tests/bin/ctdb_update_record_persistent: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tests/src/ctdb_update_record_persistent.o
+tests/bin/ctdb_update_record_persistent: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tests/src/ctdb_update_record_persistent.o
@echo Linking $@
@$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ tests/src/ctdb_update_record_persistent.o $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) $(LIB_FLAGS)
-tests/bin/ctdb_store: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tests/src/ctdb_store.o
+tests/bin/ctdb_store: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tests/src/ctdb_store.o
@echo Linking $@
@$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ tests/src/ctdb_store.o $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) $(LIB_FLAGS)
-tests/bin/ctdb_traverse: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tests/src/ctdb_traverse.o
+tests/bin/ctdb_traverse: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tests/src/ctdb_traverse.o
@echo Linking $@
@$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ tests/src/ctdb_traverse.o $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) $(LIB_FLAGS)
-tests/bin/ctdb_randrec: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tests/src/ctdb_randrec.o
+tests/bin/ctdb_randrec: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tests/src/ctdb_randrec.o
@echo Linking $@
@$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ tests/src/ctdb_randrec.o $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) $(LIB_FLAGS)
-tests/bin/ctdb_persistent: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tests/src/ctdb_persistent.o
+tests/bin/ctdb_persistent: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tests/src/ctdb_persistent.o
@echo Linking $@
@$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ tests/src/ctdb_persistent.o $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) $(LIB_FLAGS)
-tests/bin/ctdb_transaction: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tests/src/ctdb_transaction.o
+tests/bin/ctdb_porting_tests: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tests/src/ctdb_porting_tests.o
+ @echo Linking $@
+ @$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ tests/src/ctdb_porting_tests.o $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) $(LIB_FLAGS)
+
+tests/bin/ctdb_transaction: $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) tests/src/ctdb_transaction.o
@echo Linking $@
@$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ tests/src/ctdb_transaction.o $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ) $(LIB_FLAGS)
@@ -267,7 +285,7 @@ CTDBD_TEST_C = $(CTDB_SERVER_MOST_OBJ:.o=.c) tests/src/ctdbd_test.c
CTDB_TEST_C = $(CTDB_CLIENT_OBJ:.o=.c) tools/ctdb.c tools/ctdb_vacuum.c tests/src/ctdb_test.c
CTDB_TEST_OBJ = $(TALLOC_OBJ) $(TDB_OBJ) \
- @CTDB_SYSTEM_OBJ@ @LIBREPLACEOBJ@ $(EXTRA_OBJ) $(TEVENT_OBJ) $(SOCKET_WRAPPER_OBJ)
+ @CTDB_SYSTEM_OBJ@ $(REPLACE_OBJ) $(EXTRA_OBJ) $(TEVENT_OBJ) $(SOCKET_WRAPPER_OBJ)
tests/src/ctdb_takeover_tests.o: tests/src/ctdb_takeover_tests.c $(CTDBD_TEST_C)
@@ -312,6 +330,9 @@ install: all manpages $(PMDA_INSTALL)
mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)
mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb
mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb/events.d
+ mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb/nfs-rpc-checks.d
+ mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/sudoers.d/
+ mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb/notify.d
mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)/ctdb
${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 ctdb.pc $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pkgconfig
${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 bin/ctdb $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
@@ -319,12 +340,14 @@ install: all manpages $(PMDA_INSTALL)
${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 bin/smnotify $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
$(INSTALLCMD) -m 755 bin/ping_pong $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
$(INSTALLCMD) -m 755 bin/ltdbtool $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
+ $(INSTALLCMD) -m 755 bin/ctdb_lock_helper $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
$(INSTALLCMD) -m 755 libctdb/libctdb.a $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 include/ctdb.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)
${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 include/ctdb_client.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)
${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 include/ctdb_protocol.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)
${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 include/ctdb_private.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir) # for samba3
${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 include/ctdb_typesafe_cb.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)
+ ${INSTALLCMD} -m 440 config/ctdb.sudoers $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/sudoers.d/ctdb
${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 config/functions $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb
${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 config/statd-callout $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb
${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 README $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)/ctdb/README
@@ -349,6 +372,11 @@ install: all manpages $(PMDA_INSTALL)
${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 config/events.d/62.cnfs $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb/events.d
${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 config/events.d/70.iscsi $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb/events.d
${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 config/events.d/91.lvs $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb/events.d
+ ${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/10.statd.check $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb/nfs-rpc-checks.d/
+ ${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/20.nfsd.check $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb/nfs-rpc-checks.d/
+ ${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/30.lockd.check $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb/nfs-rpc-checks.d/
+ ${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/40.mountd.check $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb/nfs-rpc-checks.d/
+ ${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/50.rquotad.check $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb/nfs-rpc-checks.d/
${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 tools/ctdb_diagnostics $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 tools/onnode $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
if [ -f doc/ctdb.1 ];then ${INSTALLCMD} -d $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man1; fi
@@ -363,15 +391,16 @@ install: all manpages $(PMDA_INSTALL)
if [ -f doc/ltdbtool.1.html ];then ${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 doc/ltdbtool.1.html $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)/ctdb; fi
if [ -f doc/ping_pong.1.html ];then ${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 doc/ping_pong.1.html $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)/ctdb; fi
if [ ! -f $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb/notify.sh ];then ${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 config/notify.sh $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb; fi
+ if [ ! -f $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb/notify.d/README ];then ${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 config/notify.d.README $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb/notify.d/README ; fi
${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 config/debug-hung-script.sh $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb
if [ ! -f $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb/ctdb-crash-cleanup.sh ];then ${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 config/ctdb-crash-cleanup.sh $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb; fi
if [ ! -f $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb/gcore_trace.sh ];then ${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 config/gcore_trace.sh $(DESTDIR)$(etcdir)/ctdb; fi
install_pmda:
- $(INSTALLCMD) -m 755 -d $(PMDA_DEST_DIR)
- $(INSTALLCMD) -m 755 pmda/Install pmda/Remove $(PMDA_DEST_DIR)
- $(INSTALLCMD) -m 644 pmda/pmns pmda/domain.h pmda/help pmda/README $(PMDA_DEST_DIR)
- $(INSTALLCMD) -m 755 bin/pmdactdb $(PMDA_DEST_DIR)
+ $(INSTALLCMD) -m 755 -d $(DESTDIR)$(PMDA_DEST_DIR)
+ $(INSTALLCMD) -m 755 utils/pmda/Install utils/pmda/Remove $(DESTDIR)$(PMDA_DEST_DIR)
+ $(INSTALLCMD) -m 644 utils/pmda/pmns utils/pmda/domain.h utils/pmda/help utils/pmda/README $(DESTDIR)$(PMDA_DEST_DIR)
+ $(INSTALLCMD) -m 755 bin/pmdactdb $(DESTDIR)$(PMDA_DEST_DIR)
# Should use $(datarootdir) but older autoconfs don't do this. :-(
install_tests: all
diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4a6169
--- /dev/null
+++ b/NEWS
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+Changes in CTDB 2.2
+===================
+
+User-visible changes
+--------------------
+
+* The "stopped" event has been removed.
+
+ The "ipreallocated" event is now run when a node is stopped. Use
+ this instead of "stopped".
+
+* New --pidfile option for ctdbd, used by initscript
+
+* The 60.nfs eventscript now uses configuration files in
+ /etc/ctdb/nfs-rpc-checks.d/ for timeouts and actions instead of
+ hardcoding them into the script.
+
+* Notification handler scripts can now be dropped into /etc/ctdb/notify.d/.
+
+* The NoIPTakeoverOnDisabled tunable has been renamed to
+ NoIPHostOnAllDisabled and now works properly when set on individual
+ nodes.
+
+* New ctdb subcommand "runstate" prints the current internal runstate.
+ Runstates are used for serialising startup.
+
+Important bug fixes
+-------------------
+
+* The Unix domain socket is now set to non-blocking after the
+ connection succeeds. This avoids connections failing with EAGAIN
+ and not being retried.
+
+* Fetching from the log ringbuffer now succeeds if the buffer is full.
+
+* Fix a severe recovery bug that can lead to data corruption for SMB clients.
+
+* The statd-callout script now runs as root via sudo.
+
+* "ctdb delip" no longer fails if it is unable to move the IP.
+
+* A race in the ctdb tool's ipreallocate code was fixed. This fixes
+ potential bugs in the "disable", "enable", "stop", "continue",
+ "ban", "unban", "ipreallocate" and "sync" commands.
+
+* The monitor cancellation code could sometimes hang indefinitely.
+ This could cause "ctdb stop" and "ctdb shutdown" to fail.
+
+Important internal changes
+--------------------------
+
+* The socket I/O handling has been optimised to improve performance.
+
+* IPs will not be assigned to nodes during CTDB initialisation. They
+ will only be assigned to nodes that are in the "running" runstate.
+
+* Improved database locking code. One improvement is to use a
+ standalone locking helper executable - the avoids creating many
+ forked copies of ctdbd and potentially running a node out of memory.
+
+* New control CTDB_CONTROL_IPREALLOCATED is now used to generate
+ "ipreallocated" events.
+
+* Message handlers are now indexed, providing a significant
+ performance improvement.
diff --git a/client/ctdb_client.c b/client/ctdb_client.c
index d7c3031..334d830 100644
--- a/client/ctdb_client.c
+++ b/client/ctdb_client.c
@@ -253,57 +253,32 @@ done:
}
/*
- connect with exponential backoff, thanks Stevens
+ connect to a unix domain socket
*/
-#define CONNECT_MAXSLEEP 64
-static int ctdb_connect_retry(struct ctdb_context *ctdb)
+int ctdb_socket_connect(struct ctdb_context *ctdb)
{
struct sockaddr_un addr;
- int secs;
- int ret = 0;
memset(&addr, 0, sizeof(addr));
addr.sun_family = AF_UNIX;
strncpy(addr.sun_path, ctdb->daemon.name, sizeof(addr.sun_path));
- for (secs = 1; secs <= CONNECT_MAXSLEEP; secs *= 2) {
- ret = connect(ctdb->daemon.sd, (struct sockaddr *)&addr,
- sizeof(addr));
- if ((ret == 0) || (errno != EAGAIN)) {
- break;
- }
-
- if (secs <= (CONNECT_MAXSLEEP / 2)) {
- DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR,("connect failed: %s, retry in %d second(s)\n",
- strerror(errno), secs));
- sleep(secs);
- }
- }
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-/*
- connect to a unix domain socket
-*/
-int ctdb_socket_connect(struct ctdb_context *ctdb)
-{
ctdb->daemon.sd = socket(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
if (ctdb->daemon.sd == -1) {
DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR,(__location__ " Failed to open client socket. Errno:%s(%d)\n", strerror(errno), errno));
return -1;
}
- set_nonblocking(ctdb->daemon.sd);
- set_close_on_exec(ctdb->daemon.sd);
-
- if (ctdb_connect_retry(ctdb) == -1) {
- DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR,(__location__ " Failed to connect client socket to daemon. Errno:%s(%d)\n", strerror(errno), errno));
+ if (connect(ctdb->daemon.sd, (struct sockaddr *)&addr, sizeof(addr)) == -1) {
close(ctdb->daemon.sd);
ctdb->daemon.sd = -1;
+ DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR,(__location__ " Failed to connect client socket to daemon. Errno:%s(%d)\n", strerror(errno), errno));
return -1;
}
+ set_nonblocking(ctdb->daemon.sd);
+ set_close_on_exec(ctdb->daemon.sd);
+
ctdb->daemon.queue = ctdb_queue_setup(ctdb, ctdb, ctdb->daemon.sd,
CTDB_DS_ALIGNMENT,
ctdb_client_read_cb, ctdb, "to-ctdbd");
@@ -1165,6 +1140,17 @@ int ctdb_control(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint32_t destnode, uint64_t srvid,
state = ctdb_control_send(ctdb, destnode, srvid, opcode,
flags, data, mem_ctx,
timeout, errormsg);
+
+ /* FIXME: Error conditions in ctdb_control_send return NULL without
+ * setting errormsg. So, there is no way to distinguish between sucess
+ * and failure when CTDB_CTRL_FLAG_NOREPLY is set */
+ if (flags & CTDB_CTRL_FLAG_NOREPLY) {
+ if (status != NULL) {
+ *status = 0;
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+
return ctdb_control_recv(ctdb, state, mem_ctx, outdata, status,
errormsg);
}
@@ -1668,6 +1654,36 @@ int ctdb_ctrl_ping(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint32_t destnode)
return res;
}
+int ctdb_ctrl_get_runstate(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
+ struct timeval timeout,
+ uint32_t destnode,
+ uint32_t *runstate)
+{
+ TDB_DATA outdata;
+ int32_t res;
+ int ret;
+
+ ret = ctdb_control(ctdb, destnode, 0, CTDB_CONTROL_GET_RUNSTATE, 0,
+ tdb_null, ctdb, &outdata, &res, &timeout, NULL);
+ if (ret != 0 || res != 0) {
+ DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR,("ctdb_control for get_runstate failed\n"));
+ return ret != 0 ? ret : res;
+ }
+
+ if (outdata.dsize != sizeof(uint32_t)) {
+ DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR,("Invalid return data in get_runstate\n"));
+ talloc_free(outdata.dptr);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (runstate != NULL) {
+ *runstate = *(uint32_t *)outdata.dptr;
+ }
+ talloc_free(outdata.dptr);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
/*
find the real path to a ltdb
*/
@@ -2486,7 +2502,7 @@ int ctdb_ctrl_get_tunable(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
talloc_free(data.dptr);
if (ret != 0 || res != 0) {
DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR,(__location__ " ctdb_control for get_tunable failed\n"));
- return -1;
+ return ret != 0 ? ret : res;
}
if (outdata.dsize != sizeof(uint32_t)) {
@@ -3313,6 +3329,11 @@ static void async_callback(struct ctdb_client_control_state *state)
DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR,("Async operation failed with state %d, opcode:%u\n", state->state, data->opcode));
}
data->fail_count++;
+ if (state->state == CTDB_CONTROL_TIMEOUT) {
+ res = -ETIME;
+ } else {
+ res = -1;
+ }
if (data->fail_callback) {
data->fail_callback(ctdb, destnode, res, outdata,
data->callback_data);
@@ -3451,19 +3472,23 @@ uint32_t *list_of_vnnmap_nodes(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
return nodes;
}
-uint32_t *list_of_active_nodes(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
- struct ctdb_node_map *node_map,
- TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx,
- bool include_self)
+/* Get list of nodes not including those with flags specified by mask.
+ * If exclude_pnn is not -1 then exclude that pnn from the list.
+ */
+uint32_t *list_of_nodes(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
+ struct ctdb_node_map *node_map,
+ TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx,
+ uint32_t mask,
+ int exclude_pnn)
{
int i, j, num_nodes;
uint32_t *nodes;
for (i=num_nodes=0;i<node_map->num;i++) {
- if (node_map->nodes[i].flags & NODE_FLAGS_INACTIVE) {
+ if (node_map->nodes[i].flags & mask) {
continue;
}
- if (node_map->nodes[i].pnn == ctdb->pnn && !include_self) {
+ if (node_map->nodes[i].pnn == exclude_pnn) {
continue;
}
num_nodes++;
@@ -3473,10 +3498,10 @@ uint32_t *list_of_active_nodes(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
CTDB_NO_MEMORY_FATAL(ctdb, nodes);
for (i=j=0;i<node_map->num;i++) {
- if (node_map->nodes[i].flags & NODE_FLAGS_INACTIVE) {
+ if (node_map->nodes[i].flags & mask) {
continue;
}
- if (node_map->nodes[i].pnn == ctdb->pnn && !include_self) {
+ if (node_map->nodes[i].pnn == exclude_pnn) {
continue;
}
nodes[j++] = node_map->nodes[i].pnn;
@@ -3485,38 +3510,21 @@ uint32_t *list_of_active_nodes(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
return nodes;
}
+uint32_t *list_of_active_nodes(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
+ struct ctdb_node_map *node_map,
+ TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx,
+ bool include_self)
+{
+ return list_of_nodes(ctdb, node_map, mem_ctx, NODE_FLAGS_INACTIVE,
+ include_self ? -1 : ctdb->pnn);
+}
+
uint32_t *list_of_active_nodes_except_pnn(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
struct ctdb_node_map *node_map,
TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx,
uint32_t pnn)
{
- int i, j, num_nodes;
- uint32_t *nodes;
-
- for (i=num_nodes=0;i<node_map->num;i++) {
- if (node_map->nodes[i].flags & NODE_FLAGS_INACTIVE) {
- continue;
- }
- if (node_map->nodes[i].pnn == pnn) {
- continue;
- }
- num_nodes++;
- }
-
- nodes = talloc_array(mem_ctx, uint32_t, num_nodes);
- CTDB_NO_MEMORY_FATAL(ctdb, nodes);
-
- for (i=j=0;i<node_map->num;i++) {
- if (node_map->nodes[i].flags & NODE_FLAGS_INACTIVE) {
- continue;
- }
- if (node_map->nodes[i].pnn == pnn) {
- continue;
- }
- nodes[j++] = node_map->nodes[i].pnn;
- }
-
- return nodes;
+ return list_of_nodes(ctdb, node_map, mem_ctx, NODE_FLAGS_INACTIVE, pnn);
}
uint32_t *list_of_connected_nodes(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
@@ -3524,33 +3532,8 @@ uint32_t *list_of_connected_nodes(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx,
bool include_self)
{
- int i, j, num_nodes;
- uint32_t *nodes;
-
- for (i=num_nodes=0;i<node_map->num;i++) {
- if (node_map->nodes[i].flags & NODE_FLAGS_DISCONNECTED) {
- continue;
- }
- if (node_map->nodes[i].pnn == ctdb->pnn && !include_self) {
- continue;
- }
- num_nodes++;
- }
-
- nodes = talloc_array(mem_ctx, uint32_t, num_nodes);
- CTDB_NO_MEMORY_FATAL(ctdb, nodes);
-
- for (i=j=0;i<node_map->num;i++) {
- if (node_map->nodes[i].flags & NODE_FLAGS_DISCONNECTED) {
- continue;
- }
- if (node_map->nodes[i].pnn == ctdb->pnn && !include_self) {
- continue;
- }
- nodes[j++] = node_map->nodes[i].pnn;
- }
-
- return nodes;
+ return list_of_nodes(ctdb, node_map, mem_ctx, NODE_FLAGS_DISCONNECTED,
+ include_self ? -1 : ctdb->pnn);
}
/*
diff --git a/common/ctdb_fork.c b/common/ctdb_fork.c
index 24534e6..d372ae0 100644
--- a/common/ctdb_fork.c
+++ b/common/ctdb_fork.c
@@ -23,11 +23,33 @@
#include "../include/ctdb_private.h"
#include "../common/rb_tree.h"
+static bool is_child = false;
+
+void ctdb_set_child_info(TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx, const char *child_name_fmt, ...)
+{
+ is_child = true;
+ if (child_name_fmt != NULL) {
+ va_list ap;
+ char *t;
+
+ va_start(ap, child_name_fmt);
+ t = talloc_vasprintf(mem_ctx, child_name_fmt, ap);
+ debug_extra = talloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s:", t);
+ talloc_free(t);
+ va_end(ap);
+ }
+}
+
+bool ctdb_is_child_process(void)
+{
+ return is_child;
+}
+
/*
* This function forks a child process and drops the realtime
* scheduler for the child process.
*/
-pid_t ctdb_fork(struct ctdb_context *ctdb)
+pid_t ctdb_fork_no_free_ringbuffer(struct ctdb_context *ctdb)
{
pid_t pid;
char *process;
@@ -37,6 +59,8 @@ pid_t ctdb_fork(struct ctdb_context *ctdb)
return -1;
}
if (pid == 0) {
+ ctdb_set_child_info(ctdb, NULL);
+
/* Close the Unix Domain socket and the TCP socket.
* This ensures that none of the child processes will
* look like the main daemon when it is not running.
@@ -59,6 +83,7 @@ pid_t ctdb_fork(struct ctdb_context *ctdb)
ctdb_restore_scheduler(ctdb);
}
ctdb->can_send_controls = false;
+
return 0;
}
@@ -72,6 +97,17 @@ pid_t ctdb_fork(struct ctdb_context *ctdb)
return pid;
}
+pid_t ctdb_fork(struct ctdb_context *ctdb)
+{
+ pid_t pid;
+
+ pid = ctdb_fork_no_free_ringbuffer(ctdb);
+ if (pid == 0) {
+ ctdb_log_ringbuffer_free();
+ }
+
+ return pid;
+}
static void ctdb_sigchld_handler(struct tevent_context *ev,
diff --git a/common/ctdb_io.c b/common/ctdb_io.c
index 3ac1b63..4e592b9 100644
--- a/common/ctdb_io.c
+++ b/common/ctdb_io.c
@@ -30,9 +30,10 @@
#include <stdarg.h>
/* structures for packet queueing - see common/ctdb_io.c */
-struct ctdb_partial {
+struct ctdb_buffer {
uint8_t *data;
uint32_t length;
+ uint32_t size;
};
struct ctdb_queue_pkt {
@@ -44,7 +45,8 @@ struct ctdb_queue_pkt {
struct ctdb_queue {
struct ctdb_context *ctdb;
- struct ctdb_partial partial; /* partial input packet */
+ struct tevent_immediate *im;
+ struct ctdb_buffer buffer; /* input buffer */
struct ctdb_queue_pkt *out_queue, *out_queue_tail;
uint32_t out_queue_length;
struct fd_event *fde;
@@ -63,6 +65,75 @@ int ctdb_queue_length(struct ctdb_queue *queue)
return queue->out_queue_length;
}
+static void queue_process(struct ctdb_queue *queue);
+
+static void queue_process_event(struct tevent_context *ev, struct tevent_immediate *im,
+ void *private_data)
+{
+ struct ctdb_queue *queue = talloc_get_type(private_data, struct ctdb_queue);
+
+ queue_process(queue);
+}
+
+/*
+ * This function is used to process data in queue buffer.
+ *
+ * Queue callback function can end up freeing the queue, there should not be a
+ * loop processing packets from queue buffer. Instead set up a timed event for
+ * immediate run to process remaining packets from buffer.
+ */
+static void queue_process(struct ctdb_queue *queue)
+{
+ uint32_t pkt_size;
+ uint8_t *data;
+
+ if (queue->buffer.length < sizeof(pkt_size)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ pkt_size = *(uint32_t *)queue->buffer.data;
+ if (pkt_size == 0) {
+ DEBUG(DEBUG_CRIT, ("Invalid packet of length 0\n"));
+ goto failed;
+ }
+
+ if (queue->buffer.length < pkt_size) {
+ DEBUG(DEBUG_DEBUG, ("Partial packet data read\n"));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Extract complete packet */
+ data = talloc_size(queue, pkt_size);
+ if (data == NULL) {
+ DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR, ("read error alloc failed for %u\n", pkt_size));
+ return;
+ }
+ memcpy(data, queue->buffer.data, pkt_size);
+
+ /* Shift packet out from buffer */
+ if (queue->buffer.length > pkt_size) {
+ memmove(queue->buffer.data,
+ queue->buffer.data + pkt_size,
+ queue->buffer.length - pkt_size);
+ }
+ queue->buffer.length -= pkt_size;
+
+ if (queue->buffer.length > 0) {
+ /* There is more data to be processed, schedule an event */
+ tevent_schedule_immediate(queue->im, queue->ctdb->ev,
+ queue_process_event, queue);
+ }
+
+ /* It is the responsibility of the callback to free 'data' */
+ queue->callback(data, pkt_size, queue->private_data);
+ return;
+
+failed:
+ queue->callback(NULL, 0, queue->private_data);
+
+}
+
+
/*
called when an incoming connection is readable
This function MUST be safe for reentry via the queue callback!
@@ -70,10 +141,6 @@ int ctdb_queue_length(struct ctdb_queue *queue)
static void queue_io_read(struct ctdb_queue *queue)
{
int num_ready = 0;
- uint32_t sz_bytes_req;
- uint32_t pkt_size;
- uint32_t pkt_bytes_remaining;
- uint32_t to_read;
ssize_t nread;
uint8_t *data;
@@ -91,77 +158,33 @@ static void queue_io_read(struct ctdb_queue *queue)
goto failed;
}
- if (queue->partial.data == NULL) {
- /* starting fresh, allocate buf for size bytes */
- sz_bytes_req = sizeof(pkt_size);
- queue->partial.data = talloc_size(queue, sz_bytes_req);
- if (queue->partial.data == NULL) {
- DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR,("read error alloc failed for %u\n",
- sz_bytes_req));
+ if (queue->buffer.data == NULL) {
+ /* starting fresh, allocate buf to read data */
+ queue->buffer.data = talloc_size(queue, num_ready);
+ if (queue->buffer.data == NULL) {
+ DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR, ("read error alloc failed for %u\n", num_ready));
goto failed;
}
- } else if (queue->partial.length < sizeof(pkt_size)) {
- /* yet to find out the packet length */
- sz_bytes_req = sizeof(pkt_size) - queue->partial.length;
- } else {
- /* partial packet, length known, full buf allocated */
- sz_bytes_req = 0;
- }
- data = queue->partial.data;
-
- if (sz_bytes_req > 0) {
- to_read = MIN(sz_bytes_req, num_ready);
- nread = read(queue->fd, data + queue->partial.length,
- to_read);
- if (nread <= 0) {
- DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR,("read error nread=%d\n", (int)nread));
+ queue->buffer.size = num_ready;
+ } else if (queue->buffer.length + num_ready > queue->buffer.size) {
+ /* extending buffer */
+ data = talloc_realloc_size(queue, queue->buffer.data, queue->buffer.length + num_ready);
+ if (data == NULL) {
+ DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR, ("read error realloc failed for %u\n", queue->buffer.length + num_ready));
goto failed;
}
- queue->partial.length += nread;
-
- if (nread < sz_bytes_req) {
- /* not enough to know the length */
- DEBUG(DEBUG_DEBUG,("Partial packet length read\n"));
- return;
- }
- /* size now known, allocate buffer for the full packet */
- queue->partial.data = talloc_realloc_size(queue, data,
- *(uint32_t *)data);
- if (queue->partial.data == NULL) {
- DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR,("read error alloc failed for %u\n",
- *(uint32_t *)data));
- goto failed;
- }
- data = queue->partial.data;
- num_ready -= nread;
+ queue->buffer.data = data;
+ queue->buffer.size = queue->buffer.length + num_ready;
}
- pkt_size = *(uint32_t *)data;
- if (pkt_size == 0) {
- DEBUG(DEBUG_CRIT,("Invalid packet of length 0\n"));
- goto failed;
- }
-
- pkt_bytes_remaining = pkt_size - queue->partial.length;
- to_read = MIN(pkt_bytes_remaining, num_ready);
- nread = read(queue->fd, data + queue->partial.length,
- to_read);
+ nread = read(queue->fd, queue->buffer.data + queue->buffer.length, num_ready);
if (nread <= 0) {
- DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR,("read error nread=%d\n",
- (int)nread));
+ DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR, ("read error nread=%d\n", (int)nread));
goto failed;
}
- queue->partial.length += nread;
-
- if (queue->partial.length < pkt_size) {
- DEBUG(DEBUG_DEBUG,("Partial packet data read\n"));
- return;
- }
+ queue->buffer.length += nread;
- queue->partial.data = NULL;
- queue->partial.length = 0;
- /* it is the responsibility of the callback to free 'data' */
- queue->callback(data, pkt_size, queue->private_data);
+ queue_process(queue);
return;
failed:
@@ -170,8 +193,8 @@ failed:
/* used when an event triggers a dead queue */
-static void queue_dead(struct event_context *ev, struct timed_event *te,
- struct timeval t, void *private_data)
+static void queue_dead(struct event_context *ev, struct tevent_immediate *im,
+ void *private_data)
{
struct ctdb_queue *queue = talloc_get_type(private_data, struct ctdb_queue);
queue->callback(NULL, 0, queue->private_data);
@@ -202,8 +225,8 @@ static void queue_io_write(struct ctdb_queue *queue)
talloc_free(queue->fde);
queue->fde = NULL;
queue->fd = -1;
- event_add_timed(queue->ctdb->ev, queue, timeval_zero(),
- queue_dead, queue);
+ tevent_schedule_immediate(queue->im, queue->ctdb->ev,
+ queue_dead, queue);
return;
}
if (n <= 0) return;
@@ -269,8 +292,8 @@ int ctdb_queue_send(struct ctdb_queue *queue, uint8_t *data, uint32_t length)
talloc_free(queue->fde);
queue->fde = NULL;
queue->fd = -1;
- event_add_timed(queue->ctdb->ev, queue, timeval_zero(),
- queue_dead, queue);
+ tevent_schedule_immediate(queue->im, queue->ctdb->ev,
+ queue_dead, queue);
/* yes, we report success, as the dead node is
handled via a separate event */
return 0;
@@ -354,6 +377,9 @@ int ctdb_queue_set_fd(struct ctdb_queue *queue, int fd)
/* If someone sets up this pointer, they want to know if the queue is freed */
static int queue_destructor(struct ctdb_queue *queue)
{
+ TALLOC_FREE(queue->buffer.data);
+ queue->buffer.length = 0;
+ queue->buffer.size = 0;
if (queue->destroyed != NULL)
*queue->destroyed = true;
return 0;
@@ -364,7 +390,6 @@ static int queue_destructor(struct ctdb_queue *queue)
*/
struct ctdb_queue *ctdb_queue_setup(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx, int fd, int alignment,
-
ctdb_queue_cb_fn_t callback,
void *private_data, const char *fmt, ...)
{
@@ -378,6 +403,9 @@ struct ctdb_queue *ctdb_queue_setup(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
va_end(ap);
CTDB_NO_MEMORY_NULL(ctdb, queue->name);
+ queue->im= tevent_create_immediate(queue);
+ CTDB_NO_MEMORY_NULL(ctdb, queue->im);
+
queue->ctdb = ctdb;
queue->fd = fd;
queue->alignment = alignment;
diff --git a/common/ctdb_logging.c b/common/ctdb_logging.c
index 09b1df2..408fda8 100644
--- a/common/ctdb_logging.c
+++ b/common/ctdb_logging.c
@@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ int log_ringbuf_size;
#define MAX_LOG_SIZE 128
-static int first_entry;
-static int last_entry;
+static int first_entry = 0;
+static int ringbuf_count = 0;
struct ctdb_log_entry {
int32_t level;
@@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ static struct ctdb_log_entry *log_entries;
static void log_ringbuffer_v(const char *format, va_list ap)
{
int ret;
+ int next_entry;
if (log_entries == NULL && log_ringbuf_size != 0) {
/* Hope this works. We cant log anything if it doesnt anyway */
@@ -54,25 +55,30 @@ static void log_ringbuffer_v(const char *format, va_list ap)
return;
}
- log_entries[last_entry].message[0] = '\0';
+ next_entry = (first_entry + ringbuf_count) % log_ringbuf_size;
- ret = vsnprintf(&log_entries[last_entry].message[0], MAX_LOG_SIZE, format, ap);
- if (ret == -1) {
- return;
+ if (ringbuf_count > 0 && first_entry == next_entry) {
+ first_entry = (first_entry + 1) % log_ringbuf_size;
}
- log_entries[last_entry].level = this_log_level;
- log_entries[last_entry].t = timeval_current();
+ log_entries[next_entry].message[0] = '\0';
- last_entry++;
- if (last_entry >= log_ringbuf_size) {
- last_entry = 0;
+ ret = vsnprintf(&log_entries[next_entry].message[0], MAX_LOG_SIZE, format, ap);
+ if (ret == -1) {
+ return;
}
- if (first_entry == last_entry) {
- first_entry++;
+ /* Log messages longer than MAX_LOG_SIZE are truncated to MAX_LOG_SIZE-1
+ * bytes. In that case, add a newline.
+ */
+ if (ret >= MAX_LOG_SIZE) {
+ log_entries[next_entry].message[MAX_LOG_SIZE-2] = '\n';
}
- if (first_entry >= log_ringbuf_size) {
- first_entry = 0;
+
+ log_entries[next_entry].level = this_log_level;
+ log_entries[next_entry].t = timeval_current();
+
+ if (ringbuf_count < log_ringbuf_size) {
+ ringbuf_count++;
}
}
@@ -85,7 +91,14 @@ void log_ringbuffer(const char *format, ...)
va_end(ap);
}
-
+void ctdb_log_ringbuffer_free(void)
+{
+ if (log_entries != NULL) {
+ free(log_entries);
+ log_entries = NULL;
+ }
+ log_ringbuf_size = 0;
+}
void ctdb_collect_log(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, struct ctdb_get_log_addr *log_addr)
{
@@ -93,8 +106,11 @@ void ctdb_collect_log(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, struct ctdb_get_log_addr *log_a
FILE *f;
long fsize;
int tmp_entry;
- int count = 0;
- DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR,("Marshalling log entries first:%d last:%d\n", first_entry, last_entry));
+ struct tm *tm;
+ char tbuf[100];
+ int i;
+
+ DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR,("Marshalling %d log entries\n", ringbuf_count));
/* dump to a file, then send the file as a blob */
f = tmpfile();
@@ -103,20 +119,10 @@ void ctdb_collect_log(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, struct ctdb_get_log_addr *log_a
return;
}
- tmp_entry = first_entry;
- while (tmp_entry != last_entry) {
- struct tm *tm;
- char tbuf[100];
-
- if (log_entries == NULL) {
- break;
- }
+ for (i=0; i<ringbuf_count; i++) {
+ tmp_entry = (first_entry + i) % log_ringbuf_size;
if (log_entries[tmp_entry].level > log_addr->level) {
- tmp_entry++;
- if (tmp_entry >= log_ringbuf_size) {
- tmp_entry = 0;
- }
continue;
}
@@ -124,12 +130,9 @@ void ctdb_collect_log(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, struct ctdb_get_log_addr *log_a
strftime(tbuf, sizeof(tbuf)-1,"%Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S", tm);
if (log_entries[tmp_entry].message) {
- count += fprintf(f, "%s:%s %s", tbuf, get_debug_by_level(log_entries[tmp_entry].level), log_entries[tmp_entry].message);
- }
-
- tmp_entry++;
- if (tmp_entry >= log_ringbuf_size) {
- tmp_entry = 0;
+ fprintf(f, "%s:%s %s", tbuf,
+ get_debug_by_level(log_entries[tmp_entry].level),
+ log_entries[tmp_entry].message);
}
}
@@ -156,7 +159,7 @@ int32_t ctdb_control_get_log(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, TDB_DATA addr)
/* spawn a child process to marshall the huge log blob and send it back
to the ctdb tool using a MESSAGE
*/
- child = ctdb_fork(ctdb);
+ child = ctdb_fork_no_free_ringbuffer(ctdb);
if (child == (pid_t)-1) {
DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR,("Failed to fork a log collector child\n"));
return -1;
@@ -177,7 +180,7 @@ int32_t ctdb_control_get_log(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, TDB_DATA addr)
void ctdb_clear_log(struct ctdb_context *ctdb)
{
first_entry = 0;
- last_entry = 0;
+ ringbuf_count = 0;
}
int32_t ctdb_control_clear_log(struct ctdb_context *ctdb)
diff --git a/common/ctdb_message.c b/common/ctdb_message.c
index 5fc7b22..b0d2ea0 100644
--- a/common/ctdb_message.c
+++ b/common/ctdb_message.c
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
ctdb_message protocol code
Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2007
+ Copyright (C) Amitay Isaacs 2013
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,16 +28,123 @@
#include "../include/ctdb_private.h"
#include "lib/util/dlinklist.h"
+static int message_list_db_init(struct ctdb_context *ctdb)
+{
+ ctdb->message_list_indexdb = tdb_open("messagedb", 8192,
+ TDB_INTERNAL|
+ TDB_INCOMPATIBLE_HASH|
+ TDB_DISALLOW_NESTING,
+ O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0);
+ if (ctdb->message_list_indexdb == NULL) {
+ DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR, ("Failed to create message list indexdb\n"));
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int message_list_db_add(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint64_t srvid,
+ struct ctdb_message_list_header *h)
+{
+ int ret;
+ TDB_DATA key, data;
+
+ if (ctdb->message_list_indexdb == NULL) {
+ ret = message_list_db_init(ctdb);
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ key.dptr = (uint8_t *)&srvid;
+ key.dsize = sizeof(uint64_t);
+
+ data.dptr = (uint8_t *)&h;
+ data.dsize = sizeof(struct ctdb_message_list_header *);
+
+ ret = tdb_store(ctdb->message_list_indexdb, key, data, TDB_INSERT);
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR, ("Failed to add message list handler (%s)\n",
+ tdb_errorstr(ctdb->message_list_indexdb)));
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int message_list_db_delete(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint64_t srvid)
+{
+ int ret;
+ TDB_DATA key;
+
+ if (ctdb->message_list_indexdb == NULL) {
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ key.dptr = (uint8_t *)&srvid;
+ key.dsize = sizeof(uint64_t);
+
+ ret = tdb_delete(ctdb->message_list_indexdb, key);
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ DEBUG(DEBUG_ERR, ("Failed to delete message list handler (%s)\n",
+ tdb_errorstr(ctdb->message_list_indexdb)));
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int message_list_db_fetch_parser(TDB_DATA key, TDB_DATA data,
+ void *private_data)
+{
+ struct ctdb_message_list_header **h =
+ (struct ctdb_message_list_header **)private_data;
+
+ if (data.dsize != sizeof(struct ctdb_message_list_header *)) {
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ *h = *(struct ctdb_message_list_header **)data.dptr;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int message_list_db_fetch(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint64_t srvid,
+ struct ctdb_message_list_header **h)
+{
+ TDB_DATA key;
+
+ if (ctdb->message_list_indexdb == NULL) {
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ key.dptr = (uint8_t *)&srvid;
+ key.dsize = sizeof(uint64_t);
+
+ return tdb_parse_record(ctdb->message_list_indexdb, key,
+ message_list_db_fetch_parser, h);
+}
+
/*
this dispatches the messages to the registered ctdb message handler
*/
int ctdb_dispatch_message(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint64_t srvid, TDB_DATA data)
{
- struct ctdb_message_list *ml;
+ struct ctdb_message_list_header *h;
+ struct ctdb_message_list *m;
+ uint64_t srvid_all = CTDB_SRVID_ALL;
+ int ret;
+
+ ret = message_list_db_fetch(ctdb, srvid, &h);
+ if (ret == 0) {
+ for (m=h->m; m; m=m->next) {
+ m->message_handler(ctdb, srvid, data, m->message_private);
+ }
+ }
- for (ml=ctdb->message_list;ml;ml=ml->next) {
- if (ml->srvid == srvid || ml->srvid == CTDB_SRVID_ALL) {
- ml->message_handler(ctdb, srvid, data, ml->message_private);
+ ret = message_list_db_fetch(ctdb, srvid_all, &h);
+ if (ret == 0) {
+ for(m=h->m; m; m=m->next) {
+ m->message_handler(ctdb, srvid, data, m->message_private);
}
}
@@ -57,13 +165,36 @@ void ctdb_request_message(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, struct ctdb_req_header *hdr
ctdb_dispatch_message(ctdb, c->srvid, data);
}
+/*
+ * When header is freed, remove all the srvid handlers
+ */
+static int message_header_destructor(struct ctdb_message_list_header *h)
+{
+ struct ctdb_message_list *m;
+
+ while (h->m != NULL) {
+ m = h->m;
+ DLIST_REMOVE(h->m, m);
+ TALLOC_FREE(m);
+ }
+
+ message_list_db_delete(h->ctdb, h->srvid);
+ DLIST_REMOVE(h->ctdb->message_list_header, h);
+
+ return 0;
+}
/*
when a client goes away, we need to remove its srvid handler from the list
*/
static int message_handler_destructor(struct ctdb_message_list *m)
{
- DLIST_REMOVE(m->ctdb->message_list, m);
+ struct ctdb_message_list_header *h = m->h;
+
+ DLIST_REMOVE(h->m, m);
+ if (h->m == NULL) {
+ talloc_free(h);
+ }
return 0;
}
@@ -76,20 +207,39 @@ int ctdb_register_message_handler(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
ctdb_msg_fn_t handler,
void *private_data)
{
+ struct ctdb_message_list_header *h;
struct ctdb_message_list *m;
+ int ret;
- m = talloc(mem_ctx, struct ctdb_message_list);
+ m = talloc_zero(mem_ctx, struct ctdb_message_list);
CTDB_NO_MEMORY(ctdb, m);
- m->ctdb = ctdb;
- m->srvid = srvid;
m->message_handler = handler;
m->message_private = private_data;
-
- DLIST_ADD(ctdb->message_list, m);
- talloc_set_destructor(m, message_handler_destructor);
+ ret = message_list_db_fetch(ctdb, srvid, &h);
+ if (ret != 0) {
+ /* srvid not registered yet */
+ h = talloc_zero(ctdb, struct ctdb_message_list_header);
+ CTDB_NO_MEMORY(ctdb, h);
+ h->ctdb = ctdb;
+ h->srvid = srvid;
+
+ ret = message_list_db_add(ctdb, srvid, h);
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ talloc_free(m);
+ talloc_free(h);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ DLIST_ADD(ctdb->message_list_header, h);
+ talloc_set_destructor(h, message_header_destructor);
+ }
+
+ m->h = h;
+ DLIST_ADD(h->m, m);
+ talloc_set_destructor(m, message_handler_destructor);
return 0;
}
@@ -99,13 +249,38 @@ int ctdb_register_message_handler(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
*/
int ctdb_deregister_message_handler(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint64_t srvid, void *private_data)
{
+ struct ctdb_message_list_header *h;
struct ctdb_message_list *m;
+ int ret;
- for (m=ctdb->message_list;m;m=m->next) {
- if (m->srvid == srvid && m->message_private == private_data) {
+ ret = message_list_db_fetch(ctdb, srvid, &h);
+ if (ret != 0) {
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ for (m=h->m; m; m=m->next) {
+ if (m->message_private == private_data) {
talloc_free(m);
return 0;
}
}
+
return -1;
}
+
+
+/*
+ * check if the given srvid exists
+ */
+bool ctdb_check_message_handler(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint64_t srvid)
+{
+ struct ctdb_message_list_header *h;
+ int ret;
+
+ ret = message_list_db_fetch(ctdb, srvid, &h);
+ if (ret != 0 || h->m == NULL) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
diff --git a/common/ctdb_util.c b/common/ctdb_util.c
index 71dee2b..a910a0c 100644
--- a/common/ctdb_util.c
+++ b/common/ctdb_util.c
@@ -702,3 +702,53 @@ const char *ctdb_eventscript_call_names[] = {
"updateip",
"ipreallocated"
};
+
+/* Runstate handling */
+static struct {
+ enum ctdb_runstate runstate;
+ const char * label;
+} runstate_map[] = {
+ { CTDB_RUNSTATE_UNKNOWN, "UNKNOWN" },
+ { CTDB_RUNSTATE_INIT, "INIT" },
+ { CTDB_RUNSTATE_SETUP, "SETUP" },
+ { CTDB_RUNSTATE_FIRST_RECOVERY, "FIRST_RECOVERY" },
+ { CTDB_RUNSTATE_STARTUP, "STARTUP" },
+ { CTDB_RUNSTATE_RUNNING, "RUNNING" },
+ { CTDB_RUNSTATE_SHUTDOWN, "SHUTDOWN" },
+ { -1, NULL },
+};
+
+const char *runstate_to_string(enum ctdb_runstate runstate)
+{
+ int i;
+ for (i=0; runstate_map[i].label != NULL ; i++) {
+ if (runstate_map[i].runstate == runstate) {
+ return runstate_map[i].label;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return runstate_map[0].label;
+}
+
+enum ctdb_runstate runstate_from_string(const char *label)
+{
+ int i;
+ for (i=0; runstate_map[i].label != NULL; i++) {
+ if (strcasecmp(runstate_map[i].label, label) == 0) {
+ return runstate_map[i].runstate;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return CTDB_RUNSTATE_UNKNOWN;
+}
+
+void ctdb_set_runstate(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, enum ctdb_runstate runstate)
+{
+ if (runstate <= ctdb->runstate) {
+ ctdb_fatal(ctdb, "runstate must always increase");
+ }
+
+ DEBUG(DEBUG_NOTICE,("Set runstate to %s (%d)\n",
+ runstate_to_string(runstate), runstate));
+ ctdb->runstate = runstate;
+}
diff --git a/common/system_aix.c b/common/system_aix.c
index 16b627c..35363d3 100644
--- a/common/system_aix.c
+++ b/common/system_aix.c
@@ -206,8 +206,8 @@ int ctdb_sys_close_capture_socket(void *private_data)
*/
int ctdb_sys_send_arp(const ctdb_sock_addr *addr, const char *iface)
{
- /* We dont do grat arp on aix yet */
- return 0;
+ /* FIXME AIX: We dont do gratuitous arp yet */
+ return -1;
}
@@ -359,6 +359,7 @@ int ctdb_sys_read_tcp_packet(int s, void *private_data,
bool ctdb_sys_check_iface_exists(const char *iface)
{
+ /* FIXME AIX: Interface always considered present */
return true;
}
@@ -375,18 +376,18 @@ int ctdb_get_peer_pid(const int fd, pid_t *peer_pid)
char *ctdb_get_process_name(pid_t pid)
{
- /* FIXME: not implemented */
+ /* FIXME AIX: get_process_name not implemented */
return NULL;
}
bool ctdb_get_lock_info(pid_t req_pid, struct ctdb_lock_info *lock_info)
{
- /* FIXME: not implemented */
+ /* FIXME AIX: get_lock_info not implemented */
return false;
}
bool ctdb_get_blocker_pid(struct ctdb_lock_info *reqlock, pid_t *blocker_pid)
{
- /* FIXME: not implemented */
+ /* FIXME AIX: get_blocker_pid not implemented */
return false;
}
diff --git a/common/system_freebsd.c b/common/system_freebsd.c
index 37f1c74..641e77a 100644
--- a/common/system_freebsd.c
+++ b/common/system_freebsd.c
@@ -75,8 +75,8 @@ static uint16_t tcp_checksum6(uint16_t *data, size_t n, struct ip6_hdr *ip6)
*/
int ctdb_sys_send_arp(const ctdb_sock_addr *addr, const char *iface)
{
- /* FIXME We dont do gratuitous arp on Hurd yet */
- return 0;
+ /* FIXME FreeBSD: We dont do gratuitous arp yet */
+ return -1;
}
@@ -360,29 +360,44 @@ int ctdb_sys_read_tcp_packet(int s, void *private_data,
bool ctdb_sys_check_iface_exists(const char *iface)
{
+ /* FIXME FreeBSD: Interface always considered present */
return true;
}
int ctdb_get_peer_pid(const int fd, pid_t *peer_pid)
{
- /* FIXME not implemented */
+ /* FIXME FreeBSD: get_peer_pid not implemented */
return 1;
}
char *ctdb_get_process_name(pid_t pid)
{
- /* FIXME: not implemented */
+ char path[32];
+ char buf[PATH_MAX];
+ char *ptr;
+ int n;
+
+ snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "/proc/%d/exe", pid);
+ n = readlink(path, buf, sizeof(buf));
+ if (n < 0) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Remove any extra fields */
+ buf[n] = '\0';
+ ptr = strtok(buf, " ");
+ return strdup(ptr);
return NULL;
}
bool ctdb_get_lock_info(pid_t req_pid, struct ctdb_lock_info *lock_info)
{
- /* FIXME: not implemented */
+ /* FIXME FreeBSD: get_lock_info not implemented */
return false;
}
bool ctdb_get_blocker_pid(struct ctdb_lock_info *reqlock, pid_t *blocker_pid)
{
- /* FIXME: not implemented */
+ /* FIXME FreeBSD: get_blocker_pid not implemented */
return false;
}
diff --git a/common/system_gnu.c b/common/system_gnu.c
index 8a3b5b1..0d79ab5 100644
--- a/common/system_gnu.c
+++ b/common/system_gnu.c
@@ -74,8 +74,8 @@ static uint16_t tcp_checksum6(uint16_t *data, size_t n, struct ip6_hdr *ip6)
*/
int ctdb_sys_send_arp(const ctdb_sock_addr *addr, const char *iface)
{
- /* FIXME We dont do gratuitous arp on Hurd yet */
- return 0;
+ /* FIXME GNU/Hurd: We dont do gratuitous arp yet */
+ return -1;
}
@@ -353,29 +353,30 @@ int ctdb_sys_read_tcp_packet(int s, void *private_data,
bool ctdb_sys_check_iface_exists(const char *iface)
{
+ /* FIXME GNU/Hurd: Interface always considered present */
return true;
}
int ctdb_get_peer_pid(const int fd, pid_t *peer_pid)
{
- /* FIXME not implemented */
+ /* FIXME GNU/Hurd: get_peer_pid not implemented */
return 1;
}
char *ctdb_get_process_name(pid_t pid)
{
- /* FIXME: not implemented */
+ /* FIXME GNU/Hurd: get_process_name not implemented */
return NULL;
}
bool ctdb_get_lock_info(pid_t req_pid, struct ctdb_lock_info *lock_info)
{
- /* FIXME: not implemented */
+ /* FIXME GNU/Hurd: get_lock_info not implemented */
return false;
}
bool ctdb_get_blocker_pid(struct ctdb_lock_info *reqlock, pid_t *blocker_pid)
{
- /* FIXME: not implemented */
+ /* FIXME GNU/Hurd: get_blocker_pid not implemented */
return false;
}
diff --git a/common/system_kfreebsd.c b/common/system_kfreebsd.c
index 5595865..2c05c9e 100644
--- a/common/system_kfreebsd.c
+++ b/common/system_kfreebsd.c
@@ -74,8 +74,8 @@ static uint16_t tcp_checksum6(uint16_t *data, size_t n, struct ip6_hdr *ip6)
*/
int ctdb_sys_send_arp(const ctdb_sock_addr *addr, const char *iface)
{
- /* FIXME We dont do gratuitous arp on Hurd yet */
- return 0;
+ /* FIXME kFreeBSD: We dont do gratuitous arp yet */
+ return -1;
}
@@ -353,29 +353,43 @@ int ctdb_sys_read_tcp_packet(int s, void *private_data,
bool ctdb_sys_check_iface_exists(const char *iface)
{
+ /* FIXME kFreeBSD: Interface always considered present */
return true;
}
int ctdb_get_peer_pid(const int fd, pid_t *peer_pid)
{
- /* FIXME not implemented */
+ /* FIXME kFreeBSD: get_peer_pid not implemented */
return 1;
}
char *ctdb_get_process_name(pid_t pid)
{
- /* FIXME: not implemented */
- return NULL;
+ char path[32];
+ char buf[PATH_MAX];
+ char *ptr;
+ int n;
+
+ snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "/proc/%d/exe", pid);
+ n = readlink(path, buf, sizeof(buf));
+ if (n < 0) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Remove any extra fields */
+ buf[n] = '\0';
+ ptr = strtok(buf, " ");
+ return strdup(ptr);
}
bool ctdb_get_lock_info(pid_t req_pid, struct ctdb_lock_info *lock_info)
{
- /* FIXME: not implemented */
+ /* FIXME kFreeBSD: get_lock_info not implemented */
return false;
}
bool ctdb_get_blocker_pid(struct ctdb_lock_info *reqlock, pid_t *blocker_pid)
{
- /* FIXME: not implemented */
+ /* FIXME kFreeBSD: get_blocker_pid not implemented */
return false;
}
diff --git a/config.guess b/config.guess
old mode 100755
new mode 100644
index e3a2116..0aee604
--- a/config.guess
+++ b/config.guess
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010,
+# 2011, 2012, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-timestamp='2009-06-10'
+timestamp='2012-12-30'
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
@@ -17,26 +17,22 @@ timestamp='2009-06-10'
# General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-# 02110-1301, USA.
+# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-
-# Originally written by Per Bothner <per at bothner.com>.
-# Please send patches to <config-patches at gnu.org>. Submit a context
-# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
+# program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
+# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
#
-# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
-# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
-# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1.
+# Originally written by Per Bothner.
#
-# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
-# don't specify an explicit build system type.
+# You can get the latest version of this script from:
+# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
+#
+# Please send patches with a ChangeLog entry to config-patches at gnu.org.
+
me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
@@ -56,8 +52,9 @@ version="\
GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
Originally written by Per Bothner.
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
-2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
+2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011,
+2012, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
@@ -144,7 +141,7 @@ UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
*:NetBSD:*:*)
# NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
- # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
+ # more of the tuples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
# *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently
# switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
# object file format. This provides both forward
@@ -180,7 +177,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
fi
;;
*)
- os=netbsd
+ os=netbsd
;;
esac
# The OS release
@@ -201,6 +198,10 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
exit ;;
+ *:Bitrig:*:*)
+ UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/Bitrig.//'`
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-bitrig${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
*:OpenBSD:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
@@ -223,7 +224,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
;;
*5.*)
- UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
;;
esac
# According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
@@ -269,7 +270,10 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
- exit ;;
+ # Reset EXIT trap before exiting to avoid spurious non-zero exit code.
+ exitcode=$?
+ trap '' 0
+ exit $exitcode ;;
Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
# Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
@@ -295,12 +299,12 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
echo s390-ibm-zvmoe
exit ;;
*:OS400:*:*)
- echo powerpc-ibm-os400
+ echo powerpc-ibm-os400
exit ;;
arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
- arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*)
+ arm*:riscos:*:*|arm*:RISCOS:*:*)
echo arm-unknown-riscos
exit ;;
SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
@@ -333,6 +337,9 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit ;;
+ i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*)
+ echo i386-pc-auroraux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
eval $set_cc_for_build
SUN_ARCH="i386"
@@ -391,23 +398,23 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
# MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
# be no problem.
atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
+ exit ;;
*falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
+ echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
+ echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
*:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
+ echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
m68k:machten:*:*)
echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
@@ -477,8 +484,8 @@ EOF
echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
exit ;;
AViiON:dgux:*:*)
- # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
- UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+ # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
then
if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
@@ -491,7 +498,7 @@ EOF
else
echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
- exit ;;
+ exit ;;
M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3)
echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
exit ;;
@@ -548,7 +555,7 @@ EOF
echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
fi
exit ;;
- *:AIX:*:[456])
+ *:AIX:*:[4567])
IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
IBM_ARCH=rs6000
@@ -591,52 +598,52 @@ EOF
9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
- sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
- case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
- 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
- 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
- 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
- case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
- 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
- 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
+ sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
+ case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
+ 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
+ 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
+ 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
+ case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
+ 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
+ 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
'') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20
- esac ;;
- esac
+ esac ;;
+ esac
fi
if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
eval $set_cc_for_build
- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
- #define _HPUX_SOURCE
- #include <stdlib.h>
- #include <unistd.h>
+ #define _HPUX_SOURCE
+ #include <stdlib.h>
+ #include <unistd.h>
- int main ()
- {
- #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
- long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
- #endif
- long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+ int main ()
+ {
+ #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+ long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
+ #endif
+ long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
- switch (cpu)
- {
- case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
- case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
- case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
- #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
- switch (bits)
- {
- case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
- case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
- default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
- } break;
- #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
- puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
- #endif
- default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
- }
- exit (0);
- }
+ switch (cpu)
+ {
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
+ #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+ switch (bits)
+ {
+ case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
+ case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
+ default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+ } break;
+ #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
+ puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+ #endif
+ default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+ }
+ exit (0);
+ }
EOF
(CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
@@ -727,22 +734,22 @@ EOF
exit ;;
C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
echo c1-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
+ exit ;;
C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
then echo c32-convex-bsd
else echo c2-convex-bsd
fi
- exit ;;
+ exit ;;
C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
echo c34-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
+ exit ;;
C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
echo c38-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
+ exit ;;
C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
echo c4-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
+ exit ;;
CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit ;;
@@ -766,14 +773,14 @@ EOF
exit ;;
F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
- FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
- FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
- echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
- exit ;;
+ FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+ FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+ echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+ exit ;;
5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
- FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
- FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
- echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+ FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+ FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+ echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
exit ;;
i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
@@ -785,34 +792,39 @@ EOF
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:FreeBSD:*:*)
- case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
- pc98)
- echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+ case ${UNAME_PROCESSOR} in
amd64)
echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
+ echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
esac
exit ;;
i*:CYGWIN*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
exit ;;
+ *:MINGW64*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw64
+ exit ;;
*:MINGW*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
exit ;;
+ i*:MSYS*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msys
+ exit ;;
i*:windows32*:*)
- # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
+ # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
exit ;;
i*:PW*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
exit ;;
- *:Interix*:[3456]*)
- case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
+ *:Interix*:*)
+ case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
x86)
echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
- EM64T | authenticamd | genuineintel)
+ authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T)
echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
IA64)
@@ -854,6 +866,27 @@ EOF
i*86:Minix:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
exit ;;
+ aarch64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ aarch64_be:Linux:*:*)
+ UNAME_MACHINE=aarch64_be
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ alpha:Linux:*:*)
+ case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
+ EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
+ EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
+ PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+ PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+ EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
+ EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
+ EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
+ esac
+ objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1
+ if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
+ exit ;;
arm*:Linux:*:*)
eval $set_cc_for_build
if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
@@ -861,20 +894,40 @@ EOF
then
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
else
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi
+ if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+ | grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP
+ then
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabihf
+ fi
fi
exit ;;
avr32*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
cris:Linux:*:*)
- echo cris-axis-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-gnu
exit ;;
crisv32:Linux:*:*)
- echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-gnu
exit ;;
frv:Linux:*:*)
- echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ hexagon:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:Linux:*:*)
+ LIBC=gnu
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #ifdef __dietlibc__
+ LIBC=dietlibc
+ #endif
+EOF
+ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC'`
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}"
exit ;;
ia64:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
@@ -901,39 +954,18 @@ EOF
#endif
#endif
EOF
- eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
- /^CPU/{
- s: ::g
- p
- }'`"
+ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'`
test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
;;
or32:Linux:*:*)
- echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- ppc:Linux:*:*)
- echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- ppc64:Linux:*:*)
- echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- alpha:Linux:*:*)
- case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
- EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
- EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
- PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
- PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
- EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
- EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
- EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
- esac
- objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1
- if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
padre:Linux:*:*)
echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
+ parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
# Look for CPU level
case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
@@ -942,14 +974,17 @@ EOF
*) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
esac
exit ;;
- parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
- echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ ppc64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ ppc:Linux:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
exit ;;
sh64*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
sh*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
@@ -957,67 +992,18 @@ EOF
sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
+ tile*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
vax:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu
exit ;;
x86_64:Linux:*:*)
- echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
- i*86:Linux:*:*)
- # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
- # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
- # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path.
- # Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English.
- ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \
- | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d
- s/[ ][ ]*/ /g
- s/.*supported targets: *//
- s/ .*//
- p'`
- case "$ld_supported_targets" in
- elf32-i386)
- TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu"
- ;;
- esac
- # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
- #include <features.h>
- #ifdef __ELF__
- # ifdef __GLIBC__
- # if __GLIBC__ >= 2
- LIBC=gnu
- # else
- LIBC=gnulibc1
- # endif
- # else
- LIBC=gnulibc1
- # endif
- #else
- #if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
- LIBC=gnu
- #else
- LIBC=gnuaout
- #endif
- #endif
- #ifdef __dietlibc__
- LIBC=dietlibc
- #endif
-EOF
- eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
- /^LIBC/{
- s: ::g
- p
- }'`"
- test x"${LIBC}" != x && {
- echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}"
- exit
- }
- test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; }
- ;;
i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
# earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
@@ -1025,11 +1011,11 @@ EOF
echo i386-sequent-sysv4
exit ;;
i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
- # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
- # number series starting with 2...
- # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
+ # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
+ # number series starting with 2...
+ # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
# I just have to hope. -- rms.
- # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
+ # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
exit ;;
i*86:OS/2:*:*)
@@ -1061,7 +1047,7 @@ EOF
fi
exit ;;
i*86:*:5:[678]*)
- # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
+ # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
*486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
*Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
@@ -1089,13 +1075,13 @@ EOF
exit ;;
pc:*:*:*)
# Left here for compatibility:
- # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
- # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
+ # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
+ # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
# Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
# prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that
# this is a cross-build.
echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
- exit ;;
+ exit ;;
Intel:Mach:3*:*)
echo i386-pc-mach3
exit ;;
@@ -1130,8 +1116,8 @@ EOF
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
&& { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
- /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
- && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
OS_REL='.3'
test -r /etc/.relid \
@@ -1174,10 +1160,10 @@ EOF
echo ns32k-sni-sysv
fi
exit ;;
- PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
- # says <Richard.M.Bartel at ccMail.Census.GOV>
- echo i586-unisys-sysv4
- exit ;;
+ PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
+ # says <Richard.M.Bartel at ccMail.Census.GOV>
+ echo i586-unisys-sysv4
+ exit ;;
*:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
# From Gerald Hewes <hewes at openmarket.com>.
# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
@@ -1203,11 +1189,11 @@ EOF
exit ;;
R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
- echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
else
- echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
- exit ;;
+ exit ;;
BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
echo powerpc-be-beos
exit ;;
@@ -1220,6 +1206,9 @@ EOF
BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
echo i586-pc-haiku
exit ;;
+ x86_64:Haiku:*:*)
+ echo x86_64-unknown-haiku
+ exit ;;
SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
@@ -1247,6 +1236,16 @@ EOF
*:Darwin:*:*)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
+ i386)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
+ if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
+ (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
+ grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
+ then
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR="x86_64"
+ fi
+ fi ;;
unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
esac
echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
@@ -1262,7 +1261,10 @@ EOF
*:QNX:*:4*)
echo i386-pc-qnx
exit ;;
- NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ NEO-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ echo neo-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ NSE-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
@@ -1307,13 +1309,13 @@ EOF
echo pdp10-unknown-its
exit ;;
SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
- echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:DragonFly:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
exit ;;
*:*VMS:*:*)
- UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+ UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;;
I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;;
@@ -1331,11 +1333,11 @@ EOF
i*86:AROS:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros
exit ;;
+ x86_64:VMkernel:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-esx
+ exit ;;
esac
-#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
-#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
-
eval $set_cc_for_build
cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
#ifdef _SEQUENT_
@@ -1353,11 +1355,11 @@ main ()
#include <sys/param.h>
printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
#ifdef NEWSOS4
- "4"
+ "4"
#else
- ""
+ ""
#endif
- ); exit (0);
+ ); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
diff --git a/config.h.in b/config.h.in
index e980681..674449d 100644
--- a/config.h.in
+++ b/config.h.in
@@ -3,6 +3,9 @@
/* Define if building universal (internal helper macro) */
#undef AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
+/* Does extattr API work */
+#undef BROKEN_EXTATTR
+
/* Broken RedHat 7.2 system header files */
#undef BROKEN_REDHAT_7_SYSTEM_HEADERS
@@ -33,6 +36,36 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the `asprintf' function. */
#undef HAVE_ASPRINTF
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `attropen' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ATTROPEN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `attr_get' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ATTR_GET
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `attr_getf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ATTR_GETF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `attr_list' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ATTR_LIST
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `attr_listf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ATTR_LISTF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `attr_remove' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ATTR_REMOVE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `attr_removef' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ATTR_REMOVEF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `attr_set' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ATTR_SET
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `attr_setf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ATTR_SETF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <attr/xattr.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ATTR_XATTR_H
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the `backtrace' function. */
#undef HAVE_BACKTRACE
@@ -92,6 +125,10 @@
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strptime', and to 0 if you
+ don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRPTIME
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `TEVENT_TRACE_BEFORE_WAIT', and
to 0 if you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_TEVENT_TRACE_BEFORE_WAIT
@@ -156,6 +193,30 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the <execinfo.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_EXECINFO_H
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `extattr_delete_fd' function. */
+#undef HAVE_EXTATTR_DELETE_FD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `extattr_delete_file' function. */
+#undef HAVE_EXTATTR_DELETE_FILE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `extattr_get_fd' function. */
+#undef HAVE_EXTATTR_GET_FD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `extattr_get_file' function. */
+#undef HAVE_EXTATTR_GET_FILE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `extattr_list_fd' function. */
+#undef HAVE_EXTATTR_LIST_FD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `extattr_list_file' function. */
+#undef HAVE_EXTATTR_LIST_FILE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `extattr_set_fd' function. */
+#undef HAVE_EXTATTR_SET_FD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `extattr_set_file' function. */
+#undef HAVE_EXTATTR_SET_FILE
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
@@ -165,6 +226,18 @@
/* Whether fdatasync() is available */
#undef HAVE_FDATASYNC_DECL
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fgetea' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FGETEA
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fgetxattr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FGETXATTR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `flistea' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FLISTEA
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `flistxattr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FLISTXATTR
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the <float.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_FLOAT_H
@@ -177,6 +250,18 @@
/* Whether the system has freeifaddrs */
#undef HAVE_FREEIFADDRS
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fremoveea' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FREMOVEEA
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fremovexattr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FREMOVEXATTR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fsetea' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FSETEA
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fsetxattr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FSETXATTR
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the `ftruncate' function. */
#undef HAVE_FTRUNCATE
@@ -195,6 +280,9 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getdirentries' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETDIRENTRIES
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getea' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETEA
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgrent_r' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETGRENT_R
@@ -225,6 +313,9 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+/* Whether we have getpeereid to get socket credentials */
+#undef HAVE_GETPEEREID
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpgrp' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETPGRP
@@ -243,6 +334,9 @@
/* Whether gettimeofday() is available */
#undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getxattr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETXATTR
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the `get_current_dir_name' function. */
#undef HAVE_GET_CURRENT_DIR_NAME
@@ -270,6 +364,9 @@
/* Whether the compiler supports immediate structures */
#undef HAVE_IMMEDIATE_STRUCTURES
+/* Whether mmap is incoherent against write */
+#undef HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_aton' function. */
#undef HAVE_INET_ATON
@@ -306,6 +403,9 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the `lchown' function. */
#undef HAVE_LCHOWN
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `attr' library (-lattr). */
+#undef HAVE_LIBATTR
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the `ibverbs' library (-libverbs). */
#undef HAVE_LIBIBVERBS
@@ -342,6 +442,12 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the <linux/types.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LINUX_TYPES_H
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `listea' function. */
+#undef HAVE_LISTEA
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `listxattr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_LISTXATTR
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
@@ -351,6 +457,12 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the `lstat' function. */
#undef HAVE_LSTAT
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `memalign' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMALIGN
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memcpy' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMCPY
@@ -423,6 +535,9 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the <pcp/pmda.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_PCP_PMDA_H
+/* Whether we can use SO_PEERCRED to get socket credentials */
+#undef HAVE_PEERCRED
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the `pipe' function. */
#undef HAVE_PIPE
@@ -435,6 +550,9 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the <popt.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_POPT_H
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `posix_memalign' function. */
+#undef HAVE_POSIX_MEMALIGN
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the `pread' function. */
#undef HAVE_PREAD
@@ -471,6 +589,12 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the `realpath' function. */
#undef HAVE_REALPATH
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `removeea' function. */
+#undef HAVE_REMOVEEA
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `removexattr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_REMOVEXATTR
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the `rename' function. */
#undef HAVE_RENAME
@@ -489,6 +613,9 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setbuffer' function. */
#undef HAVE_SETBUFFER
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setea' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETEA
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setegid' function. */
#undef HAVE_SETEGID
@@ -501,6 +628,12 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the `seteuid' function. */
#undef HAVE_SETEUID
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setgid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETGID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setgroups' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETGROUPS
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the <setjmp.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SETJMP_H
@@ -525,6 +658,12 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setreuid' function. */
#undef HAVE_SETREUID
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setuid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETUID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setxattr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETXATTR
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the <shadow.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SHADOW_H
@@ -627,6 +766,9 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stropts.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STROPTS_H
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strptime' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRPTIME
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtok_r' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRTOK_R
@@ -673,12 +815,21 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the `symlink' function. */
#undef HAVE_SYMLINK
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `syscall' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SYSCALL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <syscall.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYSCALL_H
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the <syslog.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYSLOG_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/acl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_ACL_H
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/attributes.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_ATTRIBUTES_H
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/capability.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H
@@ -686,9 +837,15 @@
*/
#undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ea.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_EA_H
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/epoll.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_EPOLL_H
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/extattr.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_EXTATTR_H
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/fcntl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H
@@ -732,6 +889,9 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/priv.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_PRIV_H
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/proplist.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PROPLIST_H
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/resource.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
@@ -753,6 +913,9 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/syscall.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SYSCALL_H
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/syslog.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_SYSLOG_H
@@ -765,6 +928,9 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ucontext.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_UCONTEXT_H
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/uio.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_UIO_H
@@ -774,6 +940,9 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have <sys/wait.h> that is POSIX.1 compatible. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/xattr.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_XATTR_H
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the <talloc.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_TALLOC_H
@@ -795,6 +964,9 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the <time.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_TIME_H
+/* Whether we have ucontext_t */
+#undef HAVE_UCONTEXT_T
+
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uintptr_t'. */
#undef HAVE_UINTPTR_T
@@ -855,6 +1027,9 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the <winsock2.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_WINSOCK2_H
+/* Whether strptime is working correct */
+#undef HAVE_WORKING_STRPTIME
+
/* Define to 1 if you have the <ws2tcpip.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_WS2TCPIP_H
@@ -903,12 +1078,6 @@
/* Define to the version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
-/* Whether getpass should be replaced */
-#undef REPLACE_GETPASS
-
-/* getpass returns <9 chars where getpassphrase returns <265 chars */
-#undef REPLACE_GETPASS_BY_GETPASSPHRASE
-
/* Whether inet_ntoa should be replaced */
#undef REPLACE_INET_NTOA
@@ -921,9 +1090,6 @@
/* replace readdir using getdirentries() */
#undef REPLACE_READDIR_GETDIRENTRIES
-/* Whether strptime should be replaced */
-#undef REPLACE_STRPTIME
-
/* Whether seekdir returns an int */
#undef SEEKDIR_RETURNS_INT
@@ -969,6 +1135,9 @@
/* Whether telldir takes a const pointer */
#undef TELLDIR_TAKES_CONST_DIR
+/* Max signal number value */
+#undef TEVENT_NUM_SIGNALS
+
/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */
#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
@@ -997,6 +1166,18 @@
#endif
+/* The value of `NSIG'. */
+#undef VALUEOF_NSIG
+
+/* The value of `SIGRTMAX'. */
+#undef VALUEOF_SIGRTMAX
+
+/* The value of `SIGRTMIN'. */
+#undef VALUEOF_SIGRTMIN
+
+/* The value of `_NSIG'. */
+#undef VALUEOF__NSIG
+
/* Define WORDS_BIGENDIAN to 1 if your processor stores words with the most
significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel). */
#if defined AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
@@ -1009,6 +1190,15 @@
# endif
#endif
+/* xattr functions have additional options */
+#undef XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS
+
+
+#ifndef _BSD_TYPES
+# undef _BSD_TYPES
+#endif
+
+
/* Enable large inode numbers on Mac OS X 10.5. */
#ifndef _DARWIN_USE_64_BIT_INODE
# define _DARWIN_USE_64_BIT_INODE 1
@@ -1054,6 +1244,12 @@
#endif
+/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef blkcnt_t
+
+/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef blksize_t
+
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
#undef gid_t
diff --git a/config.sub b/config.sub
old mode 100755
new mode 100644
index eb0389a..707e9e2
--- a/config.sub
+++ b/config.sub
@@ -1,44 +1,42 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Configuration validation subroutine script.
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010,
+# 2011, 2012, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-timestamp='2009-06-11'
+timestamp='2013-01-11'
-# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
-# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
-# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
-#
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-# 02110-1301, USA.
+# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
+# program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
+# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
-# Please send patches to <config-patches at gnu.org>. Submit a context
-# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+# Please send patches with a ChangeLog entry to config-patches at gnu.org.
#
# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
+# You can get the latest version of this script from:
+# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
+
# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
@@ -72,8 +70,9 @@ Report bugs and patches to <config-patches at gnu.org>."
version="\
GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
-2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
+2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011,
+2012, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
@@ -120,13 +119,18 @@ esac
# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
case $maybe_os in
- nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \
- uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
+ nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | \
+ linux-musl* | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | \
+ knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
kopensolaris*-gnu* | \
storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
os=-$maybe_os
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
;;
+ android-linux)
+ os=-linux-android
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`-unknown
+ ;;
*)
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
@@ -149,12 +153,12 @@ case $os in
-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
- -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray)
+ -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze*)
os=
basic_machine=$1
;;
- -bluegene*)
- os=-cnk
+ -bluegene*)
+ os=-cnk
;;
-sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
os=
@@ -170,10 +174,10 @@ case $os in
os=-chorusos
basic_machine=$1
;;
- -chorusrdb)
- os=-chorusrdb
+ -chorusrdb)
+ os=-chorusrdb
basic_machine=$1
- ;;
+ ;;
-hiux*)
os=-hiuxwe2
;;
@@ -218,6 +222,12 @@ case $os in
-isc*)
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
;;
+ -lynx*178)
+ os=-lynxos178
+ ;;
+ -lynx*5)
+ os=-lynxos5
+ ;;
-lynx*)
os=-lynxos
;;
@@ -242,20 +252,27 @@ case $basic_machine in
# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
1750a | 580 \
| a29k \
+ | aarch64 | aarch64_be \
| alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
| alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
| am33_2.0 \
- | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \
+ | arc \
+ | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2-8] | armv[3-8][lb] | armv7[arm] \
+ | avr | avr32 \
+ | be32 | be64 \
| bfin \
| c4x | clipper \
| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
+ | epiphany \
| fido | fr30 | frv \
| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
+ | hexagon \
| i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
| ip2k | iq2000 \
+ | le32 | le64 \
| lm32 \
| m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
- | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \
+ | maxq | mb | microblaze | microblazeel | mcore | mep | metag \
| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
| mips16 \
| mips64 | mips64el \
@@ -273,32 +290,45 @@ case $basic_machine in
| mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
| mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
+ | mipsr5900 | mipsr5900el \
| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
| mn10200 | mn10300 \
| moxie \
| mt \
| msp430 \
+ | nds32 | nds32le | nds32be \
| nios | nios2 \
| ns16k | ns32k \
+ | open8 \
| or32 \
| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
- | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
+ | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle \
| pyramid \
+ | rl78 | rx \
| score \
| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
| sh64 | sh64le \
| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
- | spu | strongarm \
- | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
- | v850 | v850e \
+ | spu \
+ | tahoe | tic4x | tic54x | tic55x | tic6x | tic80 | tron \
+ | ubicom32 \
+ | v850 | v850e | v850e1 | v850e2 | v850es | v850e2v3 \
| we32k \
- | x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \
+ | x86 | xc16x | xstormy16 | xtensa \
| z8k | z80)
basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
;;
- m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12)
- # Motorola 68HC11/12.
+ c54x)
+ basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
+ ;;
+ c55x)
+ basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
+ ;;
+ c6x)
+ basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
+ ;;
+ m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | m68hcs12x | picochip)
basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
os=-none
;;
@@ -308,6 +338,21 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=mt-unknown
;;
+ strongarm | thumb | xscale)
+ basic_machine=arm-unknown
+ ;;
+ xgate)
+ basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+ xscaleeb)
+ basic_machine=armeb-unknown
+ ;;
+
+ xscaleel)
+ basic_machine=armel-unknown
+ ;;
+
# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
@@ -322,25 +367,30 @@ case $basic_machine in
# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
580-* \
| a29k-* \
+ | aarch64-* | aarch64_be-* \
| alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
| alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
| arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
| avr-* | avr32-* \
+ | be32-* | be64-* \
| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
- | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
+ | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* \
| clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
| elxsi-* \
| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
| h8300-* | h8500-* \
| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
+ | hexagon-* \
| i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
| ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
+ | le32-* | le64-* \
| lm32-* \
| m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* \
+ | microblaze-* | microblazeel-* \
| mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
| mips16-* \
| mips64-* | mips64el-* \
@@ -358,28 +408,34 @@ case $basic_machine in
| mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
| mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
| mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
+ | mipsr5900-* | mipsr5900el-* \
| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
| mmix-* \
| mt-* \
| msp430-* \
+ | nds32-* | nds32le-* | nds32be-* \
| nios-* | nios2-* \
| none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
+ | open8-* \
| orion-* \
| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
- | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
+ | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* \
| pyramid-* \
- | romp-* | rs6000-* \
+ | rl78-* | romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \
| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
| sparclite-* \
- | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
- | tahoe-* | thumb-* \
- | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* | tile-* \
+ | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
+ | tahoe-* \
+ | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
+ | tile*-* \
| tron-* \
- | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
+ | ubicom32-* \
+ | v850-* | v850e-* | v850e1-* | v850es-* | v850e2-* | v850e2v3-* \
+ | vax-* \
| we32k-* \
- | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \
+ | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* \
| xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \
| ymp-* \
| z8k-* | z80-*)
@@ -404,7 +460,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=a29k-amd
os=-udi
;;
- abacus)
+ abacus)
basic_machine=abacus-unknown
;;
adobe68k)
@@ -474,11 +530,20 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
os=-cnk
;;
+ c54x-*)
+ basic_machine=tic54x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ c55x-*)
+ basic_machine=tic55x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ c6x-*)
+ basic_machine=tic6x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
c90)
basic_machine=c90-cray
os=-unicos
;;
- cegcc)
+ cegcc)
basic_machine=arm-unknown
os=-cegcc
;;
@@ -510,7 +575,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=craynv-cray
os=-unicosmp
;;
- cr16)
+ cr16 | cr16-*)
basic_machine=cr16-unknown
os=-elf
;;
@@ -668,7 +733,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
i370-ibm* | ibm*)
basic_machine=i370-ibm
;;
-# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2?
i*86v32)
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
os=-sysv32
@@ -726,6 +790,13 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=ns32k-utek
os=-sysv
;;
+ microblaze*)
+ basic_machine=microblaze-xilinx
+ ;;
+ mingw64)
+ basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+ os=-mingw64
+ ;;
mingw32)
basic_machine=i386-pc
os=-mingw32
@@ -762,10 +833,18 @@ case $basic_machine in
ms1-*)
basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
;;
+ msys)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ os=-msys
+ ;;
mvs)
basic_machine=i370-ibm
os=-mvs
;;
+ nacl)
+ basic_machine=le32-unknown
+ os=-nacl
+ ;;
ncr3000)
basic_machine=i486-ncr
os=-sysv4
@@ -830,6 +909,12 @@ case $basic_machine in
np1)
basic_machine=np1-gould
;;
+ neo-tandem)
+ basic_machine=neo-tandem
+ ;;
+ nse-tandem)
+ basic_machine=nse-tandem
+ ;;
nsr-tandem)
basic_machine=nsr-tandem
;;
@@ -912,9 +997,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
;;
power) basic_machine=power-ibm
;;
- ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+ ppc | ppcbe) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
;;
- ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ppc-* | ppcbe-*)
+ basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
@@ -939,7 +1025,11 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=i586-unknown
os=-pw32
;;
- rdos)
+ rdos | rdos64)
+ basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+ os=-rdos
+ ;;
+ rdos32)
basic_machine=i386-pc
os=-rdos
;;
@@ -1008,6 +1098,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=i860-stratus
os=-sysv4
;;
+ strongarm-* | thumb-*)
+ basic_machine=arm-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
sun2)
basic_machine=m68000-sun
;;
@@ -1064,20 +1157,8 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=t90-cray
os=-unicos
;;
- tic54x | c54x*)
- basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
- os=-coff
- ;;
- tic55x | c55x*)
- basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
- os=-coff
- ;;
- tic6x | c6x*)
- basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
- os=-coff
- ;;
tile*)
- basic_machine=tile-unknown
+ basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
os=-linux-gnu
;;
tx39)
@@ -1147,6 +1228,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
xps | xps100)
basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
;;
+ xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^xscale/arm/'`
+ ;;
ymp)
basic_machine=ymp-cray
os=-unicos
@@ -1244,9 +1328,12 @@ esac
if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
then
case $os in
- # First match some system type aliases
- # that might get confused with valid system types.
+ # First match some system type aliases
+ # that might get confused with valid system types.
# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
+ -auroraux)
+ os=-auroraux
+ ;;
-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
;;
@@ -1268,21 +1355,22 @@ case $os in
# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
| -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -cnk* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
- | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
- | -kopensolaris* \
+ | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -auroraux* | -solaris* \
+ | -sym* | -kopensolaris* | -plan9* \
| -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
| -aos* | -aros* \
| -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
| -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
| -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
- | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
+ | -bitrig* | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
| -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
| -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
| -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
| -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
| -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \
- | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
- | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
+ | -cygwin* | -msys* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
+ | -mingw32* | -mingw64* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-android* \
+ | -linux-newlib* | -linux-musl* | -linux-uclibc* \
| -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
| -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
| -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
@@ -1290,7 +1378,7 @@ case $os in
| -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
| -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
| -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
- | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops*)
+ | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops* | -es*)
# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
;;
-qnx*)
@@ -1329,7 +1417,7 @@ case $os in
-opened*)
os=-openedition
;;
- -os400*)
+ -os400*)
os=-os400
;;
-wince*)
@@ -1378,7 +1466,7 @@ case $os in
-sinix*)
os=-sysv4
;;
- -tpf*)
+ -tpf*)
os=-tpf
;;
-triton*)
@@ -1414,15 +1502,14 @@ case $os in
-aros*)
os=-aros
;;
- -kaos*)
- os=-kaos
- ;;
-zvmoe)
os=-zvmoe
;;
-dicos*)
os=-dicos
;;
+ -nacl*)
+ ;;
-none)
;;
*)
@@ -1445,10 +1532,10 @@ else
# system, and we'll never get to this point.
case $basic_machine in
- score-*)
+ score-*)
os=-elf
;;
- spu-*)
+ spu-*)
os=-elf
;;
*-acorn)
@@ -1460,8 +1547,20 @@ case $basic_machine in
arm*-semi)
os=-aout
;;
- c4x-* | tic4x-*)
- os=-coff
+ c4x-* | tic4x-*)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ hexagon-*)
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ tic54x-*)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ tic55x-*)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ tic6x-*)
+ os=-coff
;;
# This must come before the *-dec entry.
pdp10-*)
@@ -1481,14 +1580,11 @@ case $basic_machine in
;;
m68000-sun)
os=-sunos3
- # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
- # default.
- # os=-sunos4
;;
m68*-cisco)
os=-aout
;;
- mep-*)
+ mep-*)
os=-elf
;;
mips*-cisco)
@@ -1515,7 +1611,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
*-ibm)
os=-aix
;;
- *-knuth)
+ *-knuth)
os=-mmixware
;;
*-wec)
diff --git a/config/ctdb-crash-cleanup.sh b/config/ctdb-crash-cleanup.sh
index f426056..d26838e 100755
--- a/config/ctdb-crash-cleanup.sh
+++ b/config/ctdb-crash-cleanup.sh
@@ -4,16 +4,16 @@
# all public ip addresses if CTDBD has crashed or stopped running.
#
-# If ctdb is running, just exit
-if ctdb ping >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
- exit 0
-fi
-
[ -n "$CTDB_BASE" ] || \
export CTDB_BASE=$(cd -P $(dirname "$0") ; echo "$PWD")
. "$CTDB_BASE/functions"
+# If ctdb is running, just exit
+if service ctdb status >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ exit 0
+fi
+
loadconfig ctdb
[ -n "$CTDB_PUBLIC_ADDRESSES" ] || \
@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ loadconfig ctdb
[ -f "$CTDB_PUBLIC_ADDRESSES" ] || \
die "No public addresses file found. Can't clean up."
-drop_all_public_ips "ctdb-crash-cleanup"
+drop_all_public_ips "ctdb-crash-cleanup.sh"
if [ -n "$CTDB_NATGW_PUBLIC_IP" ] ; then
- drop_ip "$CTDB_NATGW_PUBLIC_IP" "ctdb-crash-cleanup"
+ drop_ip "$CTDB_NATGW_PUBLIC_IP" "ctdb-crash-cleanup.sh"
fi
diff --git a/config/ctdb.init b/config/ctdb.init
index 9f9b686..2ceb45f 100755
--- a/config/ctdb.init
+++ b/config/ctdb.init
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
# chkconfig: - 90 01
#
# description: Starts and stops the clustered tdb daemon
-# pidfile: /var/run/ctdbd/ctdbd.pid
+# pidfile: /var/run/ctdb/ctdbd.pid
#
### BEGIN INIT INFO
@@ -32,6 +32,10 @@ fi
LC_ALL=en_US.UTF-8
}
+if [ -f /lib/lsb/init-functions ] ; then
+ . /lib/lsb/init-functions
+fi
+
# Avoid using root's TMPDIR
unset TMPDIR
@@ -50,6 +54,7 @@ detect_init_style
export CTDB_INIT_STYLE
ctdbd=${CTDBD:-/usr/sbin/ctdbd}
+pidfile="/var/run/ctdb/ctdbd.pid"
if [ "$CTDB_VALGRIND" = "yes" ]; then
init_style="valgrind"
@@ -84,6 +89,9 @@ build_ctdb_options () {
}
maybe_set "--reclock" "$CTDB_RECOVERY_LOCK"
+ mkdir -p $(dirname "$pidfile")
+ maybe_set "--pidfile" "$pidfile"
+
# build up CTDB_OPTIONS variable from optional parameters
maybe_set "--logfile" "$CTDB_LOGFILE"
maybe_set "--nlist" "$CTDB_NODES"
@@ -95,7 +103,6 @@ build_ctdb_options () {
maybe_set "--event-script-dir" "$CTDB_EVENT_SCRIPT_DIR"
maybe_set "--transport" "$CTDB_TRANSPORT"
maybe_set "-d" "$CTDB_DEBUGLEVEL"
- maybe_set "--debug-hung-script" "$CTDB_DEBUG_HUNG_SCRIPT"
maybe_set "--notification-script" "$CTDB_NOTIFY_SCRIPT"
maybe_set "--start-as-disabled" "$CTDB_START_AS_DISABLED" "yes"
maybe_set "--start-as-stopped " "$CTDB_START_AS_STOPPED" "yes"
@@ -108,6 +115,11 @@ build_ctdb_options () {
maybe_set "--max-persistent-check-errors" "$CTDB_MAX_PERSISTENT_CHECK_ERRORS"
}
+export_debug_variables ()
+{
+ export CTDB_DEBUG_HUNG_SCRIPT CTDB_EXTERNAL_TRACE
+}
+
# Log given message or stdin to either syslog or a CTDB log file
do_log ()
{
@@ -118,17 +130,17 @@ select_tdb_checker ()
{
# Find the best TDB consistency check available.
use_tdb_tool_check=false
- if [ -x /usr/bin/tdbtool ] && \
- echo "help" | /usr/bin/tdbtool | grep -q check ; then
+ if which tdbtool >/dev/null 2>&1 && \
+ echo "help" | tdbtool | grep -q check ; then
use_tdb_tool_check=true
- elif [ -x /usr/bin/tdbtool -a -x /usr/bin/tdbdump ] ; then
+ elif which tdbtool >/dev/null 2>&1 && which tdbdump >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
do_log <<EOF
WARNING: The installed 'tdbtool' does not offer the 'check' subcommand.
Using 'tdbdump' for database checks.
Consider updating 'tdbtool' for better checks!
EOF
- elif [ -x /usr/bin/tdbdump ] ; then
+ elif which tdbdump >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
do_log <<EOF
WARNING: 'tdbtool' is not available.
Using 'tdbdump' to check the databases.
@@ -208,7 +220,7 @@ wait_until_ready () {
_timeout="${1:-10}" # default is 10 seconds
_count=0
- while ! ctdb ping >/dev/null 2>&1 ; do
+ while ! ctdb runstate first_recovery startup running >/dev/null 2>&1 ; do
if [ $_count -ge $_timeout ] ; then
return 1
fi
@@ -217,8 +229,6 @@ wait_until_ready () {
done
}
-ctdbd=${CTDBD:-/usr/sbin/ctdbd}
-
start() {
echo -n $"Starting ctdbd service: "
@@ -235,9 +245,11 @@ start() {
build_ctdb_options
+ export_debug_variables
+
# make sure we drop any ips that might still be held if previous
# instance of ctdb got killed with -9 or similar
- drop_all_public_ips
+ drop_all_public_ips "ctdb.init"
if select_tdb_checker ; then
check_persistent_databases || return $?
@@ -276,6 +288,7 @@ start() {
if [ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] ; then
if ! wait_until_ready ; then
RETVAL=1
+ echo "Timed out waiting for initialisation - killing CTDB"
pkill -9 -f $ctdbd >/dev/null 2>&1
fi
fi
@@ -323,6 +336,8 @@ stop() {
# make sure all ips are dropped, pfkill -9 might leave them hanging around
drop_all_public_ips
+ rm -f "$pidfile"
+
case $init_style in
suse)
# re-set the return code to the recorded RETVAL in order
@@ -345,33 +360,47 @@ restart() {
start
}
-status() {
- echo -n $"Checking for ctdbd service: "
- _out=$(ctdb ping 2>&1) || {
- RETVAL=$?
- echo -n " ctdbd not running. "
- case $init_style in
- suse)
- set_retval $RETVAL
- rc_status -v
- ;;
- redhat)
- if [ -f /var/lock/subsys/ctdb ]; then
- echo $"ctdb dead but subsys locked"
- RETVAL=2
- else
- echo $"ctdb is stopped"
- RETVAL=3
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- echo 'Output from "ctdb ping":'
- echo "$_out"
+# Given that CTDB_VALGRIND is a debug option we don't support the pid
+# file. We just do a quick and dirty hack instead. Otherwise we just
+# end up re-implementing each distro's pidfile support...
+check_status_valgrind ()
+{
+ if pkill -0 -f "valgrind.*${ctdbd}" ; then
+ echo "ctdbd is running under valgrind..."
+ return 0
+ else
+ echo "ctdbd is not running"
+ return 1
+ fi
+}
- return $RETVAL
- }
- echo ""
- ctdb status
+check_status ()
+{
+ # Backward compatibility. When we arrange to pass --pidfile to
+ # ctdbd we also create the directory that will contain it. If
+ # that directory is missing then we don't use the pidfile to check
+ # status.
+ if [ -d $(dirname "$pidfile") ] ; then
+ _pf_opt="-p $pidfile"
+ else
+ _pf_opt=""
+ fi
+
+ case "$init_style" in
+ valgrind)
+ check_status_valgrind
+ ;;
+ suse)
+ checkproc $_pf_opt "$ctdbd"
+ rc_status -v
+ ;;
+ redhat)
+ status $_pf_opt -l "ctdb" "$ctdbd"
+ ;;
+ debian)
+ status_of_proc $_pf_opt "$ctdbd" "ctdb"
+ ;;
+ esac
}
@@ -388,14 +417,16 @@ case "$1" in
restart
;;
status)
- status
+ check_status
;;
condrestart|try-restart)
- ctdb status > /dev/null && restart || :
+ if check_status >/dev/null ; then
+ restart
+ fi
;;
cron)
# used from cron to auto-restart ctdb
- ctdb status > /dev/null || restart
+ check_status >/dev/null || restart
;;
*)
echo $"Usage: $0 {start|stop|restart|reload|force-reload|status|cron|condrestart|try-restart}"
diff --git a/config/ctdb.sudoers b/config/ctdb.sudoers
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c6619b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/ctdb.sudoers
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+Defaults!/etc/ctdb/statd-callout !requiretty
+
+rpcuser ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: /etc/ctdb/statd-callout
diff --git a/config/ctdb.sysconfig b/config/ctdb.sysconfig
index fecc7a5..6f58e8f 100644
--- a/config/ctdb.sysconfig
+++ b/config/ctdb.sysconfig
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ CTDB_DEBUGLEVEL=ERR
# Monitor filesystem useage.
# when set, and the 40.fs_use eventscript is enabled, this variable
-# allows to monitor the filesystem use and flag a node as unhealthy when
+# allows one to monitor the filesystem use and flag a node as unhealthy when
# the filesystem becomes too full.
# This is useful for example when /var grows too big.
# Example: monitor both / and /var and make the node unhealthy when eitehr go
diff --git a/config/events.d/00.ctdb b/config/events.d/00.ctdb
index 0261353..02d1569 100755
--- a/config/events.d/00.ctdb
+++ b/config/events.d/00.ctdb
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ wait_until_ready () {
_timeout="${1:-10}" # default is 10 seconds
_count=0
- while ! ctdb ping >/dev/null 2>&1 ; do
+ while ! ctdb runstate setup >/dev/null 2>&1 ; do
if [ $_count -ge $_timeout ] ; then
return 1
fi
@@ -88,11 +88,6 @@ case "$1" in
update_config_from_tdb &
;;
monitor)
- # Inherit the debug level from ctdbd on each monitor run. If
- # there's a more urgent need then override CTDB_CURRENT_DEBUGLEVEL
- # using a file in $CTDB_BASE/rc.local.d/.
- ctdb_set_current_debuglevel create
-
# We should never enter swap, so SwapTotal == SwapFree.
[ "$CTDB_CHECK_SWAP_IS_NOT_USED" = "yes" ] && {
if [ -n "`grep '^Swap\(Total\|Free\)' /proc/meminfo | uniq -s 10 -u`" ]; then
diff --git a/config/events.d/01.reclock b/config/events.d/01.reclock
index a3bfc66..ec50989 100755
--- a/config/events.d/01.reclock
+++ b/config/events.d/01.reclock
@@ -15,30 +15,27 @@ case "$1" in
monitor)
RECLOCKFILE=$(ctdb -Y getreclock)
+ # Early exit if not using a reclock file
+ [ -n "$RECLOCKFILE" ] || exit 0
+
+ # Try to stat the reclock file as a background process so that
+ # we don't block in case the cluster filesystem is unavailable
+ (
+ if stat $RECLOCKFILE ; then
+ # We could stat the file, reset the counter
+ ctdb_counter_init
+ fi
+ ) >/dev/null 2>&1 &
+
ctdb_counter_incr
- (ctdb_check_counter_limit 200 >/dev/null 2>&1) || {
- echo "Reclock file $RECLOCKFILE\" can not be accessed. Shutting down."
+ if ! ctdb_check_counter "quiet" -ge 200 ; then
+ echo "Reclock file \"$RECLOCKFILE\" can not be accessed. Shutting down."
df
sleep 1
ctdb shutdown
- }
-
- [ -z "$RECLOCKFILE" ] && {
- # we are not using a reclock file
- ctdb_counter_init
- exit 0
- }
-
- # try stat the reclock file as a background process
- # so that we dont block in case the cluster filesystem is unavailable
- (
- stat $RECLOCKFILE && {
- # we could stat the file, reset the counter
- ctdb_counter_init
- }
- ) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
+ fi
- ctdb_check_counter_limit 3 quiet
+ ctdb_check_counter "error" -gt 3
;;
*)
diff --git a/config/events.d/11.natgw b/config/events.d/11.natgw
index 12ba9ca..9faba80 100755
--- a/config/events.d/11.natgw
+++ b/config/events.d/11.natgw
@@ -13,19 +13,22 @@ loadconfig
[ -z "$CTDB_NATGW_NODES" ] && exit 0
-# Update capabilities to show whether we support teh NATGW capability or not
-if [ "$CTDB_NATGW_SLAVE_ONLY" = "yes" ] ; then
+set_natgw_capability ()
+{
+ # Set NATGW capability depending on configuration
+ if [ "$CTDB_NATGW_SLAVE_ONLY" = "yes" ] ; then
ctdb setnatgwstate off
-else
+ else
ctdb setnatgwstate on
-fi
+ fi
+}
delete_all() {
_ip="${CTDB_NATGW_PUBLIC_IP%/*}"
_maskbits="${CTDB_NATGW_PUBLIC_IP#*/}"
[ -z "$CTDB_NATGW_PUBLIC_IFACE" ] || {
- delete_ip_from_iface $CTDB_NATGW_PUBLIC_IFACE $_ip $_maskbits 2>/dev/null
+ delete_ip_from_iface $CTDB_NATGW_PUBLIC_IFACE $_ip $_maskbits >/dev/null 2>&1
}
ip route del 0.0.0.0/0 metric 10 >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
@@ -58,6 +61,10 @@ ensure_natgwmaster ()
}
case "$1" in
+ setup)
+ set_natgw_capability
+ ;;
+
startup)
# Error if CTDB_NATGW_PUBLIC_IP is listed in public addresses
grep -q "^$CTDB_NATGW_PUBLIC_IP[[:space:]]" "${CTDB_PUBLIC_ADDRESSES:-/etc/ctdb/public_addresses}" && \
@@ -70,6 +77,7 @@ case "$1" in
recovered|updatenatgw|ipreallocated)
mypnn=$(ctdb pnn | cut -d: -f2)
+ set_natgw_capability
ensure_natgwmaster "$1"
delete_all
@@ -98,11 +106,12 @@ case "$1" in
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/route/flush
;;
- shutdown|stopped|removenatgw)
+ shutdown|removenatgw)
delete_all
;;
monitor)
+ set_natgw_capability
ensure_natgwmaster "$1"
;;
diff --git a/config/events.d/13.per_ip_routing b/config/events.d/13.per_ip_routing
index fe97ffc..4b13546 100755
--- a/config/events.d/13.per_ip_routing
+++ b/config/events.d/13.per_ip_routing
@@ -6,6 +6,8 @@
. $CTDB_BASE/functions
loadconfig
+service_name=per_ip_routing
+
# Do nothing if unconfigured
[ -n "$CTDB_PER_IP_ROUTING_CONF" ] || exit 0
diff --git a/config/events.d/40.vsftpd b/config/events.d/40.vsftpd
index 25964b8..92a0e99 100755
--- a/config/events.d/40.vsftpd
+++ b/config/events.d/40.vsftpd
@@ -53,8 +53,9 @@ case "$1" in
ctdb_counter_init
else
ctdb_counter_incr
- ctdb_check_counter_limit
- exit 0 # only count 1 failure per monitor event
+ ctdb_check_counter
+ ctdb_check_counter "quiet" -ge 1 || \
+ echo "WARNING: vsftpd not listening but less than $service_fail_limit consecutive failures, not unhealthy yet"
fi
fi
;;
diff --git a/config/events.d/49.winbind b/config/events.d/49.winbind
index d0a154d..ef4eb3f 100755
--- a/config/events.d/49.winbind
+++ b/config/events.d/49.winbind
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ case "$1" in
;;
monitor)
- ctdb_check_command "winbind" "wbinfo -p"
+ ctdb_check_command wbinfo -p
;;
takeip|releaseip)
diff --git a/config/events.d/50.samba b/config/events.d/50.samba
index ecbe05e..ccc6864 100755
--- a/config/events.d/50.samba
+++ b/config/events.d/50.samba
@@ -68,11 +68,6 @@ service_stop ()
fi
}
-# set default samba cleanup period - in minutes
-[ -z "$SAMBA_CLEANUP_PERIOD" ] && {
- SAMBA_CLEANUP_PERIOD=10
-}
-
# we keep a cached copy of smb.conf here
smbconf_cache="$service_state_dir/smb.conf.cache"
@@ -152,15 +147,6 @@ list_samba_shares ()
###########################
-# periodic cleanup function
-periodic_cleanup() {
- # running smbstatus scrubs any dead entries from the connections
- # and sessionid database
- # echo "Running periodic cleanup of samba databases"
- smbstatus -np > /dev/null 2>&1 &
-}
-
-###########################
ctdb_start_stop_service
@@ -170,28 +156,16 @@ ctdb_service_check_reconfigure
###########################
-case "$1" in
+case "$1" in
startup)
ctdb_service_start
;;
-
+
shutdown)
ctdb_service_stop
;;
monitor)
- # Create a dummy file to track when we need to do periodic cleanup
- # of samba databases
- periodic_cleanup_file="$service_state_dir/periodic_cleanup"
- [ -f "$periodic_cleanup_file" ] || {
- touch "$periodic_cleanup_file"
- }
- [ `find "$periodic_cleanup_file" -mmin +$SAMBA_CLEANUP_PERIOD | wc -l` -eq 1 ] && {
- # Cleanup the databases
- periodic_cleanup
- touch "$periodic_cleanup_file"
- }
-
if [ "$CTDB_SAMBA_SKIP_SHARE_CHECK" != "yes" ] ; then
testparm_background_update
@@ -200,7 +174,7 @@ case "$1" in
testparm_cat | egrep '^WARNING|^ERROR|^Unknown' && \
die "ERROR: testparm shows smb.conf is not clean"
}
-
+
list_samba_shares | ctdb_check_directories_probe || {
testparm_foreground_update
list_samba_shares |
diff --git a/config/events.d/60.ganesha b/config/events.d/60.ganesha
index 4d8736e..0066c54 100755
--- a/config/events.d/60.ganesha
+++ b/config/events.d/60.ganesha
@@ -6,7 +6,10 @@
. $CTDB_BASE/functions
-service_name="nfs-ganesha-gpfs"
+GANRECDIR="/var/lib/nfs/ganesha"
+GANRECDIR2="/var/lib/nfs/ganesha/recevents"
+GPFS_STATE="/usr/lpp/mmfs/bin/mmgetstate"
+GANRECDIR3="/var/lib/nfs/ganesha_local"
service_start ()
@@ -29,20 +32,17 @@ service_reconfigure ()
$CTDB_BASE/statd-callout notify &
} >/dev/null 2>&1
}
+
loadconfig "nfs"
-[ "$NFS_SERVER_MODE" = "ganesha" ] || exit 0
-ctdb_setup_service_state_dir
+[ -n "$CTDB_CLUSTER_FILESYSTEM_TYPE" ] || CTDB_CLUSTER_FILESYSTEM_TYPE="gpfs"
-statd_update_trigger="$service_state_dir/update-trigger"
-# We want this file to always exist. The corner case is when
-# auto-start/stop is switched off, NFS is added as a managed service
-# some time after ctdbd is started and someone else starts the NFS
-# service for us. In this case this file might not otherwise exist
-# when we get to a monitor event.
-touch "$statd_update_trigger"
+service_name="nfs-ganesha-$CTDB_CLUSTER_FILESYSTEM_TYPE"
+[ "$NFS_SERVER_MODE" = "ganesha" ] || exit 0
+
+ctdb_setup_service_state_dir
ctdb_start_stop_service
@@ -50,93 +50,170 @@ is_ctdb_managed_service || exit 0
ctdb_service_check_reconfigure
+get_cluster_fs_state ()
+{
+ case $CTDB_CLUSTER_FILESYSTEM_TYPE in
+ gpfs)
+ STATE=`$GPFS_STATE | awk 'NR <= 3 {next} {printf "%-6s", $3}'`
+ echo $STATE
+ ;;
+ *)
+ die "File system $CTDB_CLUSTER_FILESYSTEM_TYPE not supported"
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+create_ganesha_recdirs ()
+{
+ if [ -z "$(mount -t $CTDB_CLUSTER_FILESYSTEM_TYPE)" ]; then
+ echo "startup $CTDB_CLUSTER_FILESYSTEM_TYPE not ready"
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ MNTPT=`mount -t $CTDB_CLUSTER_FILESYSTEM_TYPE | sort | awk '{print $3}' | head -n 1`
+ mkdir -p $MNTPT/.ganesha
+ if [ -e $GANRECDIR ]; then
+ if [ ! -L $GANRECDIR ] ; then
+ rm -rf $GANRECDIR
+ if ! ln -s $MNTPT/.ganesha $GANRECDIR ; then
+ echo "ln failed"
+ fi
+ fi
+ else
+ if ! ln -s $MNTPT/.ganesha $GANRECDIR ; then
+ echo "ln failed"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ mkdir -p $GANRECDIR2
+ mkdir -p $GANRECDIR3
+}
+
case "$1" in
init)
- # read statd from persistent database
- ;;
+ # read statd from persistent database
+ ;;
startup)
- ctdb_service_start
- ;;
+ create_ganesha_recdirs
+ ctdb_service_start
+ ;;
shutdown)
- ctdb_service_stop
- ;;
+ ctdb_service_stop
+ ;;
takeip)
- ctdb_service_set_reconfigure
- ;;
+ if [ -n "$2" ] ; then
+ case $CTDB_CLUSTER_FILESYSTEM_TYPE in
+ gpfs)
+ NNUM=`/usr/lpp/mmfs/bin/mmlsconfig myNodeConfigNumber | awk '{print $2}'`
+ TDATE=`date +"%s"`
+ TOUCHTGT=$1"_"$TDATE"_"$NNUM"_"$3"_"$4"_"$2
+ touch $GANRECDIR2/$TOUCHTGT
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ ctdb_service_set_reconfigure
+ ;;
releaseip)
- ctdb_service_set_reconfigure
- ;;
-
- monitor)
+ if [ -n "$2" ] ; then
+ case $CTDB_CLUSTER_FILESYSTEM_TYPE in
+ gpfs)
+ NNUM=`/usr/lpp/mmfs/bin/mmlsconfig myNodeConfigNumber | awk '{print $2}'`
+ TDATE=`date +"%s"`
+ TOUCHTGT=$1"_"$TDATE"_"$NNUM"_"$3"_"$4"_"$2
+ touch $GANRECDIR2/$TOUCHTGT
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ ctdb_service_set_reconfigure
+ ;;
- update_tickles 2049
+ monitor)
+ update_tickles 2049
+ create_ganesha_recdirs
+ service_name=${service_name}_process
# check that statd responds to rpc requests
# if statd is not running we try to restart it
# we only do this IF we have a rpc.statd command.
# For platforms where rpc.statd does not exist, we skip
- # the check completely
- p="rpc.statd"
- which $p >/dev/null 2>/dev/null && \
+ # the check completely
+ p="rpc.statd"
+ which $p >/dev/null 2>/dev/null && \
nfs_check_rpc_service "statd" 1 \
- -ge 6 "verbose unhealthy" \
- -eq 4 "verbose restart" \
- -eq 2 "restart:bs"
-
- PIDFILE="/var/run/ganesha.pid"
- RUNNING=0
- if [ -e $PIDFILE ]
- then
- PID=`cat $PIDFILE`
- GANESHA="/usr/bin/gpfs.ganesha.nfsd"
- RUNNING=`cat /proc/$PID/cmdline | grep $GANESHA | wc -l`
- fi
- if [ $RUNNING != 1 ]
- then
- echo "Trying fast restart of NFS service"
- startstop_ganesha restart
- fi
-
- # check that NFS responds to rpc requests
- if [ "$CTDB_NFS_SKIP_KNFSD_ALIVE_CHECK" != "yes" ] ; then
- nfs_check_rpc_service "ganesha" \
-ge 6 "verbose unhealthy" \
-eq 4 "verbose restart" \
-eq 2 "restart:bs"
+
+ PIDFILE="/var/run/ganesha.pid"
+ CUR_STATE=`get_cluster_fs_state`
+ GANESHA="/usr/bin/$CTDB_CLUSTER_FILESYSTEM_TYPE.ganesha.nfsd"
+ if { read PID < $PIDFILE && \
+ grep "$GANESHA" "/proc/$PID/cmdline" ; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ ctdb_counter_init "$service_name"
+ else
+ if [ $CUR_STATE = "active" ]; then
+ echo "Trying fast restart of NFS service"
+ startstop_ganesha restart
+ ctdb_counter_incr "$service_name"
+ ctdb_check_counter "error" "-ge" "6" "$service_name"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ service_name="nfs-ganesha-$CTDB_CLUSTER_FILESYSTEM_TYPE"_service
+ # check that NFS is posting forward progress
+ if [ $CUR_STATE = "active" -a "$CTDB_NFS_SKIP_KNFSD_ALIVE_CHECK" != "yes" ] ; then
+ MAXREDS=2
+ MAXSTALL=120
+ RESTART=0
+
+ NUMREDS=`ls $GANRECDIR3 | grep "red" | wc -l`
+ LASTONE=`ls -t $GANRECDIR3 | sed 's/_/ /' | awk 'NR > 1 {next} {printf $1} '`
+ # Beware of startup
+ if [ -z $LASTONE ] ; then
+ LASTONE=`date +"%s"`
+ fi
+ TNOW=$(date +"%s")
+ TSTALL=$(($TNOW - $LASTONE))
+ if [ $NUMREDS -ge $MAXREDS ] ; then
+ echo restarting because of $NUMREDS red conditions
+ RESTART=1
+ ctdb_counter_incr "$service_name"
+ ctdb_check_counter "error" "-ge" "6" "$service_name"
+ fi
+ if [ $TSTALL -ge $MAXSTALL ] ; then
+ echo restarting because of $TSTALL second stall
+ RESTART=1
+ ctdb_counter_incr "$service_name"
+ ctdb_check_counter "error" "-ge" "6" "$service_name"
+ fi
+ if [ $RESTART -gt 0 ] ; then
+ startstop_ganesha restart
+ else
+ ctdb_counter_init "$service_name"
+ fi
fi
# rquotad is sometimes not started correctly on RHEL5
# not a critical service so we dont flag the node as unhealthy
- nfs_check_rpc_service "rquotad" 1\
+ nfs_check_rpc_service "rquotad" 1 \
-gt 0 "verbose restart:b"
+ # Check that directories for shares actually exist.
+ [ "$CTDB_NFS_SKIP_SHARE_CHECK" = "yes" ] || {
+ grep Path /etc/ganesha/$CTDB_CLUSTER_FILESYSTEM_TYPE.ganesha.exports.conf |
+ cut -f2 -d\" | ctdb_check_directories
+ } || exit $?
- # Check that directories for shares actually exist.
- [ "$CTDB_NFS_SKIP_SHARE_CHECK" = "yes" ] || {
- grep Path /etc/ganesha/gpfs.ganesha.exports.conf |
- cut -f2 -d\" | ctdb_check_directories
- } || exit $?
-
- # once every 60 seconds, update the statd state database for which
- # clients need notifications
- LAST_UPDATE=`stat --printf="%Y" "$statd_update_trigger" 2>/dev/null`
- CURRENT_TIME=`date +"%s"`
- [ $CURRENT_TIME -ge $(($LAST_UPDATE + 60)) ] && {
- touch "$statd_update_trigger"
- $CTDB_BASE/statd-callout updatelocal &
- $CTDB_BASE/statd-callout updateremote &
- }
- ;;
+ # once every 60 seconds, update the statd state database for which
+ # clients need notifications
+ nfs_statd_update 60
+ ;;
- ipreallocated)
- ctdb_service_set_reconfigure
- ;;
- *)
- ctdb_standard_event_handler "$@"
- ;;
+ *)
+ ctdb_standard_event_handler "$@"
+ ;;
esac
exit 0
diff --git a/config/events.d/60.nfs b/config/events.d/60.nfs
index 2cba9a7..eb98ee1 100755
--- a/config/events.d/60.nfs
+++ b/config/events.d/60.nfs
@@ -32,14 +32,6 @@ loadconfig
ctdb_setup_service_state_dir
-statd_update_trigger="$service_state_dir/update-trigger"
-# We want this file to always exist. The corner case is when
-# auto-start/stop is switched off, NFS is added as a managed service
-# some time after ctdbd is started and someone else starts the NFS
-# service for us. In this case this file might not otherwise exist
-# when we get to a monitor event.
-touch "$statd_update_trigger"
-
ctdb_start_stop_service
is_ctdb_managed_service || exit 0
@@ -77,50 +69,11 @@ case "$1" in
update_tickles 2049
- # check that statd responds to rpc requests
- # if statd is not running we try to restart it
- # we only do this IF we have a rpc.statd command.
- # For platforms where rpc.statd does not exist, we skip
- # the check completely
- p="rpc.statd"
- which $p >/dev/null 2>/dev/null && \
- nfs_check_rpc_service "statd" \
- -ge 6 "verbose unhealthy" \
- -eq 4 "verbose restart" \
- -eq 2 "restart:bs"
-
- # check that NFS responds to rpc requests
- if [ "$CTDB_NFS_SKIP_KNFSD_ALIVE_CHECK" != "yes" ] ; then
- nfs_check_rpc_service "knfsd" \
- -ge 6 "verbose unhealthy" \
- -eq 4 "verbose restart" \
- -eq 2 "restart:bs"
- fi
-
- # check that lockd responds to rpc requests
- nfs_check_rpc_service "lockd" \
- -ge 15 "verbose restart:b unhealthy" \
- -eq 10 "restart:bs"
-
- # mountd is sometimes not started correctly on RHEL5
- nfs_check_rpc_service "mountd" \
- -ge 10 "verbose restart:b unhealthy" \
- -eq 5 "restart:b"
-
- # rquotad is sometimes not started correctly on RHEL5
- # not a critical service so we dont flag the node as unhealthy
- nfs_check_rpc_service "rquotad" \
- -gt 0 "verbose restart:b"
-
- # once every 600 seconds, update the statd state database for which
+ nfs_check_rpc_services
+
+ # Every 10 minutes, update the statd state database for which
# clients need notifications
- LAST_UPDATE=`stat --printf="%Y" "$statd_update_trigger"`
- CURRENT_TIME=`date +"%s"`
- [ $CURRENT_TIME -ge $(($LAST_UPDATE + 600)) ] && {
- touch "$statd_update_trigger"
- $CTDB_BASE/statd-callout updatelocal &
- $CTDB_BASE/statd-callout updateremote &
- }
+ nfs_statd_update 600
;;
*)
diff --git a/config/events.d/91.lvs b/config/events.d/91.lvs
index c1e6d15..bdbcfa3 100755
--- a/config/events.d/91.lvs
+++ b/config/events.d/91.lvs
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ case "$1" in
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/route/flush
;;
- recovered|stopped|ipreallocated)
+ recovered|ipreallocated)
# kill off any tcp connections
ipvsadm -D -t $CTDB_LVS_PUBLIC_IP:0
ipvsadm -D -u $CTDB_LVS_PUBLIC_IP:0
diff --git a/config/events.d/README b/config/events.d/README
index 6075f39..ea9048f 100644
--- a/config/events.d/README
+++ b/config/events.d/README
@@ -146,12 +146,11 @@ recovered
service and also send out statd notifications to all registered
clients.
-stopped
- This event is called when a node is STOPPED and can be used to
- perform additional cleanup that is required.
- Note that a stopped node is considered inactive, so it will not
- be issuing the recovered event once the cluster has recovered.
- See 91.lvs for a use of this event.
+ipreallocated
+
+ This event is triggered after releaseip and takeip events in a
+ takeover run. It can be used to reconfigure services, update
+ routing and many other things.
Additional note for takeip, releaseip, recovered:
diff --git a/config/functions b/config/functions
index 8fbc079..f4707a7 100755
--- a/config/functions
+++ b/config/functions
@@ -23,11 +23,18 @@ _loadconfig() {
foo="${service_config:-${service_name}}"
if [ -n "$foo" ] ; then
loadconfig "$foo"
+ return
fi
- elif [ "$1" != "ctdb" ] ; then
+ fi
+
+ if [ "$1" != "ctdb" ] ; then
loadconfig "ctdb"
fi
+ if [ -z "$1" ] ; then
+ return
+ fi
+
if [ -f $CTDB_ETCDIR/sysconfig/$1 ]; then
. $CTDB_ETCDIR/sysconfig/$1
elif [ -f $CTDB_ETCDIR/default/$1 ]; then
@@ -42,39 +49,12 @@ loadconfig () {
}
##############################################################
-# make sure CTDB_CURRENT_DEBUGLEVEL is set to the desired debug level
-# (integer)
-#
-# If it is already set then do nothing, since it might have been set
-# via a file in rc.local.d/. If it is not set then set it by sourcing
-# /var/ctdb/eventscript_debuglevel. If this file does not exist then
-# create it using output from "ctdb getdebug". If the option 1st arg
-# is "create" then don't source an existing file but create a new one
-# instead - this is useful for creating the file just once in each
-# event run in 00.ctdb. If there's a problem getting the debug level
-# from ctdb then it is silently set to 0 - no use spamming logs if our
-# debug code is broken...
-ctdb_set_current_debuglevel ()
-{
- [ -z "$CTDB_CURRENT_DEBUGLEVEL" ] || return 0
-
- _f="$CTDB_VARDIR/eventscript_debuglevel"
-
- if [ "$1" = "create" -o ! -r "$_f" ] ; then
- _t=$(ctdb getdebug -Y 2>/dev/null)
- # get last field of output
- _t="${_t%:}"
- _t="${_t##*:}"
- # Defaults to 0
- echo "export CTDB_CURRENT_DEBUGLEVEL=\"${_t:-0}\"" >"$_f"
- fi
-
- . "$_f"
-}
+# CTDB_SCRIPT_DEBUGLEVEL can be overwritten by setting it in a
+# configuration file.
debug ()
{
- if [ $CTDB_CURRENT_DEBUGLEVEL -ge 4 ] ; then
+ if [ ${CTDB_SCRIPT_DEBUGLEVEL:-2} -ge 4 ] ; then
# If there are arguments then echo them. Otherwise expect to
# use stdin, which allows us to pass lots of debug using a
# here document.
@@ -110,7 +90,7 @@ script_log ()
esac
if $_using_syslog ; then
- logger -t "$_tag" "$*"
+ logger -t "ctdbd: ${_tag}" $*
else
{
if [ -n "$*" ] ; then
@@ -128,7 +108,7 @@ background_with_logging ()
{
(
"$@" 2>&1 </dev/null |
- script_log "ctdbd: ${script_name}&"
+ script_log "${script_name}&"
)&
return 0
@@ -250,29 +230,68 @@ nfs_check_rpc_service ()
{
_prog_name="$1" ; shift
- _v=""
- case "$1" in
- -*) : ;;
- *) _v="$1" ; shift ;;
+ if _nfs_check_rpc_common "$_prog_name" ; then
+ return
+ fi
+
+ while [ -n "$3" ] ; do
+ if _nfs_check_rpc_action "$1" "$2" "$3" ; then
+ break
+ fi
+ shift 3
+ done
+}
+
+# The new way of doing things...
+nfs_check_rpc_services ()
+{
+ # Files must end with .check - avoids editor backups, RPM fu, ...
+ for _f in "${CTDB_BASE}/nfs-rpc-checks.d/"[0-9][0-9].*.check ; do
+ _t="${_f%.check}"
+ _prog_name="${_t##*/[0-9][0-9].}"
+
+ if _nfs_check_rpc_common "$_prog_name" ; then
+ # This RPC service is up, check next service...
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ # Check each line in the file in turn until one of the limit
+ # checks is hit...
+ while read _cmp _lim _rest ; do
+ # Skip comments
+ case "$_cmp" in
+ \#*) continue ;;
+ esac
+
+ if _nfs_check_rpc_action "$_cmp" "$_lim" "$_rest" ; then
+ # Limit was hit on this line, no further checking...
+ break
+ fi
+ done <"$_f"
+ done
+}
+
+_nfs_check_rpc_common ()
+{
+ _prog_name="$1"
+
+ # Some platforms don't have separate programs for all services.
+ case "$_prog_name" in
+ statd)
+ which "rpc.${_prog_name}" >/dev/null 2>&1 || return 0
esac
- _version=${_v:-1}
+ _version=1
_rpc_prog="$_prog_name"
_restart=""
_opts=""
case "$_prog_name" in
- knfsd)
+ nfsd)
_rpc_prog=nfs
- _version=${_v:-3}
+ _version=3
_restart="echo 'Trying to restart NFS service'"
_restart="${_restart}; startstop_nfs restart"
;;
- ganesha)
- _rpc_prog=nfs
- _version=${_v:-3}
- _restart="echo 'Trying to restart Ganesha NFS service'"
- _restart="${_restart}; startstop_ganesha restart"
- ;;
mountd)
_opts="${MOUNTD_PORT:+ -p }${MOUNTD_PORT}"
;;
@@ -281,7 +300,7 @@ nfs_check_rpc_service ()
;;
lockd)
_rpc_prog=nlockmgr
- _version=${_v:-4}
+ _version=4
_restart="echo 'Trying to restart lock manager service'"
_restart="${_restart}; startstop_nfslock restart"
;;
@@ -305,56 +324,63 @@ nfs_check_rpc_service ()
ctdb_counter_incr "$_service_name"
- while [ -n "$3" ] ; do
- ctdb_check_counter "quiet" "$1" "$2" "$_service_name" || {
- for _action in $3 ; do
- case "$_action" in
- verbose)
- echo "$ctdb_check_rpc_out"
- ;;
- restart|restart:*)
- # No explicit command specified, construct rpc command.
- if [ -z "$_restart" ] ; then
- _p="rpc.${_prog_name}"
- _restart="echo 'Trying to restart $_prog_name [${_p}${_opts}]'"
- _restart="${_restart}; killall -q -9 $_p"
- _restart="${_restart}; $_p $_opts"
- fi
-
- # Process restart flags...
- _flags="${_action#restart:}"
- # There may not have been a colon...
- [ "$_flags" != "$_action" ] || _flags=""
- # q=quiet - everything to /dev/null
- if [ "${_flags#*q}" != "$_flags" ] ; then
- _restart="{ ${_restart} ; } >/dev/null 2>&1"
- fi
- # s=stealthy - last command to /dev/null
- if [ "${_flags#*s}" != "$_flags" ] ; then
- _restart="${_restart} >/dev/null 2>&1"
- fi
- # b=background - the whole thing, easy and reliable
- if [ "${_flags#*b}" != "$_flags" ] ; then
- _restart="{ ${_restart} ; } &"
- fi
-
- # Do it!
- eval "${_restart}"
- ;;
- unhealthy)
- exit 1
- ;;
- *)
- echo "Internal error: unknown action \"$_action\"."
- exit 1
- esac
- done
+ return 1
+}
- # Only process the first action group.
- break
- }
- shift 3
+_nfs_check_rpc_action ()
+{
+ _cmp="$1"
+ _limit="$2"
+ _actions="$3"
+
+ if ctdb_check_counter "quiet" "$_cmp" "$_limit" "$_service_name" ; then
+ return 1
+ fi
+
+ for _action in $_actions ; do
+ case "$_action" in
+ verbose)
+ echo "$ctdb_check_rpc_out"
+ ;;
+ restart|restart:*)
+ # No explicit command specified, construct rpc command.
+ if [ -z "$_restart" ] ; then
+ _p="rpc.${_prog_name}"
+ _restart="echo 'Trying to restart $_prog_name [${_p}${_opts}]'"
+ _restart="${_restart}; killall -q -9 $_p"
+ _restart="${_restart}; $_p $_opts"
+ fi
+
+ # Process restart flags...
+ _flags="${_action#restart:}"
+ # There may not have been a colon...
+ [ "$_flags" != "$_action" ] || _flags=""
+ # q=quiet - everything to /dev/null
+ if [ "${_flags#*q}" != "$_flags" ] ; then
+ _restart="{ ${_restart} ; } >/dev/null 2>&1"
+ fi
+ # s=stealthy - last command to /dev/null
+ if [ "${_flags#*s}" != "$_flags" ] ; then
+ _restart="${_restart} >/dev/null 2>&1"
+ fi
+ # b=background - the whole thing, easy and reliable
+ if [ "${_flags#*b}" != "$_flags" ] ; then
+ _restart="{ ${_restart} ; } &"
+ fi
+
+ # Do it!
+ eval "${_restart}"
+ ;;
+ unhealthy)
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo "Internal error: unknown action \"$_action\"."
+ exit 1
+ esac
done
+
+ return 0
}
######################################################
@@ -376,11 +402,19 @@ $ctdb_check_rpc_out"
}
######################################################
+# Ensure $service_name is set
+assert_service_name ()
+{
+ [ -n "$service_name" ] || die "INTERNAL ERROR: \$service_name not set"
+}
+
+######################################################
# check a set of directories is available
# return 1 on a missing directory
-# usage: ctdb_check_directories_probe SERVICE_NAME <directories...>
+# directories are read from stdin
######################################################
-ctdb_check_directories_probe() {
+ctdb_check_directories_probe()
+{
while IFS="" read d ; do
case "$d" in
*%*)
@@ -394,12 +428,12 @@ ctdb_check_directories_probe() {
######################################################
# check a set of directories is available
-# usage: ctdb_check_directories SERVICE_NAME <directories...>
+# directories are read from stdin
######################################################
-ctdb_check_directories() {
- n="${1:-${service_name}}"
+ctdb_check_directories()
+{
ctdb_check_directories_probe || {
- echo "ERROR: $n directory \"$d\" not available"
+ echo "ERROR: $service_name directory \"$d\" not available"
exit 1
}
}
@@ -415,6 +449,7 @@ ctdb_check_directories() {
# message if a port check fails.
_ctdb_check_tcp_common ()
{
+ assert_service_name
_ctdb_service_started_file="$ctdb_fail_dir/$service_name.started"
}
@@ -588,152 +623,124 @@ ctdb_check_unix_socket() {
######################################################
# check a command returns zero status
-# usage: ctdb_check_command SERVICE_NAME <command>
+# usage: ctdb_check_command <command>
######################################################
-ctdb_check_command() {
- service_name="$1"
- wait_cmd="$2"
- [ -z "$wait_cmd" ] && return;
- $wait_cmd > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
- echo "ERROR: $service_name - $wait_cmd returned error"
- exit 1
- }
+ctdb_check_command ()
+{
+ _out=$("$@" 2>&1) || {
+ echo "ERROR: $* returned error"
+ echo "$_out" | debug
+ exit 1
+ }
}
################################################
# kill off any TCP connections with the given IP
################################################
-kill_tcp_connections() {
- _IP="$1"
- _failed=0
-
- _killcount=0
- connfile="$CTDB_VARDIR/state/connections.$_IP"
- netstat -tn |egrep "^tcp.*[[:space:]]+$_IP:.*ESTABLISHED" | awk '{print $4" "$5}' > $connfile
- netstat -tn |egrep "^tcp.*[[:space:]]+::ffff:$_IP:.*ESTABLISHED" | awk '{print $4" "$5}' >> $connfile
-
- while read dest src; do
- srcip=`echo $src | sed -e "s/:[^:]*$//"`
- srcport=`echo $src | sed -e "s/^.*://"`
- destip=`echo $dest | sed -e "s/:[^:]*$//"`
- destport=`echo $dest | sed -e "s/^.*://"`
- echo "Killing TCP connection $srcip:$srcport $destip:$destport"
- ctdb killtcp $srcip:$srcport $destip:$destport >/dev/null 2>&1 || _failed=1
- case $destport in
- # we only do one-way killtcp for CIFS
- 139|445) : ;;
- # for all others we do 2-way
- *)
- ctdb killtcp $destip:$destport $srcip:$srcport >/dev/null 2>&1 || _failed=1
- ;;
- esac
- _killcount=`expr $_killcount + 1`
- done < $connfile
- rm -f $connfile
+kill_tcp_connections ()
+{
+ _ip="$1"
- [ $_failed = 0 ] || {
- echo "Failed to send killtcp control"
- return;
- }
- [ $_killcount -gt 0 ] || {
- return;
+ _oneway=false
+ if [ "$2" = "oneway" ] ; then
+ _oneway=true
+ fi
+
+ get_tcp_connections_for_ip "$_ip" | {
+ _killcount=0
+ _failed=false
+
+ while read dest src; do
+ echo "Killing TCP connection $src $dest"
+ ctdb killtcp $src $dest >/dev/null 2>&1 || _failed=true
+ _destport="${dest##*:}"
+ __oneway=$_oneway
+ case $_destport in
+ # we only do one-way killtcp for CIFS
+ 139|445) __oneway=true ;;
+ esac
+ if ! $__oneway ; then
+ ctdb killtcp $dest $src >/dev/null 2>&1 || _failed=true
+ fi
+
+ _killcount=$(($_killcount + 1))
+ done
+
+ if $_failed ; then
+ echo "Failed to send killtcp control"
+ return
+ fi
+ if [ $_killcount -eq 0 ] ; then
+ return
+ fi
+
+ _count=0
+ while : ; do
+ if [ -z "$(get_tcp_connections_for_ip $_ip)" ] ; then
+ echo "Killed $_killcount TCP connections to released IP $_ip"
+ return
+ fi
+
+ _count=$(($_count + 1))
+ if [ $_count -gt 3 ] ; then
+ echo "Timed out killing tcp connections for IP $_ip"
+ return
+ fi
+
+ sleep 1
+ done
}
- _count=0
- while netstat -tn |egrep "^tcp.*[[:space:]]+$_IP:.*ESTABLISHED" > /dev/null; do
- sleep 1
- _count=`expr $_count + 1`
- [ $_count -gt 3 ] && {
- echo "Timed out killing tcp connections for IP $_IP"
- return;
- }
- done
- echo "killed $_killcount TCP connections to released IP $_IP"
}
##################################################################
# kill off the local end for any TCP connections with the given IP
##################################################################
-kill_tcp_connections_local_only() {
- _IP="$1"
- _failed=0
-
- _killcount=0
- connfile="$CTDB_VARDIR/state/connections.$_IP"
- netstat -tn |egrep "^tcp.*[[:space:]]+$_IP:.*ESTABLISHED" | awk '{print $4" "$5}' > $connfile
- netstat -tn |egrep "^tcp.*[[:space:]]+::ffff:$_IP:.*ESTABLISHED" | awk '{print $4" "$5}' >> $connfile
-
- while read dest src; do
- srcip=`echo $src | sed -e "s/:[^:]*$//"`
- srcport=`echo $src | sed -e "s/^.*://"`
- destip=`echo $dest | sed -e "s/:[^:]*$//"`
- destport=`echo $dest | sed -e "s/^.*://"`
- echo "Killing TCP connection $srcip:$srcport $destip:$destport"
- ctdb killtcp $srcip:$srcport $destip:$destport >/dev/null 2>&1 || _failed=1
- _killcount=`expr $_killcount + 1`
- done < $connfile
- rm -f $connfile
-
- [ $_failed = 0 ] || {
- echo "Failed to send killtcp control"
- return;
- }
- [ $_killcount -gt 0 ] || {
- return;
- }
- _count=0
- while netstat -tn |egrep "^tcp.*[[:space:]]+$_IP:.*ESTABLISHED" > /dev/null; do
- sleep 1
- _count=`expr $_count + 1`
- [ $_count -gt 3 ] && {
- echo "Timed out killing tcp connections for IP $_IP"
- return;
- }
- done
- echo "killed $_killcount TCP connections to released IP $_IP"
+kill_tcp_connections_local_only ()
+{
+ kill_tcp_connections "$1" "oneway"
}
##################################################################
# tickle any TCP connections with the given IP
##################################################################
-tickle_tcp_connections() {
- _IP="$1"
- _failed=0
-
- _killcount=0
- connfile="$CTDB_VARDIR/state/connections.$_IP"
- netstat -tn |egrep "^tcp.*[[:space:]]+$_IP:.*ESTABLISHED" | awk '{print $4" "$5}' > $connfile
- netstat -tn |egrep "^tcp.*[[:space:]]+::ffff:$_IP:.*ESTABLISHED" | awk '{print $4" "$5}' >> $connfile
-
- while read dest src; do
- srcip=`echo $src | sed -e "s/:[^:]*$//"`
- srcport=`echo $src | sed -e "s/^.*://"`
- destip=`echo $dest | sed -e "s/:[^:]*$//"`
- destport=`echo $dest | sed -e "s/^.*://"`
- echo "Tickle TCP connection $srcip:$srcport $destip:$destport"
- ctdb tickle $srcip:$srcport $destip:$destport >/dev/null 2>&1 || _failed=1
- echo "Tickle TCP connection $destip:$destport $srcip:$srcport"
- ctdb tickle $destip:$destport $srcip:$srcport >/dev/null 2>&1 || _failed=1
- done < $connfile
- rm -f $connfile
-
- [ $_failed = 0 ] || {
- echo "Failed to send tickle control"
- return;
+tickle_tcp_connections ()
+{
+ _ip="$1"
+
+ get_tcp_connections_for_ip "$_ip" |
+ {
+ _failed=false
+
+ while read dest src; do
+ echo "Tickle TCP connection $src $dest"
+ ctdb tickle $src $dest >/dev/null 2>&1 || _failed=true
+ echo "Tickle TCP connection $dest $src"
+ ctdb tickle $dest $src >/dev/null 2>&1 || _failed=true
+ done
+
+ if $_failed ; then
+ echo "Failed to send tickle control"
+ fi
}
}
+get_tcp_connections_for_ip ()
+{
+ _ip="$1"
+
+ netstat -tn | awk -v ip=$_ip \
+ 'index($1, "tcp") == 1 && \
+ (index($4, ip ":") == 1 || index($4, "::ffff:" ip ":") == 1) \
+ && $6 == "ESTABLISHED" \
+ {print $4" "$5}'
+}
+
########################################################
# start/stop the Ganesha nfs service
########################################################
startstop_ganesha()
{
- _ganesha_fsal_list="gpfs"
- for _fsal in $_ganesha_fsal_list ; do
- _service_name="nfs-ganesha-${_fsal}"
- if [ -x /etc/init.d/$_service_name ] ; then
- break
- fi
- done
+ _service_name="nfs-ganesha-$CTDB_CLUSTER_FILESYSTEM_TYPE"
case "$1" in
start)
service "$_service_name" start
@@ -853,6 +860,23 @@ startstop_nfslock() {
esac
}
+# Periodically update the statd database
+nfs_statd_update ()
+{
+ _update_period="$1"
+
+ _statd_update_trigger="$service_state_dir/update-trigger"
+ [ -f "$_statd_update_trigger" ] || touch "$_statd_update_trigger"
+
+ _last_update=$(stat --printf="%Y" "$_statd_update_trigger")
+ _current_time=$(date +"%s")
+ if [ $(( $_current_time - $_last_update)) -ge $_update_period ] ; then
+ touch "$_statd_update_trigger"
+ $CTDB_BASE/statd-callout updatelocal &
+ $CTDB_BASE/statd-callout updateremote &
+ fi
+}
+
add_ip_to_iface()
{
_iface=$1
@@ -860,6 +884,7 @@ add_ip_to_iface()
_maskbits=$3
_lockfile="${CTDB_VARDIR}/state/interface_modify_${_iface}.flock"
+ mkdir -p "${_lockfile%/*}" # dirname
[ -f "$_lockfile" ] || touch "$_lockfile"
(
@@ -889,6 +914,7 @@ delete_ip_from_iface()
_maskbits=$3
_lockfile="${CTDB_VARDIR}/state/interface_modify_${_iface}.flock"
+ mkdir -p "${_lockfile%/*}" # dirname
[ -f "$_lockfile" ] || touch "$_lockfile"
(
@@ -982,7 +1008,7 @@ drop_all_public_ips ()
# ctdb_check_counter_limit fails when count >= <limit>
########################################################
_ctdb_counter_common () {
- _service_name="${1:-${service_name}}"
+ _service_name="${1:-${service_name:-${script_name}}}"
_counter_file="$ctdb_fail_dir/$_service_name"
mkdir -p "${_counter_file%/*}" # dirname
}
@@ -997,33 +1023,6 @@ ctdb_counter_incr () {
# unary counting!
echo -n 1 >> "$_counter_file"
}
-ctdb_check_counter_limit () {
- _ctdb_counter_common
-
- _limit="${1:-${service_fail_limit}}"
- _quiet="$2"
-
- # unary counting!
- _size=$(stat -c "%s" "$_counter_file" 2>/dev/null || echo 0)
- if [ $_size -ge $_limit ] ; then
- echo "ERROR: more than $_limit consecutive failures for $service_name, marking cluster unhealthy"
- exit 1
- elif [ $_size -gt 0 -a -z "$_quiet" ] ; then
- echo "WARNING: less than $_limit consecutive failures ($_size) for $service_name, not unhealthy yet"
- fi
-}
-ctdb_check_counter_equal () {
- _ctdb_counter_common
-
- _limit=$1
-
- # unary counting!
- _size=$(stat -c "%s" "$_counter_file" 2>/dev/null || echo 0)
- if [ $_size -eq $_limit ] ; then
- return 1
- fi
- return 0
-}
ctdb_check_counter () {
_msg="${1:-error}" # "error" - anything else is silent on fail
_op="${2:--ge}" # an integer operator supported by test
@@ -1064,26 +1063,25 @@ ctdb_managed_dir="$CTDB_VARDIR/managed_history"
_ctdb_managed_common ()
{
- _service_name="${1:-${service_name}}"
- _ctdb_managed_file="$ctdb_managed_dir/$_service_name"
+ _ctdb_managed_file="$ctdb_managed_dir/$service_name"
}
ctdb_service_managed ()
{
- _ctdb_managed_common "$@"
+ _ctdb_managed_common
mkdir -p "$ctdb_managed_dir"
touch "$_ctdb_managed_file"
}
ctdb_service_unmanaged ()
{
- _ctdb_managed_common "$@"
+ _ctdb_managed_common
rm -f "$_ctdb_managed_file"
}
is_ctdb_previously_managed_service ()
{
- _ctdb_managed_common "$@"
+ _ctdb_managed_common
[ -f "$_ctdb_managed_file" ]
}
@@ -1129,35 +1127,35 @@ ctdb_setstatus ()
_ctdb_service_reconfigure_common ()
{
- _d="$ctdb_status_dir/${1:-${service_name}}"
+ _d="$ctdb_status_dir/${service_name}"
mkdir -p "$_d"
_ctdb_service_reconfigure_flag="$_d/reconfigure"
}
ctdb_service_needs_reconfigure ()
{
- _ctdb_service_reconfigure_common "$@"
+ _ctdb_service_reconfigure_common
[ -e "$_ctdb_service_reconfigure_flag" ]
}
ctdb_service_set_reconfigure ()
{
- _ctdb_service_reconfigure_common "$@"
+ _ctdb_service_reconfigure_common
>"$_ctdb_service_reconfigure_flag"
}
ctdb_service_unset_reconfigure ()
{
- _ctdb_service_reconfigure_common "$@"
+ _ctdb_service_reconfigure_common
rm -f "$_ctdb_service_reconfigure_flag"
}
ctdb_service_reconfigure ()
{
- echo "Reconfiguring service \"$@\"..."
- ctdb_service_unset_reconfigure "$@"
- service_reconfigure "$@" || return $?
- ctdb_counter_init "$@"
+ echo "Reconfiguring service \"${service_name}\"..."
+ ctdb_service_unset_reconfigure
+ service_reconfigure || return $?
+ ctdb_counter_init
}
# Default service_reconfigure() function does nothing.
@@ -1168,9 +1166,9 @@ service_reconfigure ()
ctdb_reconfigure_try_lock ()
{
-
- _ctdb_service_reconfigure_common "$@"
+ _ctdb_service_reconfigure_common
_lock="${_d}/reconfigure_lock"
+ mkdir -p "${_lock%/*}" # dirname
touch "$_lock"
(
@@ -1231,7 +1229,7 @@ ctdb_replay_monitor_status ()
ctdb_service_check_reconfigure ()
{
- [ -n "$1" ] || set -- "$service_name"
+ assert_service_name
# We only care about some events in this function. For others we
# return now.
@@ -1240,22 +1238,22 @@ ctdb_service_check_reconfigure ()
*) return 0 ;;
esac
- if ctdb_reconfigure_try_lock "$@" ; then
+ if ctdb_reconfigure_try_lock ; then
# No events covered by this function are running, so proceed
# with gay abandon.
case "$event_name" in
reconfigure)
- (ctdb_service_reconfigure "$@")
+ (ctdb_service_reconfigure)
exit $?
;;
ipreallocated)
- if ctdb_service_needs_reconfigure "$@" ; then
- ctdb_service_reconfigure "$@"
+ if ctdb_service_needs_reconfigure ; then
+ ctdb_service_reconfigure
fi
;;
monitor)
- if ctdb_service_needs_reconfigure "$@" ; then
- ctdb_service_reconfigure "$@"
+ if ctdb_service_needs_reconfigure ; then
+ ctdb_service_reconfigure
# Given that the reconfigure might not have
# resulted in the service being stable yet, we
# replay the previous status since that's the best
@@ -1297,21 +1295,21 @@ ctdb_service_check_reconfigure ()
ctdb_compat_managed_service ()
{
- if [ "$1" = "yes" -a "$2" = "$_service_name" ] ; then
+ if [ "$1" = "yes" -a "$2" = "$service_name" ] ; then
CTDB_MANAGED_SERVICES="$CTDB_MANAGED_SERVICES $2"
fi
}
is_ctdb_managed_service ()
{
- _service_name="${1:-${service_name}}"
+ assert_service_name
# $t is used just for readability and to allow better accurate
# matching via leading/trailing spaces
t=" $CTDB_MANAGED_SERVICES "
- # Return 0 if "<space>$_service_name<space>" appears in $t
- if [ "${t#* ${_service_name} }" != "${t}" ] ; then
+ # Return 0 if "<space>$service_name<space>" appears in $t
+ if [ "${t#* ${service_name} }" != "${t}" ] ; then
return 0
fi
@@ -1330,36 +1328,36 @@ is_ctdb_managed_service ()
t=" $CTDB_MANAGED_SERVICES "
- # Return 0 if "<space>$_service_name<space>" appears in $t
- [ "${t#* ${_service_name} }" != "${t}" ]
+ # Return 0 if "<space>$service_name<space>" appears in $t
+ [ "${t#* ${service_name} }" != "${t}" ]
}
ctdb_start_stop_service ()
{
- _service_name="${1:-${service_name}}"
+ assert_service_name
# Allow service-start/service-stop pseudo-events to start/stop
# services when we're not auto-starting/stopping and we're not
# monitoring.
case "$event_name" in
service-start)
- if is_ctdb_managed_service "$_service_name" ; then
+ if is_ctdb_managed_service ; then
die 'service-start event not permitted when service is managed'
fi
if [ "$CTDB_SERVICE_AUTOSTARTSTOP" = "yes" ] ; then
die 'service-start event not permitted with $CTDB_SERVICE_AUTOSTARTSTOP = yes'
fi
- ctdb_service_start "$_service_name"
+ ctdb_service_start
exit $?
;;
service-stop)
- if is_ctdb_managed_service "$_service_name" ; then
+ if is_ctdb_managed_service ; then
die 'service-stop event not permitted when service is managed'
fi
if [ "$CTDB_SERVICE_AUTOSTARTSTOP" = "yes" ] ; then
die 'service-stop event not permitted with $CTDB_SERVICE_AUTOSTARTSTOP = yes'
fi
- ctdb_service_stop "$_service_name"
+ ctdb_service_stop
exit $?
;;
esac
@@ -1369,16 +1367,16 @@ ctdb_start_stop_service ()
[ "$event_name" = "monitor" ] || return 0
- if is_ctdb_managed_service "$_service_name" ; then
- if ! is_ctdb_previously_managed_service "$_service_name" ; then
- echo "Starting service \"$_service_name\" - now managed"
- background_with_logging ctdb_service_start "$_service_name"
+ if is_ctdb_managed_service ; then
+ if ! is_ctdb_previously_managed_service ; then
+ echo "Starting service \"$service_name\" - now managed"
+ background_with_logging ctdb_service_start
exit $?
fi
else
- if is_ctdb_previously_managed_service "$_service_name" ; then
- echo "Stopping service \"$_service_name\" - no longer managed"
- background_with_logging ctdb_service_stop "$_service_name"
+ if is_ctdb_previously_managed_service ; then
+ echo "Stopping service \"$service_name\" - no longer managed"
+ background_with_logging ctdb_service_stop
exit $?
fi
fi
@@ -1387,20 +1385,18 @@ ctdb_start_stop_service ()
ctdb_service_start ()
{
# The service is marked managed if we've ever tried to start it.
- ctdb_service_managed "$@"
+ ctdb_service_managed
- # Here we only want $1. If no argument is passed then
- # service_start needs to know.
- service_start "$@" || return $?
+ service_start || return $?
- ctdb_counter_init "$@"
+ ctdb_counter_init
ctdb_check_tcp_init
}
ctdb_service_stop ()
{
- ctdb_service_unmanaged "$@"
- service_stop "$@"
+ ctdb_service_unmanaged
+ service_stop
}
# Default service_start() and service_stop() functions.
@@ -1415,12 +1411,12 @@ ctdb_service_stop ()
# them with the service name as an argument.
service_start ()
{
- service "${1:-${service_name}}" start
+ service "$service_name" start
}
service_stop ()
{
- service "${1:-${service_name}}" stop
+ service "$service_name" stop
}
##################################################################
@@ -1446,19 +1442,42 @@ iptables()
flock -w 30 $CTDB_VARDIR/iptables-ctdb.flock /sbin/iptables "$@"
}
+# AIX (and perhaps others?) doesn't have mktemp
+if ! which mktemp >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ mktemp ()
+ {
+ _dir=false
+ if [ "$1" = "-d" ] ; then
+ _dir=true
+ shift
+ fi
+ _d="${TMPDIR:-/tmp}"
+ _hex10=$(dd if=/dev/urandom count=20 2>/dev/null | \
+ md5sum | \
+ sed -e 's@\(..........\).*@\1@')
+ _t="${_d}/tmp.${_hex10}"
+ (
+ umask 077
+ if $_dir ; then
+ mkdir "$_t"
+ else
+ >"$_t"
+ fi
+ )
+ echo "$_t"
+ }
+fi
+
########################################################
# tickle handling
########################################################
-# Temporary directory for tickles.
-tickledir="$CTDB_VARDIR/state/tickles"
-mkdir -p "$tickledir"
-
update_tickles ()
{
_port="$1"
- mkdir -p "$tickledir" # Just in case
+ tickledir="$CTDB_VARDIR/state/tickles"
+ mkdir -p "$tickledir"
# Who am I?
_pnn=$(ctdb pnn) ; _pnn=${_pnn#PNN:}
@@ -1519,12 +1538,6 @@ update_tickles ()
done
}
-# We'll call this here to ensure $CTDB_CURRENT_DEBUGLEVEL is set.
-# This gives us a chance to override the debug level using a file in
-# $CTDB_BASE/rc.local.d/.
-ctdb_set_current_debuglevel
-
script_name="${0##*/}" # basename
-service_name="$script_name" # default is just the script name
service_fail_limit=1
event_name="$1"
diff --git a/config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/10.statd.check b/config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/10.statd.check
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd5e15d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/10.statd.check
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+-ge 6 verbose unhealthy
+-eq 4 verbose restart
+-eq 2 restart:bs
diff --git a/config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/20.nfsd.check b/config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/20.nfsd.check
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd5e15d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/20.nfsd.check
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+-ge 6 verbose unhealthy
+-eq 4 verbose restart
+-eq 2 restart:bs
diff --git a/config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/30.lockd.check b/config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/30.lockd.check
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bda6c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/30.lockd.check
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+-ge 15 verbose restart:b unhealthy
+-eq 10 restart:bs
diff --git a/config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/40.mountd.check b/config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/40.mountd.check
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b4f801
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/40.mountd.check
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+-ge 10 verbose restart:b unhealthy
+-eq 5 restart:b
diff --git a/config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/50.rquotad.check b/config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/50.rquotad.check
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ebb828
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/nfs-rpc-checks.d/50.rquotad.check
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+-gt 0 verbose restart:b
diff --git a/config/notify.d.README b/config/notify.d.README
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ffce7fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/notify.d.README
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+This directory should contain executable programs to handle CTDB event
+notifications. The first and only argument passed to each program is
+the event, which is one of:
+
+ init, setup, startup, unhealthy, healthy
+
+To use notifications with this directory then you need to set:
+
+ CTDB_NOTIFY_SCRIPT=/etc/ctdb/notify.sh
+
+in your CTDB configuration file.
+
+An example script that sends SNMP traps for unhealthy/healthy might
+look like this:
+
+ #!/bin/sh
+
+ case "$1" in
+ unhealthy)
+ # Send an SNMP trap saying that the node is unhealthy:
+ snmptrap -m ALL -v 1 -c public 10.1.1.105 ctdb \
+ $(hostname) 0 0 $(date +"%s") ctdb.nodeHealth.0 i 1
+ ;;
+ healthy)
+ # Send an SNMP trap saying that the node is healthy again:
+ snmptrap -m ALL -v 1 -c public 10.1.1.105 ctdb \
+ $(hostname) 0 0 $(date +"%s") ctdb.nodeHealth.0 i 0
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+Alternatively, email could be sent:
+
+ #!/bin/sh
+
+ case "$1" in
+ unhealthy)
+ mail -s "$(hostname) is UNHEALTHY" foo at example.com </dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1
+ ;;
+ healthy)
+ mail -s "$(hostname) is HEALTHY" foo at example.com </dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+When adding programs please note the exclusion patterns in notify.sh.
diff --git a/config/notify.sh b/config/notify.sh
index 8d3eb87..dfcb81a 100755
--- a/config/notify.sh
+++ b/config/notify.sh
@@ -3,47 +3,25 @@
# This script is activated by setting CTDB_NOTIFY_SCRIPT=/etc/ctdb/notify.sh
# in /etc/sysconfig/ctdb
-# This is script is invoked from ctdb when node UNHEALTHY flag changes.
-# and can be used to send SNMPtraps, email, etc
-# when the status of a node changes
-
-
-event="$1"
-shift
-
-case $event in
- unhealthy)
-#
-# Send an snmptrap that the node is unhealthy :
-# snmptrap -m ALL -v 1 -c public 10.1.1.105 ctdb `hostname` 0 0 `date +"%s"` ctdb.nodeHealth.0 i 1
-#
-# or send an email :
-# mail foo at bar -s "`hostname` is UNHEALTHY" ...
-#
-# or do something else ...
- ;;
- healthy)
-#
-# Send an snmptrap that the node is healthy again :
-# snmptrap -m ALL -v 1 -c public 10.1.1.105 ctdb `hostname` 0 0 `date +"%s"` ctdb.nodeHealth.0 i 0
-#
-# or send an email :
-# mail foo at bar -s "`hostname` is HEALTHY" ...
-#
-# or do something else ...
- ;;
- startup)
- # do some extra magic when ctdb has finished the initial
- # recovery?
- ;;
-
- setup)
- # do some extra magic when ctdb has setup itself?
- ;;
-
- init)
- # do some extra magic when ctdb has started?
- ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
+# This is script is invoked from ctdb when certain events happen. See
+# /etc/ctdb/notify.d/README for more details.
+
+d=$(dirname $0)
+nd="${d}/notify.d"
+
+ok=true
+
+for i in "${nd}/"* ; do
+ # Don't run files matching basename
+ case "${i##*/}" in
+ *~|*,|*.rpm*|*.swp|README) continue ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Files must be executable
+ [ -x "$i" ] || continue
+
+ # Flag failures
+ "$i" "$1" || ok=false
+done
+
+$ok
diff --git a/config/statd-callout b/config/statd-callout
index 72a2ca9..94bd2dd 100755
--- a/config/statd-callout
+++ b/config/statd-callout
@@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
#!/bin/sh
+# This must run as root as CTDB tool commands need to access CTDB socket
+[ $(id -u) -eq 0 ] || exec sudo "$0" "$@"
+
# this script needs to be installed so that statd points to it with the -H
# command line argument. The easiest way to do that is to put something like this in
# /etc/sysconfig/nfs:
@@ -136,11 +139,7 @@ case "$1" in
# will respond "strangely" immediately after restarting it, which
# causes clients to fail to reclaim the locks.
#
- if [ "$NFS_SERVER_MODE" = "ganesha" ] ; then
- startstop_ganesha stop >/dev/null 2>&1
- sleep 2
- startstop_ganesha start >/dev/null 2>&1
- else
+ if [ "$NFS_SERVER_MODE" != "ganesha" ] ; then
startstop_nfslock stop >/dev/null 2>&1
sleep 2
startstop_nfslock start >/dev/null 2>&1
diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 3ca622e..db5674d 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
-# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for ctdb 2.1.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for ctdb 2.2.
#
#
# Copyright (C) 1992-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@@ -577,8 +577,8 @@ MAKEFLAGS=
# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='ctdb'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='ctdb'
-PACKAGE_VERSION='2.1'
-PACKAGE_STRING='ctdb 2.1'
+PACKAGE_VERSION='2.2'
+PACKAGE_STRING='ctdb 2.2'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''
PACKAGE_URL=''
@@ -620,12 +620,12 @@ ac_includes_default="\
#endif"
ac_subst_vars='LTLIBOBJS
-CTDB_PMDA_INSTALL
-CTDB_PMDA
CTDB_PCAP_LDFLAGS
CTDB_SCSI_IO
CTDB_SYSTEM_OBJ
EXTRA_OBJ
+CTDB_PMDA_INSTALL
+CTDB_PMDA
SOCKET_WRAPPER_OBJS
HAVE_SOCKET_WRAPPER
DEFAULT_TEST_OPTIONS
@@ -732,6 +732,7 @@ with_included_tdb
with_included_tevent
enable___enable_infiniband
enable_socket_wrapper
+enable_pmda
'
ac_precious_vars='build_alias
host_alias
@@ -1282,7 +1283,7 @@ if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
# Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
# This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
cat <<_ACEOF
-\`configure' configures ctdb 2.1 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+\`configure' configures ctdb 2.2 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
@@ -1348,7 +1349,7 @@ fi
if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
case $ac_init_help in
- short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of ctdb 2.1:";;
+ short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of ctdb 2.2:";;
esac
cat <<\_ACEOF
@@ -1359,6 +1360,7 @@ Optional Features:
--disable-largefile omit support for large files
--enable-infiniband Turn on infiniband support (default=no)
--enable-socket-wrapper Turn on socket wrapper library (default=no)
+ --enable-pmda Turn on PCP pmda support (default=no)
Optional Packages:
--with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
@@ -1446,7 +1448,7 @@ fi
test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
cat <<\_ACEOF
-ctdb configure 2.1
+ctdb configure 2.2
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69
Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@@ -2151,7 +2153,7 @@ cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
-It was created by ctdb $as_me 2.1, which was
+It was created by ctdb $as_me 2.2, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was
$ $0 $@
@@ -4744,6 +4746,16 @@ fi
EOF
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking checking getconf LFS_CFLAGS for large file support flags" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking checking getconf LFS_CFLAGS for large file support flags... " >&6; }
+LFS_CFLAGS=`(getconf LFS_CFLAGS) 2>/dev/null` || LFS_CFLAGS=""
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${LFS_CFLAGS}" >&5
+$as_echo "${LFS_CFLAGS}" >&6; }
+if test "x$LFS_CFLAGS" != 'x-1' || test "x$LFS_CFLAGS" != "xundefined"; then
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $LFS_CFLAGS"
+fi
+
# Check whether --enable-largefile was given.
if test "${enable_largefile+set}" = set; then :
enableval=$enable_largefile;
@@ -4950,6 +4962,24 @@ case "$host_os" in
#include <standards.h>
EOF
+
+
+
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#ifndef _XOPEN_SOURCE
+#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600
+#endif
+EOF
+
+
+
+
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#ifndef _BSD_TYPES
+#define _BSD_TYPES 1
+#endif
+EOF
+
;;
*hpux*)
# mmap on HPUX is completely broken...
@@ -5025,9 +5055,15 @@ $as_echo "#define _SYSV 1" >>confdefs.h
;;
esac
+# Do not check for standards.h on darwin, we get nasty warnings on
+# OS/X Lion. Probably a positive-list of OS'es like IRIX and AIX
+# would be the better choice, but this seems to work fine
-
-for ac_header in standards.h
+case "$host_os" in
+ *darwin*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ for ac_header in standards.h
do :
ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "standards.h" "ac_cv_header_standards_h" "$ac_includes_default"
if test "x$ac_cv_header_standards_h" = xyes; then :
@@ -5039,6 +5075,8 @@ fi
done
+ ;;
+esac
# Solaris needs HAVE_LONG_LONG defined
ac_fn_c_check_type "$LINENO" "long long" "ac_cv_type_long_long" "$ac_includes_default"
@@ -5567,7 +5605,7 @@ fi
LIBREPLACEOBJ="$libreplacedir/replace.o"
-LIBREPLACEOBJ="${LIBREPLACEOBJ} $libreplacedir/snprintf.o"
+LIBREPLACEOBJ="${LIBREPLACEOBJ} $libreplacedir/snprintf.o $libreplacedir/xattr.o"
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for uid_t in sys/types.h" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for uid_t in sys/types.h... " >&6; }
@@ -5689,6 +5727,28 @@ _ACEOF
fi
+ac_fn_c_check_type "$LINENO" "blksize_t" "ac_cv_type_blksize_t" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_type_blksize_t" = xyes; then :
+
+else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define blksize_t long
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+ac_fn_c_check_type "$LINENO" "blkcnt_t" "ac_cv_type_blkcnt_t" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_type_blkcnt_t" = xyes; then :
+
+else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define blkcnt_t long
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for working memcmp" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for working memcmp... " >&6; }
@@ -5779,7 +5839,7 @@ fi
done
-for ac_header in setjmp.h utime.h
+for ac_header in setjmp.h utime.h sys/wait.h
do :
as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default"
@@ -5925,6 +5985,37 @@ $as_echo "#define HAVE_MREMAP 1" >>confdefs.h
fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for incoherent mmap" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for incoherent mmap... " >&6; }
+if ${libreplace_cv_HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+ libreplace_cv_HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP=cross
+else
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include "$libreplacedir/test/incoherent_mmap.c"
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
+ libreplace_cv_HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP=yes
+else
+ libreplace_cv_HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP=no
+fi
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
+ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $libreplace_cv_HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP" >&5
+$as_echo "$libreplace_cv_HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP" >&6; }
+if test x"$libreplace_cv_HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP" = x"yes"; then
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
for ac_header in sys/syslog.h syslog.h
do :
@@ -6002,8 +6093,56 @@ fi
done
+for ac_header in malloc.h
+do :
+ ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "malloc.h" "ac_cv_header_malloc_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_malloc_h" = xyes; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_MALLOC_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+for ac_header in syscall.h
+do :
+ ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "syscall.h" "ac_cv_header_syscall_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_syscall_h" = xyes; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_SYSCALL_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+for ac_header in sys/syscall.h
+do :
+ ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "sys/syscall.h" "ac_cv_header_sys_syscall_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_sys_syscall_h" = xyes; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_SYS_SYSCALL_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+for ac_header in sys/ucontext.h
+do :
+ ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "sys/ucontext.h" "ac_cv_header_sys_ucontext_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_sys_ucontext_h" = xyes; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_SYS_UCONTEXT_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
-for ac_func in seteuid setreuid setresuid setegid setregid setresgid
+for ac_func in syscall setuid seteuid setreuid setresuid setgid setegid setregid setresgid setgroups
do :
as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var"
@@ -6015,7 +6154,7 @@ _ACEOF
fi
done
-for ac_func in chroot bzero strerror strerror_r
+for ac_func in chroot bzero strerror strerror_r memalign posix_memalign getpagesize
do :
as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var"
@@ -6224,122 +6363,607 @@ fi
fi
done
-for ac_func in get_current_dir_name
+
+for ac_header in sys/attributes.h attr/xattr.h sys/xattr.h sys/extattr.h sys/uio.h
do :
- ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "get_current_dir_name" "ac_cv_func_get_current_dir_name"
-if test "x$ac_cv_func_get_current_dir_name" = xyes; then :
+ as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default"
+if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then :
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define HAVE_GET_CURRENT_DIR_NAME 1
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
_ACEOF
fi
-done
+done
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for setresuid declaration" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for setresuid declaration... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_have_setresuid_decl+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <unistd.h>
-int
-main ()
-{
-int i = (int)setresuid
- ;
- return 0;
-}
+for ac_header in sys/ea.h sys/proplist.h
+do :
+ as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default"
+if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_have_setresuid_decl=yes
-else
- ac_cv_have_setresuid_decl=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_have_setresuid_decl" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_have_setresuid_decl" >&6; }
- if test x"$ac_cv_have_setresuid_decl" = x"yes"; then
-$as_echo "#define HAVE_SETRESUID_DECL 1" >>confdefs.h
+done
- fi
+LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS=""
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for setresgid declaration" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for setresgid declaration... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_have_setresgid_decl+:} false; then :
+############################################
+# Check for EA implementations
+case "$host_os" in
+ *freebsd4* | *dragonfly* )
+
+$as_echo "#define BROKEN_EXTATTR 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+ ;;
+ *)
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing getxattr" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for library containing getxattr... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_search_getxattr+:} false; then :
$as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
-
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+ ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+ Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char getxattr ();
int
main ()
{
-int i = (int)setresgid
+return getxattr ();
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_have_setresgid_decl=yes
-else
- ac_cv_have_setresgid_decl=no
+for ac_lib in '' attr; do
+ if test -z "$ac_lib"; then
+ ac_res="none required"
+ else
+ ac_res=-l$ac_lib
+ LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS"
+ fi
+ if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+ ac_cv_search_getxattr=$ac_res
fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext
+ if ${ac_cv_search_getxattr+:} false; then :
+ break
fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_have_setresgid_decl" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_have_setresgid_decl" >&6; }
- if test x"$ac_cv_have_setresgid_decl" = x"yes"; then
+done
+if ${ac_cv_search_getxattr+:} false; then :
-$as_echo "#define HAVE_SETRESGID_DECL 1" >>confdefs.h
+else
+ ac_cv_search_getxattr=no
+fi
+rm conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_getxattr" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_getxattr" >&6; }
+ac_res=$ac_cv_search_getxattr
+if test "$ac_res" != no; then :
+ test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS"
- fi
+fi
+ for ac_func in attr_get attr_getf attr_list attr_listf attropen attr_remove
+do :
+ as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var"
+if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for errno declaration" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for errno declaration... " >&6; }
-if ${ac_cv_have_errno_decl+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
+fi
+done
- cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-#include <errno.h>
-int
-main ()
-{
-int i = (int)errno
- ;
- return 0;
-}
+ for ac_func in attr_removef attr_set attr_setf extattr_delete_fd extattr_delete_file
+do :
+ as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var"
+if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- ac_cv_have_errno_decl=yes
-else
- ac_cv_have_errno_decl=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_have_errno_decl" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_have_errno_decl" >&6; }
- if test x"$ac_cv_have_errno_decl" = x"yes"; then
+done
-$as_echo "#define HAVE_ERRNO_DECL 1" >>confdefs.h
+ for ac_func in extattr_get_fd extattr_get_file extattr_list_fd extattr_list_file
+do :
+ as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var"
+if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
- fi
+fi
+done
+ for ac_func in extattr_set_fd extattr_set_file fgetea fgetxattr flistea flistxattr
+do :
+ as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var"
+if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+ for ac_func in fremoveea fremovexattr fsetea fsetxattr getea getxattr listea
+do :
+ as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var"
+if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+ for ac_func in listxattr removeea removexattr setea setxattr
+do :
+ as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var"
+if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+
+
+
+ac_check_lib_ext_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lattr $LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS $LIBS"
+
+
+
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for flistea in -lattr" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for flistea in -lattr... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_flistea+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+ Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char flistea ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return flistea ();
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+ ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_flistea=yes;
+ ac_cv_lib_ext_attr=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_flistea=no;
+ ac_cv_lib_ext_attr=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_flistea" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_flistea" >&6; }
+ if test $ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_flistea = yes; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_FLISTEA 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_ext_save_LIBS
+
+if test $ac_cv_lib_ext_attr = yes; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_LIBATTR 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ case "$LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS" in
+ *-lattr*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS="-lattr $LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+
+fi
+
+
+ac_check_lib_ext_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lattr $LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS $LIBS"
+
+
+
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for flistxattr in -lattr" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for flistxattr in -lattr... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_flistxattr+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+ Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char flistxattr ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return flistxattr ();
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+ ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_flistxattr=yes;
+ ac_cv_lib_ext_attr=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_flistxattr=no;
+ ac_cv_lib_ext_attr=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_flistxattr" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_flistxattr" >&6; }
+ if test $ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_flistxattr = yes; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_FLISTXATTR 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_ext_save_LIBS
+
+if test $ac_cv_lib_ext_attr = yes; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_LIBATTR 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ case "$LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS" in
+ *-lattr*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS="-lattr $LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+
+fi
+
+
+ac_check_lib_ext_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lattr $LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS $LIBS"
+
+
+
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for attr_listf in -lattr" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for attr_listf in -lattr... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_attr_listf+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+ Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char attr_listf ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return attr_listf ();
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+ ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_attr_listf=yes;
+ ac_cv_lib_ext_attr=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_attr_listf=no;
+ ac_cv_lib_ext_attr=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_attr_listf" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_attr_listf" >&6; }
+ if test $ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_attr_listf = yes; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_ATTR_LISTF 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_ext_save_LIBS
+
+if test $ac_cv_lib_ext_attr = yes; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_LIBATTR 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ case "$LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS" in
+ *-lattr*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS="-lattr $LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+
+fi
+
+
+ac_check_lib_ext_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lattr $LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS $LIBS"
+
+
+
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for extattr_list_fd in -lattr" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for extattr_list_fd in -lattr... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_extattr_list_fd+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+ Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char extattr_list_fd ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return extattr_list_fd ();
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+ ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_extattr_list_fd=yes;
+ ac_cv_lib_ext_attr=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_extattr_list_fd=no;
+ ac_cv_lib_ext_attr=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_extattr_list_fd" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_extattr_list_fd" >&6; }
+ if test $ac_cv_lib_ext_attr_extattr_list_fd = yes; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_EXTATTR_LIST_FD 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_ext_save_LIBS
+
+if test $ac_cv_lib_ext_attr = yes; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_LIBATTR 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ case "$LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS" in
+ *-lattr*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS="-lattr $LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS"
+ ;;
+ esac
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for secure mkstemp" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for secure mkstemp... " >&6; }
-if ${libreplace_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
+
+fi
+
+ ;;
+esac
+
+
+########################################################
+# Do xattr functions take additional options like on Darwin?
+if test x"$ac_cv_func_getxattr" = x"yes" ; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether xattr interface takes additional options" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether xattr interface takes additional options... " >&6; }
+if ${smb_attr_cv_xattr_add_opt+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+ old_LIBS=$LIBS
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS"
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+ #include <sys/types.h>
+ #if HAVE_ATTR_XATTR_H
+ #include <attr/xattr.h>
+ #elif HAVE_SYS_XATTR_H
+ #include <sys/xattr.h>
+ #endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+ getxattr(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+ smb_attr_cv_xattr_add_opt=yes
+else
+ smb_attr_cv_xattr_add_opt=no;LIBS=$old_LIBS
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $smb_attr_cv_xattr_add_opt" >&5
+$as_echo "$smb_attr_cv_xattr_add_opt" >&6; }
+ if test x"$smb_attr_cv_xattr_add_opt" = x"yes"; then
+
+$as_echo "#define XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+ fi
+fi
+
+for ac_func in get_current_dir_name
+do :
+ ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "get_current_dir_name" "ac_cv_func_get_current_dir_name"
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_get_current_dir_name" = xyes; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_GET_CURRENT_DIR_NAME 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for setresuid declaration" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for setresuid declaration... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_have_setresuid_decl+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <unistd.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+int i = (int)setresuid
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+ ac_cv_have_setresuid_decl=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_have_setresuid_decl=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_have_setresuid_decl" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_have_setresuid_decl" >&6; }
+ if test x"$ac_cv_have_setresuid_decl" = x"yes"; then
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_SETRESUID_DECL 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+ fi
+
+
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for setresgid declaration" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for setresgid declaration... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_have_setresgid_decl+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <unistd.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+int i = (int)setresgid
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+ ac_cv_have_setresgid_decl=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_have_setresgid_decl=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_have_setresgid_decl" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_have_setresgid_decl" >&6; }
+ if test x"$ac_cv_have_setresgid_decl" = x"yes"; then
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_SETRESGID_DECL 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+ fi
+
+
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for errno declaration" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for errno declaration... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_have_errno_decl+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <errno.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+int i = (int)errno
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+ ac_cv_have_errno_decl=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_have_errno_decl=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_have_errno_decl" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_have_errno_decl" >&6; }
+ if test x"$ac_cv_have_errno_decl" = x"yes"; then
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_ERRNO_DECL 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+ fi
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for secure mkstemp" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for secure mkstemp... " >&6; }
+if ${libreplace_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
libreplace_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=cross
@@ -6353,11 +6977,26 @@ else
main() {
struct stat st;
char tpl[20]="/tmp/test.XXXXXX";
+ char tpl2[20]="/tmp/test.XXXXXX";
int fd = mkstemp(tpl);
- if (fd == -1) exit(1);
+ int fd2 = mkstemp(tpl2);
+ if (fd == -1) {
+ if (fd2 != -1) {
+ unlink(tpl2);
+ }
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ if (fd2 == -1) exit(1);
unlink(tpl);
+ unlink(tpl2);
if (fstat(fd, &st) != 0) exit(1);
if ((st.st_mode & 0777) != 0600) exit(1);
+ if (strcmp(tpl, "/tmp/test.XXXXXX") == 0) {
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ if (strcmp(tpl, tpl2) == 0) {
+ exit(1);
+ }
exit(0);
}
_ACEOF
@@ -6836,43 +7475,6 @@ $as_echo "#define HAVE_SIG_ATOMIC_T_TYPE 1" >>confdefs.h
fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for O_DIRECT flag to open(2)" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for O_DIRECT flag to open(2)... " >&6; }
-if ${libreplace_cv_HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-#include <unistd.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#endif
-int
-main ()
-{
-int fd = open("/dev/null", O_DIRECT);
- ;
- return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- libreplace_cv_HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT=yes
-else
- libreplace_cv_HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $libreplace_cv_HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT" >&5
-$as_echo "$libreplace_cv_HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT" >&6; }
-if test x"$libreplace_cv_HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT" = x"yes"; then
-
-$as_echo "#define HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT 1" >>confdefs.h
-
-fi
-
-
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking that the C compiler understands volatile" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking that the C compiler understands volatile... " >&6; }
if ${libreplace_cv_volatile+:} false; then :
@@ -7735,12 +8337,48 @@ if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then :
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
_ACEOF
-
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for O_DIRECT flag to open(2)" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for O_DIRECT flag to open(2)... " >&6; }
+if ${libreplace_cv_HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+int
+main ()
+{
+int fd = open("/dev/null", O_DIRECT);
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+ libreplace_cv_HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT=yes
+else
+ libreplace_cv_HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT=no
fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $libreplace_cv_HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT" >&5
+$as_echo "$libreplace_cv_HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT" >&6; }
+if test x"$libreplace_cv_HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT" = x"yes"; then
-done
-
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT 1" >>confdefs.h
+fi
save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS=""
@@ -7966,68 +8604,28 @@ LIBDL="$LIBS"
LIBS="$save_LIBS"
-ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "getpass" "ac_cv_func_getpass"
-if test "x$ac_cv_func_getpass" = xyes; then :
- libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETPASS=yes
-fi
-
-ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "getpassphrase" "ac_cv_func_getpassphrase"
-if test "x$ac_cv_func_getpassphrase" = xyes; then :
- libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETPASSPHRASE=yes
-fi
-
-if test x"$libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETPASS" = x"yes" -a x"$libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETPASSPHRASE" = x"yes"; then
-
-$as_echo "#define REPLACE_GETPASS_BY_GETPASSPHRASE 1" >>confdefs.h
-
-
-$as_echo "#define REPLACE_GETPASS 1" >>confdefs.h
-
- LIBREPLACEOBJ="${LIBREPLACEOBJ} $libreplacedir/getpass.o"
-else
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether getpass should be replaced" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether getpass should be replaced... " >&6; }
-if ${libreplace_cv_REPLACE_GETPASS+:} false; then :
- $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
-SAVE_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$libreplacedir/"
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h. */
-
-#include "confdefs.h"
-#define NO_CONFIG_H
-#include "$libreplacedir/getpass.c"
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
- ;
- return 0;
-}
+for ac_func in strptime
+do :
+ ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "strptime" "ac_cv_func_strptime"
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_strptime" = xyes; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_STRPTIME 1
_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
- libreplace_cv_REPLACE_GETPASS=yes
-else
- libreplace_cv_REPLACE_GETPASS=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-CPPFLAGS="$SAVE_CPPFLAGS"
fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $libreplace_cv_REPLACE_GETPASS" >&5
-$as_echo "$libreplace_cv_REPLACE_GETPASS" >&6; }
-if test x"$libreplace_cv_REPLACE_GETPASS" = x"yes"; then
-
-$as_echo "#define REPLACE_GETPASS 1" >>confdefs.h
+done
- LIBREPLACEOBJ="${LIBREPLACEOBJ} $libreplacedir/getpass.o"
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "strptime" "ac_cv_have_decl_strptime" "#include <time.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_strptime" = xyes; then :
+ ac_have_decl=1
+else
+ ac_have_decl=0
fi
-fi
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_STRPTIME $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether strptime is available and works" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether strptime is available and works... " >&6; }
@@ -8059,10 +8657,11 @@ fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $libreplace_cv_STRPTIME_OK" >&5
$as_echo "$libreplace_cv_STRPTIME_OK" >&6; }
if test x"$libreplace_cv_STRPTIME_OK" != x"yes"; then
+ LIBREPLACEOBJ="${LIBREPLACEOBJ} $libreplacedir/strptime.o"
+else
-$as_echo "#define REPLACE_STRPTIME 1" >>confdefs.h
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_WORKING_STRPTIME 1" >>confdefs.h
- LIBREPLACEOBJ="${LIBREPLACEOBJ} $libreplacedir/strptime.o"
fi
for ac_header in direct.h windows.h winsock2.h ws2tcpip.h
@@ -8700,6 +9299,43 @@ $as_echo "#define HAVE_STRUCT_TIMESPEC 1" >>confdefs.h
fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ucontext_t type" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for ucontext_t type... " >&6; }
+if ${libreplace_cv_ucontext_t+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_UCONTEXT_H
+#include <sys/ucontext.h>
+# endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+ucontext_t uc; sigaddset(&uc.uc_sigmask, SIGUSR1);
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+ libreplace_cv_ucontext_t=yes
+else
+ libreplace_cv_ucontext_t=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $libreplace_cv_ucontext_t" >&5
+$as_echo "$libreplace_cv_ucontext_t" >&6; }
+if test x"$libreplace_cv_ucontext_t" = x"yes"; then
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_UCONTEXT_T 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
for ac_func in printf memset memcpy
do :
as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
@@ -10530,6 +11166,78 @@ fi
LIBS=$old_LIBS
CPPFLAGS="$libreplace_SAVE_CPPFLAGS"
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for SO_PEERCRED" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for SO_PEERCRED... " >&6; }
+if ${libreplace_cv_HAVE_PEERCRED+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+struct ucred cred;
+ socklen_t cred_len;
+ int ret = getsockopt(0, SOL_SOCKET, SO_PEERCRED, &cred, &cred_len);
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+ libreplace_cv_HAVE_PEERCRED=yes
+else
+ libreplace_cv_HAVE_PEERCRED=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $libreplace_cv_HAVE_PEERCRED" >&5
+$as_echo "$libreplace_cv_HAVE_PEERCRED" >&6; }
+if test x"$libreplace_cv_HAVE_PEERCRED" = x"yes"; then
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_PEERCRED 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for getpeereid" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for getpeereid... " >&6; }
+if ${libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETPEEREID+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+uid_t uid; gid_t gid; int ret;
+ ret = getpeereid(0, &uid, &gid);
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+ libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETPEEREID=yes
+else
+ libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETPEEREID=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETPEEREID" >&5
+$as_echo "$libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETPEEREID" >&6; }
+if test x"$libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETPEEREID" = xyes; then
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_GETPEEREID 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
LIBREPLACEOBJ="${LIBREPLACEOBJ} ${LIBREPLACE_NETWORK_OBJS}"
echo "LIBREPLACE_NETWORK_CHECKS: END"
@@ -10955,7 +11663,7 @@ if test x"$INCLUDED_TDB" != x"no" ; then
as_fn_error $? "cannot find tdb source in $tdbpaths" "$LINENO" 5
fi
TDB_OBJ="common/tdb.o common/dump.o common/transaction.o common/error.o common/traverse.o"
- TDB_OBJ="$TDB_OBJ common/freelist.o common/freelistcheck.o common/io.o common/lock.o common/open.o common/check.o common/hash.o"
+ TDB_OBJ="$TDB_OBJ common/freelist.o common/freelistcheck.o common/io.o common/lock.o common/open.o common/check.o common/hash.o common/summary.o common/rescue.o"
TDB_LIBS=""
@@ -11128,7 +11836,8 @@ if test "x$ac_cv_lib_tevent_tevent_context_init" = xyes; then :
TEVENT_LIBS="-ltevent"
fi
- ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "TEVENT_TRACE_BEFORE_WAIT" "ac_cv_have_decl_TEVENT_TRACE_BEFORE_WAIT" "$ac_includes_default"
+ ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "TEVENT_TRACE_BEFORE_WAIT" "ac_cv_have_decl_TEVENT_TRACE_BEFORE_WAIT" "#include <tevent.h>
+"
if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_TEVENT_TRACE_BEFORE_WAIT" = xyes; then :
ac_have_decl=1
else
@@ -11138,9 +11847,6 @@ fi
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define HAVE_DECL_TEVENT_TRACE_BEFORE_WAIT $ac_have_decl
_ACEOF
-if test $ac_have_decl = 1; then :
- #include <tevent.h>
-fi
if test x"$ac_cv_header_tevent_h" = x"no" -o \
x"$ac_cv_lib_tevent_tevent_context_init" = x"no" -o \
@@ -11210,6 +11916,128 @@ done
$as_echo "#define HAVE_EPOLL 1" >>confdefs.h
fi
+
+ tevent_num_signals_includes="$ac_includes_default
+ #include <signal.h>
+ "
+ tevent_num_signals=64
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking value of NSIG" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking value of NSIG... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_valueof_NSIG+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if ac_fn_c_compute_int "$LINENO" "(long int) (NSIG)" "ac_cv_valueof_NSIG" "$tevent_num_signals_includes
+"; then :
+
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_valueof_NSIG" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_valueof_NSIG" >&6; }
+
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define VALUEOF_NSIG $ac_cv_valueof_NSIG
+_ACEOF
+
+
+ v=$ac_cv_valueof_NSIG
+ test -n "$v" && test "$v" -gt "$tevent_num_signals" && {
+ tevent_num_signals=$v
+ }
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking value of _NSIG" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking value of _NSIG... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_valueof__NSIG+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if ac_fn_c_compute_int "$LINENO" "(long int) (_NSIG)" "ac_cv_valueof__NSIG" "$tevent_num_signals_includes
+"; then :
+
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_valueof__NSIG" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_valueof__NSIG" >&6; }
+
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define VALUEOF__NSIG $ac_cv_valueof__NSIG
+_ACEOF
+
+
+ v=$ac_cv_valueof__NSIG
+ test -n "$v" && test "$v" -gt "$tevent_num_signals" && {
+ tevent_num_signals=$v
+ }
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking value of SIGRTMAX" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking value of SIGRTMAX... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_valueof_SIGRTMAX+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if ac_fn_c_compute_int "$LINENO" "(long int) (SIGRTMAX)" "ac_cv_valueof_SIGRTMAX" "$tevent_num_signals_includes
+"; then :
+
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_valueof_SIGRTMAX" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_valueof_SIGRTMAX" >&6; }
+
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define VALUEOF_SIGRTMAX $ac_cv_valueof_SIGRTMAX
+_ACEOF
+
+
+ v=$ac_cv_valueof_SIGRTMAX
+ test -n "$v" && test "$v" -gt "$tevent_num_signals" && {
+ tevent_num_signals=$v
+ }
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking value of SIGRTMIN" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking value of SIGRTMIN... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_valueof_SIGRTMIN+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if ac_fn_c_compute_int "$LINENO" "(long int) (SIGRTMIN)" "ac_cv_valueof_SIGRTMIN" "$tevent_num_signals_includes
+"; then :
+
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_valueof_SIGRTMIN" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_valueof_SIGRTMIN" >&6; }
+
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define VALUEOF_SIGRTMIN $ac_cv_valueof_SIGRTMIN
+_ACEOF
+
+
+ v=$ac_cv_valueof_SIGRTMIN
+ test -n "$v" && {
+ v=`expr $v + $v`
+ }
+ test -n "$v" && test "$v" -gt "$tevent_num_signals" && {
+ tevent_num_signals=$v
+ }
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define TEVENT_NUM_SIGNALS $tevent_num_signals
+_ACEOF
+
+
+ if test x"$VERSIONSCRIPT" != "x"; then
+ EXPORTSFILE=tevent.exports
+
+ fi
fi
# Check whether --enable---enable-infiniband was given.
@@ -11567,28 +12395,29 @@ fi
+# Check whether --enable-pmda was given.
+if test "${enable_pmda+set}" = set; then :
+ enableval=$enable_pmda;
+fi
-for ac_header in sched.h
-do :
- ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "sched.h" "ac_cv_header_sched_h" "$ac_includes_default"
-if test "x$ac_cv_header_sched_h" = xyes; then :
- cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define HAVE_SCHED_H 1
-_ACEOF
-fi
+HAVE_PMDA=no
-done
+if eval "test x$enable_pmda = xyes"; then
+ HAVE_PMDA=yes
-for ac_header in pcp/pmapi.h pcp/impl.h pcp/pmda.h
+ for ac_header in pcp/pmapi.h pcp/impl.h pcp/pmda.h
do :
as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "#ifdef HAVE_PCP_PMAPI_H
-# include <pcp/pmapi.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_PCP_IMPL_H
-# include <pcp/impl.h>
-#endif
+ # include <pcp/pmapi.h>
+ #endif
+ #ifdef HAVE_PCP_IMPL_H
+ # include <pcp/impl.h>
+ #endif
+ #ifdef HAVE_PCP_PMDA_H
+ # include <pcp/pmda.h>
+ #endif
"
if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then :
@@ -11596,6 +12425,34 @@ if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then :
#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
_ACEOF
+else
+ as_fn_error $? "Missing PCP pmda headers" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+
+done
+
+fi
+
+if test x"$HAVE_PMDA" = x"yes"; then
+ CTDB_PMDA=bin/pmdactdb
+ CTDB_PMDA_INSTALL=install_pmda
+else
+ CTDB_PMDA=
+ CTDB_PMDA_INSTALL=
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+for ac_header in sched.h
+do :
+ ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "sched.h" "ac_cv_header_sched_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_sched_h" = xyes; then :
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_SCHED_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
fi
done
@@ -11671,17 +12528,6 @@ $as_echo "#define HAVE_SOCK_SIN_LEN 1" >>confdefs.h
fi
-if test x"$ac_cv_header_pcp_pmda_h" = x"yes"; then
- CTDB_PMDA=bin/pmdactdb
- CTDB_PMDA_INSTALL=install_pmda
-else
- CTDB_PMDA=
- CTDB_PMDA_INSTALL=
-fi
-
-
-
-
@@ -12196,7 +13042,7 @@ cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
-This file was extended by ctdb $as_me 2.1, which was
+This file was extended by ctdb $as_me 2.2, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was
CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES
@@ -12262,7 +13108,7 @@ _ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`"
ac_cs_version="\\
-ctdb config.status 2.1
+ctdb config.status 2.2
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69,
with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\"
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 85934a7..37b5a64 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -94,16 +94,9 @@ m4_include(ib/config.m4)
m4_include(lib/util/signal.m4)
m4_include(lib/util/fault.m4)
m4_include(lib/socket_wrapper/config.m4)
+m4_include(utils/pmda/config.m4)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sched.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(pcp/pmapi.h pcp/impl.h pcp/pmda.h, [], [],
-[[#ifdef HAVE_PCP_PMAPI_H
-# include <pcp/pmapi.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_PCP_IMPL_H
-# include <pcp/impl.h>
-#endif
-]])
AC_CHECK_DECL([ETIME], [],[AC_DEFINE([ETIME], ETIMEDOUT, [ETIME on non-supporting platforms])], [
#include <errno.h>
@@ -122,20 +115,9 @@ if test x"$ctdb_cv_HAVE_SOCK_SIN_LEN" = x"yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCK_SIN_LEN,1,[Whether the sockaddr_in struct has a sin_len property])
fi
-if test x"$ac_cv_header_pcp_pmda_h" = x"yes"; then
- CTDB_PMDA=bin/pmdactdb
- CTDB_PMDA_INSTALL=install_pmda
-else
- CTDB_PMDA=
- CTDB_PMDA_INSTALL=
-fi
-
-
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_OBJ)
AC_SUBST(CTDB_SYSTEM_OBJ)
AC_SUBST(CTDB_SCSI_IO)
AC_SUBST(CTDB_PCAP_LDFLAGS)
-AC_SUBST(CTDB_PMDA)
-AC_SUBST(CTDB_PMDA_INSTALL)
AC_OUTPUT(Makefile ctdb.pc)
diff --git a/doc/ctdb.1 b/doc/ctdb.1
index d99acd2..45d981e 100644
--- a/doc/ctdb.1
+++ b/doc/ctdb.1
@@ -1,13 +1,22 @@
'\" t
.\" Title: ctdb
.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://docbook.sf.net/el/author]
-.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
-.\" Date: 01/09/2013
+.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.78.1 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
+.\" Date: 05/30/2013
.\" Manual: CTDB - clustered TDB database
.\" Source: ctdb
.\" Language: English
.\"
-.TH "CTDB" "1" "01/09/2013" "ctdb" "CTDB \- clustered TDB database"
+.TH "CTDB" "1" "05/30/2013" "ctdb" "CTDB \- clustered TDB database"
+.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" * Define some portability stuff
+.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673
+.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html
+.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
.\" * set default formatting
.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -283,6 +292,26 @@ response from 3 time=0\&.000114 sec (2 clients)
.if n \{\
.RE
.\}
+.SS "runstate [setup|first_recovery|startup|running]"
+.PP
+Print the runstate of the specified node\&. Runstates are used to serialise important state transitions in CTDB, particularly during startup\&.
+.PP
+If one or more optional runstate arguments are specified then the node must be in one of these runstates for the command to succeed\&.
+.PP
+Example: ctdb runstate
+.PP
+Example output:
+.sp
+.if n \{\
+.RS 4
+.\}
+.nf
+RUNNING
+
+.fi
+.if n \{\
+.RE
+.\}
.SS "ifaces"
.PP
This command will display the list of network interfaces, which could host public addresses, along with their status\&.
@@ -432,12 +461,12 @@ Example output:
.PP
This command is used to disable an eventscript\&.
.PP
-This will take effect the next time the eventscripts are being executed so it can take a short while until this is reflected in \'scriptstatus\'\&.
+This will take effect the next time the eventscripts are being executed so it can take a short while until this is reflected in \*(Aqscriptstatus\*(Aq\&.
.SS "enablescript <script>"
.PP
This command is used to enable an eventscript\&.
.PP
-This will take effect the next time the eventscripts are being executed so it can take a short while until this is reflected in \'scriptstatus\'\&.
+This will take effect the next time the eventscripts are being executed so it can take a short while until this is reflected in \*(Aqscriptstatus\*(Aq\&.
.SS "getvar <name>"
.PP
Get the runtime value of a tuneable variable\&.
@@ -733,29 +762,29 @@ This command is used when adding new nodes, or removing existing nodes from an e
.PP
Procedure to add a node:
.PP
-1, To expand an existing cluster, first ensure with \'ctdb status\' that all nodes are up and running and that they are all healthy\&. Do not try to expand a cluster unless it is completely healthy!
+1, To expand an existing cluster, first ensure with \*(Aqctdb status\*(Aq that all nodes are up and running and that they are all healthy\&. Do not try to expand a cluster unless it is completely healthy!
.PP
2, On all nodes, edit /etc/ctdb/nodes and add the new node as the last entry to the file\&. The new node MUST be added to the end of this file!
.PP
3, Verify that all the nodes have identical /etc/ctdb/nodes files after you edited them and added the new node!
.PP
-4, Run \'ctdb reloadnodes\' to force all nodes to reload the nodesfile\&.
+4, Run \*(Aqctdb reloadnodes\*(Aq to force all nodes to reload the nodesfile\&.
.PP
-5, Use \'ctdb status\' on all nodes and verify that they now show the additional node\&.
+5, Use \*(Aqctdb status\*(Aq on all nodes and verify that they now show the additional node\&.
.PP
6, Install and configure the new node and bring it online\&.
.PP
Procedure to remove a node:
.PP
-1, To remove a node from an existing cluster, first ensure with \'ctdb status\' that all nodes, except the node to be deleted, are up and running and that they are all healthy\&. Do not try to remove a node from a cluster unless the cluster is completely healthy!
+1, To remove a node from an existing cluster, first ensure with \*(Aqctdb status\*(Aq that all nodes, except the node to be deleted, are up and running and that they are all healthy\&. Do not try to remove a node from a cluster unless the cluster is completely healthy!
.PP
2, Shutdown and poweroff the node to be removed\&.
.PP
-3, On all other nodes, edit the /etc/ctdb/nodes file and comment out the node to be removed\&. Do not delete the line for that node, just comment it out by adding a \'#\' at the beginning of the line\&.
+3, On all other nodes, edit the /etc/ctdb/nodes file and comment out the node to be removed\&. Do not delete the line for that node, just comment it out by adding a \*(Aq#\*(Aq at the beginning of the line\&.
.PP
-4, Run \'ctdb reloadnodes\' to force all nodes to reload the nodesfile\&.
+4, Run \*(Aqctdb reloadnodes\*(Aq to force all nodes to reload the nodesfile\&.
.PP
-5, Use \'ctdb status\' on all nodes and verify that the deleted node no longer shows up in the list\&.\&.
+5, Use \*(Aqctdb status\*(Aq on all nodes and verify that the deleted node no longer shows up in the list\&.\&.
.PP
.SS "reloadips"
.PP
@@ -765,7 +794,7 @@ Procedure to update the public address configuration on a single node:
.PP
1, Update the /etc/ctdb/public_addresses file on the node
.PP
-2, Run \'ctdb reloadips\' on the node\&.
+2, Run \*(Aqctdb reloadips\*(Aq on the node\&.
.PP
The file will then be reloaded on the node and addresses will be added or removed as required to match the newly loaded file\&. When updating a single node it may take a little while before any newly added addresses are failed onto the node\&.
.PP
@@ -774,7 +803,7 @@ Procedure to update the public address configuration on whole cluster:
.PP
1, Update the /etc/ctdb/public_addresses file on all nodes
.PP
-2, Run \'ctdb reloadips \-n all\'\&.
+2, Run \*(Aqctdb reloadips \-n all\*(Aq\&.
.PP
This command will then force all nodes to reload and update the addresses\&. This process is controlled and synchronized by the recovery master to ensure that all addresses are added to all nodes as one single operation, after which any required ip node rebalancing may may take place\&.
.SS "tickle <srcip:port> <dstip:port>"
@@ -847,7 +876,7 @@ This command checks if a specific process exists on the CTDB host\&. This is mai
.PP
This command lists all clustered TDB databases that the CTDB daemon has attached to\&. Some databases are flagged as PERSISTENT, this means that the database stores data persistently and the data will remain across reboots\&. One example of such a database is secrets\&.tdb where information about how the cluster was joined to the domain is stored\&.
.PP
-If a PERSISTENT database is not in a healthy state the database is flagged as UNHEALTHY\&. If there\'s at least one completely healthy node running in the cluster, it\'s possible that the content is restored by a recovery run automaticly\&. Otherwise an administrator needs to analyze the problem\&.
+If a PERSISTENT database is not in a healthy state the database is flagged as UNHEALTHY\&. If there\*(Aqs at least one completely healthy node running in the cluster, it\*(Aqs possible that the content is restored by a recovery run automaticly\&. Otherwise an administrator needs to analyze the problem\&.
.PP
See also "ctdb getdbstatus", "ctdb backupdb", "ctdb restoredb", "ctdb dumpbackup", "ctdb wipedb", "ctdb setvar AllowUnhealthyDBRead 1" and (if samba or tdb\-utils are installed) "tdbtool check"\&.
.PP
@@ -940,7 +969,7 @@ dbid: 0xf2a58948
name: registry\&.tdb
path: /var/ctdb/persistent/registry\&.tdb\&.0
PERSISTENT: yes
-HEALTH: NO\-HEALTHY\-NODES \- ERROR \- Backup of corrupted TDB in \'/var/ctdb/persistent/registry\&.tdb\&.0\&.corrupted\&.20091208091949\&.0Z\'
+HEALTH: NO\-HEALTHY\-NODES \- ERROR \- Backup of corrupted TDB in \*(Aq/var/ctdb/persistent/registry\&.tdb\&.0\&.corrupted\&.20091208091949\&.0Z\*(Aq
.fi
.if n \{\
diff --git a/doc/ctdb.1.html b/doc/ctdb.1.html
index e8f20d3..a05f2d0 100644
--- a/doc/ctdb.1.html
+++ b/doc/ctdb.1.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ctdb</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="ctdb"><a name="ctdb.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ctdb — clustered tdb database management utility</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">ctdb [ OPTIONS ] COMMAND ...</code> </p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">ctdb</code> [-n <node>] [-Y] [-t <timeout>] [-T <timelimit>] [-? --help] [--usage] [-d --debug=<INTEGER>] [--socket=<filename>] [--print-emptyrecords] [--print-datasize] [--print-lmaster] [--print-hash] [--print-recordflags]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id529348"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ctdb</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry"><a name="ctdb.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ctdb — clustered tdb database management utility</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">ctdb [ OPTIONS ] COMMAND ...</code> </p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">ctdb</code> [-n <node>] [-Y] [-t <timeout>] [-T <timelimit>] [-? --help] [--usage] [-d --debug=<INTEGER>] [--socket=<filename>] [--print-emptyrecords] [--print-datasize] [--print-lmaster] [--print-hash] [--print-recordflags]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264423591616"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>
ctdb is a utility to view and manage a ctdb cluster.
- </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id529358"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-n <pnn></span></dt><dd><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264423590512"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">-n <pnn></span></dt><dd><p>
This specifies the physical node number on which to execute the
command. Default is to run the command on the daemon running on
the local host.
@@ -46,13 +46,13 @@
This lets catdb and dumpdbbackup print the
record flags for each record. Note that cattdb always
prints the flags.
- </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="Administrative Commands"><a name="id529553"></a><h2>Administrative Commands</h2><p>
+ </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264423567536"></a><h2>Administrative Commands</h2><p>
These are commands used to monitor and administrate a CTDB cluster.
- </p><div class="refsect2" title="pnn"><a name="id529562"></a><h3>pnn</h3><p>
+ </p><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264423566512"></a><h3>pnn</h3><p>
This command displays the pnn of the current node.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="status"><a name="id529571"></a><h3>status</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264423565440"></a><h3>status</h3><p>
This command shows the current status of the ctdb node.
- </p><div class="refsect3" title="node status"><a name="id529580"></a><h4>node status</h4><p>
+ </p><div class="refsect3"><a name="idm264423564512"></a><h4>node status</h4><p>
Node status reflects the current status of the node. There are five possible states:
</p><p>
OK - This node is fully functional.
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
in a cluster like a node that is ok. Some interfaces to serve
public ip addresses are down, but at least one interface is up.
See also "ctdb ifaces".
- </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="generation"><a name="id529629"></a><h4>generation</h4><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect3"><a name="idm264423558592"></a><h4>generation</h4><p>
The generation id is a number that indicates the current generation
of a cluster instance. Each time a cluster goes through a
reconfiguration or a recovery its generation id will be changed.
@@ -96,10 +96,10 @@
All nodes start with generation "INVALID" and are not assigned a real
generation id until they have successfully been merged with a cluster
through a recovery.
- </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="VNNMAP"><a name="id529654"></a><h4>VNNMAP</h4><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect3"><a name="idm264423555536"></a><h4>VNNMAP</h4><p>
The list of Virtual Node Numbers. This is a list of all nodes that actively participates in the cluster and that share the workload of hosting the Clustered TDB database records.
Only nodes that are participating in the vnnmap can become lmaster or dmaster for a database record.
- </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="Recovery mode"><a name="id529666"></a><h4>Recovery mode</h4><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect3"><a name="idm264423554160"></a><h4>Recovery mode</h4><p>
This is the current recovery mode of the cluster. There are two possible modes:
</p><p>
NORMAL - The cluster is fully operational.
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
have been recovered, the node mode will change into NORMAL mode
and the databases will be "thawed", allowing samba to access the
databases again.
- </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="Recovery master"><a name="id529698"></a><h4>Recovery master</h4><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect3"><a name="idm264423550384"></a><h4>Recovery master</h4><p>
This is the cluster node that is currently designated as the recovery master. This node is responsible of monitoring the consistency of the cluster and to perform the actual recovery process when reqired.
</p><p>
Only one node at a time can be the designated recovery master. Which
@@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ hash:2 lmaster:2
hash:3 lmaster:3
Recovery mode:NORMAL (0)
Recovery master:0
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="recmaster"><a name="id529731"></a><h3>recmaster</h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264423546544"></a><h3>recmaster</h3><p>
This command shows the pnn of the node which is currently the recmaster.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="uptime"><a name="id529741"></a><h3>uptime</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264423545376"></a><h3>uptime</h3><p>
This command shows the uptime for the ctdb daemon. When the last recovery or ip-failover completed and how long it took. If the "duration" is shown as a negative number, this indicates that there is a recovery/failover in progress and it started that many seconds ago.
</p><p>
Example: ctdb uptime
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Current time of node : Thu Oct 29 10:38:54 2009
Ctdbd start time : (000 16:54:28) Wed Oct 28 17:44:26 2009
Time of last recovery/failover: (000 16:53:31) Wed Oct 28 17:45:23 2009
Duration of last recovery/failover: 2.248552 seconds
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="listnodes"><a name="id529767"></a><h3>listnodes</h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264423542224"></a><h3>listnodes</h3><p>
This command shows lists the ip addresses of all the nodes in the cluster.
</p><p>
Example: ctdb listnodes
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Duration of last recovery/failover: 2.248552 seconds
10.0.0.72
10.0.0.73
10.0.0.74
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="ping"><a name="id529790"></a><h3>ping</h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264423539552"></a><h3>ping</h3><p>
This command will "ping" all CTDB daemons in the cluster to verify that they are processing commands correctly.
</p><p>
Example: ctdb ping
@@ -172,7 +172,21 @@ response from 0 time=0.000054 sec (3 clients)
response from 1 time=0.000144 sec (2 clients)
response from 2 time=0.000105 sec (2 clients)
response from 3 time=0.000114 sec (2 clients)
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="ifaces"><a name="id529814"></a><h3>ifaces</h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264423536624"></a><h3>runstate [setup|first_recovery|startup|running]</h3><p>
+ Print the runstate of the specified node. Runstates are used
+ to serialise important state transitions in CTDB, particularly
+ during startup.
+ </p><p>
+ If one or more optional runstate arguments are specified then
+ the node must be in one of these runstates for the command to
+ succeed.
+ </p><p>
+ Example: ctdb runstate
+ </p><p>
+ Example output:
+ </p><pre class="screen">
+RUNNING
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418543872"></a><h3>ifaces</h3><p>
This command will display the list of network interfaces, which could
host public addresses, along with their status.
</p><p>
@@ -195,13 +209,13 @@ name:eth2 link:up references:1
:eth4:0:0
:eth3:1:1
:eth2:1:1
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="setifacelink <iface> <status>"><a name="id529852"></a><h3>setifacelink <iface> <status></h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418539648"></a><h3>setifacelink <iface> <status></h3><p>
This command will set the status of a network interface.
The status needs to be "up" or "down". This is typically
used in the 10.interfaces script in the "monitor" event.
</p><p>
Example: ctdb setifacelink eth0 up
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="ip"><a name="id529866"></a><h3>ip</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418538048"></a><h3>ip</h3><p>
This command will display the list of public addresses that are provided by the cluster and which physical node is currently serving this ip. By default this command will ONLY show those public addresses that are known to the node itself. To see the full list of all public ips across the cluster you must use "ctdb ip -n all".
</p><p>
Example: ctdb ip
@@ -231,7 +245,7 @@ Public IPs on node 0
:172.31.92.83:0:eth5:eth5:eth4,eth5:
:172.31.92.84:1::eth5:eth4,eth5:
:172.31.92.85:0:eth5:eth5:eth4,eth5:
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="ipinfo <ip>"><a name="id529917"></a><h3>ipinfo <ip></h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418532864"></a><h3>ipinfo <ip></h3><p>
This command will display details about the specified public addresses.
</p><p>
Example: ctdb ipinfo 172.31.92.85
@@ -244,7 +258,7 @@ CurrentNode:0
NumInterfaces:2
Interface[1]: Name:eth4 Link:down References:0
Interface[2]: Name:eth5 Link:up References:2 (active)
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="scriptstatus"><a name="id529941"></a><h3>scriptstatus</h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418530144"></a><h3>scriptstatus</h3><p>
This command displays which scripts where run in the previous monitoring cycle and the result of each script. If a script failed with an error, causing the node to become unhealthy, the output from that script is also shown.
</p><p>
Example: ctdb scriptstatus
@@ -261,15 +275,15 @@ Interface[2]: Name:eth5 Link:up References:2 (active)
41.httpd Status:OK Duration:0.039 Tue Mar 24 18:56:57 2009
50.samba Status:ERROR Duration:0.082 Tue Mar 24 18:56:57 2009
OUTPUT:ERROR: Samba tcp port 445 is not responding
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="disablescript <script>"><a name="id529970"></a><h3>disablescript <script></h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418526784"></a><h3>disablescript <script></h3><p>
This command is used to disable an eventscript.
</p><p>
This will take effect the next time the eventscripts are being executed so it can take a short while until this is reflected in 'scriptstatus'.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="enablescript <script>"><a name="id529984"></a><h3>enablescript <script></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418525200"></a><h3>enablescript <script></h3><p>
This command is used to enable an eventscript.
</p><p>
This will take effect the next time the eventscripts are being executed so it can take a short while until this is reflected in 'scriptstatus'.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="getvar <name>"><a name="id529999"></a><h3>getvar <name></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418523616"></a><h3>getvar <name></h3><p>
Get the runtime value of a tuneable variable.
</p><p>
Example: ctdb getvar MaxRedirectCount
@@ -277,11 +291,11 @@ Interface[2]: Name:eth5 Link:up References:2 (active)
Example output:
</p><pre class="screen">
MaxRedirectCount = 3
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="setvar <name> <value>"><a name="id530021"></a><h3>setvar <name> <value></h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418521200"></a><h3>setvar <name> <value></h3><p>
Set the runtime value of a tuneable variable.
</p><p>
Example: ctdb setvar MaxRedirectCount 5
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="listvars"><a name="id530035"></a><h3>listvars</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418519712"></a><h3>listvars</h3><p>
List all tuneable variables, except the values of the obsolete tunables
like VacuumMinInterval. The obsolete tunables can be retrieved only
explicitly with the "ctdb getvar" command.
@@ -334,7 +348,7 @@ StatHistoryInterval = 1
DeferredAttachTO = 120
AllowClientDBAttach = 1
RecoverPDBBySeqNum = 0
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="lvsmaster"><a name="id530069"></a><h3>lvsmaster</h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418515776"></a><h3>lvsmaster</h3><p>
This command shows which node is currently the LVSMASTER. The
LVSMASTER is the node in the cluster which drives the LVS system and
which receives all incoming traffic from clients.
@@ -345,7 +359,7 @@ RecoverPDBBySeqNum = 0
evenly onto the other nodes in the cluster. This is an alternative to using
public ip addresses. See the manpage for ctdbd for more information
about LVS.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="lvs"><a name="id530086"></a><h3>lvs</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418513728"></a><h3>lvs</h3><p>
This command shows which nodes in the cluster are currently active in the
LVS configuration. I.e. which nodes we are currently loadbalancing
the single ip address across.
@@ -360,7 +374,7 @@ RecoverPDBBySeqNum = 0
</p><pre class="screen">
2:10.0.0.13
3:10.0.0.14
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="getcapabilities"><a name="id530112"></a><h3>getcapabilities</h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418510768"></a><h3>getcapabilities</h3><p>
This command shows the capabilities of the current node.
Please see manpage for ctdbd for a full list of all capabilities and
more detailed description.
@@ -379,7 +393,7 @@ RecoverPDBBySeqNum = 0
RECMASTER: YES
LMASTER: YES
LVS: NO
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="statistics"><a name="id530143"></a><h3>statistics</h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418507264"></a><h3>statistics</h3><p>
Collect statistics from the CTDB daemon about how many calls it has served.
</p><p>
Example: ctdb statistics
@@ -421,23 +435,23 @@ CTDB version 1
max_hop_count 0
max_call_latency 4.948321 sec
max_lockwait_latency 0.000000 sec
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="statisticsreset"><a name="id530176"></a><h3>statisticsreset</h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418503472"></a><h3>statisticsreset</h3><p>
This command is used to clear all statistics counters in a node.
</p><p>
Example: ctdb statisticsreset
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="getreclock"><a name="id530189"></a><h3>getreclock</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418501968"></a><h3>getreclock</h3><p>
This command is used to show the filename of the reclock file that is used.
</p><p>
Example output:
</p><pre class="screen">
Reclock file:/gpfs/.ctdb/shared
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="setreclock [filename]"><a name="id530208"></a><h3>setreclock [filename]</h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418499840"></a><h3>setreclock [filename]</h3><p>
This command is used to modify, or clear, the file that is used as the reclock file at runtime. When this command is used, the reclock file checks are disabled. To re-enable the checks the administrator needs to activate the "VerifyRecoveryLock" tunable using "ctdb setvar".
</p><p>
If run with no parameter this will remove the reclock file completely. If run with a parameter the parameter specifies the new filename to use for the recovery lock.
</p><p>
This command only affects the runtime settings of a ctdb node and will be lost when ctdb is restarted. For persistent changes to the reclock file setting you must edit /etc/sysconfig/ctdb.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="getdebug"><a name="id530229"></a><h3>getdebug</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418497344"></a><h3>getdebug</h3><p>
Get the current debug level for the node. the debug level controls what information is written to the log file.
</p><p>
The debug levels are mapped to the corresponding syslog levels.
@@ -447,42 +461,42 @@ Reclock file:/gpfs/.ctdb/shared
The list of debug levels from highest to lowest are :
</p><p>
EMERG ALERT CRIT ERR WARNING NOTICE INFO DEBUG
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="setdebug <debuglevel>"><a name="id530252"></a><h3>setdebug <debuglevel></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418494752"></a><h3>setdebug <debuglevel></h3><p>
Set the debug level of a node. This controls what information will be logged.
</p><p>
The debuglevel is one of EMERG ALERT CRIT ERR WARNING NOTICE INFO DEBUG
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="getpid"><a name="id530265"></a><h3>getpid</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418493136"></a><h3>getpid</h3><p>
This command will return the process id of the ctdb daemon.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="disable"><a name="id530275"></a><h3>disable</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418492016"></a><h3>disable</h3><p>
This command is used to administratively disable a node in the cluster.
A disabled node will still participate in the cluster and host
clustered TDB records but its public ip address has been taken over by
a different node and it no longer hosts any services.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="enable"><a name="id530286"></a><h3>enable</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418490672"></a><h3>enable</h3><p>
Re-enable a node that has been administratively disabled.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="stop"><a name="id530296"></a><h3>stop</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418489552"></a><h3>stop</h3><p>
This command is used to administratively STOP a node in the cluster.
A STOPPED node is connected to the cluster but will not host any
public ip addresse, nor does it participate in the VNNMAP.
The difference between a DISABLED node and a STOPPED node is that
a STOPPED node does not host any parts of the database which means
that a recovery is required to stop/continue nodes.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="continue"><a name="id530308"></a><h3>continue</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418488112"></a><h3>continue</h3><p>
Re-start a node that has been administratively stopped.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="addip <public_ip/mask> <iface>"><a name="id530318"></a><h3>addip <public_ip/mask> <iface></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418487008"></a><h3>addip <public_ip/mask> <iface></h3><p>
This command is used to add a new public ip to a node during runtime.
This allows public addresses to be added to a cluster without having
to restart the ctdb daemons.
</p><p>
Note that this only updates the runtime instance of ctdb. Any changes will be lost next time ctdb is restarted and the public addresses file is re-read.
If you want this change to be permanent you must also update the public addresses file manually.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="delip <public_ip>"><a name="id530334"></a><h3>delip <public_ip></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418485056"></a><h3>delip <public_ip></h3><p>
This command is used to remove a public ip from a node during runtime.
If this public ip is currently hosted by the node it being removed from, the ip will first be failed over to another node, if possible, before it is removed.
</p><p>
Note that this only updates the runtime instance of ctdb. Any changes will be lost next time ctdb is restarted and the public addresses file is re-read.
If you want this change to be permanent you must also update the public addresses file manually.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="moveip <public_ip> <node>"><a name="id530351"></a><h3>moveip <public_ip> <node></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418483120"></a><h3>moveip <public_ip> <node></h3><p>
This command can be used to manually fail a public ip address to a
specific node.
</p><p>
@@ -493,14 +507,14 @@ Reclock file:/gpfs/.ctdb/shared
DeterministicIPs = 0
</p><p>
NoIPFailback = 1
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="shutdown"><a name="id530373"></a><h3>shutdown</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418480608"></a><h3>shutdown</h3><p>
This command will shutdown a specific CTDB daemon.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="recover"><a name="id530382"></a><h3>recover</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418479504"></a><h3>recover</h3><p>
This command will trigger the recovery daemon to do a cluster
recovery.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="ipreallocate"><a name="id530392"></a><h3>ipreallocate</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418478368"></a><h3>ipreallocate</h3><p>
This command will force the recovery master to perform a full ip reallocation process and redistribute all ip addresses. This is useful to "reset" the allocations back to its default state if they have been changed using the "moveip" command. While a "recover" will also perform this reallocation, a recovery is much more hevyweight since it will also rebuild all the databases.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="setlmasterrole <on|off>"><a name="id530404"></a><h3>setlmasterrole <on|off></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418476928"></a><h3>setlmasterrole <on|off></h3><p>
This command is used ot enable/disable the LMASTER capability for a node at runtime. This capability determines whether or not a node can be used as an LMASTER for records in the database. A node that does not have the LMASTER capability will not show up in the vnnmap.
</p><p>
Nodes will by default have this capability, but it can be stripped off nodes by the setting in the sysconfig file or by using this command.
@@ -508,21 +522,21 @@ Reclock file:/gpfs/.ctdb/shared
Once this setting has been enabled/disabled, you need to perform a recovery for it to take effect.
</p><p>
See also "ctdb getcapabilities"
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="setrecmasterrole <on|off>"><a name="id530428"></a><h3>setrecmasterrole <on|off></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418474176"></a><h3>setrecmasterrole <on|off></h3><p>
This command is used ot enable/disable the RECMASTER capability for a node at runtime. This capability determines whether or not a node can be used as an RECMASTER for the cluster. A node that does not have the RECMASTER capability can not win a recmaster election. A node that already is the recmaster for the cluster when the capability is stripped off the node will remain the recmaster until the next cluster election.
</p><p>
Nodes will by default have this capability, but it can be stripped off nodes by the setting in the sysconfig file or by using this command.
</p><p>
See also "ctdb getcapabilities"
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="killtcp <srcip:port> <dstip:port>"><a name="id530449"></a><h3>killtcp <srcip:port> <dstip:port></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418471776"></a><h3>killtcp <srcip:port> <dstip:port></h3><p>
This command will kill the specified TCP connection by issuing a
TCP RST to the srcip:port endpoint. This is a command used by the
ctdb eventscripts.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="gratiousarp <ip> <interface>"><a name="id530460"></a><h3>gratiousarp <ip> <interface></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418470560"></a><h3>gratiousarp <ip> <interface></h3><p>
This command will send out a gratious arp for the specified interface
through the specified interface. This command is mainly used by the
ctdb eventscripts.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="reloadnodes"><a name="id530470"></a><h3>reloadnodes</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418469280"></a><h3>reloadnodes</h3><p>
This command is used when adding new nodes, or removing existing nodes from an existing cluster.
</p><p>
Procedure to add a node:
@@ -556,7 +570,7 @@ Reclock file:/gpfs/.ctdb/shared
</p><p>
5, Use 'ctdb status' on all nodes and verify that the deleted node no longer shows up in the list..
</p><p>
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="reloadips"><a name="id530540"></a><h3>reloadips</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418461056"></a><h3>reloadips</h3><p>
This command is used to reload the public addresses file and update the
ip configuration of the running daemon.
</p><p>
@@ -583,7 +597,7 @@ Reclock file:/gpfs/.ctdb/shared
master to ensure that all addresses are added to all nodes as one
single operation, after which any required ip node rebalancing may
may take place.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="tickle <srcip:port> <dstip:port>"><a name="id530588"></a><h3>tickle <srcip:port> <dstip:port></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418455472"></a><h3>tickle <srcip:port> <dstip:port></h3><p>
This command will will send a TCP tickle to the source host for the
specified TCP connection.
A TCP tickle is a TCP ACK packet with an invalid sequence and
@@ -595,10 +609,10 @@ Reclock file:/gpfs/.ctdb/shared
TCP connection has been disrupted and that the client will need
to reestablish. This greatly speeds up the time it takes for a client
to detect and reestablish after an IP failover in the ctdb cluster.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="gettickles <ip>"><a name="id530606"></a><h3>gettickles <ip></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418453328"></a><h3>gettickles <ip></h3><p>
This command is used to show which TCP connections are registered with
CTDB to be "tickled" if there is a failover.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="repack [max_freelist]"><a name="id530617"></a><h3>repack [max_freelist]</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418452160"></a><h3>repack [max_freelist]</h3><p>
Over time, when records are created and deleted in a TDB, the TDB list of free space will become fragmented. This can lead to a slowdown in accessing TDB records.
This command is used to defragment a TDB database and pruning the freelist.
</p><p>
@@ -613,7 +627,7 @@ Reclock file:/gpfs/.ctdb/shared
Example: ctdb repack 1000
</p><p>
By default, this operation is issued from the 00.ctdb event script every 5 minutes.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="vacuum [max_records]"><a name="id530655"></a><h3>vacuum [max_records]</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418447664"></a><h3>vacuum [max_records]</h3><p>
Over time CTDB databases will fill up with empty deleted records which will lead to a progressive slow down of CTDB database access.
This command is used to prune all databases and delete all empty records from the cluster.
</p><p>
@@ -629,17 +643,17 @@ Reclock file:/gpfs/.ctdb/shared
Example: ctdb vacuum
</p><p>
By default, this operation is issued from the 00.ctdb event script every 5 minutes.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="backupdb <dbname> <file>"><a name="id530685"></a><h3>backupdb <dbname> <file></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418444208"></a><h3>backupdb <dbname> <file></h3><p>
This command can be used to copy the entire content of a database out to a file. This file can later be read back into ctdb using the restoredb command.
This is mainly useful for backing up persistent databases such as secrets.tdb and similar.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="restoredb <file> [<dbname>]"><a name="id530696"></a><h3>restoredb <file> [<dbname>]</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418442912"></a><h3>restoredb <file> [<dbname>]</h3><p>
This command restores a persistent database that was previously backed up using backupdb.
By default the data will be restored back into the same database as
it was created from. By specifying dbname you can restore the data
into a different database.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="wipedb <dbname>"><a name="id530708"></a><h3>wipedb <dbname></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418441520"></a><h3>wipedb <dbname></h3><p>
This command can be used to remove all content of a database.
- </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="getlog [<level>] [recoverd]"><a name="id530718"></a><h3>getlog [<level>] [recoverd]</h3><p>
+ </p></div></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418440272"></a><h3>getlog [<level>] [recoverd]</h3><p>
In addition to the normal logging to a log file,
CTDBD also keeps a in-memory ringbuffer containing the most recent
log entries for all log levels (except DEBUG).
@@ -657,25 +671,25 @@ This is mainly useful for backing up persistent databases such as secrets.tdb an
By default, logs are extracted from the main CTDB daemon. If
the recoverd option is given then logs are extracted from the
recovery daemon.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="clearlog [recoverd]"><a name="id530744"></a><h3>clearlog [recoverd]</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418437152"></a><h3>clearlog [recoverd]</h3><p>
This command clears the in-memory logging ringbuffer.
</p><p>
By default, logs are cleared in the main CTDB daemon. If the
recoverd option is given then logs are cleared in the recovery
daemon.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="setdbreadonly <dbname|hash>"><a name="id530758"></a><h3>setdbreadonly <dbname|hash></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418435504"></a><h3>setdbreadonly <dbname|hash></h3><p>
This command will enable the ReadOnly record support for a database.
This is an experimental feature to improve performance for contended
records primarily in locking.tdb and brlock.tdb.
When enabling this feature you must set it on all nodes in the cluster.
For now, this feature requires a special patch to samba in order to
use it.
- </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="Debugging Commands"><a name="id530770"></a><h2>Debugging Commands</h2><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264418434112"></a><h2>Debugging Commands</h2><p>
These commands are primarily used for CTDB development and testing and
should not be used for normal administration.
- </p><div class="refsect2" title="process-exists <pid>"><a name="id530779"></a><h3>process-exists <pid></h3><p>
+ </p><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418433072"></a><h3>process-exists <pid></h3><p>
This command checks if a specific process exists on the CTDB host. This is mainly used by Samba to check if remote instances of samba are still running or not.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="getdbmap"><a name="id530790"></a><h3>getdbmap</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418431856"></a><h3>getdbmap</h3><p>
This command lists all clustered TDB databases that the CTDB daemon has attached to. Some databases are flagged as PERSISTENT, this means that the database stores data persistently and the data will remain across reboots. One example of such a database is secrets.tdb where information about how the cluster was joined to the domain is stored.
</p><p>
If a PERSISTENT database is not in a healthy state the database is
@@ -715,7 +729,7 @@ dbid:0xb775fff6 name:secrets.tdb path:/var/ctdb/persistent/secrets.tdb.0 PERSIST
</p><pre class="screen">
:ID:Name:Path:Persistent:Unhealthy:
:0x7bbbd26c:passdb.tdb:/var/ctdb/persistent/passdb.tdb.0:1:0:
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="getdbstatus <dbname>"><a name="id530857"></a><h3>getdbstatus <dbname></h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418424016"></a><h3>getdbstatus <dbname></h3><p>
This command displays more details about a database.
</p><p>
Example: ctdb getdbstatus test.tdb.0
@@ -737,35 +751,35 @@ name: registry.tdb
path: /var/ctdb/persistent/registry.tdb.0
PERSISTENT: yes
HEALTH: NO-HEALTHY-NODES - ERROR - Backup of corrupted TDB in '/var/ctdb/persistent/registry.tdb.0.corrupted.20091208091949.0Z'
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="catdb <dbname>"><a name="id530896"></a><h3>catdb <dbname></h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418419696"></a><h3>catdb <dbname></h3><p>
This command will dump a clustered TDB database to the screen. This is a debugging command.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="cattdb <dbname>"><a name="id530906"></a><h3>cattdb <dbname></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418418544"></a><h3>cattdb <dbname></h3><p>
This command will dump the content of the local TDB database to the screen. This is a debugging command.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="dumpdbbackup <backup-file>"><a name="id530916"></a><h3>dumpdbbackup <backup-file></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418417376"></a><h3>dumpdbbackup <backup-file></h3><p>
This command will dump the content of database backup to the screen
(similar to ctdb catdb). This is a debugging command.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="getmonmode"><a name="id530926"></a><h3>getmonmode</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418416208"></a><h3>getmonmode</h3><p>
This command returns the monutoring mode of a node. The monitoring mode is either ACTIVE or DISABLED. Normally a node will continuously monitor that all other nodes that are expected are in fact connected and that they respond to commands.
</p><p>
ACTIVE - This is the normal mode. The node is actively monitoring all other nodes, both that the transport is connected and also that the node responds to commands. If a node becomes unavailable, it will be marked as DISCONNECTED and a recovery is initiated to restore the cluster.
</p><p>
DISABLED - This node is not monitoring that other nodes are available. In this mode a node failure will not be detected and no recovery will be performed. This mode is useful when for debugging purposes one wants to attach GDB to a ctdb process but wants to prevent the rest of the cluster from marking this node as DISCONNECTED and do a recovery.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="setmonmode <0|1>"><a name="id530949"></a><h3>setmonmode <0|1></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418413440"></a><h3>setmonmode <0|1></h3><p>
This command can be used to explicitly disable/enable monitoring mode on a node. The main purpose is if one wants to attach GDB to a running ctdb daemon but wants to prevent the other nodes from marking it as DISCONNECTED and issuing a recovery. To do this, set monitoring mode to 0 on all nodes before attaching with GDB. Remember to set monitoring mode back to 1 afterwards.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="attach <dbname> [persistent]"><a name="id530961"></a><h3>attach <dbname> [persistent]</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418412000"></a><h3>attach <dbname> [persistent]</h3><p>
This is a debugging command. This command will make the CTDB daemon create a new CTDB database and attach to it.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="dumpmemory"><a name="id530972"></a><h3>dumpmemory</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418410752"></a><h3>dumpmemory</h3><p>
This is a debugging command. This command will make the ctdb
daemon to write a fill memory allocation map to standard output.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="rddumpmemory"><a name="id530982"></a><h3>rddumpmemory</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418409568"></a><h3>rddumpmemory</h3><p>
This is a debugging command. This command will dump the talloc memory
allocation tree for the recovery daemon to standard output.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="thaw"><a name="id530992"></a><h3>thaw</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418408384"></a><h3>thaw</h3><p>
Thaw a previously frozen node.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="eventscript <arguments>"><a name="id531001"></a><h3>eventscript <arguments></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418407360"></a><h3>eventscript <arguments></h3><p>
This is a debugging command. This command can be used to manually
invoke and run the eventscritps with arbitrary arguments.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="ban <bantime|0>"><a name="id531012"></a><h3>ban <bantime|0></h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418406176"></a><h3>ban <bantime|0></h3><p>
Administratively ban a node for bantime seconds. A bantime of 0 means that the node should be permanently banned.
</p><p>
A banned node does not participate in the cluster and does not host any records for the clustered TDB. Its ip address has been taken over by another node and no services are hosted.
@@ -774,11 +788,11 @@ HEALTH: NO-HEALTHY-NODES - ERROR - Backup of corrupted TDB in '/var/ctdb/persist
cluster recoveries.
</p><p>
This is primarily a testing command. Note that the recovery daemon controls the overall ban state and it may automatically unban nodes at will. Meaning that a node that has been banned by the administrator can and ofter are unbanned before the admin specifid timeout triggers. If wanting to "drop" a node out from the cluster for mainentance or other reasons, use the "stop" / "continue" commands instad of "ban" / "unban".
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="unban"><a name="id531038"></a><h3>unban</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418403072"></a><h3>unban</h3><p>
This command is used to unban a node that has either been
administratively banned using the ban command or has been automatically
banned by the recovery daemon.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="check_srvids <srvid> ..."><a name="id531049"></a><h3>check_srvids <srvid> ...</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264418401840"></a><h3>check_srvids <srvid> ...</h3><p>
This command checks whether a set of srvid message ports are registered on the
node or not. The command takes a list of values to check.
</p><p>
@@ -790,10 +804,10 @@ Server id 0:1 does not exist
Server id 0:2 does not exist
Server id 0:3 does not exist
Server id 0:14765 exists
- </pre></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id531074"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>
+ </pre></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264418399008"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>
ctdbd(1), onnode(1)
<a class="ulink" href="http://ctdb.samba.org/" target="_top">http://ctdb.samba.org/</a>
- </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="COPYRIGHT/LICENSE"><a name="id531087"></a><h2>COPYRIGHT/LICENSE</h2><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264418397488"></a><h2>COPYRIGHT/LICENSE</h2><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2007<br>
Copyright (C) Ronnie sahlberg 2007<br>
<br>
diff --git a/doc/ctdb.1.xml b/doc/ctdb.1.xml
index 83d0ac0..ce83a3e 100644
--- a/doc/ctdb.1.xml
+++ b/doc/ctdb.1.xml
@@ -382,6 +382,28 @@ response from 3 time=0.000114 sec (2 clients)
</screen>
</refsect2>
+ <refsect2><title>runstate [setup|first_recovery|startup|running]</title>
+ <para>
+ Print the runstate of the specified node. Runstates are used
+ to serialise important state transitions in CTDB, particularly
+ during startup.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ If one or more optional runstate arguments are specified then
+ the node must be in one of these runstates for the command to
+ succeed.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Example: ctdb runstate
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Example output:
+ </para>
+ <screen format="linespecific">
+RUNNING
+ </screen>
+ </refsect2>
+
<refsect2><title>ifaces</title>
<para>
This command will display the list of network interfaces, which could
diff --git a/doc/ctdbd.1 b/doc/ctdbd.1
index d805d95..0964f01 100644
--- a/doc/ctdbd.1
+++ b/doc/ctdbd.1
@@ -1,13 +1,22 @@
'\" t
.\" Title: ctdbd
.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://docbook.sf.net/el/author]
-.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
-.\" Date: 01/09/2013
+.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.78.1 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
+.\" Date: 05/30/2013
.\" Manual: CTDB - clustered TDB database
.\" Source: ctdb
.\" Language: English
.\"
-.TH "CTDBD" "1" "01/09/2013" "ctdb" "CTDB \- clustered TDB database"
+.TH "CTDBD" "1" "05/30/2013" "ctdb" "CTDB \- clustered TDB database"
+.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" * Define some portability stuff
+.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673
+.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html
+.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
.\" * set default formatting
.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -118,7 +127,7 @@ This is a ctdbd debugging option\&. this option is only used when debugging ctdb
.sp
Normally ctdb will change its scheduler to run as a real\-time process\&. This is the default mode for a normal ctdbd operation to gurarantee that ctdbd always gets the cpu cycles that it needs\&.
.sp
-This option is used to tell ctdbd to NOT run as a real\-time process and instead run ctdbd as a normal userspace process\&. This is useful for debugging and when you want to run ctdbd under valgrind or gdb\&. (You don\'t want to attach valgrind or gdb to a real\-time process\&.)
+This option is used to tell ctdbd to NOT run as a real\-time process and instead run ctdbd as a normal userspace process\&. This is useful for debugging and when you want to run ctdbd under valgrind or gdb\&. (You don\*(Aqt want to attach valgrind or gdb to a real\-time process\&.)
.RE
.PP
\-\-notification\-script=<filename>
@@ -141,7 +150,7 @@ This is usually the file /etc/ctdb/public_addresses
.RS 4
This option tells ctdb which interface to attach public\-addresses to and also where to attach the single\-public\-ip when used\&.
.sp
-This is only required when using public ip addresses and only when you don\'t specify the interface explicitly in /etc/ctdb/public_addresses or when you are using \-\-single\-public\-ip\&.
+This is only required when using public ip addresses and only when you don\*(Aqt specify the interface explicitly in /etc/ctdb/public_addresses or when you are using \-\-single\-public\-ip\&.
.sp
If you omit this argument when using public addresses or single public ip, ctdb will not be able to send out Gratious ARPs correctly or be able to kill tcp connections correctly which will lead to application failures\&.
.RE
@@ -251,7 +260,7 @@ A public address on the other hand is not attached to an interface\&. This addre
.PP
The ctdb cluster will assign/reassign these public addresses across the available healthy nodes in the cluster\&. When one node fails, its public address will be migrated to and taken over by a different node in the cluster to ensure that all public addresses are always available to clients as long as there are still nodes available capable of hosting this address\&.
.PP
-These addresses are not physically attached to a specific node\&. The \'ctdb ip\' command can be used to view the current assignment of public addresses and which physical node is currently serving it\&.
+These addresses are not physically attached to a specific node\&. The \*(Aqctdb ip\*(Aq command can be used to view the current assignment of public addresses and which physical node is currently serving it\&.
.PP
On each node this file contains a list of the public addresses that this node is capable of hosting\&. The list also contain the netmask and the interface where this address should be attached for the case where you may want to serve data out through multiple different interfaces\&.
@@ -307,7 +316,7 @@ In this example nodes 0 and 1 host two public addresses on the 10\&.1\&.1\&.x ne
Ip address 10\&.1\&.1\&.1 can be hosted by either of nodes 0 or 1 and will be available to clients as long as at least one of these two nodes are available\&. If both nodes 0 and node 1 become unavailable 10\&.1\&.1\&.1 also becomes unavailable\&. 10\&.1\&.1\&.1 can not be failed over to node 2 or node 3 since these nodes do not have this ip address listed in their public addresses file\&.
.SH "NODE STATUS"
.PP
-The current status of each node in the cluster can be viewed by the \'ctdb status\' command\&.
+The current status of each node in the cluster can be viewed by the \*(Aqctdb status\*(Aq command\&.
.PP
There are five possible states for a node\&.
.PP
@@ -338,7 +347,7 @@ Default: 1000
.PP
Some databases have seqnum tracking enabled, so that samba will be able to detect asynchronously when there has been updates to the database\&. Everytime a database is updated its sequence number is increased\&.
.PP
-This tunable is used to specify in \'ms\' how frequently ctdb will send out updates to remote nodes to inform them that the sequence number is increased\&.
+This tunable is used to specify in \*(Aqms\*(Aq how frequently ctdb will send out updates to remote nodes to inform them that the sequence number is increased\&.
.SS "ControlTimeout"
.PP
Default: 60
@@ -415,7 +424,7 @@ During recoveries, if a node has not caused recovery failures during the last gr
.PP
Default: 300
.PP
-If a node becomes banned causing repetitive recovery failures\&. The node will eventually become banned from the cluster\&. This controls how long the culprit node will be banned from the cluster before it is allowed to try to join the cluster again\&. Don\'t set to small\&. A node gets banned for a reason and it is usually due to real problems with the node\&.
+If a node becomes banned causing repetitive recovery failures\&. The node will eventually become banned from the cluster\&. This controls how long the culprit node will be banned from the cluster before it is allowed to try to join the cluster again\&. Don\*(Aqt set to small\&. A node gets banned for a reason and it is usually due to real problems with the node\&.
.SS "DatabaseHashSize"
.PP
Default: 100001
@@ -435,7 +444,7 @@ Once a recovery has completed, no additional recoveries are permitted until this
.PP
Default: 1
.PP
-When set to 0, this disables BANNING completely in the cluster and thus nodes can not get banned, even it they break\&. Don\'t set to 0 unless you know what you are doing\&.
+When set to 0, this disables BANNING completely in the cluster and thus nodes can not get banned, even it they break\&. Don\*(Aqt set to 0 unless you know what you are doing\&.
.SS "DeterministicIPs"
.PP
Default: 0
@@ -461,24 +470,24 @@ When set to 1, ctdb will not perform failback of IP addresses when a node become
.PP
Use with caution! Normally when a node becomes available to the cluster ctdb will try to reassign public IP addresses onto the new node as a way to distribute the workload evenly across the clusternode\&. Ctdb tries to make sure that all running nodes have approximately the same number of public addresses it hosts\&.
.PP
-When you enable this tunable, CTDB will no longer attempt to rebalance the cluster by failing IP addresses back to the new nodes\&. An unbalanced cluster will therefore remain unbalanced until there is manual intervention from the administrator\&. When this parameter is set, you can manually fail public IP addresses over to the new node(s) using the \'ctdb moveip\' command\&.
+When you enable this tunable, CTDB will no longer attempt to rebalance the cluster by failing IP addresses back to the new nodes\&. An unbalanced cluster will therefore remain unbalanced until there is manual intervention from the administrator\&. When this parameter is set, you can manually fail public IP addresses over to the new node(s) using the \*(Aqctdb moveip\*(Aq command\&.
.SS "DisableIPFailover"
.PP
Default: 0
.PP
When enabled, ctdb will not perform failover or failback\&. Even if a node fails while holding public IPs, ctdb will not recover the IPs or assign them to another node\&.
.PP
-When you enable this tunable, CTDB will no longer attempt to recover the cluster by failing IP addresses over to other nodes\&. This leads to a service outage until the administrator has manually performed failover to replacement nodes using the \'ctdb moveip\' command\&.
+When you enable this tunable, CTDB will no longer attempt to recover the cluster by failing IP addresses over to other nodes\&. This leads to a service outage until the administrator has manually performed failover to replacement nodes using the \*(Aqctdb moveip\*(Aq command\&.
.SS "NoIPTakeover"
.PP
Default: 0
.PP
When set to 1, ctdb will allow ip addresses to be failed over onto this node\&. Any ip addresses that the node currently hosts will remain on the node but no new ip addresses can be failed over onto the node\&.
-.SS "NoIPTakeoverOnDisabled"
+.SS "NoIPHostOnAllDisabled"
.PP
Default: 0
.PP
-If no nodes are healthy then by default ctdb will happily host public IPs on disabled (unhealthy or administratively disabled) nodes\&. This can cause problems, for example if the underlying cluster filesystem is not mounted\&. When set to 1 this behaviour is switched off and disabled nodes will not be able to takeover IPs\&.
+If no nodes are healthy then by default ctdb will happily host public IPs on disabled (unhealthy or administratively disabled) nodes\&. This can cause problems, for example if the underlying cluster filesystem is not mounted\&. When set to 1 on a node and that node is disabled it, any IPs hosted by this node will be released and the node will not takeover any IPs until it is no longer disabled\&.
.SS "DBRecordCountWarn"
.PP
Default: 100000
@@ -513,7 +522,7 @@ If the recovery daemon has failed to ping the main dameon for this many consecut
.PP
Default: 0
.PP
-When set to non\-zero, this will make the main daemon log any operation that took longer than this value, in \'ms\', to complete\&. These include "how long time a lockwait child process needed", "how long time to write to a persistent database" but also "how long did it take to get a response to a CALL from a remote node"\&.
+When set to non\-zero, this will make the main daemon log any operation that took longer than this value, in \*(Aqms\*(Aq, to complete\&. These include "how long time a lockwait child process needed", "how long time to write to a persistent database" but also "how long did it take to get a response to a CALL from a remote node"\&.
.SS "RecLockLatencyMs"
.PP
Default: 1000
@@ -540,9 +549,9 @@ This timeout controls how long we will defer the request from the client before
.PP
Default: 50
.PP
-If the database is set to \'STICKY\' mode, using the \'ctdb setdbsticky\' command, any record that is seen as very hot and migrating so fast that hopcount surpasses 50 is set to become a STICKY record for StickyDuration seconds\&. This means that after each migration the record will be kept on the node and prevented from being migrated off the node\&.
+If the database is set to \*(AqSTICKY\*(Aq mode, using the \*(Aqctdb setdbsticky\*(Aq command, any record that is seen as very hot and migrating so fast that hopcount surpasses 50 is set to become a STICKY record for StickyDuration seconds\&. This means that after each migration the record will be kept on the node and prevented from being migrated off the node\&.
.PP
-This setting allows to try to identify such records and stop them from migrating across the cluster so fast\&. This will improve performance for certain workloads, such as locking\&.tdb if many clients are opening/closing the same file concurrently\&.
+This setting allows one to try to identify such records and stop them from migrating across the cluster so fast\&. This will improve performance for certain workloads, such as locking\&.tdb if many clients are opening/closing the same file concurrently\&.
.SS "StickyDuration"
.PP
Default: 600
@@ -591,7 +600,7 @@ Default: 60
Number of seconds to determine if ctdb is in deadlock with samba\&.
.PP
When ctdb daemon is blocked waiting for a lock on a database which is blocked by some other process, ctdb logs a warning every 10 seconds\&. Most often this is caused by samba locking databases and waiting on ctdb and result in a deadlock\&. If the lock is not obtained by ctdb before deadlock timeout expires, ctdb will detect it as a deadlock and terminate the blocking samba process\&. Setting this value to 0 disables deadlock detection\&.
-.SS "Samba3AvoidDeadlock"
+.SS "Samba3AvoidDeadlocks"
.PP
Default: 0
.PP
@@ -788,7 +797,7 @@ If you want to remove NATGW completely from a node, use these steps:
.RS 4
.\}
.nf
-1, Run \'CTDB_BASE=/etc/ctdb /etc/ctdb/events\&.d/11\&.natgw removenatgw\'
+1, Run \*(AqCTDB_BASE=/etc/ctdb /etc/ctdb/events\&.d/11\&.natgw removenatgw\*(Aq
2, Then remove the configuration from /etc/sysconfig/ctdb
.fi
@@ -802,9 +811,9 @@ If you want to change the NATGW configuration on a node :
.RS 4
.\}
.nf
-1, Run \'CTDB_BASE=/etc/ctdb /etc/ctdb/events\&.d/11\&.natgw removenatgw\'
+1, Run \*(AqCTDB_BASE=/etc/ctdb /etc/ctdb/events\&.d/11\&.natgw removenatgw\*(Aq
2, Then change the configuration in /etc/sysconfig/ctdb
-3, Run \'CTDB_BASE=/etc/ctdb /etc/ctdb/events\&.d/11\&.natgw updatenatgw\'
+3, Run \*(AqCTDB_BASE=/etc/ctdb /etc/ctdb/events\&.d/11\&.natgw updatenatgw\*(Aq
.fi
.if n \{\
@@ -812,7 +821,7 @@ If you want to change the NATGW configuration on a node :
.\}
.SH "POLICY ROUTING"
.PP
-A node running CTDB may be a component of a complex network topology\&. In particular, public addresses may be spread across several different networks (or VLANs) and it may not be possible to route packets from these public addresses via the system\'s default route\&. Therefore, CTDB has support for policy routing via the 13\&.per_ip_routing eventscript\&. This allows routing to be specified for packets sourced from each public address\&. The routes are added and removed as CTDB moves public addresses between nodes\&.
+A node running CTDB may be a component of a complex network topology\&. In particular, public addresses may be spread across several different networks (or VLANs) and it may not be possible to route packets from these public addresses via the system\*(Aqs default route\&. Therefore, CTDB has support for policy routing via the 13\&.per_ip_routing eventscript\&. This allows routing to be specified for packets sourced from each public address\&. The routes are added and removed as CTDB moves public addresses between nodes\&.
.SS "Configuration variables"
.PP
There are 4 configuration variables related to policy routing:
@@ -859,7 +868,7 @@ The format of each line is:
.RE
.\}
.PP
-Leading whitespace is ignored and arbitrary whitespace may be used as a separator\&. Lines that have a "public address" item that doesn\'t match an actual public address are ignored\&. This means that comment lines can be added using a leading character such as \'#\', since this will never match an IP address\&.
+Leading whitespace is ignored and arbitrary whitespace may be used as a separator\&. Lines that have a "public address" item that doesn\*(Aqt match an actual public address are ignored\&. This means that comment lines can be added using a leading character such as \*(Aq#\*(Aq, since this will never match an IP address\&.
.PP
A line without a gateway indicates a link local route\&.
.PP
@@ -889,7 +898,6 @@ If the corresponding public_addresses line is:
.RE
.\}
.PP
-
\fICTDB_PER_IP_ROUTING_RULE_PREF\fR
is 100, and CTDB adds the address to eth2 then the following routing information is added:
.sp
@@ -925,7 +933,6 @@ command will show (something like \- depending on other public addresses and oth
.RE
.\}
.PP
-
\fBip route show table ctdb\&.192\&.168\&.1\&.99\fR
will show:
.sp
diff --git a/doc/ctdbd.1.html b/doc/ctdbd.1.html
index fa94d5f..afb8201 100644
--- a/doc/ctdbd.1.html
+++ b/doc/ctdbd.1.html
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ctdbd</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="ctdbd"><a name="ctdbd.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ctdbd — The CTDB cluster daemon</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">ctdbd</code> </p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">ctdbd</code> [-? --help] [-d --debug=<INTEGER>] {--dbdir=<directory>} {--dbdir-persistent=<directory>} [--event-script-dir=<directory>] [-i --interactive] [--listen=<address>] [--logfile=<filename>] [--lvs] {--nlist=<filename>} [--no-lmaster] [--no-recmaster] [--nosetsched] {--notification-script=<filename>} [--public-addresses=<filename>] [--public-interface=<interface>] {--reclock=<filename>} [--single-public-ip=<address>] [--socket=<filename>] [--start-as-disabled] [--start-as-stopped] [--syslog] [--log-ringbuf-size=<num-entries>] [--torture] [--transport=<STRING>] [--usage]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id517337"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ctdbd</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry"><a name="ctdbd.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ctdbd — The CTDB cluster daemon</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">ctdbd</code> </p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">ctdbd</code> [-? --help] [-d --debug=<INTEGER>] {--dbdir=<directory>} {--dbdir-persistent=<directory>} [--event-script-dir=<directory>] [-i --interactive] [--listen=<address>] [--logfile=<filename>] [--lvs] {--nlist=<filename>} [--no-lmaster] [--no-recmaster] [--nosetsched] {--notification-script=<filename>} [--public-addresses=<filename>] [--public-interface=<interface>] {--reclock=<filename>} [--single-public-ip=<address>] [--socket=<filename>] [--start-as-disabled] [--start-as-stopped] [--syslog] [--log-ringbuf-size=<num-entries>] [--torture] [--transport=<STRING>] [--usage]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264408585072"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>
ctdbd is the main ctdb daemon.
</p><p>
ctdbd provides a clustered version of the TDB database with automatic rebuild/recovery of the databases upon nodefailures.
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
ctdbd provides monitoring of all nodes in the cluster and automatically reconfigures the cluster and recovers upon node failures.
</p><p>
ctdbd is the main component in clustered Samba that provides a high-availability load-sharing CIFS server cluster.
- </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id517364"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-? --help</span></dt><dd><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264408581808"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">-? --help</span></dt><dd><p>
Print some help text to the screen.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d --debug=<DEBUGLEVEL></span></dt><dd><p>
This option sets the debuglevel on the ctdbd daemon which controls what will be written to the logfile. The default is 0 which will only log important events and errors. A larger number will provide additional logging.
@@ -154,10 +154,10 @@
implemented in the future.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--usage</span></dt><dd><p>
Print useage information to the screen.
- </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="Private vs Public addresses"><a name="id517843"></a><h2>Private vs Public addresses</h2><p>
+ </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264403537648"></a><h2>Private vs Public addresses</h2><p>
When used for ip takeover in a HA environment, each node in a ctdb
cluster has multiple ip addresses assigned to it. One private and one or more public.
- </p><div class="refsect2" title="Private address"><a name="id517852"></a><h3>Private address</h3><p>
+ </p><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403536560"></a><h3>Private address</h3><p>
This is the physical ip address of the node which is configured in
linux and attached to a physical interface. This address uniquely
identifies a physical node in the cluster and is the ip addresses
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
10.1.1.2
10.1.1.3
10.1.1.4
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="Public address"><a name="id517889"></a><h3>Public address</h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403532336"></a><h3>Public address</h3><p>
A public address on the other hand is not attached to an interface.
This address is managed by ctdbd itself and is attached/detached to
a physical node at runtime.
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
unavailable. 10.1.1.1 can not be failed over to node 2 or node 3 since
these nodes do not have this ip address listed in their public
addresses file.
- </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="Node status"><a name="id517950"></a><h2>Node status</h2><p>
+ </p></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264403525136"></a><h2>Node status</h2><p>
The current status of each node in the cluster can be viewed by the
'ctdb status' command.
</p><p>
@@ -285,9 +285,9 @@
RECMASTER or NATGW.
This node does not perticipate in the CTDB cluster but can still be
communicated with. I.e. ctdb commands can be sent to it.
- </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="PUBLIC TUNABLES"><a name="id518000"></a><h2>PUBLIC TUNABLES</h2><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264403519424"></a><h2>PUBLIC TUNABLES</h2><p>
These are the public tuneables that can be used to control how ctdb behaves.
- </p><div class="refsect2" title="MaxRedirectCount"><a name="id518009"></a><h3>MaxRedirectCount</h3><p>Default: 3</p><p>
+ </p><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403518304"></a><h3>MaxRedirectCount</h3><p>Default: 3</p><p>
If we are not the DMASTER and need to fetch a record across the network
we first send the request to the LMASTER after which the record
is passed onto the current DMASTER. If the DMASTER changes before
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
</p><p>
When chasing a record, this is how many hops we will chase the record
for before going back to the LMASTER to ask for new guidance.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SeqnumInterval"><a name="id518032"></a><h3>SeqnumInterval</h3><p>Default: 1000</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403515712"></a><h3>SeqnumInterval</h3><p>Default: 1000</p><p>
Some databases have seqnum tracking enabled, so that samba will be able
to detect asynchronously when there has been updates to the database.
Everytime a database is updated its sequence number is increased.
@@ -309,17 +309,17 @@
This tunable is used to specify in 'ms' how frequently ctdb will
send out updates to remote nodes to inform them that the sequence
number is increased.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="ControlTimeout"><a name="id518051"></a><h3>ControlTimeout</h3><p>Default: 60</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403513488"></a><h3>ControlTimeout</h3><p>Default: 60</p><p>
This is the default
setting for timeout for when sending a control message to either the
local or a remote ctdb daemon.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="TraverseTimeout"><a name="id518064"></a><h3>TraverseTimeout</h3><p>Default: 20</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403511920"></a><h3>TraverseTimeout</h3><p>Default: 20</p><p>
This setting controls how long we allow a traverse process to run.
After this timeout triggers, the main ctdb daemon will abort the
traverse if it has not yet finished.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="KeepaliveInterval"><a name="id518078"></a><h3>KeepaliveInterval</h3><p>Default: 5</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403510304"></a><h3>KeepaliveInterval</h3><p>Default: 5</p><p>
How often in seconds should the nodes send keepalives to eachother.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="KeepaliveLimit"><a name="id518091"></a><h3>KeepaliveLimit</h3><p>Default: 5</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403508800"></a><h3>KeepaliveLimit</h3><p>Default: 5</p><p>
After how many keepalive intervals without any traffic should a node
wait until marking the peer as DISCONNECTED.
</p><p>
@@ -328,60 +328,60 @@
require a recovery. This limitshould not be set too high since we want
a hung node to be detectec, and expunged from the cluster well before
common CIFS timeouts (45-90 seconds) kick in.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RecoverTimeout"><a name="id518111"></a><h3>RecoverTimeout</h3><p>Default: 20</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403506496"></a><h3>RecoverTimeout</h3><p>Default: 20</p><p>
This is the default setting for timeouts for controls when sent from the
recovery daemon. We allow longer control timeouts from the recovery daemon
than from normal use since the recovery dameon often use controls that
can take a lot longer than normal controls.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RecoverInterval"><a name="id518126"></a><h3>RecoverInterval</h3><p>Default: 1</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403504784"></a><h3>RecoverInterval</h3><p>Default: 1</p><p>
How frequently in seconds should the recovery daemon perform the
consistency checks that determine if we need to perform a recovery or not.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="ElectionTimeout"><a name="id518140"></a><h3>ElectionTimeout</h3><p>Default: 3</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403503200"></a><h3>ElectionTimeout</h3><p>Default: 3</p><p>
When electing a new recovery master, this is how many seconds we allow
the election to take before we either deem the election finished
or we fail the election and start a new one.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="TakeoverTimeout"><a name="id518154"></a><h3>TakeoverTimeout</h3><p>Default: 9</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403501584"></a><h3>TakeoverTimeout</h3><p>Default: 9</p><p>
This is how many seconds we allow controls to take for IP failover events.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="MonitorInterval"><a name="id518167"></a><h3>MonitorInterval</h3><p>Default: 15</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403500080"></a><h3>MonitorInterval</h3><p>Default: 15</p><p>
How often should ctdb run the event scripts to check for a nodes health.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="TickleUpdateInterval"><a name="id518180"></a><h3>TickleUpdateInterval</h3><p>Default: 20</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403498576"></a><h3>TickleUpdateInterval</h3><p>Default: 20</p><p>
How often will ctdb record and store the "tickle" information used to
kickstart stalled tcp connections after a recovery.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="EventScriptTimeout"><a name="id518193"></a><h3>EventScriptTimeout</h3><p>Default: 20</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403497024"></a><h3>EventScriptTimeout</h3><p>Default: 20</p><p>
How long should ctdb let an event script run before aborting it and
marking the node unhealthy.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="EventScriptTimeoutCount"><a name="id518206"></a><h3>EventScriptTimeoutCount</h3><p>Default: 1</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403495488"></a><h3>EventScriptTimeoutCount</h3><p>Default: 1</p><p>
How many events in a row needs to timeout before we flag the node UNHEALTHY.
This setting is useful if your scripts can not be written so that they
do not hang for benign reasons.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="EventScriptUnhealthyOnTimeout"><a name="id518220"></a><h3>EventScriptUnhealthyOnTimeout</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403493872"></a><h3>EventScriptUnhealthyOnTimeout</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
This setting can be be used to make ctdb never become UNHEALTHY if your
eventscripts keep hanging/timing out.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RecoveryGracePeriod"><a name="id518234"></a><h3>RecoveryGracePeriod</h3><p>Default: 120</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403492320"></a><h3>RecoveryGracePeriod</h3><p>Default: 120</p><p>
During recoveries, if a node has not caused recovery failures during the
last grace period, any records of transgressions that the node has caused
recovery failures will be forgiven. This resets the ban-counter back to
zero for that node.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RecoveryBanPeriod"><a name="id518249"></a><h3>RecoveryBanPeriod</h3><p>Default: 300</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403490640"></a><h3>RecoveryBanPeriod</h3><p>Default: 300</p><p>
If a node becomes banned causing repetitive recovery failures. The node will
eventually become banned from the cluster.
This controls how long the culprit node will be banned from the cluster
before it is allowed to try to join the cluster again.
Don't set to small. A node gets banned for a reason and it is usually due
to real problems with the node.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="DatabaseHashSize"><a name="id518267"></a><h3>DatabaseHashSize</h3><p>Default: 100001</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403488448"></a><h3>DatabaseHashSize</h3><p>Default: 100001</p><p>
Size of the hash chains for the local store of the tdbs that ctdb manages.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="DatabaseMaxDead"><a name="id518280"></a><h3>DatabaseMaxDead</h3><p>Default: 5</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403486944"></a><h3>DatabaseMaxDead</h3><p>Default: 5</p><p>
How many dead records per hashchain in the TDB database do we allow before
the freelist needs to be processed.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RerecoveryTimeout"><a name="id518294"></a><h3>RerecoveryTimeout</h3><p>Default: 10</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403485392"></a><h3>RerecoveryTimeout</h3><p>Default: 10</p><p>
Once a recovery has completed, no additional recoveries are permitted
until this timeout has expired.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="EnableBans"><a name="id518307"></a><h3>EnableBans</h3><p>Default: 1</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403483856"></a><h3>EnableBans</h3><p>Default: 1</p><p>
When set to 0, this disables BANNING completely in the cluster and thus
nodes can not get banned, even it they break. Don't set to 0 unless you
know what you are doing.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="DeterministicIPs"><a name="id518321"></a><h3>DeterministicIPs</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403482240"></a><h3>DeterministicIPs</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
When enabled, this tunable makes ctdb try to keep public IP addresses
locked to specific nodes as far as possible. This makes it easier for
debugging since you can know that as long as all nodes are healthy
@@ -392,12 +392,12 @@
public IP assignment changes in the cluster. This tunable may increase
the number of IP failover/failbacks that are performed on the cluster
by a small margin.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="LCP2PublicIPs"><a name="id518342"></a><h3>LCP2PublicIPs</h3><p>Default: 1</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403479824"></a><h3>LCP2PublicIPs</h3><p>Default: 1</p><p>
When enabled this switches ctdb to use the LCP2 ip allocation
algorithm.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="ReclockPingPeriod"><a name="id518355"></a><h3>ReclockPingPeriod</h3><p>Default: x</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403478320"></a><h3>ReclockPingPeriod</h3><p>Default: x</p><p>
Obsolete
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="NoIPFailback"><a name="id518368"></a><h3>NoIPFailback</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403476912"></a><h3>NoIPFailback</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
When set to 1, ctdb will not perform failback of IP addresses when a node
becomes healthy. Ctdb WILL perform failover of public IP addresses when a
node becomes UNHEALTHY, but when the node becomes HEALTHY again, ctdb
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@
intervention from the administrator. When this parameter is set, you can
manually fail public IP addresses over to the new node(s) using the
'ctdb moveip' command.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="DisableIPFailover"><a name="id518395"></a><h3>DisableIPFailover</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403473680"></a><h3>DisableIPFailover</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
When enabled, ctdb will not perform failover or failback. Even if a
node fails while holding public IPs, ctdb will not recover the IPs or
assign them to another node.
@@ -424,59 +424,60 @@
the cluster by failing IP addresses over to other nodes. This leads to
a service outage until the administrator has manually performed failover
to replacement nodes using the 'ctdb moveip' command.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="NoIPTakeover"><a name="id518415"></a><h3>NoIPTakeover</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403471376"></a><h3>NoIPTakeover</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
When set to 1, ctdb will allow ip addresses to be failed over onto this
node. Any ip addresses that the node currently hosts will remain on the
node but no new ip addresses can be failed over onto the node.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="NoIPTakeoverOnDisabled"><a name="id518429"></a><h3>NoIPTakeoverOnDisabled</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403469728"></a><h3>NoIPHostOnAllDisabled</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
If no nodes are healthy then by default ctdb will happily host
public IPs on disabled (unhealthy or administratively disabled)
nodes. This can cause problems, for example if the underlying
- cluster filesystem is not mounted. When set to 1 this behaviour
- is switched off and disabled nodes will not be able to takeover
- IPs.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="DBRecordCountWarn"><a name="id518444"></a><h3>DBRecordCountWarn</h3><p>Default: 100000</p><p>
+ cluster filesystem is not mounted. When set to 1 on a node and
+ that node is disabled it, any IPs hosted by this node will be
+ released and the node will not takeover any IPs until it is no
+ longer disabled.
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403467872"></a><h3>DBRecordCountWarn</h3><p>Default: 100000</p><p>
When set to non-zero, ctdb will log a warning when we try to recover a
database with more than this many records. This will produce a warning
if a database grows uncontrollably with orphaned records.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="DBRecordSizeWarn"><a name="id518459"></a><h3>DBRecordSizeWarn</h3><p>Default: 10000000</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403466224"></a><h3>DBRecordSizeWarn</h3><p>Default: 10000000</p><p>
When set to non-zero, ctdb will log a warning when we try to recover a
database where a single record is bigger than this. This will produce
a warning if a database record grows uncontrollably with orphaned
sub-records.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="DBSizeWarn"><a name="id518473"></a><h3>DBSizeWarn</h3><p>Default: 1000000000</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403464560"></a><h3>DBSizeWarn</h3><p>Default: 1000000000</p><p>
When set to non-zero, ctdb will log a warning when we try to recover a
database bigger than this. This will produce
a warning if a database grows uncontrollably.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="VerboseMemoryNames"><a name="id518487"></a><h3>VerboseMemoryNames</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403462960"></a><h3>VerboseMemoryNames</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
This feature consumes additional memory. when used the talloc library
will create more verbose names for all talloc allocated objects.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RecdPingTimeout"><a name="id518500"></a><h3>RecdPingTimeout</h3><p>Default: 60</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403461392"></a><h3>RecdPingTimeout</h3><p>Default: 60</p><p>
If the main dameon has not heard a "ping" from the recovery dameon for
this many seconds, the main dameon will log a message that the recovery
daemon is potentially hung.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RecdFailCount"><a name="id518514"></a><h3>RecdFailCount</h3><p>Default: 10</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403459776"></a><h3>RecdFailCount</h3><p>Default: 10</p><p>
If the recovery daemon has failed to ping the main dameon for this many
consecutive intervals, the main daemon will consider the recovery daemon
as hung and will try to restart it to recover.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="LogLatencyMs"><a name="id518529"></a><h3>LogLatencyMs</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403458144"></a><h3>LogLatencyMs</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
When set to non-zero, this will make the main daemon log any operation that
took longer than this value, in 'ms', to complete.
These include "how long time a lockwait child process needed",
"how long time to write to a persistent database" but also
"how long did it take to get a response to a CALL from a remote node".
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RecLockLatencyMs"><a name="id518544"></a><h3>RecLockLatencyMs</h3><p>Default: 1000</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403456368"></a><h3>RecLockLatencyMs</h3><p>Default: 1000</p><p>
When using a reclock file for split brain prevention, if set to non-zero
this tunable will make the recovery dameon log a message if the fcntl()
call to lock/testlock the recovery file takes longer than this number of
ms.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RecoveryDropAllIPs"><a name="id518558"></a><h3>RecoveryDropAllIPs</h3><p>Default: 120</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403454704"></a><h3>RecoveryDropAllIPs</h3><p>Default: 120</p><p>
If we have been stuck in recovery, or stopped, or banned, mode for
this many seconds we will force drop all held public addresses.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="verifyRecoveryLock"><a name="id518572"></a><h3>verifyRecoveryLock</h3><p>Default: 1</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403453136"></a><h3>verifyRecoveryLock</h3><p>Default: 1</p><p>
Should we take a fcntl() lock on the reclock file to verify that we are the
sole recovery master node on the cluster or not.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="DeferredAttachTO"><a name="id518586"></a><h3>DeferredAttachTO</h3><p>Default: 120</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403451568"></a><h3>DeferredAttachTO</h3><p>Default: 120</p><p>
When databases are frozen we do not allow clients to attach to the
databases. Instead of returning an error immediately to the application
the attach request from the client is deferred until the database
@@ -484,26 +485,26 @@
</p><p>
This timeout controls how long we will defer the request from the client
before timing it out and returning an error to the client.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="HopcountMakeSticky"><a name="id518605"></a><h3>HopcountMakeSticky</h3><p>Default: 50</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403449312"></a><h3>HopcountMakeSticky</h3><p>Default: 50</p><p>
If the database is set to 'STICKY' mode, using the 'ctdb setdbsticky'
command, any record that is seen as very hot and migrating so fast that
hopcount surpasses 50 is set to become a STICKY record for StickyDuration
seconds. This means that after each migration the record will be kept on
the node and prevented from being migrated off the node.
</p><p>
- This setting allows to try to identify such records and stop them from
+ This setting allows one to try to identify such records and stop them from
migrating across the cluster so fast. This will improve performance for
certain workloads, such as locking.tdb if many clients are opening/closing
the same file concurrently.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="StickyDuration"><a name="id518626"></a><h3>StickyDuration</h3><p>Default: 600</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403446848"></a><h3>StickyDuration</h3><p>Default: 600</p><p>
Once a record has been found to be fetch-lock hot and has been flagged to
become STICKY, this is for how long, in seconds, the record will be
flagged as a STICKY record.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="StickyPindown"><a name="id518640"></a><h3>StickyPindown</h3><p>Default: 200</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403445232"></a><h3>StickyPindown</h3><p>Default: 200</p><p>
Once a STICKY record has been migrated onto a node, it will be pinned down
on that node for this number of ms. Any request from other nodes to migrate
the record off the node will be deferred until the pindown timer expires.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="MaxLACount"><a name="id518654"></a><h3>MaxLACount</h3><p>Default: 20</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403443568"></a><h3>MaxLACount</h3><p>Default: 20</p><p>
When record content is fetched from a remote node, if it is only for
reading the record, pass back the content of the record but do not yet
migrate the record. Once MaxLACount identical requests from the
@@ -511,13 +512,13 @@
onto the requesting node. This reduces the amount of migration for a
database read-mostly workload at the expense of more frequent network
roundtrips.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="StatHistoryInterval"><a name="id518671"></a><h3>StatHistoryInterval</h3><p>Default: 1</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403441680"></a><h3>StatHistoryInterval</h3><p>Default: 1</p><p>
Granularity of the statistics collected in the statistics history.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="AllowClientDBAttach"><a name="id518684"></a><h3>AllowClientDBAttach</h3><p>Default: 1</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403440176"></a><h3>AllowClientDBAttach</h3><p>Default: 1</p><p>
When set to 0, clients are not allowed to attach to any databases.
This can be used to temporarily block any new processes from attaching
to and accessing the databases.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RecoverPDBBySeqNum"><a name="id518698"></a><h3>RecoverPDBBySeqNum</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403438560"></a><h3>RecoverPDBBySeqNum</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
When set to non-zero, this will change how the recovery process for
persistent databases ar performed. By default, when performing a database
recovery, for normal as for persistent databases, recovery is
@@ -528,7 +529,7 @@
a whole db and not by individual records. The node that contains the
highest value stored in the record "__db_sequence_number__" is selected
and the copy of that nodes database is used as the recovered database.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="FetchCollapse"><a name="id518719"></a><h3>FetchCollapse</h3><p>Default: 1</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403436096"></a><h3>FetchCollapse</h3><p>Default: 1</p><p>
When many clients across many nodes try to access the same record at the
same time this can lead to a fetch storm where the record becomes very
active and bounces between nodes very fast. This leads to high CPU
@@ -544,7 +545,7 @@
</p><p>
This timeout controls if we should collapse multiple fetch operations
of the same record into a single request and defer all duplicates or not.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="DeadlockTimeout"><a name="id518748"></a><h3>DeadlockTimeout</h3><p>Default: 60</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403432992"></a><h3>DeadlockTimeout</h3><p>Default: 60</p><p>
Number of seconds to determine if ctdb is in deadlock with samba.
</p><p>
When ctdb daemon is blocked waiting for a lock on a database which is
@@ -554,14 +555,14 @@
timeout expires, ctdb will detect it as a deadlock and terminate the
blocking samba process. Setting this value to 0 disables deadlock
detection.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="Samba3AvoidDeadlock"><a name="id518768"></a><h3>Samba3AvoidDeadlock</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403430624"></a><h3>Samba3AvoidDeadlocks</h3><p>Default: 0</p><p>
Enable code that prevents deadlocks with Samba (only for Samba 3.x).
</p><p>
This should be set to 1 when using Samba version 3.x to enable special
code in CTDB to avoid deadlock with Samba version 3.x. This code
is not required for Samba version 4.x and must not be enabled for
Samba 4.x.
- </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="LVS"><a name="id518788"></a><h2>LVS</h2><p>
+ </p></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264403428352"></a><h2>LVS</h2><p>
LVS is a mode where CTDB presents one single IP address for the entire
cluster. This is an alternative to using public IP addresses and round-robin
DNS to loadbalance clients across the cluster.
@@ -602,7 +603,7 @@
the processing node back to the clients. For read-intensive i/o patterns you can acheive very high throughput rates in this mode.
</p><p>
Note: you can use LVS and public addresses at the same time.
- </p><div class="refsect2" title="Configuration"><a name="id518847"></a><h3>Configuration</h3><p>
+ </p><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403421456"></a><h3>Configuration</h3><p>
To activate LVS on a CTDB node you must specify CTDB_PUBLIC_INTERFACE and
CTDB_LVS_PUBLIC_ADDRESS in /etc/sysconfig/ctdb.
</p><p>
@@ -625,7 +626,7 @@ You must also specify the "--lvs" command line argument to ctdbd to activate LVS
all of the clients from the node BEFORE you enable LVS. Also make sure
that when you ping these hosts that the traffic is routed out through the
eth0 interface.
- </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="REMOTE CLUSTER NODES"><a name="id518885"></a><h2>REMOTE CLUSTER NODES</h2><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264403417056"></a><h2>REMOTE CLUSTER NODES</h2><p>
It is possible to have a CTDB cluster that spans across a WAN link.
For example where you have a CTDB cluster in your datacentre but you also
want to have one additional CTDB node located at a remote branch site.
@@ -654,7 +655,7 @@ CTDB_CAPABILITY_RECMASTER=no
</p><p>
Verify with the command "ctdb getcapabilities" that that node no longer
has the recmaster or the lmaster capabilities.
- </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="NAT-GW"><a name="id518924"></a><h2>NAT-GW</h2><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264403412480"></a><h2>NAT-GW</h2><p>
Sometimes it is desireable to run services on the CTDB node which will
need to originate outgoing traffic to external servers. This might
be contacting NIS servers, LDAP servers etc. etc.
@@ -677,7 +678,7 @@ CTDB_CAPABILITY_RECMASTER=no
if there are no public addresses assigned to the node.
This is the simplest way but it uses up a lot of ip addresses since you
have to assign both static and also public addresses to each node.
- </p><div class="refsect2" title="NAT-GW"><a name="id518954"></a><h3>NAT-GW</h3><p>
+ </p><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403409024"></a><h3>NAT-GW</h3><p>
A second way is to use the built in NAT-GW feature in CTDB.
With NAT-GW you assign one public NATGW address for each natgw group.
Each NATGW group is a set of nodes in the cluster that shares the same
@@ -692,7 +693,7 @@ CTDB_CAPABILITY_RECMASTER=no
In each NATGW group, one of the nodes is designated the NAT Gateway
through which all traffic that is originated by nodes in this group
will be routed through if a public addresses are not available.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="Configuration"><a name="id518976"></a><h3>Configuration</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403406336"></a><h3>Configuration</h3><p>
NAT-GW is configured in /etc/sysconfig/ctdb by setting the following
variables:
</p><pre class="screen">
@@ -740,31 +741,31 @@ CTDB_CAPABILITY_RECMASTER=no
# become natgw master.
#
# CTDB_NATGW_SLAVE_ONLY=yes
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="CTDB_NATGW_PUBLIC_IP"><a name="id519009"></a><h3>CTDB_NATGW_PUBLIC_IP</h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403402512"></a><h3>CTDB_NATGW_PUBLIC_IP</h3><p>
This is an ip address in the public network that is used for all outgoing
traffic when the public addresses are not assigned.
This address will be assigned to one of the nodes in the cluster which
will masquerade all traffic for the other nodes.
</p><p>
Format of this parameter is IPADDRESS/NETMASK
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="CTDB_NATGW_PUBLIC_IFACE"><a name="id519024"></a><h3>CTDB_NATGW_PUBLIC_IFACE</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403400816"></a><h3>CTDB_NATGW_PUBLIC_IFACE</h3><p>
This is the physical interface where the CTDB_NATGW_PUBLIC_IP will be
assigned to. This should be an interface connected to the public network.
</p><p>
Format of this parameter is INTERFACE
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="CTDB_NATGW_DEFAULT_GATEWAY"><a name="id519038"></a><h3>CTDB_NATGW_DEFAULT_GATEWAY</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403399232"></a><h3>CTDB_NATGW_DEFAULT_GATEWAY</h3><p>
This is the default gateway to use on the node that is elected to host
the CTDB_NATGW_PUBLIC_IP. This is the default gateway on the public network.
</p><p>
Format of this parameter is IPADDRESS
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="CTDB_NATGW_PRIVATE_NETWORK"><a name="id519052"></a><h3>CTDB_NATGW_PRIVATE_NETWORK</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403397648"></a><h3>CTDB_NATGW_PRIVATE_NETWORK</h3><p>
This is the network/netmask used for the interal private network.
</p><p>
Format of this parameter is IPADDRESS/NETMASK
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="CTDB_NATGW_NODES"><a name="id519065"></a><h3>CTDB_NATGW_NODES</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403396064"></a><h3>CTDB_NATGW_NODES</h3><p>
This is the list of all nodes that belong to the same NATGW group
as this node. The default is /etc/ctdb/natgw_nodes.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="Operation"><a name="id519075"></a><h3>Operation</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403394896"></a><h3>Operation</h3><p>
When the NAT-GW functionality is used, one of the nodes is elected
to act as a NAT router for all the other nodes in the group when
they need to originate traffic to the external public network.
@@ -783,7 +784,7 @@ CTDB_CAPABILITY_RECMASTER=no
</p><p>
This is implemented in the 11.natgw eventscript. Please see the
eventscript for further information.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="Removing/Changing NATGW at runtime"><a name="id519102"></a><h3>Removing/Changing NATGW at runtime</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403391696"></a><h3>Removing/Changing NATGW at runtime</h3><p>
The following are the procedures to change/remove a NATGW configuration
at runtime, without having to restart ctdbd.
</p><p>
@@ -797,7 +798,7 @@ CTDB_CAPABILITY_RECMASTER=no
1, Run 'CTDB_BASE=/etc/ctdb /etc/ctdb/events.d/11.natgw removenatgw'
2, Then change the configuration in /etc/sysconfig/ctdb
3, Run 'CTDB_BASE=/etc/ctdb /etc/ctdb/events.d/11.natgw updatenatgw'
- </pre></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="POLICY ROUTING"><a name="id519135"></a><h2>POLICY ROUTING</h2><p>
+ </pre></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264403387856"></a><h2>POLICY ROUTING</h2><p>
A node running CTDB may be a component of a complex network
topology. In particular, public addresses may be spread across
several different networks (or VLANs) and it may not be possible
@@ -807,9 +808,9 @@ CTDB_CAPABILITY_RECMASTER=no
be specified for packets sourced from each public address. The
routes are added and removed as CTDB moves public addresses
between nodes.
- </p><div class="refsect2" title="Configuration variables"><a name="id519154"></a><h3>Configuration variables</h3><p>
+ </p><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403385664"></a><h3>Configuration variables</h3><p>
There are 4 configuration variables related to policy routing:
- </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">CTDB_PER_IP_ROUTING_CONF</code></span></dt><dd><p>
+ </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">CTDB_PER_IP_ROUTING_CONF</code></span></dt><dd><p>
The name of a configuration file that specifies the
desired routes for each source address. The configuration
file format is discussed below. A recommended value is
@@ -848,7 +849,7 @@ CTDB_CAPABILITY_RECMASTER=no
The label for a public address <addr;gt; will look
like ctdb.<addr>. This means that the associated
rules and routes are easy to read (and manipulate).
- </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="Configuration file"><a name="id519256"></a><h3>Configuration file</h3><p>
+ </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403373520"></a><h3>Configuration file</h3><p>
The format of each line is:
</p><pre class="screen">
<public_address> <network> [ <gateway> ]
@@ -909,7 +910,7 @@ CTDB_CAPABILITY_RECMASTER=no
</p><pre class="screen">
192.168.1.0/24 dev eth2 scope link
default via 192.168.1.1 dev eth2
- </pre></div><div class="refsect2" title="Example configuration"><a name="id519363"></a><h3>Example configuration</h3><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403358720"></a><h3>Example configuration</h3><p>
Here is a more complete example configuration.
</p><pre class="screen">
/etc/ctdb/public_addresses:
@@ -929,7 +930,7 @@ CTDB_CAPABILITY_RECMASTER=no
The routes local packets as expected, the default route is as
previously discussed, but packets to 192.168.200.0/24 are
routed via the alternate gateway 192.168.1.254.
- </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="NOTIFICATION SCRIPT"><a name="id519385"></a><h2>NOTIFICATION SCRIPT</h2><p>
+ </p></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264403355888"></a><h2>NOTIFICATION SCRIPT</h2><p>
Notification scripts are used with ctdb to have a call-out from ctdb
to a user-specified script when certain state changes occur in ctdb.
This is commonly to set up either sending SNMP traps or emails
@@ -941,17 +942,17 @@ CTDB_CAPABILITY_RECMASTER=no
See /etc/ctdb/notify.sh for an example script.
</p><p>
CTDB currently generates notifications on these state changes:
- </p><div class="refsect2" title="unhealthy"><a name="id519410"></a><h3>unhealthy</h3><p>
+ </p><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403353008"></a><h3>unhealthy</h3><p>
This call-out is triggered when the node changes to UNHEALTHY state.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="healthy"><a name="id519419"></a><h3>healthy</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403351888"></a><h3>healthy</h3><p>
This call-out is triggered when the node changes to HEALTHY state.
- </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="startup"><a name="id519429"></a><h3>startup</h3><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403350768"></a><h3>startup</h3><p>
This call-out is triggered when ctdb has started up and all managed services are up and running.
- </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="ClamAV Daemon"><a name="id519440"></a><h2>ClamAV Daemon</h2><p>
+ </p></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264403349488"></a><h2>ClamAV Daemon</h2><p>
CTDB has support to manage the popular anti-virus daemon ClamAV.
This support is implemented through the
eventscript : /etc/ctdb/events.d/31.clamd.
-</p><div class="refsect2" title="Configuration"><a name="id519449"></a><h3>Configuration</h3><p>
+</p><div class="refsect2"><a name="idm264403348432"></a><h3>Configuration</h3><p>
Start by configuring CLAMAV normally and test that it works. Once this is
done, copy the configuration files over to all the nodes so that all nodes
share identical CLAMAV configurations.
@@ -980,10 +981,10 @@ Once you have restarted CTDBD, use
ctdb scriptstatus
</pre><p>
and verify that the 31.clamd eventscript is listed and that it was executed successfully.
-</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id519503"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>
+</p></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264403342368"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>
ctdb(1), onnode(1)
<a class="ulink" href="http://ctdb.samba.org/" target="_top">http://ctdb.samba.org/</a>
- </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="COPYRIGHT/LICENSE"><a name="id519516"></a><h2>COPYRIGHT/LICENSE</h2><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264403340848"></a><h2>COPYRIGHT/LICENSE</h2><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2007<br>
Copyright (C) Ronnie sahlberg 2007<br>
<br>
diff --git a/doc/ctdbd.1.xml b/doc/ctdbd.1.xml
index a0cba99..9516164 100644
--- a/doc/ctdbd.1.xml
+++ b/doc/ctdbd.1.xml
@@ -862,15 +862,16 @@
</para>
</refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>NoIPTakeoverOnDisabled</title>
+ <refsect2><title>NoIPHostOnAllDisabled</title>
<para>Default: 0</para>
<para>
If no nodes are healthy then by default ctdb will happily host
public IPs on disabled (unhealthy or administratively disabled)
nodes. This can cause problems, for example if the underlying
- cluster filesystem is not mounted. When set to 1 this behaviour
- is switched off and disabled nodes will not be able to takeover
- IPs.
+ cluster filesystem is not mounted. When set to 1 on a node and
+ that node is disabled it, any IPs hosted by this node will be
+ released and the node will not takeover any IPs until it is no
+ longer disabled.
</para>
</refsect2>
@@ -989,7 +990,7 @@
the node and prevented from being migrated off the node.
</para>
<para>
- This setting allows to try to identify such records and stop them from
+ This setting allows one to try to identify such records and stop them from
migrating across the cluster so fast. This will improve performance for
certain workloads, such as locking.tdb if many clients are opening/closing
the same file concurrently.
@@ -1099,7 +1100,7 @@
</para>
</refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>Samba3AvoidDeadlock</title>
+ <refsect2><title>Samba3AvoidDeadlocks</title>
<para>Default: 0</para>
<para>
Enable code that prevents deadlocks with Samba (only for Samba 3.x).
diff --git a/doc/ltdbtool.1 b/doc/ltdbtool.1
index b182171..9c80835 100644
--- a/doc/ltdbtool.1
+++ b/doc/ltdbtool.1
@@ -1,13 +1,22 @@
'\" t
.\" Title: ltdbtool
.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://docbook.sf.net/el/author]
-.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
-.\" Date: 01/09/2013
+.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.78.1 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
+.\" Date: 05/30/2013
.\" Manual:
.\" Source:
.\" Language: English
.\"
-.TH "LTDBTOOL" "1" "01/09/2013" "" ""
+.TH "LTDBTOOL" "1" "05/30/2013" "" ""
+.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" * Define some portability stuff
+.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673
+.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html
+.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
.\" * set default formatting
.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -19,13 +28,13 @@
.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
.SH "NAME"
-ltdbtool \- handle ctdb\'s local tdb copies
+ltdbtool \- handle ctdb\*(Aqs local tdb copies
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
.HP \w'\fBltdbtool\ [OPTIONS]\ COMMAND\fR\ 'u
\fBltdbtool [OPTIONS] COMMAND\fR
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
-ltdbtool is a utility to cope with ctdb\'s local tdb copies (LTDBs) without connecting to a ctdb daemon\&.
+ltdbtool is a utility to cope with ctdb\*(Aqs local tdb copies (LTDBs) without connecting to a ctdb daemon\&.
.PP
It can be used to
.sp
@@ -62,7 +71,6 @@ convert between an LTDB and a non\-clustered tdb by adding or removing ctdb head
convert between 64 and 32 bit LTDBs where the ctdb record headers differ by 4 bytes of padding\&.
.RE
.sp
-.RE
.SH "COMMANDS"
.PP
help
diff --git a/doc/ltdbtool.1.html b/doc/ltdbtool.1.html
index 49897fa..e4300d3 100644
--- a/doc/ltdbtool.1.html
+++ b/doc/ltdbtool.1.html
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ltdbtool</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="ltdbtool"><a name="ltdbtool.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ltdbtool — handle ctdb's local tdb copies </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">ltdbtool [OPTIONS] COMMAND</code> </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id471178"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ltdbtool</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry"><a name="ltdbtool.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ltdbtool — handle ctdb's local tdb copies </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">ltdbtool [OPTIONS] COMMAND</code> </p></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264395311664"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>
ltdbtool is a utility to cope with ctdb's local tdb copies (LTDBs)
without connecting to a ctdb daemon.
</p><p>It can be used to
- </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact><li class="listitem"><p>
+ </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist compact" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>
dump the contents of a LTDB, optionally printing the ctdb
record header information,
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
@@ -11,19 +11,19 @@
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>convert between 64 and 32 bit LTDBs where the ctdb record
headers differ by 4 bytes of padding.
</p></li></ul></div><p>
- </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="COMMANDS"><a name="id471224"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">help</span></dt><dd><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264395060864"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">help</span></dt><dd><p>
Print a help text.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dump <IDB></span></dt><dd><p>
Dump the contents of a LTDB file to standard output in a
human-readable format.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">convert <IDB> <ODB></span></dt><dd><p>
Make a copy of a LTDB optionally adding or removing ctdb headers.
- </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id471272"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-p</span></dt><dd><p>
+ </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264395088960"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">-p</span></dt><dd><p>
Dump with header information, similar to "ctdb catdb".
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s {0|32|64}</span></dt><dd><p>
Specify how to determine the ctdb record header size
for the input database:
- </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">0</span></dt><dd><p>no ctdb header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">32</span></dt><dd><p>ctdb header size of a 32 bit system (20 bytes)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">64</span></dt><dd><p>ctdb header size of a 64 bit system (24 bytes)</p></dd></dl></div><p>
+ </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">0</span></dt><dd><p>no ctdb header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">32</span></dt><dd><p>ctdb header size of a 32 bit system (20 bytes)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">64</span></dt><dd><p>ctdb header size of a 64 bit system (24 bytes)</p></dd></dl></div><p>
The default is 32 or 64 depending on the system architecture.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-o {0|32|64}</span></dt><dd><p>
Specify how to determine the ctdb record header size
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
Explicitly specify the ctdb record header size for the output database in bytes.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>
Print a help text.
- </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id471401"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>
+ </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264393451168"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>
Print a local tdb in "tdbdump" style:
</p><pre class="screen">
ltdbtool dump idmap2.tdb.0
@@ -62,10 +62,10 @@
Add a default header:
</p><pre class="screen">
ltdbtool convert -s0 idmap.tdb idmap2.tdb.0
- </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id471476"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264395258096"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>
ctdbd(1), ctdb(1), tdbdump(1), tdbrestore(1),
<a class="ulink" href="http://ctdb.samba.org/" target="_top">http://ctdb.samba.org/</a>
- </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="COPYRIGHT/LICENSE"><a name="id471490"></a><h2>COPYRIGHT/LICENSE</h2><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264393419200"></a><h2>COPYRIGHT/LICENSE</h2><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
Copyright (C) Gregor Beck 2011<br>
Copyright (C) Michael Adam 2011<br>
<br>
diff --git a/doc/onnode.1 b/doc/onnode.1
index 162c912..40733eb 100644
--- a/doc/onnode.1
+++ b/doc/onnode.1
@@ -1,13 +1,22 @@
'\" t
.\" Title: onnode
.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://docbook.sf.net/el/author]
-.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
-.\" Date: 01/09/2013
+.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.78.1 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
+.\" Date: 05/30/2013
.\" Manual:
.\" Source:
.\" Language: English
.\"
-.TH "ONNODE" "1" "01/09/2013" "" ""
+.TH "ONNODE" "1" "05/30/2013" "" ""
+.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" * Define some portability stuff
+.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673
+.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html
+.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
.\" * set default formatting
.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -92,7 +101,7 @@ Do not print node addresses\&. Normally, onnode prints informational node addres
.PP
\-n
.RS 4
-Allow nodes to be specified by name rather than node numbers\&. These nodes don\'t need to be listed in the nodes file\&. You can avoid the nodes file entirely by combining this with
+Allow nodes to be specified by name rather than node numbers\&. These nodes don\*(Aqt need to be listed in the nodes file\&. You can avoid the nodes file entirely by combining this with
\-f /dev/null\&.
.RE
.PP
@@ -132,7 +141,7 @@ The following command would show the process ID of ctdb on all nodes
.RE
.\}
.PP
-The following command would show the last 5 lines of log on each node, preceded by the node\'s hostname
+The following command would show the last 5 lines of log on each node, preceded by the node\*(Aqs hostname
.sp
.if n \{\
.RS 4
@@ -182,7 +191,7 @@ in the FILES section for more details\&.
.PP
/etc/ctdb/nodes
.RS 4
-Default file containing a list of each node\'s IP address or hostname\&.
+Default file containing a list of each node\*(Aqs IP address or hostname\&.
.sp
Actually, the default is
$\fBCTDB_BASE\fR/nodes, where
diff --git a/doc/onnode.1.html b/doc/onnode.1.html
index 54ceb78..706ddad 100644
--- a/doc/onnode.1.html
+++ b/doc/onnode.1.html
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>onnode</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="onnode"><a name="onnode.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>onnode — run commands on ctdb nodes</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">onnode [OPTION] ... NODES COMMAND ...</code> </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id402190"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>onnode</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry"><a name="onnode.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>onnode — run commands on ctdb nodes</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">onnode [OPTION] ... NODES COMMAND ...</code> </p></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264400708784"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>
onnode is a utility to run commands on a specific node of a CTDB
cluster, or on all nodes.
</p><p>
@@ -13,10 +13,10 @@
</p><p>
The COMMAND can be any shell command. The onnode utility uses
ssh or rsh to connect to the remote nodes and run the command.
- </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTIVE NODE SPECIFICATIONS"><a name="id402213"></a><h2>DESCRIPTIVE NODE SPECIFICATIONS</h2><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264402864768"></a><h2>DESCRIPTIVE NODE SPECIFICATIONS</h2><p>
The following descriptive node specification can be used in
place of numeric node numbers:
- </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">all</span></dt><dd><p>
+ </p><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">all</span></dt><dd><p>
All nodes.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">any</span></dt><dd><p>
A node where ctdbd is running. This semi-random but
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
The current NAT gateway.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">rm | recmaster</span></dt><dd><p>
The current recovery master.
- </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id402315"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-c</span></dt><dd><p>
+ </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264402957984"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">-c</span></dt><dd><p>
Execute COMMAND in the current working directory on the
specified nodes.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-o <prefix></span></dt><dd><p>
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
- filenames with whitespace in them are not supported.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h, --help</span></dt><dd><p>
Show a short usage guide.
- </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id402453"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>
+ </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264402941280"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>
The following command would show the process ID of ctdb on all nodes
</p><pre class="screen">
onnode all pidof ctdbd
@@ -84,12 +84,12 @@
directory, in parallel, on nodes 0, 2, 3 and 4.
</p><pre class="screen">
onnode -c -p 0,2-4 ./foo
- </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="ENVIRONMENT"><a name="id402500"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="envar">CTDB_NODES_FILE</code></span></dt><dd><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264402936064"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"><code class="envar">CTDB_NODES_FILE</code></span></dt><dd><p>
Name of alternative nodes file to use instead of the
default. See the discussion of
<code class="filename">/etc/ctdb/nodes</code> in the FILES section
for more details.
- </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="FILES"><a name="id402527"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/ctdb/nodes</code></span></dt><dd><p>
+ </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264402932624"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/ctdb/nodes</code></span></dt><dd><p>
Default file containing a list of each node's IP address
or hostname.
</p><p>
@@ -107,9 +107,9 @@
something other than "ssh". In this case the -t option is
ignored. For example, the administrator may choose to use
use rsh instead of ssh.
- </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id402595"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>
+ </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264402923216"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>
ctdbd(1), ctdb(1), <a class="ulink" href="http://ctdb.samba.org/" target="_top">http://ctdb.samba.org/</a>
- </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="COPYRIGHT/LICENSE"><a name="id402609"></a><h2>COPYRIGHT/LICENSE</h2><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264402921584"></a><h2>COPYRIGHT/LICENSE</h2><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2007<br>
Copyright (C) Ronnie sahlberg 2007<br>
Copyright (C) Martin Schwenke 2008<br>
diff --git a/doc/ping_pong.1 b/doc/ping_pong.1
index 5af87e7..c8a57f0 100644
--- a/doc/ping_pong.1
+++ b/doc/ping_pong.1
@@ -1,13 +1,22 @@
'\" t
.\" Title: ping_pong
.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://docbook.sf.net/el/author]
-.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
-.\" Date: 01/09/2013
+.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.78.1 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
+.\" Date: 05/30/2013
.\" Manual:
.\" Source:
.\" Language: English
.\"
-.TH "PING_PONG" "1" "01/09/2013" "" ""
+.TH "PING_PONG" "1" "05/30/2013" "" ""
+.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" * Define some portability stuff
+.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
+.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673
+.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html
+.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el .ds Aq '
.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
.\" * set default formatting
.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -91,7 +100,6 @@ Testing IO coherence
.\}
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
-
\m[blue]\fB\%https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/Ping_pong\fR\m[], ctdb(1), ctdbd(1)
.SH "COPYRIGHT/LICENSE"
.sp
diff --git a/doc/ping_pong.1.html b/doc/ping_pong.1.html
index a14c88a..f158338 100644
--- a/doc/ping_pong.1.html
+++ b/doc/ping_pong.1.html
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ping_pong</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="ping_pong"><a name="ping_pong.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ping_pong — measures the ping-pong byte range lock latency</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">ping_pong [options] <file> <num_locks></code> </p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">ping_pong</code> [-r] [-w] [-m] [-c]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id270212"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ping_pong</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry"><a name="ping_pong.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ping_pong — measures the ping-pong byte range lock latency</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">ping_pong [options] <file> <num_locks></code> </p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">ping_pong</code> [-r] [-w] [-m] [-c]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264401738896"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>
This measures the ping-pong byte range lock latency. It is
especially useful on a cluster of nodes sharing a common lock
manager as it will give some indication of the lock managers
performance under stress.
- </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id270224"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264401737536"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist"><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>
do reads
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-w</span></dt><dd><p>
do writes
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
use mmap
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c</span></dt><dd><p>
validate the locks
- </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id270284"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>
+ </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264401881872"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>
Testing lock coherence
</p><pre class="screen">
ping_pong test.dat N
@@ -23,9 +23,9 @@
Testing IO coherence
</p><pre class="screen">
ping_pong -rw test.dat N
- </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id270318"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>
+ </pre></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264401839360"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>
<a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/Ping_pong" target="_top">https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/Ping_pong</a>, ctdb(1), ctdbd(1)
- </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="COPYRIGHT/LICENSE"><a name="id270332"></a><h2>COPYRIGHT/LICENSE</h2><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+ </p></div><div class="refsect1"><a name="idm264401837760"></a><h2>COPYRIGHT/LICENSE</h2><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2002<br>
<br>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify<br>
diff --git a/include/ctdb_client.h b/include/ctdb_client.h
index 9f0589f..8739923 100644
--- a/include/ctdb_client.h
+++ b/include/ctdb_client.h
@@ -100,7 +100,6 @@ int ctdb_ip_to_nodeid(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, const char *nodeip);
start the ctdb protocol
*/
int ctdb_start(struct ctdb_context *ctdb);
-int ctdb_start_daemon(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, bool do_fork, bool use_syslog, const char *public_address_list);
/*
attach to a ctdb database
@@ -296,6 +295,11 @@ int ctdb_ctrl_process_exists(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint32_t destnode, pid_t
int ctdb_ctrl_ping(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint32_t destnode);
+int ctdb_ctrl_get_runstate(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
+ struct timeval timeout,
+ uint32_t destnode,
+ uint32_t *runstate);
+
int ctdb_ctrl_get_config(struct ctdb_context *ctdb);
int ctdb_ctrl_get_debuglevel(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint32_t destnode, int32_t *level);
@@ -507,6 +511,11 @@ int ctdb_ctrl_setreclock(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
const char *reclock);
+uint32_t *list_of_nodes(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
+ struct ctdb_node_map *node_map,
+ TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx,
+ uint32_t mask,
+ int exclude_pnn);
uint32_t *list_of_connected_nodes(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
struct ctdb_node_map *node_map,
TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx,
diff --git a/include/ctdb_private.h b/include/ctdb_private.h
index 5b519fb..eadd963 100644
--- a/include/ctdb_private.h
+++ b/include/ctdb_private.h
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ struct ctdb_tunable {
uint32_t db_record_size_warn;
uint32_t db_size_warn;
uint32_t pulldb_preallocation_size;
- uint32_t no_ip_takeover_on_disabled;
+ uint32_t no_ip_host_on_all_disabled;
uint32_t deadlock_timeout;
uint32_t samba3_hack;
};
@@ -286,10 +286,15 @@ struct ctdb_upcalls {
/* list of message handlers - needs to be changed to a more efficient data
structure so we can find a message handler given a srvid quickly */
-struct ctdb_message_list {
+struct ctdb_message_list_header {
+ struct ctdb_message_list_header *next, *prev;
struct ctdb_context *ctdb;
- struct ctdb_message_list *next, *prev;
uint64_t srvid;
+ struct ctdb_message_list *m;
+};
+struct ctdb_message_list {
+ struct ctdb_message_list *next, *prev;
+ struct ctdb_message_list_header *h;
ctdb_msg_fn_t message_handler;
void *message_private;
};
@@ -431,6 +436,20 @@ struct ctdb_write_record {
enum ctdb_freeze_mode {CTDB_FREEZE_NONE, CTDB_FREEZE_PENDING, CTDB_FREEZE_FROZEN};
+enum ctdb_runstate {
+ CTDB_RUNSTATE_UNKNOWN,
+ CTDB_RUNSTATE_INIT,
+ CTDB_RUNSTATE_SETUP,
+ CTDB_RUNSTATE_FIRST_RECOVERY,
+ CTDB_RUNSTATE_STARTUP,
+ CTDB_RUNSTATE_RUNNING,
+ CTDB_RUNSTATE_SHUTDOWN,
+};
+
+const char *runstate_to_string(enum ctdb_runstate runstate);
+enum ctdb_runstate runstate_from_string(const char *label);
+void ctdb_set_runstate(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, enum ctdb_runstate runstate);
+
#define CTDB_MONITORING_ACTIVE 0
#define CTDB_MONITORING_DISABLED 1
@@ -478,7 +497,8 @@ struct ctdb_context {
const struct ctdb_upcalls *upcalls; /* transport upcalls */
void *private_data; /* private to transport */
struct ctdb_db_context *db_list;
- struct ctdb_message_list *message_list;
+ struct ctdb_message_list_header *message_list_header;
+ struct tdb_context *message_list_indexdb;
struct ctdb_daemon_data daemon;
struct ctdb_statistics statistics;
struct ctdb_statistics statistics_current;
@@ -494,13 +514,12 @@ struct ctdb_context {
bool do_setsched;
void *saved_scheduler_param;
const char *event_script_dir;
- const char *debug_hung_script;
const char *notification_script;
const char *default_public_interface;
pid_t ctdbd_pid;
pid_t recoverd_pid;
pid_t syslogd_pid;
- bool done_startup;
+ enum ctdb_runstate runstate;
struct ctdb_monitor_state *monitor;
struct ctdb_log_state *log;
int start_as_disabled;
@@ -539,7 +558,6 @@ struct ctdb_context {
const char *public_addresses_file;
struct trbt_tree *child_processes;
- TALLOC_CTX *debug_hung_script_ctx;
/* Used for locking record/db/alldb */
int lock_num_current;
@@ -756,7 +774,9 @@ struct ctdb_call_state *ctdb_call_local_send(struct ctdb_db_context *ctdb_db,
TDB_DATA *data);
-int ctdbd_start(struct ctdb_context *ctdb);
+int ctdb_start_daemon(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, bool do_fork,
+ bool use_syslog,
+ const char *public_address_list);
struct ctdb_call_state *ctdbd_call_send(struct ctdb_db_context *ctdb_db, struct ctdb_call *call);
int ctdbd_call_recv(struct ctdb_call_state *state, struct ctdb_call *call);
@@ -1011,11 +1031,13 @@ int32_t ctdb_control_traverse_start_ext(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
int32_t ctdb_control_traverse_start(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, TDB_DATA indata,
TDB_DATA *outdata, uint32_t srcnode, uint32_t client_id);
int32_t ctdb_control_traverse_all(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, TDB_DATA data, TDB_DATA *outdata);
+int32_t ctdb_control_traverse_all_ext(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, TDB_DATA data, TDB_DATA *outdata);
int32_t ctdb_control_traverse_data(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, TDB_DATA data, TDB_DATA *outdata);
int32_t ctdb_control_traverse_kill(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, TDB_DATA indata,
TDB_DATA *outdata, uint32_t srcnode);
int ctdb_dispatch_message(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint64_t srvid, TDB_DATA data);
+bool ctdb_check_message_handler(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint64_t srvid);
int daemon_register_message_handler(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint32_t client_id, uint64_t srvid);
int ctdb_deregister_message_handler(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint64_t srvid, void *private_data);
@@ -1036,7 +1058,6 @@ struct ctdb_rec_data *ctdb_marshall_loop_next(struct ctdb_marshall_buffer *m, st
int32_t ctdb_control_pull_db(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, TDB_DATA indata, TDB_DATA *outdata);
int32_t ctdb_control_push_db(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, TDB_DATA indata);
-int32_t ctdb_control_set_dmaster(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, TDB_DATA indata);
int32_t ctdb_control_set_recmode(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
struct ctdb_req_control *c,
@@ -1074,6 +1095,9 @@ void ctdb_restore_scheduler(struct ctdb_context *ctdb);
struct tevent_signal *ctdb_init_sigchld(struct ctdb_context *ctdb);
pid_t ctdb_fork(struct ctdb_context *ctdb);
+pid_t ctdb_fork_no_free_ringbuffer(struct ctdb_context *ctdb);
+void ctdb_set_child_info(TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx, const char *child_name_fmt, ...);
+bool ctdb_is_child_process(void);
int ctdb_kill(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, pid_t pid, int signum);
int32_t ctdb_control_takeover_ip(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
@@ -1092,6 +1116,9 @@ int32_t ctdb_control_release_ipv4(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
struct ctdb_req_control *c,
TDB_DATA indata,
bool *async_reply);
+int32_t ctdb_control_ipreallocated(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
+ struct ctdb_req_control *c,
+ bool *async_reply);
int32_t ctdb_control_start_recovery(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
struct ctdb_req_control *c,
bool *async_reply);
@@ -1204,7 +1231,6 @@ int ctdb_set_single_public_ip(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
const char *ip);
int ctdb_set_event_script(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, const char *script);
int ctdb_set_event_script_dir(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, const char *script_dir);
-int ctdb_set_debug_hung_script(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, const char *script);
int ctdb_set_notification_script(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, const char *script);
void lcp2_forcerebalance(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint32_t pnn);
int ctdb_takeover_run(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, struct ctdb_node_map *nodemap, client_async_callback fail_callback, void *callback_data);
@@ -1244,6 +1270,7 @@ int32_t ctdb_control_get_tunable(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, TDB_DATA indata,
int32_t ctdb_control_set_tunable(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, TDB_DATA indata);
int32_t ctdb_control_list_tunables(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, TDB_DATA *outdata);
int32_t ctdb_control_try_delete_records(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, TDB_DATA indata, TDB_DATA *outdata);
+int32_t ctdb_control_receive_records(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, TDB_DATA indata, TDB_DATA *outdata);
int32_t ctdb_control_add_public_address(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, TDB_DATA indata);
int32_t ctdb_control_del_public_address(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, TDB_DATA indata);
@@ -1393,6 +1420,7 @@ int32_t ctdb_control_set_recmaster(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint32_t opcode, T
extern int script_log_level;
extern bool fast_start;
+extern const char *ctdbd_pidfile;
int32_t ctdb_control_get_event_script_status(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
uint32_t call_type,
@@ -1401,7 +1429,7 @@ int32_t ctdb_control_get_event_script_status(struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
int ctdb_log_event_script_output(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, char *str, uint16_t len);
int ctdb_ctrl_report_recd_lock_latency(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, struct timeval timeout, double latency);
-int32_t ctdb_control_stop_node(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, struct ctdb_req_control *c, bool *async_reply);
+int32_t ctdb_control_stop_node(struct ctdb_context *ctdb);
int32_t ctdb_control_continue_node(struct ctdb_context *ctdb);
void ctdb_stop_vacuuming(struct ctdb_context *ctdb);
@@ -1435,7 +1463,7 @@ void ctdb_collect_log(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, struct ctdb_get_log_addr *log_a
void ctdb_clear_log(struct ctdb_context *ctdb);
int32_t ctdb_control_get_log(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, TDB_DATA addr);
int32_t ctdb_control_clear_log(struct ctdb_context *ctdb);
-
+void ctdb_log_ringbuffer_free(void);
struct ctdb_log_state *ctdb_fork_with_logging(TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx,
struct ctdb_context *ctdb,
@@ -1550,8 +1578,6 @@ int ctdb_start_monitoring_interfaces(struct ctdb_context *ctdb);
/* from server/ctdb_lock.c */
struct lock_request;
-int ctdb_lockall_prio(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint32_t priority);
-int ctdb_unlockall_prio(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint32_t priority);
int ctdb_lockall_mark_prio(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint32_t priority);
int ctdb_lockall_unmark_prio(struct ctdb_context *ctdb, uint32_t priority);
diff --git a/include/ctdb_protocol.h b/include/ctdb_protocol.h
index cc3ea3f..10f643b 100644
--- a/include/ctdb_protocol.h
+++ b/include/ctdb_protocol.h
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ enum ctdb_eventscript_call {
CTDB_EVENT_RECOVERED, /* CTDB recovery finished: no args. */
CTDB_EVENT_TAKE_IP, /* IP taken: interface, IP address, netmask bits. */
CTDB_EVENT_RELEASE_IP, /* IP released: interface, IP address, netmask bits. */
- CTDB_EVENT_STOPPED, /* This node is stopped: no args. */
+ CTDB_EVENT_STOPPED, /* Deprecated, do not use. */
CTDB_EVENT_MONITOR, /* Please check if service is healthy: no args. */
CTDB_EVENT_STATUS, /* Report service status: no args. */
CTDB_EVENT_SHUTDOWN, /* CTDB shutting down: no args. */
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ enum ctdb_controls {CTDB_CONTROL_PROCESS_EXISTS = 0,
CTDB_CONTROL_SET_DEBUG = 8,
CTDB_CONTROL_GET_DBMAP = 9,
CTDB_CONTROL_GET_NODEMAPv4 = 10, /* obsolete */
- CTDB_CONTROL_SET_DMASTER = 11,
+ CTDB_CONTROL_SET_DMASTER = 11, /* obsolete */
/* #12 removed */
CTDB_CONTROL_PULL_DB = 13,
CTDB_CONTROL_PUSH_DB = 14,
@@ -402,6 +402,10 @@ enum ctdb_controls {CTDB_CONTROL_PROCESS_EXISTS = 0,
CTDB_CONTROL_GET_DB_STATISTICS = 132,
CTDB_CONTROL_SET_DB_STICKY = 133,
CTDB_CONTROL_RELOAD_PUBLIC_IPS = 134,
+ CTDB_CONTROL_TRAVERSE_ALL_EXT = 135,
+ CTDB_CONTROL_RECEIVE_RECORDS = 136,
+ CTDB_CONTROL_IPREALLOCATED = 137,
+ CTDB_CONTROL_GET_RUNSTATE = 138,
};
/*
@@ -530,6 +534,10 @@ struct ctdb_ltdb_header {
#define CTDB_REC_RO_HAVE_READONLY 0x02000000
#define CTDB_REC_RO_REVOKING_READONLY 0x04000000
#define CTDB_REC_RO_REVOKE_COMPLETE 0x08000000
+#define CTDB_REC_RO_FLAGS (CTDB_REC_RO_HAVE_DELEGATIONS|\
+ CTDB_REC_RO_HAVE_READONLY|\
+ CTDB_REC_RO_REVOKING_READONLY|\
+ CTDB_REC_RO_REVOKE_COMPLETE)
uint32_t flags;
};
@@ -577,9 +585,6 @@ struct ctdb_node_map {
#define NODE_FLAGS_DISABLED (NODE_FLAGS_UNHEALTHY|NODE_FLAGS_PERMANENTLY_DISABLED)
#define NODE_FLAGS_INACTIVE (NODE_FLAGS_DELETED|NODE_FLAGS_DISCONNECTED|NODE_FLAGS_BANNED|NODE_FLAGS_STOPPED)
-#define NODE_FLAGS_NOIPTAKEOVER 0x01000000 /* this node can takeover any new ip addresses, this flag is ONLY valid within the recovery daemon */
-
-
/*
* Node capabilities
*/
diff --git a/include/version.h b/include/ctdb_version.h
similarity index 64%
rename from include/version.h
rename to include/ctdb_version.h
index 5cc0472..a867913 100644
--- a/include/version.h
+++ b/include/ctdb_version.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
/* This file is auto-genrated by packaging/mkversion.sh */
-#define CTDB_VERSION_STRING "2.1"
+#define CTDB_VERSION_STRING "2.2"
diff --git a/include/includes.h b/include/includes.h
index e0ce06b..3747198 100644
--- a/include/includes.h
+++ b/include/includes.h
@@ -58,6 +58,7 @@ double timeval_elapsed(struct timeval *tv);
double timeval_delta(struct timeval *tv2, struct timeval *tv);
char **file_lines_load(const char *fname, int *numlines, TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx);
char *hex_encode_talloc(TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx, const unsigned char *buff_in, size_t len);
+uint8_t *hex_decode_talloc(TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx, const char *hex_in, size_t *len);
_PUBLIC_ const char **str_list_add(const char **list, const char *s);
_PUBLIC_ int set_blocking(int fd, bool set);
diff --git a/lib/replace/Makefile.in b/lib/replace/Makefile.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 65f8125..0000000
--- a/lib/replace/Makefile.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-#!gmake
-#
-CC = @CC@
-prefix = @prefix@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-bindir = @bindir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-libdir = @libdir@
-VPATH = @libreplacedir@
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-builddir = @builddir@
-sharedbuilddir = @sharedbuilddir@
-INSTALLCMD = @INSTALL@
-LIBS = @LIBS@
-
-.PHONY: test all showflags install installcheck clean distclean realdistclean
-
-CFLAGS=-I. @CFLAGS@
-LDFLAGS=@LDFLAGS@
-
-OBJS = @LIBREPLACEOBJ@
-
-all: showflags libreplace.a testsuite
-
-showflags:
- @echo 'libreplace will be compiled with flags:'
- @echo ' CC = $(CC)'
- @echo ' CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS)'
- @echo ' LDFLAGS= $(LDFLAGS)'
- @echo ' LIBS = $(LIBS)'
-
-install: all
- ${INSTALLCMD} -d $(libdir)
- ${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 libreplace.a $(libdir)
-
-shared-build: all
- ${INSTALLCMD} -d $(sharedbuilddir)/include
- ${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 replace.h $(sharedbuilddir)/include
- ${INSTALLCMD} -d $(sharedbuilddir)/lib
- ${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 libreplace.a $(sharedbuilddir)/lib
-
-libreplace.a: $(OBJS)
- ar -rcsv $@ $(OBJS)
-
-test: all
- ./testsuite
-
-installcheck: install test
-
-TEST_OBJS = test/main.o test/testsuite.o test/os2_delete.o test/strptime.o test/getifaddrs.o
-
-testsuite: libreplace.a $(TEST_OBJS)
- $(CC) -o testsuite $(TEST_OBJS) -L. -lreplace $(LDFLAGS) $(LIBS)
-
-.c.o:
- @echo Compiling $*.c
- @mkdir -p `dirname $@`
- @$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c $< -o $@
-
-clean:
- rm -f *.o test/*.o *.a testsuite
- rm -f testfile.dat
-
-distclean: clean
- rm -f *~ */*~
- rm -f config.log config.status config.h config.cache
- rm -f Makefile
-
-realdistclean: distclean
- rm -f configure config.h.in
diff --git a/lib/replace/README b/lib/replace/README
index bf4e67f..9dd4f73 100644
--- a/lib/replace/README
+++ b/lib/replace/README
@@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ pread
pwrite
chown
lchown
-getpass
readline (the library)
inet_ntoa
inet_ntop
@@ -72,6 +71,8 @@ link
readlink
symlink
realpath
+poll
+setproctitle
Types:
bool
@@ -80,6 +81,8 @@ uint{8,16,32,64}_t
int{8,16,32,64}_t
intptr_t
sig_atomic_t
+blksize_t
+blkcnt_t
Constants:
PATH_NAME_MAX
diff --git a/lib/replace/aclocal.m4 b/lib/replace/aclocal.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 5605e47..0000000
--- a/lib/replace/aclocal.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-m4_include(libreplace.m4)
diff --git a/lib/replace/autogen-autotools.sh b/lib/replace/autogen-autotools.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index d46a427..0000000
--- a/lib/replace/autogen-autotools.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-rm -rf autom4te.cache
-rm -f configure config.h.in
-
-autoheader || exit 1
-autoconf || exit 1
-
-rm -rf autom4te.cache
-
-echo "Now run ./configure and then make."
-exit 0
-
diff --git a/lib/replace/autogen.sh b/lib/replace/autogen.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index d46a427..0000000
--- a/lib/replace/autogen.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-rm -rf autom4te.cache
-rm -f configure config.h.in
-
-autoheader || exit 1
-autoconf || exit 1
-
-rm -rf autom4te.cache
-
-echo "Now run ./configure and then make."
-exit 0
-
diff --git a/lib/replace/build_macros.m4 b/lib/replace/build_macros.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index c036668..0000000
--- a/lib/replace/build_macros.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-AC_DEFUN(BUILD_WITH_SHARED_BUILD_DIR,
- [ AC_ARG_WITH([shared-build-dir],
- [AC_HELP_STRING([--with-shared-build-dir=DIR],
- [temporary build directory where libraries are installed [$srcdir/sharedbuild]])])
-
- sharedbuilddir="$srcdir/sharedbuild"
- if test x"$with_shared_build_dir" != x; then
- sharedbuilddir=$with_shared_build_dir
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$with_shared_build_dir/include"
- LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$with_shared_build_dir/lib"
- fi
- AC_SUBST(sharedbuilddir)
- ])
-
diff --git a/lib/replace/config.guess b/lib/replace/config.guess
deleted file mode 100755
index da83314..0000000
--- a/lib/replace/config.guess
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1561 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
-# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-timestamp='2009-04-27'
-
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-# 02110-1301, USA.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-
-# Originally written by Per Bothner <per at bothner.com>.
-# Please send patches to <config-patches at gnu.org>. Submit a context
-# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
-#
-# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
-# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
-# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1.
-#
-# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
-# don't specify an explicit build system type.
-
-me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]
-
-Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
-
-Operation modes:
- -h, --help print this help, then exit
- -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
- -v, --version print version number, then exit
-
-Report bugs and patches to <config-patches at gnu.org>."
-
-version="\
-GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
-
-Originally written by Per Bothner.
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
-2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
-warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
-
-help="
-Try \`$me --help' for more information."
-
-# Parse command line
-while test $# -gt 0 ; do
- case $1 in
- --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
- echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
- --version | -v )
- echo "$version" ; exit ;;
- --help | --h* | -h )
- echo "$usage"; exit ;;
- -- ) # Stop option processing
- shift; break ;;
- - ) # Use stdin as input.
- break ;;
- -* )
- echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
- exit 1 ;;
- * )
- break ;;
- esac
-done
-
-if test $# != 0; then
- echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
- exit 1
-fi
-
-trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
-
-# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
-# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
-# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
-# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
-
-# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
-# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
-
-# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
-
-set_cc_for_build='
-trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
-trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
-: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
- { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
- { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
- { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
- { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ;
-dummy=$tmp/dummy ;
-tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ;
-case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
- ,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ;
- for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
- if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
- CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ;
- fi ;
- done ;
- if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
- CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ;
- fi
- ;;
- ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
- ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
-esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;'
-
-# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
-# (ghazi at noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
-if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
- PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
-fi
-
-UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
-UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
-UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
-UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
-
-# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
-
-case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
- *:NetBSD:*:*)
- # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
- # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
- # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently
- # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
- # object file format. This provides both forward
- # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
- # object file format.
- #
- # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
- # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown".
- sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
- UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
- /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)`
- case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
- armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
- arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
- sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
- sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
- sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
- *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
- esac
- # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
- # to ELF recently, or will in the future.
- case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
- arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
- | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null
- then
- # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
- # Return netbsd for either. FIX?
- os=netbsd
- else
- os=netbsdelf
- fi
- ;;
- *)
- os=netbsd
- ;;
- esac
- # The OS release
- # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
- # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
- # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
- # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
- case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in
- Debian*)
- release='-gnu'
- ;;
- *)
- release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
- ;;
- esac
- # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
- # contains redundant information, the shorter form:
- # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
- echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
- exit ;;
- *:OpenBSD:*:*)
- UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:ekkoBSD:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:SolidBSD:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
- echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:MirBSD:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- alpha:OSF1:*:*)
- case $UNAME_RELEASE in
- *4.0)
- UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
- ;;
- *5.*)
- UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
- ;;
- esac
- # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
- # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that
- # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU
- # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
- ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
- case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in
- "EV4 (21064)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
- "EV4.5 (21064)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
- "LCA4 (21066/21068)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
- "EV5 (21164)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;;
- "EV5.6 (21164A)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;;
- "EV5.6 (21164PC)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;;
- "EV5.7 (21164PC)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;;
- "EV6 (21264)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;;
- "EV6.7 (21264A)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;;
- "EV6.8CB (21264C)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
- "EV6.8AL (21264B)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
- "EV6.8CX (21264D)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
- "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;;
- "EV7 (21364)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;;
- "EV7.9 (21364A)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;;
- esac
- # A Pn.n version is a patched version.
- # A Vn.n version is a released version.
- # A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
- # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
- # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
- exit ;;
- Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
- # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
- # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
- # of the specific Alpha model?
- echo alpha-pc-interix
- exit ;;
- 21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
- echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
- exit ;;
- Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
- echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
- exit ;;
- *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
- exit ;;
- *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos
- exit ;;
- *:OS/390:*:*)
- echo i370-ibm-openedition
- exit ;;
- *:z/VM:*:*)
- echo s390-ibm-zvmoe
- exit ;;
- *:OS400:*:*)
- echo powerpc-ibm-os400
- exit ;;
- arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
- echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*)
- echo arm-unknown-riscos
- exit ;;
- SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
- echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
- exit ;;
- Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
- # akee at wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
- if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
- echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
- else
- echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
- fi
- exit ;;
- NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
- echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
- exit ;;
- DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
- echo sparc-icl-nx6
- exit ;;
- DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*)
- case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
- sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;;
- esac ;;
- s390x:SunOS:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
- exit ;;
- sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
- echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
- exit ;;
- sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
- echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
- exit ;;
- i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- SUN_ARCH="i386"
- # If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects.
- # Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does.
- # This test works for both compilers.
- if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
- if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
- (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
- grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
- then
- SUN_ARCH="x86_64"
- fi
- fi
- echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
- exit ;;
- sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
- # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
- # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
- # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
- echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
- exit ;;
- sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
- case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
- Series*|S4*)
- UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
- ;;
- esac
- # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
- echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
- exit ;;
- sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
- UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
- test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
- case "`/bin/arch`" in
- sun3)
- echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- ;;
- sun4)
- echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- ;;
- esac
- exit ;;
- aushp:SunOS:*:*)
- echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name
- # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
- # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
- # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
- # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally
- # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
- # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
- # be no problem.
- atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- m68k:machten:*:*)
- echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- powerpc:machten:*:*)
- echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- RISC*:Mach:*:*)
- echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
- exit ;;
- RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
- echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
- echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
- echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */
- int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
-#else
- int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
-#endif
- #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
- #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
- printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
- #endif
- #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
- printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
- #endif
- #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
- printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
- #endif
- #endif
- exit (-1);
- }
-EOF
- $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c &&
- dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` &&
- SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` &&
- { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
- echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
- echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
- exit ;;
- Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
- echo powerpc-harris-powermax
- exit ;;
- Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
- echo powerpc-harris-powermax
- exit ;;
- Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
- echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
- exit ;;
- m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
- echo m88k-harris-cxux7
- exit ;;
- m88k:*:4*:R4*)
- echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
- exit ;;
- m88k:*:3*:R3*)
- echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
- exit ;;
- AViiON:dgux:*:*)
- # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
- UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
- if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
- then
- if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
- [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
- then
- echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- else
- echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
- fi
- else
- echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- fi
- exit ;;
- M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3)
- echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
- exit ;;
- M88*:*:R3*:*)
- # Delta 88k system running SVR3
- echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
- exit ;;
- XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
- echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
- exit ;;
- Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
- echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
- exit ;;
- *:IRIX*:*:*)
- echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
- exit ;;
- ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
- echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
- exit ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
- i*86:AIX:*:*)
- echo i386-ibm-aix
- exit ;;
- ia64:AIX:*:*)
- if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
- IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
- else
- IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
- fi
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
- exit ;;
- *:AIX:2:3)
- if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
- #include <sys/systemcfg.h>
-
- main()
- {
- if (!__power_pc())
- exit(1);
- puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
- exit(0);
- }
-EOF
- if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy`
- then
- echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"
- else
- echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
- fi
- elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
- else
- echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
- fi
- exit ;;
- *:AIX:*:[456])
- IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
- if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- IBM_ARCH=rs6000
- else
- IBM_ARCH=powerpc
- fi
- if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
- IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
- else
- IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
- fi
- echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
- exit ;;
- *:AIX:*:*)
- echo rs6000-ibm-aix
- exit ;;
- ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
- echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
- exit ;;
- ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and
- echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to
- exit ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
- *:BOSX:*:*)
- echo rs6000-bull-bosx
- exit ;;
- DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
- echo m68k-bull-sysv3
- exit ;;
- 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
- echo m68k-hp-bsd
- exit ;;
- hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
- echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
- exit ;;
- 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
- HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
- case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
- 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
- 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
- 9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
- if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
- sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
- sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
- case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
- 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
- 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
- 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
- case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
- 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
- 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
- '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20
- esac ;;
- esac
- fi
- if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
-
- #define _HPUX_SOURCE
- #include <stdlib.h>
- #include <unistd.h>
-
- int main ()
- {
- #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
- long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
- #endif
- long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
-
- switch (cpu)
- {
- case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
- case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
- case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
- #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
- switch (bits)
- {
- case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
- case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
- default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
- } break;
- #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
- puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
- #endif
- default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
- }
- exit (0);
- }
-EOF
- (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
- test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
- fi ;;
- esac
- if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ]
- then
- eval $set_cc_for_build
-
- # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating
- # 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler
- # generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature:
- #
- # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess
- # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23
- # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
- # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
-
- if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
- grep __LP64__ >/dev/null
- then
- HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
- else
- HP_ARCH="hppa64"
- fi
- fi
- echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
- exit ;;
- ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
- HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
- echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
- exit ;;
- 3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
- #include <unistd.h>
- int
- main ()
- {
- long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
- /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
- true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
- results, however. */
- if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
- {
- switch (cpu)
- {
- case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
- case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
- case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
- default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
- }
- }
- else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
- puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
- else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
- exit (0);
- }
-EOF
- $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
- { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
- echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
- exit ;;
- 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
- echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
- exit ;;
- 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
- echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
- exit ;;
- *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
- echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
- exit ;;
- hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
- echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
- exit ;;
- hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
- echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
- exit ;;
- i*86:OSF1:*:*)
- if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
- else
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
- fi
- exit ;;
- parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
- echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
- exit ;;
- C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
- echo c1-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
- C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
- if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
- then echo c32-convex-bsd
- else echo c2-convex-bsd
- fi
- exit ;;
- C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
- echo c34-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
- C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
- echo c38-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
- C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
- echo c4-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
- CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
- echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
- exit ;;
- CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
- | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
- -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
- -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
- exit ;;
- CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
- echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
- exit ;;
- CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
- echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
- exit ;;
- CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
- echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
- exit ;;
- *:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
- echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
- exit ;;
- F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
- FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
- FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
- FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
- echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
- exit ;;
- 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
- FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
- FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
- echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
- exit ;;
- i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
- echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:BSD/OS:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:FreeBSD:*:*)
- case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
- pc98)
- echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
- amd64)
- echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
- *)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
- esac
- exit ;;
- i*:CYGWIN*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
- exit ;;
- *:MINGW*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
- exit ;;
- i*:windows32*:*)
- # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
- exit ;;
- i*:PW*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
- exit ;;
- *:Interix*:[3456]*)
- case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
- x86)
- echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- EM64T | authenticamd | genuineintel)
- echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- IA64)
- echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- esac ;;
- [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
- echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
- exit ;;
- i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
- # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
- # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
- # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
- echo i586-pc-interix
- exit ;;
- i*:UWIN*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
- exit ;;
- amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*)
- echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin
- exit ;;
- p*:CYGWIN*:*)
- echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
- exit ;;
- prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
- echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
- exit ;;
- *:GNU:*:*)
- # the GNU system
- echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
- exit ;;
- *:GNU/*:*:*)
- # other systems with GNU libc and userland
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu
- exit ;;
- i*86:Minix:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
- exit ;;
- arm*:Linux:*:*)
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
- | grep -q __ARM_EABI__
- then
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
- else
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi
- fi
- exit ;;
- avr32*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- cris:Linux:*:*)
- echo cris-axis-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- crisv32:Linux:*:*)
- echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- frv:Linux:*:*)
- echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- ia64:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- m32r*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- m68*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- mips:Linux:*:*)
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
- #undef CPU
- #undef mips
- #undef mipsel
- #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
- CPU=mipsel
- #else
- #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
- CPU=mips
- #else
- CPU=
- #endif
- #endif
-EOF
- eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
- /^CPU/{
- s: ::g
- p
- }'`"
- test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
- ;;
- mips64:Linux:*:*)
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
- #undef CPU
- #undef mips64
- #undef mips64el
- #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
- CPU=mips64el
- #else
- #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
- CPU=mips64
- #else
- CPU=
- #endif
- #endif
-EOF
- eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
- /^CPU/{
- s: ::g
- p
- }'`"
- test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
- ;;
- or32:Linux:*:*)
- echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- ppc:Linux:*:*)
- echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- ppc64:Linux:*:*)
- echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- alpha:Linux:*:*)
- case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
- EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
- EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
- PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
- PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
- EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
- EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
- EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
- esac
- objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null
- if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
- exit ;;
- padre:Linux:*:*)
- echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
- # Look for CPU level
- case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
- PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
- PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
- *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
- esac
- exit ;;
- parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
- echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
- exit ;;
- sh64*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- sh*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- vax:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- x86_64:Linux:*:*)
- echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- i*86:Linux:*:*)
- # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
- # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
- # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path.
- # Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English.
- ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \
- | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d
- s/[ ][ ]*/ /g
- s/.*supported targets: *//
- s/ .*//
- p'`
- case "$ld_supported_targets" in
- elf32-i386)
- TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu"
- ;;
- a.out-i386-linux)
- echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"
- exit ;;
- "")
- # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or
- # one that does not give us useful --help.
- echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld"
- exit ;;
- esac
- # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
- #include <features.h>
- #ifdef __ELF__
- # ifdef __GLIBC__
- # if __GLIBC__ >= 2
- LIBC=gnu
- # else
- LIBC=gnulibc1
- # endif
- # else
- LIBC=gnulibc1
- # endif
- #else
- #if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
- LIBC=gnu
- #else
- LIBC=gnuaout
- #endif
- #endif
- #ifdef __dietlibc__
- LIBC=dietlibc
- #endif
-EOF
- eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
- /^LIBC/{
- s: ::g
- p
- }'`"
- test x"${LIBC}" != x && {
- echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}"
- exit
- }
- test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; }
- ;;
- i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
- # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
- # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
- # sysname and nodename.
- echo i386-sequent-sysv4
- exit ;;
- i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
- # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
- # number series starting with 2...
- # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
- # I just have to hope. -- rms.
- # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
- exit ;;
- i*86:OS/2:*:*)
- # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
- # is probably installed.
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
- exit ;;
- i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop
- exit ;;
- i*86:atheos:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos
- exit ;;
- i*86:syllable:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
- exit ;;
- i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
- echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- i*86:*DOS:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
- exit ;;
- i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
- UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
- if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
- else
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
- fi
- exit ;;
- i*86:*:5:[678]*)
- # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
- case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
- *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
- *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
- *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
- esac
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
- exit ;;
- i*86:*:3.2:*)
- if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
- UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL
- elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
- UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
- (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
- (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
- && UNAME_MACHINE=i586
- (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
- && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
- (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
- && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
- else
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
- fi
- exit ;;
- pc:*:*:*)
- # Left here for compatibility:
- # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
- # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
- # Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
- # prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that
- # this is a cross-build.
- echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
- exit ;;
- Intel:Mach:3*:*)
- echo i386-pc-mach3
- exit ;;
- paragon:*:*:*)
- echo i860-intel-osf1
- exit ;;
- i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
- if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
- echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
- else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
- echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4
- fi
- exit ;;
- mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
- # "miniframe"
- echo m68010-convergent-sysv
- exit ;;
- mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
- echo m68k-convergent-sysv
- exit ;;
- M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
- echo m68k-diab-dnix
- exit ;;
- M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
- test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;;
- 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
- OS_REL=''
- test -r /etc/.relid \
- && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
- /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
- && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
- /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
- && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
- 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
- /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
- && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
- NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
- OS_REL='.3'
- test -r /etc/.relid \
- && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
- /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
- && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
- /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
- && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
- /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \
- && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
- m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
- echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
- echo m68k-atari-sysv4
- exit ;;
- TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
- echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
- echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
- echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
- echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
- echo mips-sni-sysv4
- exit ;;
- RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
- echo mips-sni-sysv4
- exit ;;
- *:SINIX-*:*:*)
- if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
- UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
- else
- echo ns32k-sni-sysv
- fi
- exit ;;
- PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
- # says <Richard.M.Bartel at ccMail.Census.GOV>
- echo i586-unisys-sysv4
- exit ;;
- *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
- # From Gerald Hewes <hewes at openmarket.com>.
- # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
- echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
- exit ;;
- *:*:*:FTX*)
- # From seanf at swdc.stratus.com.
- echo i860-stratus-sysv4
- exit ;;
- i*86:VOS:*:*)
- # From Paul.Green at stratus.com.
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos
- exit ;;
- *:VOS:*:*)
- # From Paul.Green at stratus.com.
- echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
- exit ;;
- mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
- echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
- echo mips-sony-newsos6
- exit ;;
- R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
- if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
- echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
- else
- echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
- fi
- exit ;;
- BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
- echo powerpc-be-beos
- exit ;;
- BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
- echo powerpc-apple-beos
- exit ;;
- BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
- echo i586-pc-beos
- exit ;;
- BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
- echo i586-pc-haiku
- exit ;;
- SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
- echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
- echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
- echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*)
- echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*)
- echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*)
- echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
- echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:Rhapsody:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:Darwin:*:*)
- UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
- case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
- unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
- esac
- echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
- UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
- if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then
- UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
- UNAME_MACHINE=pc
- fi
- echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:QNX:*:4*)
- echo i386-pc-qnx
- exit ;;
- NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
- echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
- echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
- echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
- exit ;;
- BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
- echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
- exit ;;
- DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:Plan9:*:*)
- # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
- # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
- # operating systems.
- if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
- UNAME_MACHINE=i386
- else
- UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
- fi
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
- exit ;;
- *:TOPS-10:*:*)
- echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
- exit ;;
- *:TENEX:*:*)
- echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
- exit ;;
- KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
- echo pdp10-dec-tops20
- exit ;;
- XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
- echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
- exit ;;
- *:TOPS-20:*:*)
- echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
- exit ;;
- *:ITS:*:*)
- echo pdp10-unknown-its
- exit ;;
- SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
- echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:DragonFly:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
- exit ;;
- *:*VMS:*:*)
- UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
- case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
- A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;;
- I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;;
- V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;;
- esac ;;
- *:XENIX:*:SysV)
- echo i386-pc-xenix
- exit ;;
- i*86:skyos:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//'
- exit ;;
- i*86:rdos:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos
- exit ;;
- i*86:AROS:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros
- exit ;;
-esac
-
-#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
-#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
-
-eval $set_cc_for_build
-cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
-#ifdef _SEQUENT_
-# include <sys/types.h>
-# include <sys/utsname.h>
-#endif
-main ()
-{
-#if defined (sony)
-#if defined (MIPSEB)
- /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed,
- I don't know.... */
- printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#else
-#include <sys/param.h>
- printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
-#ifdef NEWSOS4
- "4"
-#else
- ""
-#endif
- ); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
- printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
- printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (NeXT)
-#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
-#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
-#endif
- int version;
- version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
- if (version < 4)
- printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
- else
- printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
- exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
-#if defined (UMAXV)
- printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
-#else
-#if defined (CMU)
- printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
-#else
- printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__386BSD__)
- printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (sequent)
-#if defined (i386)
- printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#if defined (ns32000)
- printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
- struct utsname un;
-
- uname(&un);
-
- if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
- printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
- }
- if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
- printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
- }
- printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
-
-#endif
-
-#if defined (vax)
-# if !defined (ultrix)
-# include <sys/param.h>
-# if defined (BSD)
-# if BSD == 43
- printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0);
-# else
-# if BSD == 199006
- printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0);
-# else
- printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-# endif
-# endif
-# else
- printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-# endif
-# else
- printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
- printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
- exit (1);
-}
-EOF
-
-$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
- { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
-
-# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
-
-test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; }
-
-# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
-
-if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
-then
- case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
- c1*)
- echo c1-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
- c2*)
- if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
- then echo c32-convex-bsd
- else echo c2-convex-bsd
- fi
- exit ;;
- c34*)
- echo c34-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
- c38*)
- echo c38-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
- c4*)
- echo c4-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
- esac
-fi
-
-cat >&2 <<EOF
-$0: unable to guess system type
-
-This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize
-the operating system you are using. It is advised that you
-download the most up to date version of the config scripts from
-
- http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
-and
- http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
-
-If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please
-send the following data and any information you think might be
-pertinent to <config-patches at gnu.org> in order to provide the needed
-information to handle your system.
-
-config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
-
-uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-
-/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
-/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
-
-hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
-/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
-/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
-/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
-/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
-/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
-
-UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
-UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
-UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
-UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
-EOF
-
-exit 1
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
-# time-stamp-end: "'"
-# End:
diff --git a/lib/replace/config.h.in b/lib/replace/config.h.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 1fcf7e9..0000000
--- a/lib/replace/config.h.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,690 +0,0 @@
-/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
-
-/* Whether strndup is broken */
-#undef BROKEN_STRNDUP
-
-/* Whether strnlen is broken */
-#undef BROKEN_STRNLEN
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <acl/libacl.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_ACL_LIBACL_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <arpa/inet.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_ARPA_INET_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `asprintf' function. */
-#undef HAVE_ASPRINTF
-
-/* Whether the bool type is available */
-#undef HAVE_BOOL
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `bzero' function. */
-#undef HAVE_BZERO
-
-/* Whether there is a C99 compliant vsnprintf */
-#undef HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `chroot' function. */
-#undef HAVE_CHROOT
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `chsize' function. */
-#undef HAVE_CHSIZE
-
-/* Whether or not we have comparison_fn_t */
-#undef HAVE_COMPARISON_FN_T
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <compat.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_COMPAT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <ctype.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_CTYPE_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `asprintf', and to 0 if you
- don't. */
-#undef HAVE_DECL_ASPRINTF
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `snprintf', and to 0 if you
- don't. */
-#undef HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `vasprintf', and to 0 if you
- don't. */
-#undef HAVE_DECL_VASPRINTF
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `vsnprintf', and to 0 if you
- don't. */
-#undef HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <direct.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_DIRECT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <dirent.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'.
- */
-#undef HAVE_DIRENT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `dlclose' function. */
-#undef HAVE_DLCLOSE
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `dlerror' function. */
-#undef HAVE_DLERROR
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `dlopen' function. */
-#undef HAVE_DLOPEN
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `dlsym' function. */
-#undef HAVE_DLSYM
-
-/* Whether errno() is available */
-#undef HAVE_ERRNO_DECL
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <fnmatch.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_FNMATCH_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `ftruncate' function. */
-#undef HAVE_FTRUNCATE
-
-/* Whether there is a __FUNCTION__ macro */
-#undef HAVE_FUNCTION_MACRO
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `getdents' function. */
-#undef HAVE_GETDENTS
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `getdirentries' function. */
-#undef HAVE_GETDIRENTRIES
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpgrp' function. */
-#undef HAVE_GETPGRP
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <grp.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_GRP_H
-
-/* Whether the compiler supports immediate structures */
-#undef HAVE_IMMEDIATE_STRUCTURES
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `initgroups' function. */
-#undef HAVE_INITGROUPS
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `long long'. */
-#undef HAVE_LONG_LONG
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `lstat' function. */
-#undef HAVE_LSTAT
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `memcpy' function. */
-#undef HAVE_MEMCPY
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `memmove' function. */
-#undef HAVE_MEMMOVE
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `memset' function. */
-#undef HAVE_MEMSET
-
-/* Define if target mkdir supports mode option */
-#undef HAVE_MKDIR_MODE
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkdtemp' function. */
-#undef HAVE_MKDTEMP
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `mktime' function. */
-#undef HAVE_MKTIME
-
-/* Whether mmap works */
-#undef HAVE_MMAP
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <ndir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'. */
-#undef HAVE_NDIR_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <netdb.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_NETDB_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/in.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/in_ip.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_NETINET_IN_IP_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/in_systm.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_NETINET_IN_SYSTM_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/ip.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_NETINET_IP_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/tcp.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_NETINET_TCP_H
-
-/* usability of net/if.h */
-#undef HAVE_NET_IF_H
-
-/* Whether the open(2) accepts O_DIRECT */
-#undef HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `pipe' function. */
-#undef HAVE_PIPE
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `pread' function. */
-#undef HAVE_PREAD
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `printf' function. */
-#undef HAVE_PRINTF
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <pwd.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_PWD_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `pwrite' function. */
-#undef HAVE_PWRITE
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `rand' function. */
-#undef HAVE_RAND
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `random' function. */
-#undef HAVE_RANDOM
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `rename' function. */
-#undef HAVE_RENAME
-
-/* Whether mkstemp is secure */
-#undef HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `setbuffer' function. */
-#undef HAVE_SETBUFFER
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `setegid' function. */
-#undef HAVE_SETEGID
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `setenv' function. */
-#undef HAVE_SETENV
-
-/* Whether setenv() is available */
-#undef HAVE_SETENV_DECL
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `seteuid' function. */
-#undef HAVE_SETEUID
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <setjmp.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SETJMP_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `setlinebuf' function. */
-#undef HAVE_SETLINEBUF
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `setresgid' function. */
-#undef HAVE_SETRESGID
-
-/* Whether setresgid() is available */
-#undef HAVE_SETRESGID_DECL
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `setresuid' function. */
-#undef HAVE_SETRESUID
-
-/* Whether setresuid() is available */
-#undef HAVE_SETRESUID_DECL
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <shadow.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SHADOW_H
-
-/* Whether we have the atomic_t variable type */
-#undef HAVE_SIG_ATOMIC_T_TYPE
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */
-#undef HAVE_SNPRINTF
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `socketpair' function. */
-#undef HAVE_SOCKETPAIR
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `srand' function. */
-#undef HAVE_SRAND
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `srandom' function. */
-#undef HAVE_SRANDOM
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <standards.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STANDARDS_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdarg.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDARG_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdbool.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDBOOL_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdio.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDIO_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `strcasestr' function. */
-#undef HAVE_STRCASESTR
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
-#undef HAVE_STRDUP
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */
-#undef HAVE_STRERROR
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `strftime' function. */
-#undef HAVE_STRFTIME
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STRING_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `strlcat' function. */
-#undef HAVE_STRLCAT
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `strlcpy' function. */
-#undef HAVE_STRLCPY
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `strndup' function. */
-#undef HAVE_STRNDUP
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `strnlen' function. */
-#undef HAVE_STRNLEN
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtok_r' function. */
-#undef HAVE_STRTOK_R
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoll' function. */
-#undef HAVE_STRTOLL
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoq' function. */
-#undef HAVE_STRTOQ
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoull' function. */
-#undef HAVE_STRTOULL
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtouq' function. */
-#undef HAVE_STRTOUQ
-
-/* Define to 1 if `st_rdev' is member of `struct stat'. */
-#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV
-
-/* Define to 1 if your `struct stat' has `st_rdev'. Deprecated, use
- `HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV' instead. */
-#undef HAVE_ST_RDEV
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `syslog' function. */
-#undef HAVE_SYSLOG
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <syslog.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYSLOG_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/acl.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_ACL_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/capability.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/dir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'.
- */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/fcntl.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/filio.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_FILIO_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/filsys.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_FILSYS_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/fs/s5param.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_FS_S5PARAM_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/id.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_ID_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ipc.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_IPC_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/mman.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/mode.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_MODE_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ndir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'.
- */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/priv.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_PRIV_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/resource.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/security.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_SECURITY_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/select.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/shm.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_SHM_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/sockio.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKIO_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/syslog.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_SYSLOG_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/termio.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_TERMIO_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/un.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_UN_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have <sys/wait.h> that is POSIX.1 compatible. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <termios.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <termio.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_TERMIO_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `timegm' function. */
-#undef HAVE_TIMEGM
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <time.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_TIME_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `unsetenv' function. */
-#undef HAVE_UNSETENV
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `usleep' function. */
-#undef HAVE_USLEEP
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <utime.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_UTIME_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <vararg.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_VARARG_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `vasprintf' function. */
-#undef HAVE_VASPRINTF
-
-/* Whether va_copy() is available */
-#undef HAVE_VA_COPY
-
-/* Whether the C compiler understands volatile */
-#undef HAVE_VOLATILE
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `vsnprintf' function. */
-#undef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `vsyslog' function. */
-#undef HAVE_VSYSLOG
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `waitpid' function. */
-#undef HAVE_WAITPID
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <windows.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_WINDOWS_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <winsock2.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_WINSOCK2_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <ws2tcpip.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_WS2TCPIP_H
-
-/* Whether the _Bool type is available */
-#undef HAVE__Bool
-
-/* Whether the __VA_ARGS__ macro is available */
-#undef HAVE__VA_ARGS__MACRO
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `__strtoll' function. */
-#undef HAVE___STRTOLL
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `__strtoull' function. */
-#undef HAVE___STRTOULL
-
-/* Whether __va_copy() is available */
-#undef HAVE___VA_COPY
-
-/* Whether there is a __func__ macro */
-#undef HAVE_func_MACRO
-
-/* Whether MMAP is broken */
-#undef MMAP_BLACKLIST
-
-/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
-#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
-
-/* Define to the full name of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_NAME
-
-/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_STRING
-
-/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
-
-/* Define to the version of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
-
-/* Whether getpass should be replaced */
-#undef REPLACE_GETPASS
-
-/* Whether inet_ntoa should be replaced */
-#undef REPLACE_INET_NTOA
-
-/* replace readdir */
-#undef REPLACE_READDIR
-
-/* replace readdir using getdents() */
-#undef REPLACE_READDIR_GETDENTS
-
-/* replace readdir using getdirentries() */
-#undef REPLACE_READDIR_GETDIRENTRIES
-
-/* Whether strptime should be replaced */
-#undef REPLACE_STRPTIME
-
-/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */
-#undef RETSIGTYPE
-
-/* Whether seekdir returns an int */
-#undef SEEKDIR_RETURNS_INT
-
-/* The size of `char', as computed by sizeof. */
-#undef SIZEOF_CHAR
-
-/* The size of `int', as computed by sizeof. */
-#undef SIZEOF_INT
-
-/* The size of `long', as computed by sizeof. */
-#undef SIZEOF_LONG
-
-/* The size of `long long', as computed by sizeof. */
-#undef SIZEOF_LONG_LONG
-
-/* The size of `off_t', as computed by sizeof. */
-#undef SIZEOF_OFF_T
-
-/* The size of `short', as computed by sizeof. */
-#undef SIZEOF_SHORT
-
-/* The size of `size_t', as computed by sizeof. */
-#undef SIZEOF_SIZE_T
-
-/* The size of `ssize_t', as computed by sizeof. */
-#undef SIZEOF_SSIZE_T
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
-#undef STDC_HEADERS
-
-/* Whether telldir takes a const pointer */
-#undef TELLDIR_TAKES_CONST_DIR
-
-/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */
-#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
-
-/* Define to 1 if your processor stores words with the most significant byte
- first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX). */
-#undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-
-/* Define to 1 if on AIX 3.
- System headers sometimes define this.
- We just want to avoid a redefinition error message. */
-#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
-# undef _ALL_SOURCE
-#endif
-
-/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
-#undef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
-
-/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# undef _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
-
-/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */
-#undef _LARGE_FILES
-
-/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
-#undef _MINIX
-
-#ifndef _OSF_SOURCE
-# define _OSF_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
- this defined. */
-#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
-
-/* Whether to enable POSIX support */
-#undef _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-
-/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
-#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
-
-/* Whether to enable System V compatibility */
-#undef _SYSV
-
-#ifndef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-# define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED 1
-#endif
-
-/* Enable extensions on Solaris. */
-#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
-# undef __EXTENSIONS__
-#endif
-#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
-# undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
-#endif
-
-/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
-#undef gid_t
-
-/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler
- calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-#undef inline
-#endif
-
-/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef ino_t
-
-/* Define to `short' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef int16_t
-
-/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef int32_t
-
-/* Define to `long long' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef int64_t
-
-/* Define to `char' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef int8_t
-
-/* Define to `unsigned long long' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef intptr_t
-
-/* Define to `off_t' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef loff_t
-
-/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef mode_t
-
-/* Define to `long int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef off_t
-
-/* Define to `loff_t' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef offset_t
-
-/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef pid_t
-
-/* Define to `unsigned long long' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef ptrdiff_t
-
-/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef size_t
-
-/* Socket length type */
-#undef socklen_t
-
-/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef ssize_t
-
-/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
-#undef uid_t
-
-/* Define to `unsigned short' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef uint16_t
-
-/* Define to `unsigned long' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef uint32_t
-
-/* Define to `unsigned long long' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef uint64_t
-
-/* Define to `unsigned char' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef uint8_t
-
-/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
-#undef uint_t
diff --git a/lib/replace/config.sub b/lib/replace/config.sub
deleted file mode 100755
index a39437d..0000000
--- a/lib/replace/config.sub
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1686 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Configuration validation subroutine script.
-# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-timestamp='2009-04-17'
-
-# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
-# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
-# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
-#
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-# 02110-1301, USA.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-
-# Please send patches to <config-patches at gnu.org>. Submit a context
-# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
-#
-# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
-# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
-# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
-# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
-
-# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
-# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
-# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
-# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
-# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish
-# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
-# configuration.
-
-# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
-# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
-# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
-# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
-
-me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS
- $0 [OPTION] ALIAS
-
-Canonicalize a configuration name.
-
-Operation modes:
- -h, --help print this help, then exit
- -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
- -v, --version print version number, then exit
-
-Report bugs and patches to <config-patches at gnu.org>."
-
-version="\
-GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
-
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
-2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
-warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
-
-help="
-Try \`$me --help' for more information."
-
-# Parse command line
-while test $# -gt 0 ; do
- case $1 in
- --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
- echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
- --version | -v )
- echo "$version" ; exit ;;
- --help | --h* | -h )
- echo "$usage"; exit ;;
- -- ) # Stop option processing
- shift; break ;;
- - ) # Use stdin as input.
- break ;;
- -* )
- echo "$me: invalid option $1$help"
- exit 1 ;;
-
- *local*)
- # First pass through any local machine types.
- echo $1
- exit ;;
-
- * )
- break ;;
- esac
-done
-
-case $# in
- 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
- exit 1;;
- 1) ;;
- *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
- exit 1;;
-esac
-
-# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
-# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
-maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
-case $maybe_os in
- nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \
- uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
- kopensolaris*-gnu* | \
- storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
- os=-$maybe_os
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
- ;;
- *)
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
- if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
- then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
- else os=; fi
- ;;
-esac
-
-### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
-### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also
-### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
-### can provide default operating systems below.
-case $os in
- -sun*os*)
- # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
- ;;
- -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
- -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
- -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
- -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
- -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
- -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
- -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray)
- os=
- basic_machine=$1
- ;;
- -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
- os=
- basic_machine=$1
- ;;
- -scout)
- ;;
- -wrs)
- os=-vxworks
- basic_machine=$1
- ;;
- -chorusos*)
- os=-chorusos
- basic_machine=$1
- ;;
- -chorusrdb)
- os=-chorusrdb
- basic_machine=$1
- ;;
- -hiux*)
- os=-hiuxwe2
- ;;
- -sco6)
- os=-sco5v6
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -sco5)
- os=-sco3.2v5
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -sco4)
- os=-sco3.2v4
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -sco3.2.[4-9]*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -sco3.2v[4-9]*)
- # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -sco5v6*)
- # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -sco*)
- os=-sco3.2v2
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -udk*)
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -isc)
- os=-isc2.2
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -clix*)
- basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
- ;;
- -isc*)
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -lynx*)
- os=-lynxos
- ;;
- -ptx*)
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
- ;;
- -windowsnt*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
- ;;
- -psos*)
- os=-psos
- ;;
- -mint | -mint[0-9]*)
- basic_machine=m68k-atari
- os=-mint
- ;;
-esac
-
-# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
-case $basic_machine in
- # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
- # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
- 1750a | 580 \
- | a29k \
- | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
- | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
- | am33_2.0 \
- | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \
- | bfin \
- | c4x | clipper \
- | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
- | fido | fr30 | frv \
- | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
- | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
- | ip2k | iq2000 \
- | lm32 \
- | m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
- | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \
- | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
- | mips16 \
- | mips64 | mips64el \
- | mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \
- | mips64orion | mips64orionel \
- | mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \
- | mips64vr | mips64vrel \
- | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
- | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
- | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
- | mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \
- | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
- | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
- | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
- | mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
- | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
- | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
- | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
- | mn10200 | mn10300 \
- | moxie \
- | mt \
- | msp430 \
- | nios | nios2 \
- | ns16k | ns32k \
- | or32 \
- | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
- | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
- | pyramid \
- | score \
- | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
- | sh64 | sh64le \
- | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
- | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
- | spu | strongarm \
- | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
- | v850 | v850e \
- | we32k \
- | x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \
- | z8k | z80)
- basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
- ;;
- m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12)
- # Motorola 68HC11/12.
- basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
- os=-none
- ;;
- m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
- ;;
- ms1)
- basic_machine=mt-unknown
- ;;
-
- # We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
- # because (1) that's what they normally are, and
- # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
- i*86 | x86_64)
- basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
- ;;
- # Object if more than one company name word.
- *-*-*)
- echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
- 580-* \
- | a29k-* \
- | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
- | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
- | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
- | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
- | avr-* | avr32-* \
- | bfin-* | bs2000-* \
- | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
- | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
- | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
- | elxsi-* \
- | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
- | h8300-* | h8500-* \
- | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
- | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
- | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
- | lm32-* \
- | m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
- | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
- | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* \
- | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
- | mips16-* \
- | mips64-* | mips64el-* \
- | mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \
- | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
- | mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \
- | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
- | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
- | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
- | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
- | mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \
- | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
- | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
- | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
- | mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
- | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
- | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
- | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
- | mmix-* \
- | mt-* \
- | msp430-* \
- | nios-* | nios2-* \
- | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
- | orion-* \
- | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
- | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
- | pyramid-* \
- | romp-* | rs6000-* \
- | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
- | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
- | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
- | sparclite-* \
- | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
- | tahoe-* | thumb-* \
- | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* | tile-* \
- | tron-* \
- | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
- | we32k-* \
- | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \
- | xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \
- | ymp-* \
- | z8k-* | z80-*)
- ;;
- # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match.
- xtensa*)
- basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
- ;;
- # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
- # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
- 386bsd)
- basic_machine=i386-unknown
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
- basic_machine=m68000-att
- ;;
- 3b*)
- basic_machine=we32k-att
- ;;
- a29khif)
- basic_machine=a29k-amd
- os=-udi
- ;;
- abacus)
- basic_machine=abacus-unknown
- ;;
- adobe68k)
- basic_machine=m68010-adobe
- os=-scout
- ;;
- alliant | fx80)
- basic_machine=fx80-alliant
- ;;
- altos | altos3068)
- basic_machine=m68k-altos
- ;;
- am29k)
- basic_machine=a29k-none
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- amd64)
- basic_machine=x86_64-pc
- ;;
- amd64-*)
- basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- amdahl)
- basic_machine=580-amdahl
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- amiga | amiga-*)
- basic_machine=m68k-unknown
- ;;
- amigaos | amigados)
- basic_machine=m68k-unknown
- os=-amigaos
- ;;
- amigaunix | amix)
- basic_machine=m68k-unknown
- os=-sysv4
- ;;
- apollo68)
- basic_machine=m68k-apollo
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- apollo68bsd)
- basic_machine=m68k-apollo
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- aros)
- basic_machine=i386-pc
- os=-aros
- ;;
- aux)
- basic_machine=m68k-apple
- os=-aux
- ;;
- balance)
- basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
- os=-dynix
- ;;
- blackfin)
- basic_machine=bfin-unknown
- os=-linux
- ;;
- blackfin-*)
- basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- os=-linux
- ;;
- c90)
- basic_machine=c90-cray
- os=-unicos
- ;;
- cegcc)
- basic_machine=arm-unknown
- os=-cegcc
- ;;
- convex-c1)
- basic_machine=c1-convex
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- convex-c2)
- basic_machine=c2-convex
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- convex-c32)
- basic_machine=c32-convex
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- convex-c34)
- basic_machine=c34-convex
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- convex-c38)
- basic_machine=c38-convex
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- cray | j90)
- basic_machine=j90-cray
- os=-unicos
- ;;
- craynv)
- basic_machine=craynv-cray
- os=-unicosmp
- ;;
- cr16)
- basic_machine=cr16-unknown
- os=-elf
- ;;
- crds | unos)
- basic_machine=m68k-crds
- ;;
- crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*)
- basic_machine=crisv32-axis
- ;;
- cris | cris-* | etrax*)
- basic_machine=cris-axis
- ;;
- crx)
- basic_machine=crx-unknown
- os=-elf
- ;;
- da30 | da30-*)
- basic_machine=m68k-da30
- ;;
- decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
- basic_machine=mips-dec
- ;;
- decsystem10* | dec10*)
- basic_machine=pdp10-dec
- os=-tops10
- ;;
- decsystem20* | dec20*)
- basic_machine=pdp10-dec
- os=-tops20
- ;;
- delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
- | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
- basic_machine=m68k-motorola
- ;;
- delta88)
- basic_machine=m88k-motorola
- os=-sysv3
- ;;
- dicos)
- basic_machine=i686-pc
- os=-dicos
- ;;
- djgpp)
- basic_machine=i586-pc
- os=-msdosdjgpp
- ;;
- dpx20 | dpx20-*)
- basic_machine=rs6000-bull
- os=-bosx
- ;;
- dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
- basic_machine=m68k-bull
- os=-sysv3
- ;;
- ebmon29k)
- basic_machine=a29k-amd
- os=-ebmon
- ;;
- elxsi)
- basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- encore | umax | mmax)
- basic_machine=ns32k-encore
- ;;
- es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
- basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
- os=-ose
- ;;
- fx2800)
- basic_machine=i860-alliant
- ;;
- genix)
- basic_machine=ns32k-ns
- ;;
- gmicro)
- basic_machine=tron-gmicro
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- go32)
- basic_machine=i386-pc
- os=-go32
- ;;
- h3050r* | hiux*)
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
- os=-hiuxwe2
- ;;
- h8300hms)
- basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
- os=-hms
- ;;
- h8300xray)
- basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
- os=-xray
- ;;
- h8500hms)
- basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
- os=-hms
- ;;
- harris)
- basic_machine=m88k-harris
- os=-sysv3
- ;;
- hp300-*)
- basic_machine=m68k-hp
- ;;
- hp300bsd)
- basic_machine=m68k-hp
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- hp300hpux)
- basic_machine=m68k-hp
- os=-hpux
- ;;
- hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
- basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
- ;;
- hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
- basic_machine=m68000-hp
- ;;
- hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
- basic_machine=m68k-hp
- ;;
- hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
- basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
- ;;
- hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
- ;;
- hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
- # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
- ;;
- hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
- # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
- ;;
- hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
- ;;
- hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
- basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
- ;;
- hppa-next)
- os=-nextstep3
- ;;
- hppaosf)
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
- os=-osf
- ;;
- hppro)
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
- os=-proelf
- ;;
- i370-ibm* | ibm*)
- basic_machine=i370-ibm
- ;;
-# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2?
- i*86v32)
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
- os=-sysv32
- ;;
- i*86v4*)
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
- os=-sysv4
- ;;
- i*86v)
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- i*86sol2)
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
- os=-solaris2
- ;;
- i386mach)
- basic_machine=i386-mach
- os=-mach
- ;;
- i386-vsta | vsta)
- basic_machine=i386-unknown
- os=-vsta
- ;;
- iris | iris4d)
- basic_machine=mips-sgi
- case $os in
- -irix*)
- ;;
- *)
- os=-irix4
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- isi68 | isi)
- basic_machine=m68k-isi
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- m68knommu)
- basic_machine=m68k-unknown
- os=-linux
- ;;
- m68knommu-*)
- basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- os=-linux
- ;;
- m88k-omron*)
- basic_machine=m88k-omron
- ;;
- magnum | m3230)
- basic_machine=mips-mips
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- merlin)
- basic_machine=ns32k-utek
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- mingw32)
- basic_machine=i386-pc
- os=-mingw32
- ;;
- mingw32ce)
- basic_machine=arm-unknown
- os=-mingw32ce
- ;;
- miniframe)
- basic_machine=m68000-convergent
- ;;
- *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
- basic_machine=m68k-atari
- os=-mint
- ;;
- mips3*-*)
- basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
- ;;
- mips3*)
- basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
- ;;
- monitor)
- basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
- os=-coff
- ;;
- morphos)
- basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
- os=-morphos
- ;;
- msdos)
- basic_machine=i386-pc
- os=-msdos
- ;;
- ms1-*)
- basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
- ;;
- mvs)
- basic_machine=i370-ibm
- os=-mvs
- ;;
- ncr3000)
- basic_machine=i486-ncr
- os=-sysv4
- ;;
- netbsd386)
- basic_machine=i386-unknown
- os=-netbsd
- ;;
- netwinder)
- basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
- os=-linux
- ;;
- news | news700 | news800 | news900)
- basic_machine=m68k-sony
- os=-newsos
- ;;
- news1000)
- basic_machine=m68030-sony
- os=-newsos
- ;;
- news-3600 | risc-news)
- basic_machine=mips-sony
- os=-newsos
- ;;
- necv70)
- basic_machine=v70-nec
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- next | m*-next )
- basic_machine=m68k-next
- case $os in
- -nextstep* )
- ;;
- -ns2*)
- os=-nextstep2
- ;;
- *)
- os=-nextstep3
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- nh3000)
- basic_machine=m68k-harris
- os=-cxux
- ;;
- nh[45]000)
- basic_machine=m88k-harris
- os=-cxux
- ;;
- nindy960)
- basic_machine=i960-intel
- os=-nindy
- ;;
- mon960)
- basic_machine=i960-intel
- os=-mon960
- ;;
- nonstopux)
- basic_machine=mips-compaq
- os=-nonstopux
- ;;
- np1)
- basic_machine=np1-gould
- ;;
- nsr-tandem)
- basic_machine=nsr-tandem
- ;;
- op50n-* | op60c-*)
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
- os=-proelf
- ;;
- openrisc | openrisc-*)
- basic_machine=or32-unknown
- ;;
- os400)
- basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
- os=-os400
- ;;
- OSE68000 | ose68000)
- basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
- os=-ose
- ;;
- os68k)
- basic_machine=m68k-none
- os=-os68k
- ;;
- pa-hitachi)
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
- os=-hiuxwe2
- ;;
- paragon)
- basic_machine=i860-intel
- os=-osf
- ;;
- parisc)
- basic_machine=hppa-unknown
- os=-linux
- ;;
- parisc-*)
- basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- os=-linux
- ;;
- pbd)
- basic_machine=sparc-tti
- ;;
- pbb)
- basic_machine=m68k-tti
- ;;
- pc532 | pc532-*)
- basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
- ;;
- pc98)
- basic_machine=i386-pc
- ;;
- pc98-*)
- basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
- basic_machine=i586-pc
- ;;
- pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*)
- basic_machine=i686-pc
- ;;
- pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3)
- basic_machine=i686-pc
- ;;
- pentium4)
- basic_machine=i786-pc
- ;;
- pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*)
- basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*)
- basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*)
- basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- pentium4-*)
- basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- pn)
- basic_machine=pn-gould
- ;;
- power) basic_machine=power-ibm
- ;;
- ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
- ;;
- ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
- basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
- ;;
- ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
- basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown
- ;;
- ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little)
- basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown
- ;;
- ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
- basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- ps2)
- basic_machine=i386-ibm
- ;;
- pw32)
- basic_machine=i586-unknown
- os=-pw32
- ;;
- rdos)
- basic_machine=i386-pc
- os=-rdos
- ;;
- rom68k)
- basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
- os=-coff
- ;;
- rm[46]00)
- basic_machine=mips-siemens
- ;;
- rtpc | rtpc-*)
- basic_machine=romp-ibm
- ;;
- s390 | s390-*)
- basic_machine=s390-ibm
- ;;
- s390x | s390x-*)
- basic_machine=s390x-ibm
- ;;
- sa29200)
- basic_machine=a29k-amd
- os=-udi
- ;;
- sb1)
- basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown
- ;;
- sb1el)
- basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
- ;;
- sde)
- basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde
- os=-elf
- ;;
- sei)
- basic_machine=mips-sei
- os=-seiux
- ;;
- sequent)
- basic_machine=i386-sequent
- ;;
- sh)
- basic_machine=sh-hitachi
- os=-hms
- ;;
- sh5el)
- basic_machine=sh5le-unknown
- ;;
- sh64)
- basic_machine=sh64-unknown
- ;;
- sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs)
- basic_machine=sparclite-wrs
- os=-vxworks
- ;;
- sps7)
- basic_machine=m68k-bull
- os=-sysv2
- ;;
- spur)
- basic_machine=spur-unknown
- ;;
- st2000)
- basic_machine=m68k-tandem
- ;;
- stratus)
- basic_machine=i860-stratus
- os=-sysv4
- ;;
- sun2)
- basic_machine=m68000-sun
- ;;
- sun2os3)
- basic_machine=m68000-sun
- os=-sunos3
- ;;
- sun2os4)
- basic_machine=m68000-sun
- os=-sunos4
- ;;
- sun3os3)
- basic_machine=m68k-sun
- os=-sunos3
- ;;
- sun3os4)
- basic_machine=m68k-sun
- os=-sunos4
- ;;
- sun4os3)
- basic_machine=sparc-sun
- os=-sunos3
- ;;
- sun4os4)
- basic_machine=sparc-sun
- os=-sunos4
- ;;
- sun4sol2)
- basic_machine=sparc-sun
- os=-solaris2
- ;;
- sun3 | sun3-*)
- basic_machine=m68k-sun
- ;;
- sun4)
- basic_machine=sparc-sun
- ;;
- sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
- basic_machine=i386-sun
- ;;
- sv1)
- basic_machine=sv1-cray
- os=-unicos
- ;;
- symmetry)
- basic_machine=i386-sequent
- os=-dynix
- ;;
- t3e)
- basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
- os=-unicos
- ;;
- t90)
- basic_machine=t90-cray
- os=-unicos
- ;;
- tic54x | c54x*)
- basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
- os=-coff
- ;;
- tic55x | c55x*)
- basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
- os=-coff
- ;;
- tic6x | c6x*)
- basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
- os=-coff
- ;;
- tile*)
- basic_machine=tile-unknown
- os=-linux-gnu
- ;;
- tx39)
- basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
- ;;
- tx39el)
- basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown
- ;;
- toad1)
- basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
- os=-tops20
- ;;
- tower | tower-32)
- basic_machine=m68k-ncr
- ;;
- tpf)
- basic_machine=s390x-ibm
- os=-tpf
- ;;
- udi29k)
- basic_machine=a29k-amd
- os=-udi
- ;;
- ultra3)
- basic_machine=a29k-nyu
- os=-sym1
- ;;
- v810 | necv810)
- basic_machine=v810-nec
- os=-none
- ;;
- vaxv)
- basic_machine=vax-dec
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- vms)
- basic_machine=vax-dec
- os=-vms
- ;;
- vpp*|vx|vx-*)
- basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
- ;;
- vxworks960)
- basic_machine=i960-wrs
- os=-vxworks
- ;;
- vxworks68)
- basic_machine=m68k-wrs
- os=-vxworks
- ;;
- vxworks29k)
- basic_machine=a29k-wrs
- os=-vxworks
- ;;
- w65*)
- basic_machine=w65-wdc
- os=-none
- ;;
- w89k-*)
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
- os=-proelf
- ;;
- xbox)
- basic_machine=i686-pc
- os=-mingw32
- ;;
- xps | xps100)
- basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
- ;;
- ymp)
- basic_machine=ymp-cray
- os=-unicos
- ;;
- z8k-*-coff)
- basic_machine=z8k-unknown
- os=-sim
- ;;
- z80-*-coff)
- basic_machine=z80-unknown
- os=-sim
- ;;
- none)
- basic_machine=none-none
- os=-none
- ;;
-
-# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in
-# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
- w89k)
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
- ;;
- op50n)
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
- ;;
- op60c)
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
- ;;
- romp)
- basic_machine=romp-ibm
- ;;
- mmix)
- basic_machine=mmix-knuth
- ;;
- rs6000)
- basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
- ;;
- vax)
- basic_machine=vax-dec
- ;;
- pdp10)
- # there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet
- basic_machine=pdp10-unknown
- ;;
- pdp11)
- basic_machine=pdp11-dec
- ;;
- we32k)
- basic_machine=we32k-att
- ;;
- sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
- basic_machine=sh-unknown
- ;;
- sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v)
- basic_machine=sparc-sun
- ;;
- cydra)
- basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
- ;;
- orion)
- basic_machine=orion-highlevel
- ;;
- orion105)
- basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
- ;;
- mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
- basic_machine=m68k-apple
- ;;
- pmac | pmac-mpw)
- basic_machine=powerpc-apple
- ;;
- *-unknown)
- # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name.
- ;;
- *)
- echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
-esac
-
-# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
-case $basic_machine in
- *-digital*)
- basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
- ;;
- *-commodore*)
- basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
- ;;
- *)
- ;;
-esac
-
-# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
-
-if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
-then
-case $os in
- # First match some system type aliases
- # that might get confused with valid system types.
- # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
- -solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
- ;;
- -solaris)
- os=-solaris2
- ;;
- -svr4*)
- os=-sysv4
- ;;
- -unixware*)
- os=-sysv4.2uw
- ;;
- -gnu/linux*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
- ;;
- # First accept the basic system types.
- # The portable systems comes first.
- # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
- # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
- -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
- | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
- | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
- | -kopensolaris* \
- | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
- | -aos* | -aros* \
- | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
- | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
- | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
- | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
- | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
- | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
- | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
- | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
- | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \
- | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
- | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
- | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
- | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
- | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
- | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \
- | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
- | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
- | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
- | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops*)
- # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
- ;;
- -qnx*)
- case $basic_machine in
- x86-* | i*86-*)
- ;;
- *)
- os=-nto$os
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- -nto-qnx*)
- ;;
- -nto*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
- ;;
- -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
- | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \
- | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
- ;;
- -mac*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
- ;;
- -linux-dietlibc)
- os=-linux-dietlibc
- ;;
- -linux*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
- ;;
- -sunos5*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
- ;;
- -sunos6*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
- ;;
- -opened*)
- os=-openedition
- ;;
- -os400*)
- os=-os400
- ;;
- -wince*)
- os=-wince
- ;;
- -osfrose*)
- os=-osfrose
- ;;
- -osf*)
- os=-osf
- ;;
- -utek*)
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- -dynix*)
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- -acis*)
- os=-aos
- ;;
- -atheos*)
- os=-atheos
- ;;
- -syllable*)
- os=-syllable
- ;;
- -386bsd)
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- -ctix* | -uts*)
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- -nova*)
- os=-rtmk-nova
- ;;
- -ns2 )
- os=-nextstep2
- ;;
- -nsk*)
- os=-nsk
- ;;
- # Preserve the version number of sinix5.
- -sinix5.*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
- ;;
- -sinix*)
- os=-sysv4
- ;;
- -tpf*)
- os=-tpf
- ;;
- -triton*)
- os=-sysv3
- ;;
- -oss*)
- os=-sysv3
- ;;
- -svr4)
- os=-sysv4
- ;;
- -svr3)
- os=-sysv3
- ;;
- -sysvr4)
- os=-sysv4
- ;;
- # This must come after -sysvr4.
- -sysv*)
- ;;
- -ose*)
- os=-ose
- ;;
- -es1800*)
- os=-ose
- ;;
- -xenix)
- os=-xenix
- ;;
- -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
- os=-mint
- ;;
- -aros*)
- os=-aros
- ;;
- -kaos*)
- os=-kaos
- ;;
- -zvmoe)
- os=-zvmoe
- ;;
- -dicos*)
- os=-dicos
- ;;
- -none)
- ;;
- *)
- # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
- os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
- echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
-esac
-else
-
-# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
-# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
-# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
-
-# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
-# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
-# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above
-# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
-# system, and we'll never get to this point.
-
-case $basic_machine in
- score-*)
- os=-elf
- ;;
- spu-*)
- os=-elf
- ;;
- *-acorn)
- os=-riscix1.2
- ;;
- arm*-rebel)
- os=-linux
- ;;
- arm*-semi)
- os=-aout
- ;;
- c4x-* | tic4x-*)
- os=-coff
- ;;
- # This must come before the *-dec entry.
- pdp10-*)
- os=-tops20
- ;;
- pdp11-*)
- os=-none
- ;;
- *-dec | vax-*)
- os=-ultrix4.2
- ;;
- m68*-apollo)
- os=-domain
- ;;
- i386-sun)
- os=-sunos4.0.2
- ;;
- m68000-sun)
- os=-sunos3
- # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
- # default.
- # os=-sunos4
- ;;
- m68*-cisco)
- os=-aout
- ;;
- mep-*)
- os=-elf
- ;;
- mips*-cisco)
- os=-elf
- ;;
- mips*-*)
- os=-elf
- ;;
- or32-*)
- os=-coff
- ;;
- *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
- os=-sysv3
- ;;
- sparc-* | *-sun)
- os=-sunos4.1.1
- ;;
- *-be)
- os=-beos
- ;;
- *-haiku)
- os=-haiku
- ;;
- *-ibm)
- os=-aix
- ;;
- *-knuth)
- os=-mmixware
- ;;
- *-wec)
- os=-proelf
- ;;
- *-winbond)
- os=-proelf
- ;;
- *-oki)
- os=-proelf
- ;;
- *-hp)
- os=-hpux
- ;;
- *-hitachi)
- os=-hiux
- ;;
- i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- *-cbm)
- os=-amigaos
- ;;
- *-dg)
- os=-dgux
- ;;
- *-dolphin)
- os=-sysv3
- ;;
- m68k-ccur)
- os=-rtu
- ;;
- m88k-omron*)
- os=-luna
- ;;
- *-next )
- os=-nextstep
- ;;
- *-sequent)
- os=-ptx
- ;;
- *-crds)
- os=-unos
- ;;
- *-ns)
- os=-genix
- ;;
- i370-*)
- os=-mvs
- ;;
- *-next)
- os=-nextstep3
- ;;
- *-gould)
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- *-highlevel)
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- *-encore)
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- *-sgi)
- os=-irix
- ;;
- *-siemens)
- os=-sysv4
- ;;
- *-masscomp)
- os=-rtu
- ;;
- f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
- os=-uxpv
- ;;
- *-rom68k)
- os=-coff
- ;;
- *-*bug)
- os=-coff
- ;;
- *-apple)
- os=-macos
- ;;
- *-atari*)
- os=-mint
- ;;
- *)
- os=-none
- ;;
-esac
-fi
-
-# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
-# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer.
-vendor=unknown
-case $basic_machine in
- *-unknown)
- case $os in
- -riscix*)
- vendor=acorn
- ;;
- -sunos*)
- vendor=sun
- ;;
- -aix*)
- vendor=ibm
- ;;
- -beos*)
- vendor=be
- ;;
- -hpux*)
- vendor=hp
- ;;
- -mpeix*)
- vendor=hp
- ;;
- -hiux*)
- vendor=hitachi
- ;;
- -unos*)
- vendor=crds
- ;;
- -dgux*)
- vendor=dg
- ;;
- -luna*)
- vendor=omron
- ;;
- -genix*)
- vendor=ns
- ;;
- -mvs* | -opened*)
- vendor=ibm
- ;;
- -os400*)
- vendor=ibm
- ;;
- -ptx*)
- vendor=sequent
- ;;
- -tpf*)
- vendor=ibm
- ;;
- -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*)
- vendor=wrs
- ;;
- -aux*)
- vendor=apple
- ;;
- -hms*)
- vendor=hitachi
- ;;
- -mpw* | -macos*)
- vendor=apple
- ;;
- -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
- vendor=atari
- ;;
- -vos*)
- vendor=stratus
- ;;
- esac
- basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
- ;;
-esac
-
-echo $basic_machine$os
-exit
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
-# time-stamp-end: "'"
-# End:
diff --git a/lib/replace/configure.ac b/lib/replace/configure.ac
deleted file mode 100644
index 0361825..0000000
--- a/lib/replace/configure.ac
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-AC_PREREQ(2.50)
-AC_INIT(replace.c)
-AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([replace.c])
-AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
-
-CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$srcdir"
-
-AC_LIBREPLACE_ALL_CHECKS
-AC_LIBREPLACE_NETWORK_CHECKS
-
-if test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes; then
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -W"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wshadow"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wstrict-prototypes"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wpointer-arith"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wcast-qual"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wcast-align"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wwrite-strings"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror-implicit-function-declaration"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wformat=2"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wno-format-y2k"
-fi
-
-m4_include(build_macros.m4)
-BUILD_WITH_SHARED_BUILD_DIR
-
-LIBS="${LIBREPLACE_NETWORK_LIBS}"
-AC_SUBST(LIBS)
-
-AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS)
-
-AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)
diff --git a/lib/replace/getaddrinfo.m4 b/lib/replace/getaddrinfo.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index bc6e69e..0000000
--- a/lib/replace/getaddrinfo.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-dnl test for getaddrinfo/getnameinfo
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getaddrinfo],libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETADDRINFO,[
-AC_TRY_LINK([
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#if STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-#endif
-#include <sys/socket.h>
-#include <netdb.h>],
-[
-struct sockaddr sa;
-struct addrinfo *ai = NULL;
-int ret = getaddrinfo(NULL, NULL, NULL, &ai);
-if (ret != 0) {
- const char *es = gai_strerror(ret);
-}
-freeaddrinfo(ai);
-ret = getnameinfo(&sa, sizeof(sa),
- NULL, 0,
- NULL, 0, 0);
-
-],
-libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETADDRINFO=yes,libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETADDRINFO=no)])
-if test x"$libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETADDRINFO" = x"yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETADDRINFO,1,[Whether the system has getaddrinfo])
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETNAMEINFO,1,[Whether the system has getnameinfo])
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FREEADDRINFO,1,[Whether the system has freeaddrinfo])
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GAI_STRERROR,1,[Whether the system has gai_strerror])
-else
- LIBREPLACEOBJ="${LIBREPLACEOBJ} getaddrinfo.o"
-fi
diff --git a/lib/replace/getifaddrs.m4 b/lib/replace/getifaddrs.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 297a82d..0000000
--- a/lib/replace/getifaddrs.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([ifaddrs.h])
-
-dnl Used when getifaddrs is not available
-AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct sockaddr.sa_len],
- [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN, 1, [Whether struct sockaddr has a sa_len member])],
- [],
- [#include <sys/socket.h>])
-
-dnl test for getifaddrs and freeifaddrs
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getifaddrs and freeifaddrs],samba_cv_HAVE_GETIFADDRS,[
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#if STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-#endif
-#include <sys/socket.h>
-#include <netinet/in.h>
-#include <arpa/inet.h>
-#include <ifaddrs.h>
-#include <netdb.h>],
-[
-struct ifaddrs *ifp = NULL;
-int ret = getifaddrs (&ifp);
-freeifaddrs(ifp);
-],
-samba_cv_HAVE_GETIFADDRS=yes,samba_cv_HAVE_GETIFADDRS=no)])
-if test x"$samba_cv_HAVE_GETIFADDRS" = x"yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETIFADDRS,1,[Whether the system has getifaddrs])
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FREEIFADDRS,1,[Whether the system has freeifaddrs])
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_IFADDRS,1,[Whether struct ifaddrs is available])
-fi
-
-##################
-# look for a method of finding the list of network interfaces
-#
-# This tests need LIBS="$NSL_LIBS $SOCKET_LIBS"
-#
-old_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="$NSL_LIBS $SOCKET_LIBS"
-iface=no;
-##################
-# look for a method of finding the list of network interfaces
-iface=no;
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for iface getifaddrs],samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_GETIFADDRS,[
-SAVE_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS ${SAMBA_CONFIGURE_CPPFLAGS}"
-AC_TRY_RUN([
-#define NO_CONFIG_H 1
-#define HAVE_IFACE_GETIFADDRS 1
-#define AUTOCONF_TEST 1
-#include "$libreplacedir/replace.c"
-#include "$libreplacedir/getifaddrs.c"],
- samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_GETIFADDRS=yes,samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_GETIFADDRS=no,samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_GETIFADDRS=cross)])
-CPPFLAGS="$SAVE_CPPFLAGS"
-if test x"$samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_GETIFADDRS" = x"yes"; then
- iface=yes;AC_DEFINE(HAVE_IFACE_GETIFADDRS,1,[Whether iface getifaddrs is available])
-else
- LIBREPLACEOBJ="${LIBREPLACEOBJ} getifaddrs.o"
-fi
-
-
-if test $iface = no; then
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for iface AIX],samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_AIX,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([
-#define HAVE_IFACE_AIX 1
-#define AUTOCONF_TEST 1
-#undef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-#include "$libreplacedir/getifaddrs.c"],
- samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_AIX=yes,samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_AIX=no,samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_AIX=cross)])
-if test x"$samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_AIX" = x"yes"; then
- iface=yes;AC_DEFINE(HAVE_IFACE_AIX,1,[Whether iface AIX is available])
-fi
-fi
-
-
-if test $iface = no; then
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for iface ifconf],samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_IFCONF,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([
-#define HAVE_IFACE_IFCONF 1
-#define AUTOCONF_TEST 1
-#include "$libreplacedir/getifaddrs.c"],
- samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_IFCONF=yes,samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_IFCONF=no,samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_IFCONF=cross)])
-if test x"$samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_IFCONF" = x"yes"; then
- iface=yes;AC_DEFINE(HAVE_IFACE_IFCONF,1,[Whether iface ifconf is available])
-fi
-fi
-
-if test $iface = no; then
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for iface ifreq],samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_IFREQ,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([
-#define HAVE_IFACE_IFREQ 1
-#define AUTOCONF_TEST 1
-#include "$libreplacedir/getifaddrs.c"],
- samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_IFREQ=yes,samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_IFREQ=no,samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_IFREQ=cross)])
-if test x"$samba_cv_HAVE_IFACE_IFREQ" = x"yes"; then
- iface=yes;AC_DEFINE(HAVE_IFACE_IFREQ,1,[Whether iface ifreq is available])
-fi
-fi
-
-LIBS=$old_LIBS
diff --git a/lib/replace/getpass.c b/lib/replace/getpass.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f95109f..0000000
--- a/lib/replace/getpass.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,218 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1992-1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
-published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the
-License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-Library General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If
-not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
-
-/* Modified to use with samba by Jeremy Allison, 8th July 1995. */
-
-#include "replace.h"
-#include "system/filesys.h"
-#include "system/wait.h"
-#include "system/terminal.h"
-#include "system/passwd.h"
-
-/*
- * Define additional missing types
- */
-#ifndef HAVE_SIG_ATOMIC_T_TYPE
-typedef int sig_atomic_t;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SIGCLD
-#define SIGCLD SIGCHLD
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SYSV_TERMIO
-
-/* SYSTEM V TERMIO HANDLING */
-
-static struct termio t;
-
-#define ECHO_IS_ON(t) ((t).c_lflag & ECHO)
-#define TURN_ECHO_OFF(t) ((t).c_lflag &= ~ECHO)
-#define TURN_ECHO_ON(t) ((t).c_lflag |= ECHO)
-
-#ifndef TCSAFLUSH
-#define TCSAFLUSH 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TCSANOW
-#define TCSANOW 0
-#endif
-
-static int tcgetattr(int fd, struct termio *_t)
-{
- return ioctl(fd, TCGETA, _t);
-}
-
-static int tcsetattr(int fd, int flags, struct termio *_t)
-{
- if(flags & TCSAFLUSH)
- ioctl(fd, TCFLSH, TCIOFLUSH);
- return ioctl(fd, TCSETS, _t);
-}
-
-#elif !defined(TCSAFLUSH)
-
-/* BSD TERMIO HANDLING */
-
-static struct sgttyb t;
-
-#define ECHO_IS_ON(t) ((t).sg_flags & ECHO)
-#define TURN_ECHO_OFF(t) ((t).sg_flags &= ~ECHO)
-#define TURN_ECHO_ON(t) ((t).sg_flags |= ECHO)
-
-#define TCSAFLUSH 1
-#define TCSANOW 0
-
-static int tcgetattr(int fd, struct sgttyb *_t)
-{
- return ioctl(fd, TIOCGETP, (char *)_t);
-}
-
-static int tcsetattr(int fd, int flags, struct sgttyb *_t)
-{
- return ioctl(fd, TIOCSETP, (char *)_t);
-}
-
-#else /* POSIX TERMIO HANDLING */
-#define ECHO_IS_ON(t) ((t).c_lflag & ECHO)
-#define TURN_ECHO_OFF(t) ((t).c_lflag &= ~ECHO)
-#define TURN_ECHO_ON(t) ((t).c_lflag |= ECHO)
-
-static struct termios t;
-#endif /* SYSV_TERMIO */
-
-static void catch_signal(int signum, void (*handler)(int ))
-{
-#ifdef HAVE_SIGACTION
- struct sigaction act;
- struct sigaction oldact;
-
- memset(&act, 0, sizeof(act));
-
- act.sa_handler = handler;
-#ifdef SA_RESTART
- /*
- * We *want* SIGALRM to interrupt a system call.
- */
- if(signum != SIGALRM)
- act.sa_flags = SA_RESTART;
-#endif
- sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
- sigaddset(&act.sa_mask,signum);
- sigaction(signum,&act,&oldact);
-#else /* !HAVE_SIGACTION */
- /* FIXME: need to handle sigvec and systems with broken signal() */
- signal(signum, handler);
-#endif
-}
-
-static sig_atomic_t gotintr;
-static int in_fd = -1;
-
-/***************************************************************
- Signal function to tell us were ^C'ed.
-****************************************************************/
-
-static void gotintr_sig(int signum)
-{
- gotintr = 1;
- if (in_fd != -1)
- close(in_fd); /* Safe way to force a return. */
- in_fd = -1;
-}
-
-char *rep_getpass(const char *prompt)
-{
- FILE *in, *out;
- int echo_off;
- static char buf[256];
- static size_t bufsize = sizeof(buf);
- size_t nread;
-
- /* Catch problematic signals */
- catch_signal(SIGINT, gotintr_sig);
-
- /* Try to write to and read from the terminal if we can.
- If we can't open the terminal, use stderr and stdin. */
-
- in = fopen ("/dev/tty", "w+");
- if (in == NULL) {
- in = stdin;
- out = stderr;
- } else {
- out = in;
- }
-
- setvbuf(in, NULL, _IONBF, 0);
-
- /* Turn echoing off if it is on now. */
-
- if (tcgetattr (fileno (in), &t) == 0) {
- if (ECHO_IS_ON(t)) {
- TURN_ECHO_OFF(t);
- echo_off = tcsetattr (fileno (in), TCSAFLUSH, &t) == 0;
- TURN_ECHO_ON(t);
- } else {
- echo_off = 0;
- }
- } else {
- echo_off = 0;
- }
-
- /* Write the prompt. */
- fputs(prompt, out);
- fflush(out);
-
- /* Read the password. */
- buf[0] = 0;
- if (!gotintr) {
- in_fd = fileno(in);
- if (fgets(buf, bufsize, in) == NULL) {
- buf[0] = 0;
- }
- }
- nread = strlen(buf);
- if (nread) {
- if (buf[nread - 1] == '\n')
- buf[nread - 1] = '\0';
- }
-
- /* Restore echoing. */
- if (echo_off) {
- if (gotintr && in_fd == -1) {
- in = fopen ("/dev/tty", "w+");
- }
- if (in != NULL)
- tcsetattr (fileno (in), TCSANOW, &t);
- }
-
- fprintf(out, "\n");
- fflush(out);
-
- if (in && in != stdin) /* We opened the terminal; now close it. */
- fclose(in);
-
- /* Catch problematic signals */
- catch_signal(SIGINT, SIG_DFL);
-
- if (gotintr) {
- printf("Interrupted by signal.\n");
- fflush(stdout);
- exit(1);
- }
- return buf;
-}
diff --git a/lib/replace/getpass.m4 b/lib/replace/getpass.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 78a0afe..0000000
--- a/lib/replace/getpass.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-AC_CHECK_FUNC(getpass, libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETPASS=yes)
-AC_CHECK_FUNC(getpassphrase, libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETPASSPHRASE=yes)
-if test x"$libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETPASS" = x"yes" -a x"$libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETPASSPHRASE" = x"yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(REPLACE_GETPASS_BY_GETPASSPHRASE, 1, [getpass returns <9 chars where getpassphrase returns <265 chars])
- AC_DEFINE(REPLACE_GETPASS,1,[Whether getpass should be replaced])
- LIBREPLACEOBJ="${LIBREPLACEOBJ} $libreplacedir/getpass.o"
-else
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether getpass should be replaced],libreplace_cv_REPLACE_GETPASS,[
-SAVE_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$libreplacedir/"
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([
-#include "confdefs.h"
-#define NO_CONFIG_H
-#include "$libreplacedir/getpass.c"
-],[],libreplace_cv_REPLACE_GETPASS=yes,libreplace_cv_REPLACE_GETPASS=no)
-CPPFLAGS="$SAVE_CPPFLAGS"
-])
-if test x"$libreplace_cv_REPLACE_GETPASS" = x"yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(REPLACE_GETPASS,1,[Whether getpass should be replaced])
- LIBREPLACEOBJ="${LIBREPLACEOBJ} $libreplacedir/getpass.o"
-fi
-
-fi
diff --git a/lib/replace/havenone.h b/lib/replace/havenone.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 76031cd..0000000
--- a/lib/replace/havenone.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-#undef HAVE_TIMEGM
-#undef HAVE_ASPRINTF
-#undef HAVE_BOOL
-#undef HAVE_BZERO
-#undef HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF
-#undef HAVE_CHROOT
-#undef HAVE_CHSIZE
-#undef HAVE_COMPARISON_FN_T
-#undef HAVE_DECL_ASPRINTF
-#undef HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF
-#undef HAVE_DECL_VASPRINTF
-#undef HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF
-#undef HAVE_DLCLOSE
-#undef HAVE_DLERROR
-#undef HAVE_DLOPEN
-#undef HAVE_DLSYM
-#undef HAVE_ENDNETGRENT
-#undef HAVE_GETNETGRENT
-#undef HAVE_INITGROUPS
-#undef HAVE_INNETGR
-#undef HAVE_MEMCPY
-#undef HAVE_MEMMOVE
-#undef HAVE_MEMSET
-#undef HAVE_MKDTEMP
-#undef HAVE_MKTIME
-#undef HAVE_PREAD
-#undef HAVE_PRINTF
-#undef HAVE_PWRITE
-#undef HAVE_RENAME
-#undef HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP
-#undef HAVE_SETENV
-#undef HAVE_SETLINEBUF
-#undef HAVE_SETNETGRENT
-#undef HAVE_SETRESGID
-#undef HAVE_SETRESUID
-#undef HAVE_SIG_ATOMIC_T_TYPE
-#undef HAVE_SNPRINTF
-#undef HAVE_STRCASESTR
-#undef HAVE_STRDUP
-#undef HAVE_STRLCAT
-#undef HAVE_STRLCPY
-#undef HAVE_STRNDUP
-#undef HAVE_STRNLEN
-#undef HAVE_STRTOK_R
-#undef HAVE_SYSLOG
-#undef HAVE_TIMEGM
-#undef HAVE_VASPRINTF
-#undef HAVE_VA_COPY
-#undef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
-#undef HAVE_VSYSLOG
-#undef HAVE_WAITPID
diff --git a/lib/replace/inet_ntop.m4 b/lib/replace/inet_ntop.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f39056..0000000
--- a/lib/replace/inet_ntop.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inet_ntop,[],[LIBREPLACEOBJ="${LIBREPLACEOBJ} inet_ntop.o"])
diff --git a/lib/replace/inet_pton.m4 b/lib/replace/inet_pton.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 51de927..0000000
--- a/lib/replace/inet_pton.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inet_pton,[],[LIBREPLACEOBJ="${LIBREPLACEOBJ} inet_pton.o"])
diff --git a/lib/replace/libreplace.m4 b/lib/replace/libreplace.m4
index ca0c684..f4ae715 100644
--- a/lib/replace/libreplace.m4
+++ b/lib/replace/libreplace.m4
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ fi
LIBREPLACEOBJ="$libreplacedir/replace.o"
AC_SUBST(LIBREPLACEOBJ)
-LIBREPLACEOBJ="${LIBREPLACEOBJ} $libreplacedir/snprintf.o"
+LIBREPLACEOBJ="${LIBREPLACEOBJ} $libreplacedir/snprintf.o $libreplacedir/xattr.o"
AC_TYPE_UID_T
AC_TYPE_MODE_T
@@ -60,13 +60,15 @@ AC_STRUCT_ST_RDEV
AC_CHECK_TYPE(ino_t,unsigned)
AC_CHECK_TYPE(loff_t,off_t)
AC_CHECK_TYPE(offset_t,loff_t)
+AC_CHECK_TYPE(blksize_t,long)
+AC_CHECK_TYPE(blkcnt_t,long)
AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([pipe strftime srandom random srand rand usleep setbuffer lstat getpgrp utime utimes])
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdbool.h stdint.h sys/select.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(setjmp.h utime.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(setjmp.h utime.h sys/wait.h)
LIBREPLACE_PROVIDE_HEADER([stdint.h])
LIBREPLACE_PROVIDE_HEADER([stdbool.h])
@@ -107,6 +109,13 @@ if test x"$libreplace_cv_HAVE_MREMAP" = x"yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MREMAP,1,[Whether mremap works])
fi
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for incoherent mmap],libreplace_cv_HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([#include "$libreplacedir/test/incoherent_mmap.c"],
+ libreplace_cv_HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP=yes,libreplace_cv_HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP=no,libreplace_cv_HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP=cross)])
+if test x"$libreplace_cv_HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP" = x"yes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP,1,[Whether mmap is incoherent against write])
+fi
+
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/syslog.h syslog.h)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h time.h)
@@ -114,9 +123,13 @@ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdarg.h vararg.h)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/mount.h mntent.h)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stropts.h)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unix.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(malloc.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(syscall.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/syscall.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/ucontext.h)
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(seteuid setreuid setresuid setegid setregid setresgid)
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(chroot bzero strerror strerror_r)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(syscall setuid seteuid setreuid setresuid setgid setegid setregid setresgid setgroups)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(chroot bzero strerror strerror_r memalign posix_memalign getpagesize)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(vsyslog setlinebuf mktime ftruncate chsize rename)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(waitpid wait4 strlcpy strlcat initgroups memmove strdup)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pread pwrite strndup strcasestr strtok_r mkdtemp dup2 dprintf vdprintf)
@@ -134,6 +147,60 @@ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(clock_gettime,libreplace_cv_have_clock_gettime=yes,[
libreplace_cv_have_clock_gettime=yes
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME, 1, Define to 1 if there is support for clock_gettime)])
])
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/attributes.h attr/xattr.h sys/xattr.h sys/extattr.h sys/uio.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/ea.h sys/proplist.h)
+
+LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS=""
+
+############################################
+# Check for EA implementations
+case "$host_os" in
+ *freebsd4* | *dragonfly* )
+ AC_DEFINE(BROKEN_EXTATTR, 1, [Does extattr API work])
+ ;;
+ *)
+ AC_SEARCH_LIBS(getxattr, [attr])
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(attr_get attr_getf attr_list attr_listf attropen attr_remove)
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(attr_removef attr_set attr_setf extattr_delete_fd extattr_delete_file)
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(extattr_get_fd extattr_get_file extattr_list_fd extattr_list_file)
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(extattr_set_fd extattr_set_file fgetea fgetxattr flistea flistxattr)
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(fremoveea fremovexattr fsetea fsetxattr getea getxattr listea)
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(listxattr removeea removexattr setea setxattr)
+
+ AC_CHECK_LIB_EXT(attr, LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS, flistea)
+ AC_CHECK_LIB_EXT(attr, LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS, flistxattr)
+ AC_CHECK_LIB_EXT(attr, LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS, attr_listf)
+ AC_CHECK_LIB_EXT(attr, LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS, extattr_list_fd)
+
+ ;;
+esac
+
+
+########################################################
+# Do xattr functions take additional options like on Darwin?
+if test x"$ac_cv_func_getxattr" = x"yes" ; then
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether xattr interface takes additional options], smb_attr_cv_xattr_add_opt, [
+ old_LIBS=$LIBS
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBREPLACE_FILESYS_LIBS"
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+ #include <sys/types.h>
+ #if HAVE_ATTR_XATTR_H
+ #include <attr/xattr.h>
+ #elif HAVE_SYS_XATTR_H
+ #include <sys/xattr.h>
+ #endif
+ ],[
+ getxattr(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+ ],
+ [smb_attr_cv_xattr_add_opt=yes],
+ [smb_attr_cv_xattr_add_opt=no;LIBS=$old_LIBS])
+ ])
+ if test x"$smb_attr_cv_xattr_add_opt" = x"yes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS, 1, [xattr functions have additional options])
+ fi
+fi
+
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(get_current_dir_name)
AC_HAVE_DECL(setresuid, [#include <unistd.h>])
AC_HAVE_DECL(setresgid, [#include <unistd.h>])
@@ -146,12 +213,27 @@ AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
main() {
struct stat st;
- char tpl[20]="/tmp/test.XXXXXX";
- int fd = mkstemp(tpl);
- if (fd == -1) exit(1);
+ char tpl[20]="/tmp/test.XXXXXX";
+ char tpl2[20]="/tmp/test.XXXXXX";
+ int fd = mkstemp(tpl);
+ int fd2 = mkstemp(tpl2);
+ if (fd == -1) {
+ if (fd2 != -1) {
+ unlink(tpl2);
+ }
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ if (fd2 == -1) exit(1);
unlink(tpl);
+ unlink(tpl2);
if (fstat(fd, &st) != 0) exit(1);
if ((st.st_mode & 0777) != 0600) exit(1);
+ if (strcmp(tpl, "/tmp/test.XXXXXX") == 0) {
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ if (strcmp(tpl, tpl2) == 0) {
+ exit(1);
+ }
exit(0);
}],
libreplace_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=yes,
@@ -276,6 +358,16 @@ if test x"$libreplace_cv_sig_atomic_t" = x"yes"; then
fi
+dnl Check if the C compiler understands volatile (it should, being ANSI).
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([that the C compiler understands volatile],libreplace_cv_volatile, [
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],[volatile int i = 0],
+ libreplace_cv_volatile=yes,libreplace_cv_volatile=no)])
+if test x"$libreplace_cv_volatile" = x"yes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_VOLATILE, 1, [Whether the C compiler understands volatile])
+fi
+
+m4_include(system/config.m4)
+
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for O_DIRECT flag to open(2)],libreplace_cv_HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT,[
AC_TRY_COMPILE([
#include <unistd.h>
@@ -288,19 +380,7 @@ if test x"$libreplace_cv_HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT" = x"yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT,1,[Whether the open(2) accepts O_DIRECT])
fi
-
-dnl Check if the C compiler understands volatile (it should, being ANSI).
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([that the C compiler understands volatile],libreplace_cv_volatile, [
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],[volatile int i = 0],
- libreplace_cv_volatile=yes,libreplace_cv_volatile=no)])
-if test x"$libreplace_cv_volatile" = x"yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_VOLATILE, 1, [Whether the C compiler understands volatile])
-fi
-
-m4_include(system/config.m4)
-
m4_include(dlfcn.m4)
-m4_include(getpass.m4)
m4_include(strptime.m4)
m4_include(win32.m4)
m4_include(timegm.m4)
@@ -336,6 +416,18 @@ if test x"$libreplace_cv_struct_timespec" = x"yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_TIMESPEC,1,[Whether we have struct timespec])
fi
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ucontext_t type],libreplace_cv_ucontext_t, [
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <signal.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_UCONTEXT_H
+#include <sys/ucontext.h>
+# endif
+],[ucontext_t uc; sigaddset(&uc.uc_sigmask, SIGUSR1);],
+ libreplace_cv_ucontext_t=yes,libreplace_cv_ucontext_t=no)])
+if test x"$libreplace_cv_ucontext_t" = x"yes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UCONTEXT_T,1,[Whether we have ucontext_t])
+fi
+
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([printf memset memcpy],,[AC_MSG_ERROR([Required function not found])])
echo "LIBREPLACE_BROKEN_CHECKS: END"
diff --git a/lib/replace/libreplace_cc.m4 b/lib/replace/libreplace_cc.m4
index 48d9e84..50cb735 100644
--- a/lib/replace/libreplace_cc.m4
+++ b/lib/replace/libreplace_cc.m4
@@ -50,11 +50,21 @@ AC_PROG_INSTALL
AC_ISC_POSIX
AC_N_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(checking getconf LFS_CFLAGS for large file support flags)
+LFS_CFLAGS=`(getconf LFS_CFLAGS) 2>/dev/null` || LFS_CFLAGS=""
+
+AC_MSG_RESULT(${LFS_CFLAGS})
+if test "x$LFS_CFLAGS" != 'x-1' || test "x$LFS_CFLAGS" != "xundefined"; then
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $LFS_CFLAGS"
+fi
+
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
dnl Add #include for broken IRIX header files
case "$host_os" in
*irix6*) AC_ADD_INCLUDE(<standards.h>)
+ AC_N_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE,600)
+ AC_N_DEFINE(_BSD_TYPES)
;;
*hpux*)
# mmap on HPUX is completely broken...
@@ -102,9 +112,17 @@ case "$host_os" in
;;
esac
+# Do not check for standards.h on darwin, we get nasty warnings on
+# OS/X Lion. Probably a positive-list of OS'es like IRIX and AIX
+# would be the better choice, but this seems to work fine
-
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([standards.h])
+case "$host_os" in
+ *darwin*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([standards.h])
+ ;;
+esac
# Solaris needs HAVE_LONG_LONG defined
AC_CHECK_TYPES(long long)
diff --git a/lib/replace/libreplace_macros.m4 b/lib/replace/libreplace_macros.m4
index 42b8847..f3753c4 100644
--- a/lib/replace/libreplace_macros.m4
+++ b/lib/replace/libreplace_macros.m4
@@ -330,3 +330,18 @@ fi
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_tr_hdr, 1, [Define if you have type `$1'])
fi
])
+
+# AC_CHECK_VALUEOF(TYPE, [INCLUDES = DEFAULT-INCLUDES])
+# ---------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_VALUEOF],
+[AS_LITERAL_IF(m4_translit([[$1]], [*], [p]), [],
+ [m4_fatal([$0: requires literal arguments])])]dnl
+[
+_AC_CACHE_CHECK_INT([value of $1], [AS_TR_SH([ac_cv_valueof_$1])],
+ [(long int) ($1)],
+ [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT([$2])],
+ [])
+
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(AS_TR_CPP(valueof_$1), $AS_TR_SH([ac_cv_valueof_$1]),
+ [The value of `$1'.])
+])# AC_CHECK_VALUEOF
diff --git a/lib/replace/libreplace_network.m4 b/lib/replace/libreplace_network.m4
index eadcc6b..bb2a843 100644
--- a/lib/replace/libreplace_network.m4
+++ b/lib/replace/libreplace_network.m4
@@ -473,6 +473,30 @@ fi
LIBS=$old_LIBS
CPPFLAGS="$libreplace_SAVE_CPPFLAGS"
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for SO_PEERCRED],libreplace_cv_HAVE_PEERCRED,[
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>],
+[struct ucred cred;
+ socklen_t cred_len;
+ int ret = getsockopt(0, SOL_SOCKET, SO_PEERCRED, &cred, &cred_len);
+],
+libreplace_cv_HAVE_PEERCRED=yes,libreplace_cv_HAVE_PEERCRED=no,libreplace_cv_HAVE_PEERCRED=cross)])
+if test x"$libreplace_cv_HAVE_PEERCRED" = x"yes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PEERCRED,1,[Whether we can use SO_PEERCRED to get socket credentials])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpeereid],libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETPEEREID,[
+AC_TRY_LINK([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <unistd.h>],
+[uid_t uid; gid_t gid; int ret;
+ ret = getpeereid(0, &uid, &gid);
+],
+libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETPEEREID=yes,libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETPEEREID=no)])
+if test x"$libreplace_cv_HAVE_GETPEEREID" = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPEEREID,1,
+ [Whether we have getpeereid to get socket credentials])
+fi
+
LIBREPLACEOBJ="${LIBREPLACEOBJ} ${LIBREPLACE_NETWORK_OBJS}"
echo "LIBREPLACE_NETWORK_CHECKS: END"
diff --git a/lib/replace/poll.c b/lib/replace/poll.c
index e41548d..1105617 100644
--- a/lib/replace/poll.c
+++ b/lib/replace/poll.c
@@ -30,6 +30,12 @@
#include "replace.h"
#include "system/select.h"
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif
int rep_poll(struct pollfd *fds, nfds_t nfds, int timeout)
@@ -40,7 +46,7 @@ int rep_poll(struct pollfd *fds, nfds_t nfds, int timeout)
int rc;
nfds_t i;
- if (fds == NULL) {
+ if ((fds == NULL) && (nfds != 0)) {
errno = EFAULT;
return -1;
}
diff --git a/lib/replace/replace-test.h b/lib/replace/replace-test.h
index a522853..ed8e75e 100644
--- a/lib/replace/replace-test.h
+++ b/lib/replace/replace-test.h
@@ -1,10 +1,6 @@
#ifndef __LIB_REPLACE_REPLACE_TEST_H__
#define __LIB_REPLACE_REPLACE_TEST_H__
-#include <stdbool.h>
-struct torture_context;
-
-bool torture_local_replace(struct torture_context *ctx);
int libreplace_test_strptime(void);
int test_readdir_os2_delete(void);
int getifaddrs_test(void);
diff --git a/lib/replace/replace-testsuite.h b/lib/replace/replace-testsuite.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b28dbec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/replace/replace-testsuite.h
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#ifndef __LIB_REPLACE_REPLACE_TESTSUITE_H__
+#define __LIB_REPLACE_REPLACE_TESTSUITE_H__
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+struct torture_context;
+
+bool torture_local_replace(struct torture_context *ctx);
+
+#endif /* __LIB_REPLACE_REPLACE_TESTSUITE_H__ */
+
diff --git a/lib/replace/replace.c b/lib/replace/replace.c
index d9a96ff..37edb31 100644
--- a/lib/replace/replace.c
+++ b/lib/replace/replace.c
@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@
#include "system/filesys.h"
#include "system/time.h"
+#include "system/network.h"
#include "system/passwd.h"
#include "system/syslog.h"
#include "system/locale.h"
@@ -213,16 +214,6 @@ int rep_initgroups(char *name, gid_t id)
#endif /* HAVE_INITGROUPS */
-#if (defined(SecureWare) && defined(SCO))
-/* This is needed due to needing the nap() function but we don't want
- to include the Xenix libraries since that will break other things...
- BTW: system call # 0x0c28 is the same as calling nap() */
-long nap(long milliseconds) {
- return syscall(0x0c28, milliseconds);
- }
-#endif
-
-
#ifndef HAVE_MEMMOVE
/*******************************************************************
safely copies memory, ensuring no overlap problems.
@@ -411,10 +402,10 @@ int rep_mkstemp(char *template)
{
/* have a reasonable go at emulating it. Hope that
the system mktemp() isn't completely hopeless */
- char *p = mktemp(template);
- if (!p)
+ mktemp(template);
+ if (template[0] == 0)
return -1;
- return open(p, O_CREAT|O_EXCL|O_RDWR, 0600);
+ return open(template, O_CREAT|O_EXCL|O_RDWR, 0600);
}
#endif
@@ -750,7 +741,7 @@ void *rep_memmem(const void *haystack, size_t haystacklen,
}
#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_VDPRINTF
+#if !defined(HAVE_VDPRINTF) || !defined(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF)
int rep_vdprintf(int fd, const char *format, va_list ap)
{
char *s = NULL;
@@ -767,7 +758,7 @@ int rep_vdprintf(int fd, const char *format, va_list ap)
}
#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_DPRINTF
+#if !defined(HAVE_DPRINTF) || !defined(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF)
int rep_dprintf(int fd, const char *format, ...)
{
int ret;
@@ -794,7 +785,7 @@ char *rep_get_current_dir_name(void)
}
#endif
-#if !defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R) || !defined(STRERROR_R_PROTO_COMPATIBLE)
+#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR_R
int rep_strerror_r(int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen)
{
char *s = strerror(errnum);
@@ -828,3 +819,84 @@ int rep_clock_gettime(clockid_t clk_id, struct timespec *tp)
return 0;
}
#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_MEMALIGN
+void *rep_memalign( size_t align, size_t size )
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_MEMALIGN)
+ void *p = NULL;
+ int ret = posix_memalign( &p, align, size );
+ if ( ret == 0 )
+ return p;
+
+ return NULL;
+#else
+ /* On *BSD systems memaligns doesn't exist, but memory will
+ * be aligned on allocations of > pagesize. */
+#if defined(SYSCONF_SC_PAGESIZE)
+ size_t pagesize = (size_t)sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE);
+#elif defined(HAVE_GETPAGESIZE)
+ size_t pagesize = (size_t)getpagesize();
+#else
+ size_t pagesize = (size_t)-1;
+#endif
+ if (pagesize == (size_t)-1) {
+ errno = ENOSYS;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if (size < pagesize) {
+ size = pagesize;
+ }
+ return malloc(size);
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GETPEEREID
+int rep_getpeereid(int s, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_PEERCRED)
+ struct ucred cred;
+ socklen_t cred_len = sizeof(struct ucred);
+ int ret;
+
+#undef getsockopt
+ ret = getsockopt(s, SOL_SOCKET, SO_PEERCRED, (void *)&cred, &cred_len);
+ if (ret != 0) {
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (cred_len != sizeof(struct ucred)) {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ *uid = cred.uid;
+ *gid = cred.gid;
+ return 0;
+#else
+ errno = ENOSYS;
+ return -1;
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_USLEEP
+int rep_usleep(useconds_t sec)
+{
+ struct timeval tval;
+ /*
+ * Fake it with select...
+ */
+ tval.tv_sec = 0;
+ tval.tv_usec = usecs/1000;
+ select(0,NULL,NULL,NULL,&tval);
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif /* HAVE_USLEEP */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_SETPROCTITLE
+void rep_setproctitle(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/replace/replace.h b/lib/replace/replace.h
index c081f23..c0b7997 100644
--- a/lib/replace/replace.h
+++ b/lib/replace/replace.h
@@ -46,18 +46,22 @@
#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#elif HAVE_STDINT_H
#include <stdint.h>
/* force off HAVE_INTTYPES_H so that roken doesn't try to include both,
which causes a warning storm on irix */
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-#elif HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-#define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
-#include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+#include <malloc.h>
#endif
#ifndef __PRI64_PREFIX
-# if __WORDSIZE == 64
+# if __WORDSIZE == 64 && ! defined __APPLE__
# define __PRI64_PREFIX "l"
# else
# define __PRI64_PREFIX "ll"
@@ -104,6 +108,53 @@
# define PRIu64 __PRI64_PREFIX "u"
#endif
+#ifndef SCNd8
+# define SCNd8 "hhd"
+#endif
+#ifndef SCNd16
+# define SCNd16 "hd"
+#endif
+#ifndef SCNd32
+# define SCNd32 "d"
+#endif
+#ifndef SCNd64
+# define SCNd64 __PRI64_PREFIX "d"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SCNi8
+# define SCNi8 "hhi"
+#endif
+#ifndef SCNi16
+# define SCNi16 "hi"
+#endif
+#ifndef SCNi32
+# define SCNi32 "i"
+#endif
+#ifndef SCNi64
+# define SCNi64 __PRI64_PREFIX "i"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SCNu8
+# define SCNu8 "hhu"
+#endif
+#ifndef SCNu16
+# define SCNu16 "hu"
+#endif
+#ifndef SCNu32
+# define SCNu32 "u"
+#endif
+#ifndef SCNu64
+# define SCNu64 __PRI64_PREFIX "u"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_BSD_STRING_H
+#include <bsd/string.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_BSD_UNISTD_H
+#include <bsd/unistd.h>
+#endif
+
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
@@ -116,6 +167,10 @@
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SETPROCTITLE_H
+#include <setproctitle.h>
+#endif
+
#if STDC_HEADERS
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stddef.h>
@@ -153,6 +208,11 @@ void *rep_memmem(const void *haystack, size_t haystacklen,
const void *needle, size_t needlelen);
#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_MEMALIGN
+#define memalign rep_memalign
+void *rep_memalign(size_t boundary, size_t size);
+#endif
+
#ifndef HAVE_MKTIME
#define mktime rep_mktime
/* prototype is in "system/time.h" */
@@ -355,16 +415,6 @@ int rep_dlclose(void *handle);
/* prototype is in system/network.h */
#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_VDPRINTF
-#define vdprintf rep_vdprintf
-int rep_vdprintf(int fd, const char *format, va_list ap);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_DPRINTF
-#define dprintf rep_dprintf
-int rep_dprintf(int fd, const char *format, ...);
-#endif
-
#ifndef PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE
#if (__GNUC__ >= 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1 )
/** Use gcc attribute to check printf fns. a1 is the 1-based index of
@@ -385,7 +435,17 @@ int rep_dprintf(int fd, const char *format, ...);
#endif
#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_VASPRINTF
+#if !defined(HAVE_VDPRINTF) || !defined(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF)
+#define vdprintf rep_vdprintf
+int rep_vdprintf(int fd, const char *format, va_list ap) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,0);
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_DPRINTF) || !defined(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF)
+#define dprintf rep_dprintf
+int rep_dprintf(int fd, const char *format, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,3);
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_VASPRINTF) || !defined(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF)
#define vasprintf rep_vasprintf
int rep_vasprintf(char **ptr, const char *format, va_list ap) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,0);
#endif
@@ -400,11 +460,29 @@ int rep_snprintf(char *,size_t ,const char *, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(3,4);
int rep_vsnprintf(char *,size_t ,const char *, va_list ap) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(3,0);
#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_ASPRINTF
+#if !defined(HAVE_ASPRINTF) || !defined(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF)
#define asprintf rep_asprintf
int rep_asprintf(char **,const char *, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,3);
#endif
+#if !defined(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF)
+#ifdef REPLACE_BROKEN_PRINTF
+/*
+ * We do not redefine printf by default
+ * as it breaks the build if system headers
+ * use __attribute__((format(printf, 3, 0)))
+ * instead of __attribute__((format(__printf__, 3, 0)))
+ */
+#define printf rep_printf
+#endif
+int rep_printf(const char *, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(1,2);
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF)
+#define fprintf rep_fprintf
+int rep_fprintf(FILE *stream, const char *, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,3);
+#endif
+
#ifndef HAVE_VSYSLOG
#ifdef HAVE_SYSLOG
#define vsyslog rep_vsyslog
@@ -434,7 +512,7 @@ void rep_vsyslog (int facility_priority, const char *format, va_list arglist) PR
typedef int (*comparison_fn_t)(const void *, const void *);
#endif
-#ifdef REPLACE_STRPTIME
+#ifndef HAVE_WORKING_STRPTIME
#define strptime rep_strptime
struct tm;
char *rep_strptime(const char *buf, const char *format, struct tm *tm);
@@ -531,8 +609,7 @@ ssize_t rep_pwrite(int __fd, const void *__buf, size_t __nbytes, off_t __offset)
char *rep_get_current_dir_name(void);
#endif
-#if !defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R) || !defined(STRERROR_R_PROTO_COMPATIBLE)
-#undef strerror_r
+#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR_R
#define strerror_r rep_strerror_r
int rep_strerror_r(int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen);
#endif
@@ -569,6 +646,10 @@ int rep_strerror_r(int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen);
#define UINT64_MAX ((uint64_t)-1)
#endif
+#ifndef INT64_MAX
+#define INT64_MAX 9223372036854775807LL
+#endif
+
#ifndef CHAR_BIT
#define CHAR_BIT 8
#endif
@@ -802,4 +883,20 @@ int fdatasync(int );
/* prototype is in "system/network.h" */
#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_GETPEEREID
+#define getpeereid rep_getpeereid
+int rep_getpeereid(int s, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_USLEEP
+#define usleep rep_usleep
+typedef long useconds_t;
+int usleep(useconds_t);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_SETPROCTITLE
+#define setproctitle rep_setproctitle
+void rep_setproctitle(const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(1, 2);
+#endif
+
#endif /* _LIBREPLACE_REPLACE_H */
diff --git a/lib/replace/samba.m4 b/lib/replace/samba.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index b758220..0000000
--- a/lib/replace/samba.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-AC_LIBREPLACE_BROKEN_CHECKS
-AC_LIBREPLACE_NETWORK_CHECKS
-
-SMB_EXT_LIB(LIBREPLACE_EXT, [${LIBDL} ${CRYPT_LIBS}])
-SMB_ENABLE(LIBREPLACE_EXT)
-
-SMB_EXT_LIB(LIBREPLACE_NETWORK, [${LIBREPLACE_NETWORK_LIBS}])
-SMB_ENABLE(LIBREPLACE_NETWORK)
-
-# remove leading ./
-LIBREPLACE_DIR=`echo ${libreplacedir} |sed -e 's/^\.\///g'`
-
-# remove leading srcdir .. we are looking for the relative
-# path within the samba source tree or wherever libreplace is.
-# We need to make sure the object is not forced to end up in
-# the source directory because we might be using a separate
-# build directory.
-LIBREPLACE_DIR=`echo ${LIBREPLACE_DIR} | sed -e "s|^$srcdir/||g"`
-
-LIBREPLACE_OBJS="${LIBREPLACEOBJ}"
-
-SMB_SUBSYSTEM(LIBREPLACE,
- [${LIBREPLACE_OBJS}],
- [LIBREPLACE_EXT LIBREPLACE_NETWORK],
- [-Ilib/replace])
-
-LIBREPLACE_HOSTCC_OBJS=`echo ${LIBREPLACE_OBJS} |sed -e 's/\.o/\.ho/g'`
-
-SMB_SUBSYSTEM(LIBREPLACE_HOSTCC,
- [${LIBREPLACE_HOSTCC_OBJS}],
- [],
- [-Ilib/replace])
-
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS([syslog],,[AC_MSG_ERROR([Required function not found])])
diff --git a/lib/replace/snprintf.c b/lib/replace/snprintf.c
index bca7742..6b4a711 100644
--- a/lib/replace/snprintf.c
+++ b/lib/replace/snprintf.c
@@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ static int add_cnk_list_entry(struct pr_chunk_x **list,
return max;
}
- int vsnprintf (char *str, size_t count, const char *fmt, va_list args)
+ int rep_vsnprintf (char *str, size_t count, const char *fmt, va_list args)
{
return dopr(str, count, fmt, args);
}
@@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@ static int add_cnk_list_entry(struct pr_chunk_x **list,
* that doesn't work properly according to the autoconf test.
*/
#if !defined(HAVE_SNPRINTF) || !defined(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF)
- int snprintf(char *str,size_t count,const char *fmt,...)
+ int rep_snprintf(char *str,size_t count,const char *fmt,...)
{
size_t ret;
va_list ap;
@@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ static int add_cnk_list_entry(struct pr_chunk_x **list,
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF
- int printf(const char *fmt, ...)
+ int rep_printf(const char *fmt, ...)
{
va_list ap;
int ret;
@@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ static int add_cnk_list_entry(struct pr_chunk_x **list,
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF
- int fprintf(FILE *stream, const char *fmt, ...)
+ int rep_fprintf(FILE *stream, const char *fmt, ...)
{
va_list ap;
int ret;
@@ -1256,8 +1256,8 @@ static int add_cnk_list_entry(struct pr_chunk_x **list,
#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_VASPRINTF
- int vasprintf(char **ptr, const char *format, va_list ap)
+#if !defined(HAVE_VASPRINTF) || !defined(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF)
+ int rep_vasprintf(char **ptr, const char *format, va_list ap)
{
int ret;
va_list ap2;
@@ -1278,9 +1278,8 @@ static int add_cnk_list_entry(struct pr_chunk_x **list,
}
#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_ASPRINTF
- int asprintf(char **ptr, const char *format, ...)
+#if !defined(HAVE_ASPRINTF) || !defined(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF)
+ int rep_asprintf(char **ptr, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list ap;
int ret;
diff --git a/lib/replace/strptime.c b/lib/replace/strptime.c
index 0e40f75..20e5d8c 100644
--- a/lib/replace/strptime.c
+++ b/lib/replace/strptime.c
@@ -251,7 +251,6 @@ strptime_internal (rp, fmt, tm, decided, era_cnt)
enum locale_status *decided;
int era_cnt;
{
- const char *rp_backup;
int cnt;
size_t val;
int have_I, is_pm;
@@ -261,15 +260,17 @@ strptime_internal (rp, fmt, tm, decided, era_cnt)
int have_yday;
int have_mon, have_mday;
#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+ const char *rp_backup;
size_t num_eras;
-#endif
struct era_entry *era;
+ era = NULL;
+#endif
+
have_I = is_pm = 0;
century = -1;
want_century = 0;
want_era = 0;
- era = NULL;
have_wday = want_xday = have_yday = have_mon = have_mday = 0;
@@ -299,8 +300,10 @@ strptime_internal (rp, fmt, tm, decided, era_cnt)
start_over:
#endif
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
/* Make back up of current processing pointer. */
rp_backup = rp;
+#endif
switch (*fmt++)
{
diff --git a/lib/replace/strptime.m4 b/lib/replace/strptime.m4
index b1a56b4..8ac22f6 100644
--- a/lib/replace/strptime.m4
+++ b/lib/replace/strptime.m4
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strptime)
+AC_CHECK_DECLS(strptime, [], [], [#include <time.h>])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether strptime is available and works],libreplace_cv_STRPTIME_OK,[
AC_TRY_RUN([
#define LIBREPLACE_CONFIGURE_TEST_STRPTIME
@@ -8,6 +10,7 @@ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether strptime is available and works],libreplace_cv_STRPTIME_
[libreplace_cv_STRPTIME_OK="assuming not"])
])
if test x"$libreplace_cv_STRPTIME_OK" != x"yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(REPLACE_STRPTIME,1,[Whether strptime should be replaced])
LIBREPLACEOBJ="${LIBREPLACEOBJ} $libreplacedir/strptime.o"
+else
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WORKING_STRPTIME,1,[Whether strptime is working correct])
fi
diff --git a/lib/replace/system/filesys.h b/lib/replace/system/filesys.h
index e2c3c1d..c8ac2b4 100644
--- a/lib/replace/system/filesys.h
+++ b/lib/replace/system/filesys.h
@@ -114,6 +114,8 @@
#if HAVE_SYS_ATTRIBUTES_H
#include <sys/attributes.h>
+#elif HAVE_ATTR_ATTRIBUTES_H
+#include <attr/attributes.h>
#endif
/* mutually exclusive (SuSE 8.2) */
@@ -123,11 +125,26 @@
#include <sys/xattr.h>
#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_EA_H
+#include <sys/ea.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_EXTATTR_H
+#include <sys/extattr.h>
+#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
#include <sys/resource.h>
#endif
+#ifndef XATTR_CREATE
+#define XATTR_CREATE 0x1 /* set value, fail if attr already exists */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef XATTR_REPLACE
+#define XATTR_REPLACE 0x2 /* set value, fail if attr does not exist */
+#endif
+
/* Some POSIX definitions for those without */
#ifndef S_IFDIR
@@ -200,4 +217,61 @@
# define uwrap_enabled() 0
#endif /* UID_WRAPPER */
+/*
+ this allows us to use a uniform error handling for our xattr
+ wrappers
+*/
+#ifndef ENOATTR
+#define ENOATTR ENODATA
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_GETXATTR) || defined(XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS)
+ssize_t rep_getxattr (const char *path, const char *name, void *value, size_t size);
+#define getxattr(path, name, value, size) rep_getxattr(path, name, value, size)
+/* define is in "replace.h" */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_FGETXATTR) || defined(XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS)
+ssize_t rep_fgetxattr (int filedes, const char *name, void *value, size_t size);
+#define fgetxattr(filedes, name, value, size) rep_fgetxattr(filedes, name, value, size)
+/* define is in "replace.h" */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_LISTXATTR) || defined(XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS)
+ssize_t rep_listxattr (const char *path, char *list, size_t size);
+#define listxattr(path, list, size) rep_listxattr(path, list, size)
+/* define is in "replace.h" */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_FLISTXATTR) || defined(XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS)
+ssize_t rep_flistxattr (int filedes, char *list, size_t size);
+#define flistxattr(filedes, value, size) rep_flistxattr(filedes, value, size)
+/* define is in "replace.h" */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_REMOVEXATTR) || defined(XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS)
+int rep_removexattr (const char *path, const char *name);
+#define removexattr(path, name) rep_removexattr(path, name)
+/* define is in "replace.h" */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_FREMOVEXATTR) || defined(XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS)
+int rep_fremovexattr (int filedes, const char *name);
+#define fremovexattr(filedes, name) rep_fremovexattr(filedes, name)
+/* define is in "replace.h" */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_SETXATTR) || defined(XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS)
+int rep_setxattr (const char *path, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size, int flags);
+#define setxattr(path, name, value, size, flags) rep_setxattr(path, name, value, size, flags)
+/* define is in "replace.h" */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_FSETXATTR) || defined(XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS)
+int rep_fsetxattr (int filedes, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size, int flags);
+#define fsetxattr(filedes, name, value, size, flags) rep_fsetxattr(filedes, name, value, size, flags)
+/* define is in "replace.h" */
+#endif
+
#endif
diff --git a/lib/replace/system/printing.h b/lib/replace/system/gssapi.h
similarity index 64%
rename from lib/replace/system/printing.h
rename to lib/replace/system/gssapi.h
index 7eb02d0..6386c7b 100644
--- a/lib/replace/system/printing.h
+++ b/lib/replace/system/gssapi.h
@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
-#ifndef _system_printing_h
-#define _system_printing_h
+#ifndef _system_gssapi_h
+#define _system_gssapi_h
-/*
+/*
Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
- printing system include wrappers
+ GSSAPI system include wrappers
Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2004
-
+
** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the replace
** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
** under the LGPL
-
+
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
@@ -27,24 +27,27 @@
*/
-#ifdef AIX
-#define DEFAULT_PRINTING PRINT_AIX
-#define PRINTCAP_NAME "/etc/qconfig"
-#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_GSSAPI
-#ifdef HPUX
-#define DEFAULT_PRINTING PRINT_HPUX
+#ifdef HAVE_GSSAPI_GSSAPI_EXT_H
+#include <gssapi/gssapi_ext.h>
+#elif HAVE_GSSAPI_GSSAPI_H
+#include <gssapi/gssapi.h>
+#elif HAVE_GSSAPI_GSSAPI_GENERIC_H
+#include <gssapi/gssapi_generic.h>
+#elif HAVE_GSSAPI_H
+#include <gssapi.h>
#endif
-#ifdef QNX
-#define DEFAULT_PRINTING PRINT_QNX
+#if HAVE_GSSAPI_GSSAPI_KRB5_H
+#include <gssapi/gssapi_krb5.h>
#endif
-#ifndef DEFAULT_PRINTING
-#define DEFAULT_PRINTING PRINT_BSD
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTCAP_NAME
-#define PRINTCAP_NAME "/etc/printcap"
+#if HAVE_GSSAPI_GSSAPI_SPNEGO_H
+#include <gssapi/gssapi_spnego.h>
+#elif HAVE_GSSAPI_SPNEGO_H
+#include <gssapi_spnego.h>
#endif
#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/replace/system/kerberos.h b/lib/replace/system/kerberos.h
index 7762d4b..636ce0f 100644
--- a/lib/replace/system/kerberos.h
+++ b/lib/replace/system/kerberos.h
@@ -7,11 +7,11 @@
kerberos system include wrappers
Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2004
-
+
** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the replace
** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
** under the LGPL
-
+
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
@@ -37,19 +37,5 @@
#include <com_err.h>
#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_GSSAPI_GSSAPI_EXT_H
-#include <gssapi/gssapi_ext.h>
-#elif HAVE_GSSAPI_GSSAPI_H
-#include <gssapi/gssapi.h>
-#elif HAVE_GSSAPI_GSSAPI_GENERIC_H
-#include <gssapi/gssapi_generic.h>
-#elif HAVE_GSSAPI_H
-#include <gssapi.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_GSSAPI_GSSAPI_KRB5_H
-#include <gssapi/gssapi_krb5.h>
-#endif
-
#endif
#endif
diff --git a/lib/replace/system/passwd.h b/lib/replace/system/passwd.h
index f630012..8257e06 100644
--- a/lib/replace/system/passwd.h
+++ b/lib/replace/system/passwd.h
@@ -67,15 +67,6 @@
#include <compat.h>
#endif
-#ifdef REPLACE_GETPASS
-#if defined(REPLACE_GETPASS_BY_GETPASSPHRASE)
-#define getpass(prompt) getpassphrase(prompt)
-#else
-#define getpass(prompt) rep_getpass(prompt)
-char *rep_getpass(const char *prompt);
-#endif
-#endif
-
#ifndef NGROUPS_MAX
#define NGROUPS_MAX 32 /* Guess... */
#endif
diff --git a/lib/replace/system/wait.h b/lib/replace/system/wait.h
index f0c3bdc..146c61a 100644
--- a/lib/replace/system/wait.h
+++ b/lib/replace/system/wait.h
@@ -40,6 +40,10 @@
#include <setjmp.h>
#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_UCONTEXT_H
+#include <sys/ucontext.h>
+#endif
+
#if !defined(HAVE_SIG_ATOMIC_T_TYPE)
typedef int sig_atomic_t;
#endif
diff --git a/lib/replace/test/incoherent_mmap.c b/lib/replace/test/incoherent_mmap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee288fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/replace/test/incoherent_mmap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* In OpenBSD, if you write to a file, another process doesn't see it
+ * in its mmap. Returns with exit status 0 if that is the case, 1 if
+ * it's coherent, and other if there's a problem. */
+#include <err.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#define DATA "coherent.mmap"
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ int tochild[2], toparent[2];
+ int fd;
+ volatile unsigned char *map;
+ unsigned char *page;
+ const char *fname = argv[1];
+ char c = 0;
+
+ if (pipe(tochild) != 0 || pipe(toparent) != 0)
+ err(2, "Creating pipe");
+
+ if (!fname)
+ fname = DATA;
+
+ fd = open(fname, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC, 0600);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ err(2, "opening %s", fname);
+ unlink(fname);
+
+ switch (fork()) {
+ case -1:
+ err(2, "Fork");
+ case 0:
+ close(tochild[1]);
+ close(toparent[0]);
+
+ /* Wait for parent to create file. */
+ if (read(tochild[0], &c, 1) != 1)
+ err(2, "reading from parent");
+
+ /* Alter first byte. */
+ pwrite(fd, &c, 1, 0);
+
+ if (write(toparent[1], &c, 1) != 1)
+ err(2, "writing to parent");
+ exit(0);
+
+ default:
+ close(tochild[0]);
+ close(toparent[1]);
+
+ /* Create a file and mmap it. */
+ page = malloc(getpagesize());
+ memset(page, 0x42, getpagesize());
+ if (write(fd, page, getpagesize()) != getpagesize())
+ err(2, "writing first page");
+ map = mmap(NULL, getpagesize(), PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE,
+ MAP_SHARED, fd, 0);
+ if (map == MAP_FAILED)
+ err(2, "mapping file");
+
+ if (*map != 0x42)
+ errx(2, "first byte isn't 0x42!");
+
+ /* Tell child to alter file. */
+ if (write(tochild[1], &c, 1) != 1)
+ err(2, "writing to child");
+
+ if (read(toparent[0], &c, 1) != 1)
+ err(2, "reading from child");
+
+ if (*map)
+ errx(0, "mmap incoherent: first byte isn't 0.");
+
+ exit(1);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/lib/replace/test/main.c b/lib/replace/test/main.c
index 9bd1284..94264d7 100644
--- a/lib/replace/test/main.c
+++ b/lib/replace/test/main.c
@@ -24,9 +24,7 @@
*/
#include "replace.h"
-
-struct torture_context;
-bool torture_local_replace(struct torture_context *ctx);
+#include "replace-testsuite.h"
int main(void)
{
diff --git a/lib/replace/test/testsuite.c b/lib/replace/test/testsuite.c
index 0c1fac6..52629ec 100644
--- a/lib/replace/test/testsuite.c
+++ b/lib/replace/test/testsuite.c
@@ -24,6 +24,8 @@
*/
#include "replace.h"
+#include "replace-test.h"
+#include "replace-testsuite.h"
/*
we include all the system/ include files here so that libreplace tests
@@ -48,8 +50,6 @@
#define TESTFILE "testfile.dat"
-struct torture_context;
-bool torture_local_replace(struct torture_context *ctx);
/*
test ftruncate() function
@@ -379,8 +379,6 @@ static int test_opendir(void)
return true;
}
-extern int test_readdir_os2_delete(void);
-
static int test_readdir(void)
{
printf("test: readdir\n");
@@ -465,12 +463,6 @@ static int test_pwrite(void)
return true;
}
-static int test_getpass(void)
-{
- /* FIXME */
- return true;
-}
-
static int test_inet_ntoa(void)
{
/* FIXME */
@@ -1091,7 +1083,6 @@ bool torture_local_replace(struct torture_context *ctx)
ret &= test_mkstemp();
ret &= test_pread();
ret &= test_pwrite();
- ret &= test_getpass();
ret &= test_inet_ntoa();
ret &= test_strtoll();
ret &= test_strtoull();
diff --git a/lib/replace/wscript b/lib/replace/wscript
index e4fc72b..2117f56 100644
--- a/lib/replace/wscript
+++ b/lib/replace/wscript
@@ -38,17 +38,49 @@ def configure(conf):
conf.DEFINE('_OSF_SOURCE', 1, add_to_cflags=True)
conf.DEFINE('_XOPEN_SOURCE', 600, add_to_cflags=True)
+ # SCM_RIGHTS is only avail if _XOPEN_SOURCE iѕ defined on IRIX
+ if conf.env['SYSTEM_UNAME_SYSNAME'] == 'IRIX':
+ conf.DEFINE('_XOPEN_SOURCE', 600, add_to_cflags=True)
+ conf.DEFINE('_BSD_TYPES', 1, add_to_cflags=True)
+
+ # Try to find the right extra flags for C99 initialisers
+ for f in ["", "-AC99", "-qlanglvl=extc99", "-qlanglvl=stdc99", "-c99"]:
+ if conf.CHECK_CFLAGS([f], '''
+struct foo {int x;char y;};
+struct foo bar = { .y = 'X', .x = 1 };
+'''):
+ if f != "":
+ conf.ADD_CFLAGS(f)
+ break
+
+ if conf.CHECK_CFLAGS(['-fstack-protector']) and conf.CHECK_LDFLAGS(['-fstack-protector']):
+ conf.ADD_CFLAGS('-fstack-protector')
+ conf.ADD_LDFLAGS('-fstack-protector')
+
+ # Try to find the right extra flags for -Werror behaviour
+ for f in ["-Werror", # GCC
+ "-errwarn=%all", # Sun Studio
+ "-qhalt=w", # IBM xlc
+ "-w2", # Tru64
+ ]:
+ if conf.CHECK_CFLAGS([f], '''
+'''):
+ if not 'WERROR_CFLAGS' in conf.env:
+ conf.env['WERROR_CFLAGS'] = []
+ conf.env['WERROR_CFLAGS'].extend([f])
+ break
+
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('linux/types.h crypt.h locale.h acl/libacl.h compat.h')
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('acl/libacl.h attr/xattr.h compat.h ctype.h dustat.h')
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('fcntl.h fnmatch.h glob.h history.h krb5.h langinfo.h')
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('libaio.h locale.h ndir.h pwd.h')
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('shadow.h sys/acl.h')
- conf.CHECK_HEADERS('sys/attributes.h sys/capability.h sys/dir.h sys/epoll.h')
+ conf.CHECK_HEADERS('sys/attributes.h attr/attributes.h sys/capability.h sys/dir.h sys/epoll.h')
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('sys/fcntl.h sys/filio.h sys/filsys.h sys/fs/s5param.h sys/fs/vx/quota.h')
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('sys/id.h sys/ioctl.h sys/ipc.h sys/mman.h sys/mode.h sys/ndir.h sys/priv.h')
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('sys/resource.h sys/security.h sys/shm.h sys/statfs.h sys/statvfs.h sys/termio.h')
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('sys/vfs.h sys/xattr.h termio.h termios.h sys/file.h')
- conf.CHECK_HEADERS('sys/wait.h sys/stat.h malloc.h grp.h')
+ conf.CHECK_HEADERS('sys/ucontext.h sys/wait.h sys/stat.h malloc.h grp.h')
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('sys/select.h setjmp.h utime.h sys/syslog.h syslog.h')
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('stdarg.h vararg.h sys/mount.h mntent.h')
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('stropts.h unix.h string.h strings.h sys/param.h limits.h')
@@ -60,18 +92,44 @@ def configure(conf):
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('libintl.h errno.h')
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('gcrypt.h getopt.h iconv.h')
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('sys/inotify.h memory.h nss.h sasl/sasl.h')
- conf.CHECK_HEADERS('security/pam_appl.h sys/inotify.h zlib.h asm/unistd.h')
+ conf.CHECK_HEADERS('security/pam_appl.h zlib.h asm/unistd.h')
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('aio.h sys/unistd.h rpc/rpc.h rpc/nettype.h alloca.h float.h')
- conf.CHECK_HEADERS('rpcsvc/nis.h rpcsvc/ypclnt.h sys/prctl.h sys/sysctl.h')
+ conf.CHECK_HEADERS('rpcsvc/nis.h rpcsvc/ypclnt.h sys/sysctl.h')
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('sys/fileio.h sys/filesys.h sys/dustat.h sys/sysmacros.h')
- conf.CHECK_HEADERS('xfs/libxfs.h netgroup.h rpcsvc/yp_prot.h')
+ conf.CHECK_HEADERS('xfs/libxfs.h netgroup.h')
+
+ conf.CHECK_CODE('', headers='rpc/rpc.h rpcsvc/yp_prot.h', define='HAVE_RPCSVC_YP_PROT_H')
+
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('valgrind.h valgrind/valgrind.h valgrind/memcheck.h')
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('nss_common.h nsswitch.h ns_api.h')
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('sys/extattr.h sys/ea.h sys/proplist.h sys/cdefs.h')
- conf.CHECK_HEADERS('utmp.h utmpx.h lastlog.h')
+ conf.CHECK_HEADERS('utmp.h utmpx.h lastlog.h malloc.h')
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('syscall.h sys/syscall.h inttypes.h')
+ # Check for process set name support
+ conf.CHECK_CODE('''
+ #include <sys/prctl.h>
+ int main(void) {
+ prctl(0);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ ''',
+ 'HAVE_PRCTL',
+ headers='sys/prctl.h',
+ msg='Checking for prctl syscall')
+
+ conf.CHECK_CODE('''
+ #include <unistd.h>
+ #ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+ #include <fcntl.h>
+ #endif
+ int main(void) { int fd = open("/dev/null", O_DIRECT); }
+ ''',
+ define='HAVE_OPEN_O_DIRECT',
+ addmain=False,
+ msg='Checking for O_DIRECT flag to open(2)')
+
conf.CHECK_TYPES('"long long" intptr_t uintptr_t ptrdiff_t comparison_fn_t')
conf.CHECK_TYPE('_Bool', define='HAVE__Bool')
conf.CHECK_TYPE('bool', define='HAVE_BOOL')
@@ -91,6 +149,8 @@ def configure(conf):
conf.CHECK_TYPE('offset_t', 'loff_t')
conf.CHECK_TYPE('volatile int', define='HAVE_VOLATILE')
conf.CHECK_TYPE('uint_t', 'unsigned int')
+ conf.CHECK_TYPE('blksize_t', 'long', headers='sys/types.h sys/stat.h unistd.h')
+ conf.CHECK_TYPE('blkcnt_t', 'long', headers='sys/types.h sys/stat.h unistd.h')
conf.CHECK_SIZEOF('bool char int "long long" long short size_t ssize_t')
conf.CHECK_SIZEOF('int8_t uint8_t int16_t uint16_t int32_t uint32_t int64_t uint64_t')
@@ -156,19 +216,60 @@ def configure(conf):
lib='nsl socket',
headers='sys/socket.h netdb.h netinet/in.h')
+ if conf.CONFIG_SET('HAVE_SYS_UCONTEXT_H') and conf.CONFIG_SET('HAVE_SIGNAL_H'):
+ conf.CHECK_CODE('''
+ ucontext_t uc;
+ sigaddset(&uc.uc_sigmask, SIGUSR1);
+ ''',
+ 'HAVE_UCONTEXT_T',
+ msg="Checking whether we have ucontext_t",
+ headers='signal.h sys/ucontext.h')
+
# these may be builtins, so we need the link=False strategy
conf.CHECK_FUNCS('strdup memmem printf memset memcpy memmove strcpy strncpy bzero', link=False)
+ # See https://bugzilla.samba.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1097
+ #
+ # Ported in from autoconf where it was added with this commit:
+ # commit 804cfb20a067b4b687089dc72a8271b3abf20f31
+ # Author: Simo Sorce <idra at samba.org>
+ # Date: Wed Aug 25 14:24:16 2004 +0000
+ # r2070: Let's try to overload srnlen and strndup for AIX where they are natly broken.
+
+ host_os = sys.platform
+ if host_os.rfind('aix') > -1:
+ conf.DEFINE('BROKEN_STRNLEN', 1)
+ conf.DEFINE('BROKEN_STRNDUP', 1)
+
conf.CHECK_FUNCS('shl_load shl_unload shl_findsym')
conf.CHECK_FUNCS('pipe strftime srandom random srand rand usleep setbuffer')
- conf.CHECK_FUNCS('lstat getpgrp utime utimes seteuid setreuid setresuid setegid')
+ conf.CHECK_FUNCS('lstat getpgrp utime utimes setuid seteuid setreuid setresuid setgid setegid')
conf.CHECK_FUNCS('setregid setresgid chroot strerror vsyslog setlinebuf mktime')
- conf.CHECK_FUNCS('ftruncate chsize rename waitpid wait4 strlcpy strlcat')
+ conf.CHECK_FUNCS('ftruncate chsize rename waitpid wait4')
conf.CHECK_FUNCS('initgroups pread pwrite strndup strcasestr')
conf.CHECK_FUNCS('strtok_r mkdtemp dup2 dprintf vdprintf isatty chown lchown')
conf.CHECK_FUNCS('link readlink symlink realpath snprintf vsnprintf')
conf.CHECK_FUNCS('asprintf vasprintf setenv unsetenv strnlen strtoull __strtoull')
- conf.CHECK_FUNCS('strtouq strtoll __strtoll strtoq')
+ conf.CHECK_FUNCS('strtouq strtoll __strtoll strtoq memalign posix_memalign')
+ conf.CHECK_FUNCS('prctl')
+
+ # libbsd on some platforms provides strlcpy and strlcat
+ if not conf.CHECK_FUNCS('strlcpy strlcat'):
+ conf.CHECK_FUNCS_IN('strlcpy strlcat', 'bsd', headers='bsd/string.h',
+ checklibc=True)
+ if not conf.CHECK_FUNCS('getpeereid'):
+ conf.CHECK_FUNCS_IN('getpeereid', 'bsd', headers='sys/types.h bsd/unistd.h')
+ if not conf.CHECK_FUNCS_IN('setproctitle', 'bsd', headers='sys/types.h bsd/unistd.h'):
+ conf.CHECK_FUNCS_IN('setproctitle', 'setproctitle', headers='setproctitle.h')
+
+ conf.CHECK_CODE('''
+ struct ucred cred;
+ socklen_t cred_len;
+ int ret = getsockopt(0, SOL_SOCKET, SO_PEERCRED, &cred, &cred_len);''',
+ 'HAVE_PEERCRED',
+ msg="Checking whether we can use SO_PEERCRED to get socket credentials",
+ headers='sys/types.h sys/socket.h')
+
#Some OS (ie. freebsd) return EINVAL if the convertion could not be done, it's not what we expect
#Let's detect those cases
if conf.CONFIG_SET('HAVE_STRTOLL'):
@@ -183,16 +284,49 @@ def configure(conf):
msg="Checking correct behavior of strtoll",
headers = 'errno.h',
execute = True,
- define_ret = True,
define = 'HAVE_BSD_STRTOLL',
)
conf.CHECK_FUNCS('if_nametoindex strerror_r')
conf.CHECK_FUNCS('getdirentries getdents syslog')
conf.CHECK_FUNCS('gai_strerror get_current_dir_name')
- conf.CHECK_FUNCS('timegm getifaddrs freeifaddrs mmap setgroups setsid')
+ conf.CHECK_FUNCS('timegm getifaddrs freeifaddrs mmap setgroups syscall setsid')
conf.CHECK_FUNCS('getgrent_r getgrgid_r getgrnam_r getgrouplist getpagesize')
conf.CHECK_FUNCS('getpwent_r getpwnam_r getpwuid_r epoll_create')
+ conf.SET_TARGET_TYPE('attr', 'EMPTY')
+
+ xattr_headers='sys/attributes.h attr/xattr.h sys/xattr.h'
+
+ conf.CHECK_FUNCS_IN('''
+fgetxattr flistea flistxattr
+fremovexattr fsetxattr getxattr
+listxattr removexattr setxattr
+''', 'attr', checklibc=True, headers=xattr_headers)
+
+ # We need to check for linux xattrs first, as we do not wish to link to -lattr
+ # (the XFS compat API) on Linux systems with the native xattr API
+ if not conf.CONFIG_SET('HAVE_GETXATTR'):
+ conf.CHECK_FUNCS_IN('''
+attr_get attr_getf attr_list attr_listf attropen attr_remove
+attr_removef attr_set attr_setf extattr_delete_fd extattr_delete_file
+extattr_get_fd extattr_get_file extattr_list_fd extattr_list_file
+extattr_set_fd extattr_set_file fgetea
+fremoveea fsetea getea listea
+removeea setea
+''', 'attr', checklibc=True, headers=xattr_headers)
+
+ if (conf.CONFIG_SET('HAVE_ATTR_LISTF') or
+ conf.CONFIG_SET('HAVE_EXTATTR_LIST_FD') or
+ conf.CONFIG_SET('HAVE_FLISTEA') or
+ conf.CONFIG_SET('HAVE_FLISTXATTR')):
+ conf.DEFINE('HAVE_XATTR_SUPPORT', 1)
+
+ # Darwin has extra options to xattr-family functions
+ conf.CHECK_CODE('getxattr(NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0)',
+ headers=xattr_headers, local_include=False,
+ define='XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS',
+ msg="Checking whether xattr interface takes additional options")
+
conf.CHECK_FUNCS_IN('dlopen dlsym dlerror dlclose', 'dl',
checklibc=True, headers='dlfcn.h dl.h')
@@ -206,19 +340,19 @@ def configure(conf):
if conf.CHECK_FUNCS_IN('clock_gettime', 'rt', checklibc=True):
for c in ['CLOCK_MONOTONIC', 'CLOCK_PROCESS_CPUTIME_ID', 'CLOCK_REALTIME']:
conf.CHECK_CODE('''
- #if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
- # include <sys/time.h>
- # include <time.h>
- #else
- # if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
- # include <sys/time.h>
- # else
- # include <time.h>
- # endif
- #endif
- clockid_t clk = %s''' % c,
- 'HAVE_%s' % c,
- msg='Checking whether the clock_gettime clock ID %s is available' % c)
+ #if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+ # include <sys/time.h>
+ # include <time.h>
+ #else
+ # if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+ # include <sys/time.h>
+ # else
+ # include <time.h>
+ # endif
+ #endif
+ clockid_t clk = %s''' % c,
+ 'HAVE_%s' % c,
+ msg='Checking whether the clock_gettime clock ID %s is available' % c)
conf.CHECK_TYPE('struct timespec', headers='sys/time.h time.h')
@@ -259,40 +393,40 @@ def configure(conf):
conf.CHECK_HEADERS('poll.h')
conf.CHECK_FUNCS('poll')
- if not conf.CHECK_CODE('''#define LIBREPLACE_CONFIGURE_TEST_STRPTIME
- #include "test/strptime.c"''',
- define='HAVE_STRPTIME',
- addmain=False,
- msg='Checking for working strptime'):
- conf.DEFINE('REPLACE_STRPTIME', 1)
- else:
- conf.CHECK_CODE('''
- const char *s = "20070414101546Z";
- char *ret;
- struct tm t;
- memset(&t, 0, sizeof(t));
- ret = strptime(s, "%Y%m%d%H%M%S", &t);
- if (ret == NULL || t.tm_wday != 6) {
- return 0;
- } else {
- return 1;
- }
- ''',
- msg="Checking correct behavior of strptime",
- headers = 'time.h',
- execute = True,
- define_ret = True,
- define = 'REPLACE_STRPTIME',
- )
+ conf.CHECK_FUNCS('strptime')
+ conf.CHECK_DECLS('strptime', headers='time.h')
+ conf.CHECK_CODE('''#define LIBREPLACE_CONFIGURE_TEST_STRPTIME
+ #include "test/strptime.c"''',
+ define='HAVE_WORKING_STRPTIME',
+ execute=True,
+ addmain=False,
+ msg='Checking for working strptime')
conf.CHECK_CODE('gettimeofday(NULL, NULL)', 'HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ', execute=False)
conf.CHECK_CODE('#include "test/snprintf.c"',
define="HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF",
- execute=1,
+ execute=True,
addmain=False,
msg="Checking for C99 vsnprintf")
+ conf.CHECK_CODE('#include "test/shared_mmap.c"',
+ addmain=False, add_headers=False, execute=True,
+ define='HAVE_SHARED_MMAP',
+ msg="Checking for HAVE_SHARED_MMAP")
+
+ conf.CHECK_CODE('#include "test/shared_mremap.c"',
+ addmain=False, add_headers=False, execute=True,
+ define='HAVE_MREMAP',
+ msg="Checking for HAVE_MREMAP")
+
+ # OpenBSD (and I've heard HPUX) doesn't sync between mmap and write.
+ # FIXME: Anything other than a 0 or 1 exit code should abort configure!
+ conf.CHECK_CODE('#include "test/incoherent_mmap.c"',
+ addmain=False, add_headers=False, execute=True,
+ define='HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP',
+ msg="Checking for HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP")
+
conf.SAMBA_BUILD_ENV()
conf.CHECK_CODE('''
@@ -342,11 +476,26 @@ def configure(conf):
conf.CHECK_CODE('''
struct stat st;
char tpl[20]="/tmp/test.XXXXXX";
+ char tpl2[20]="/tmp/test.XXXXXX";
int fd = mkstemp(tpl);
- if (fd == -1) exit(1);
+ int fd2 = mkstemp(tpl2);
+ if (fd == -1) {
+ if (fd2 != -1) {
+ unlink(tpl2);
+ }
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ if (fd2 == -1) exit(1);
unlink(tpl);
+ unlink(tpl2);
if (fstat(fd, &st) != 0) exit(1);
if ((st.st_mode & 0777) != 0600) exit(1);
+ if (strcmp(tpl, "/tmp/test.XXXXXX") == 0) {
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ if (strcmp(tpl, tpl2) == 0) {
+ exit(1);
+ }
exit(0);
''',
define='HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP',
@@ -380,40 +529,55 @@ def configure(conf):
execute=True):
break
- if conf.CHECK_FUNCS('getpass getpassphrase'):
- # if we have both, then we prefer getpassphrase
- conf.DEFINE('REPLACE_GETPASS_BY_GETPASSPHRASE', 1)
- conf.DEFINE('REPLACE_GETPASS', 1)
- else:
- conf.CHECK_CODE('''#include "getpass.c"
- int main(void) { return 0; }''',
- addmain=False,
- define='REPLACE_GETPASS',
- cflags='-DNO_CONFIG_H')
-
conf.RECURSE('system')
conf.SAMBA_CONFIG_H()
+REPLACEMENT_FUNCTIONS = {
+ 'replace.c': ['ftruncate', 'strlcpy', 'strlcat', 'mktime', 'initgroups',
+ 'memmove', 'strdup', 'setlinebuf', 'vsyslog', 'strnlen',
+ 'strndup', 'waitpid', 'seteuid', 'setegid', 'chroot',
+ 'mkstemp', 'mkdtemp', 'pread', 'pwrite', 'strcasestr',
+ 'strtok_r', 'strtoll', 'strtoull', 'setenv', 'unsetenv',
+ 'utime', 'utimes', 'dup2', 'chown', 'link', 'readlink',
+ 'symlink', 'lchown', 'realpath', 'memmem', 'vdprintf',
+ 'dprintf', 'get_current_dir_name',
+ 'strerror_r', 'clock_gettime'],
+ 'timegm.c': ['timegm'],
+ # Note: C99_VSNPRINTF is not a function, but a special condition
+ # for replacement
+ 'snprintf.c': ['C99_VSNPRINTF', 'snprintf', 'vsnprintf', 'asprintf', 'vasprintf'],
+ # Note: WORKING_STRPTIME is not a function, but a special condition
+ # for replacement
+ 'strptime.c': ['WORKING_STRPTIME', 'strptime'],
+ }
+
+
def build(bld):
bld.RECURSE('buildtools/wafsamba')
- REPLACE_HOSTCC_SOURCE = 'replace.c snprintf.c'
+ REPLACE_HOSTCC_SOURCE = ''
+
+ for filename, functions in REPLACEMENT_FUNCTIONS.iteritems():
+ for function in functions:
+ if not bld.CONFIG_SET('HAVE_%s' % function.upper()):
+ REPLACE_HOSTCC_SOURCE += ' %s' % filename
+ break
- if bld.CONFIG_SET('REPLACE_STRPTIME'): REPLACE_HOSTCC_SOURCE += ' strptime.c'
- if not bld.CONFIG_SET('HAVE_TIMEGM'): REPLACE_HOSTCC_SOURCE += ' timegm.c'
+ extra_libs = ''
+ if bld.CONFIG_SET('HAVE_LIBBSD'): extra_libs += ' bsd'
bld.SAMBA_SUBSYSTEM('LIBREPLACE_HOSTCC',
REPLACE_HOSTCC_SOURCE,
use_hostcc=True,
use_global_deps=False,
cflags='-DSOCKET_WRAPPER_DISABLE=1 -DNSS_WRAPPER_DISABLE=1 -DUID_WRAPPER_DISABLE=1 -D_SAMBA_HOSTCC_',
- group='compiler_libraries'
+ group='compiler_libraries',
+ deps = extra_libs
)
REPLACE_SOURCE = REPLACE_HOSTCC_SOURCE
- if bld.CONFIG_SET('REPLACE_GETPASS'): REPLACE_SOURCE += ' getpass.c'
if not bld.CONFIG_SET('HAVE_CRYPT'): REPLACE_SOURCE += ' crypt.c'
if not bld.CONFIG_SET('HAVE_DLOPEN'): REPLACE_SOURCE += ' dlfcn.c'
if not bld.CONFIG_SET('HAVE_POLL'): REPLACE_SOURCE += ' poll.c'
@@ -426,6 +590,8 @@ def build(bld):
if not bld.CONFIG_SET('HAVE_INET_ATON'): REPLACE_SOURCE += ' inet_aton.c'
if not bld.CONFIG_SET('HAVE_INET_NTOP'): REPLACE_SOURCE += ' inet_ntop.c'
if not bld.CONFIG_SET('HAVE_INET_PTON'): REPLACE_SOURCE += ' inet_pton.c'
+ if not bld.CONFIG_SET('HAVE_GETXATTR') or bld.CONFIG_SET('XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS'):
+ REPLACE_SOURCE += ' xattr.c'
bld.SAMBA_LIBRARY('replace',
source=REPLACE_SOURCE,
@@ -436,7 +602,7 @@ def build(bld):
# at the moment:
# hide_symbols=bld.BUILTIN_LIBRARY('replace'),
private_library=True,
- deps='crypt dl nsl socket rt')
+ deps='crypt dl nsl socket rt attr' + extra_libs)
bld.SAMBA_SUBSYSTEM('replace-test',
source='''test/testsuite.c test/strptime.c
diff --git a/lib/replace/xattr.c b/lib/replace/xattr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a26ff67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/replace/xattr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,729 @@
+/*
+ Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
+ replacement routines for xattr implementations
+ Copyright (C) Jeremy Allison 1998-2005
+ Copyright (C) Timur Bakeyev 2005
+ Copyright (C) Bjoern Jacke 2006-2007
+ Copyright (C) Herb Lewis 2003
+ Copyright (C) Andrew Bartlett 2012
+
+ ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the replace
+ ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
+ ** under the LGPL
+
+ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include "replace.h"
+#include "system/filesys.h"
+#include "system/dir.h"
+
+/******** Solaris EA helper function prototypes ********/
+#ifdef HAVE_ATTROPEN
+#define SOLARIS_ATTRMODE S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP
+static int solaris_write_xattr(int attrfd, const char *value, size_t size);
+static ssize_t solaris_read_xattr(int attrfd, void *value, size_t size);
+static ssize_t solaris_list_xattr(int attrdirfd, char *list, size_t size);
+static int solaris_unlinkat(int attrdirfd, const char *name);
+static int solaris_attropen(const char *path, const char *attrpath, int oflag, mode_t mode);
+static int solaris_openat(int fildes, const char *path, int oflag, mode_t mode);
+#endif
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ Wrappers for extented attribute calls. Based on the Linux package with
+ support for IRIX and (Net|Free)BSD also. Expand as other systems have them.
+****************************************************************************/
+
+ssize_t rep_getxattr (const char *path, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_GETXATTR)
+#ifndef XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS
+ return getxattr(path, name, value, size);
+#else
+
+/* So that we do not recursivly call this function */
+#undef getxattr
+ int options = 0;
+ return getxattr(path, name, value, size, 0, options);
+#endif
+#elif defined(HAVE_GETEA)
+ return getea(path, name, value, size);
+#elif defined(HAVE_EXTATTR_GET_FILE)
+ char *s;
+ ssize_t retval;
+ int attrnamespace = (strncmp(name, "system", 6) == 0) ?
+ EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_SYSTEM : EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER;
+ const char *attrname = ((s=strchr(name, '.')) == NULL) ? name : s + 1;
+ /*
+ * The BSD implementation has a nasty habit of silently truncating
+ * the returned value to the size of the buffer, so we have to check
+ * that the buffer is large enough to fit the returned value.
+ */
+ if((retval=extattr_get_file(path, attrnamespace, attrname, NULL, 0)) >= 0) {
+ if (size == 0) {
+ return retval;
+ } else if (retval > size) {
+ errno = ERANGE;
+ return -1;
+ }
+ if((retval=extattr_get_file(path, attrnamespace, attrname, value, size)) >= 0)
+ return retval;
+ }
+
+ return -1;
+#elif defined(HAVE_ATTR_GET)
+ int retval, flags = 0;
+ int valuelength = (int)size;
+ char *attrname = strchr(name,'.') + 1;
+
+ if (strncmp(name, "system", 6) == 0) flags |= ATTR_ROOT;
+
+ retval = attr_get(path, attrname, (char *)value, &valuelength, flags);
+ if (size == 0 && retval == -1 && errno == E2BIG) {
+ return valuelength;
+ }
+
+ return retval ? retval : valuelength;
+#elif defined(HAVE_ATTROPEN)
+ ssize_t ret = -1;
+ int attrfd = solaris_attropen(path, name, O_RDONLY, 0);
+ if (attrfd >= 0) {
+ ret = solaris_read_xattr(attrfd, value, size);
+ close(attrfd);
+ }
+ return ret;
+#else
+ errno = ENOSYS;
+ return -1;
+#endif
+}
+
+ssize_t rep_fgetxattr (int filedes, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_FGETXATTR)
+#ifndef XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS
+ return fgetxattr(filedes, name, value, size);
+#else
+
+/* So that we do not recursivly call this function */
+#undef fgetxattr
+ int options = 0;
+ return fgetxattr(filedes, name, value, size, 0, options);
+#endif
+#elif defined(HAVE_FGETEA)
+ return fgetea(filedes, name, value, size);
+#elif defined(HAVE_EXTATTR_GET_FD)
+ char *s;
+ ssize_t retval;
+ int attrnamespace = (strncmp(name, "system", 6) == 0) ?
+ EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_SYSTEM : EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER;
+ const char *attrname = ((s=strchr(name, '.')) == NULL) ? name : s + 1;
+
+ if((retval=extattr_get_fd(filedes, attrnamespace, attrname, NULL, 0)) >= 0) {
+ if (size == 0) {
+ return retval;
+ } else if (retval > size) {
+ errno = ERANGE;
+ return -1;
+ }
+ if((retval=extattr_get_fd(filedes, attrnamespace, attrname, value, size)) >= 0)
+ return retval;
+ }
+
+ return -1;
+#elif defined(HAVE_ATTR_GETF)
+ int retval, flags = 0;
+ int valuelength = (int)size;
+ char *attrname = strchr(name,'.') + 1;
+
+ if (strncmp(name, "system", 6) == 0) flags |= ATTR_ROOT;
+
+ retval = attr_getf(filedes, attrname, (char *)value, &valuelength, flags);
+ if (size == 0 && retval == -1 && errno == E2BIG) {
+ return valuelength;
+ }
+ return retval ? retval : valuelength;
+#elif defined(HAVE_ATTROPEN)
+ ssize_t ret = -1;
+ int attrfd = solaris_openat(filedes, name, O_RDONLY|O_XATTR, 0);
+ if (attrfd >= 0) {
+ ret = solaris_read_xattr(attrfd, value, size);
+ close(attrfd);
+ }
+ return ret;
+#else
+ errno = ENOSYS;
+ return -1;
+#endif
+}
+
+#if defined(HAVE_EXTATTR_LIST_FILE)
+
+#define EXTATTR_PREFIX(s) (s), (sizeof((s))-1)
+
+static struct {
+ int space;
+ const char *name;
+ size_t len;
+}
+extattr[] = {
+ { EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_SYSTEM, EXTATTR_PREFIX("system.") },
+ { EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER, EXTATTR_PREFIX("user.") },
+};
+
+typedef union {
+ const char *path;
+ int filedes;
+} extattr_arg;
+
+static ssize_t bsd_attr_list (int type, extattr_arg arg, char *list, size_t size)
+{
+ ssize_t list_size, total_size = 0;
+ int i, t, len;
+ char *buf;
+ /* Iterate through extattr(2) namespaces */
+ for(t = 0; t < ARRAY_SIZE(extattr); t++) {
+ switch(type) {
+#if defined(HAVE_EXTATTR_LIST_FILE)
+ case 0:
+ list_size = extattr_list_file(arg.path, extattr[t].space, list, size);
+ break;
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_EXTATTR_LIST_LINK)
+ case 1:
+ list_size = extattr_list_link(arg.path, extattr[t].space, list, size);
+ break;
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_EXTATTR_LIST_FD)
+ case 2:
+ list_size = extattr_list_fd(arg.filedes, extattr[t].space, list, size);
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ errno = ENOSYS;
+ return -1;
+ }
+ /* Some error happend. Errno should be set by the previous call */
+ if(list_size < 0)
+ return -1;
+ /* No attributes */
+ if(list_size == 0)
+ continue;
+ /* XXX: Call with an empty buffer may be used to calculate
+ necessary buffer size. Unfortunately, we can't say, how
+ many attributes were returned, so here is the potential
+ problem with the emulation.
+ */
+ if(list == NULL) {
+ /* Take the worse case of one char attribute names -
+ two bytes per name plus one more for sanity.
+ */
+ total_size += list_size + (list_size/2 + 1)*extattr[t].len;
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* Count necessary offset to fit namespace prefixes */
+ len = 0;
+ for(i = 0; i < list_size; i += list[i] + 1)
+ len += extattr[t].len;
+
+ total_size += list_size + len;
+ /* Buffer is too small to fit the results */
+ if(total_size > size) {
+ errno = ERANGE;
+ return -1;
+ }
+ /* Shift results back, so we can prepend prefixes */
+ buf = (char *)memmove(list + len, list, list_size);
+
+ for(i = 0; i < list_size; i += len + 1) {
+ len = buf[i];
+ strncpy(list, extattr[t].name, extattr[t].len + 1);
+ list += extattr[t].len;
+ strncpy(list, buf + i + 1, len);
+ list[len] = '\0';
+ list += len + 1;
+ }
+ size -= total_size;
+ }
+ return total_size;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HAVE_ATTR_LIST) && (defined(HAVE_SYS_ATTRIBUTES_H) || defined(HAVE_ATTR_ATTRIBUTES_H))
+static char attr_buffer[ATTR_MAX_VALUELEN];
+
+static ssize_t irix_attr_list(const char *path, int filedes, char *list, size_t size, int flags)
+{
+ int retval = 0, index;
+ attrlist_cursor_t *cursor = 0;
+ int total_size = 0;
+ attrlist_t * al = (attrlist_t *)attr_buffer;
+ attrlist_ent_t *ae;
+ size_t ent_size, left = size;
+ char *bp = list;
+
+ while (true) {
+ if (filedes)
+ retval = attr_listf(filedes, attr_buffer, ATTR_MAX_VALUELEN, flags, cursor);
+ else
+ retval = attr_list(path, attr_buffer, ATTR_MAX_VALUELEN, flags, cursor);
+ if (retval) break;
+ for (index = 0; index < al->al_count; index++) {
+ ae = ATTR_ENTRY(attr_buffer, index);
+ ent_size = strlen(ae->a_name) + sizeof("user.");
+ if (left >= ent_size) {
+ strncpy(bp, "user.", sizeof("user."));
+ strncat(bp, ae->a_name, ent_size - sizeof("user."));
+ bp += ent_size;
+ left -= ent_size;
+ } else if (size) {
+ errno = ERANGE;
+ retval = -1;
+ break;
+ }
+ total_size += ent_size;
+ }
+ if (al->al_more == 0) break;
+ }
+ if (retval == 0) {
+ flags |= ATTR_ROOT;
+ cursor = 0;
+ while (true) {
+ if (filedes)
+ retval = attr_listf(filedes, attr_buffer, ATTR_MAX_VALUELEN, flags, cursor);
+ else
+ retval = attr_list(path, attr_buffer, ATTR_MAX_VALUELEN, flags, cursor);
+ if (retval) break;
+ for (index = 0; index < al->al_count; index++) {
+ ae = ATTR_ENTRY(attr_buffer, index);
+ ent_size = strlen(ae->a_name) + sizeof("system.");
+ if (left >= ent_size) {
+ strncpy(bp, "system.", sizeof("system."));
+ strncat(bp, ae->a_name, ent_size - sizeof("system."));
+ bp += ent_size;
+ left -= ent_size;
+ } else if (size) {
+ errno = ERANGE;
+ retval = -1;
+ break;
+ }
+ total_size += ent_size;
+ }
+ if (al->al_more == 0) break;
+ }
+ }
+ return (ssize_t)(retval ? retval : total_size);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+ssize_t rep_listxattr (const char *path, char *list, size_t size)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_LISTXATTR)
+#ifndef XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS
+ return listxattr(path, list, size);
+#else
+/* So that we do not recursivly call this function */
+#undef listxattr
+ int options = 0;
+ return listxattr(path, list, size, options);
+#endif
+#elif defined(HAVE_LISTEA)
+ return listea(path, list, size);
+#elif defined(HAVE_EXTATTR_LIST_FILE)
+ extattr_arg arg;
+ arg.path = path;
+ return bsd_attr_list(0, arg, list, size);
+#elif defined(HAVE_ATTR_LIST) && defined(HAVE_SYS_ATTRIBUTES_H)
+ return irix_attr_list(path, 0, list, size, 0);
+#elif defined(HAVE_ATTROPEN)
+ ssize_t ret = -1;
+ int attrdirfd = solaris_attropen(path, ".", O_RDONLY, 0);
+ if (attrdirfd >= 0) {
+ ret = solaris_list_xattr(attrdirfd, list, size);
+ close(attrdirfd);
+ }
+ return ret;
+#else
+ errno = ENOSYS;
+ return -1;
+#endif
+}
+
+ssize_t rep_flistxattr (int filedes, char *list, size_t size)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_FLISTXATTR)
+#ifndef XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS
+ return flistxattr(filedes, list, size);
+#else
+/* So that we do not recursivly call this function */
+#undef flistxattr
+ int options = 0;
+ return flistxattr(filedes, list, size, options);
+#endif
+#elif defined(HAVE_FLISTEA)
+ return flistea(filedes, list, size);
+#elif defined(HAVE_EXTATTR_LIST_FD)
+ extattr_arg arg;
+ arg.filedes = filedes;
+ return bsd_attr_list(2, arg, list, size);
+#elif defined(HAVE_ATTR_LISTF)
+ return irix_attr_list(NULL, filedes, list, size, 0);
+#elif defined(HAVE_ATTROPEN)
+ ssize_t ret = -1;
+ int attrdirfd = solaris_openat(filedes, ".", O_RDONLY|O_XATTR, 0);
+ if (attrdirfd >= 0) {
+ ret = solaris_list_xattr(attrdirfd, list, size);
+ close(attrdirfd);
+ }
+ return ret;
+#else
+ errno = ENOSYS;
+ return -1;
+#endif
+}
+
+int rep_removexattr (const char *path, const char *name)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_REMOVEXATTR)
+#ifndef XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS
+ return removexattr(path, name);
+#else
+/* So that we do not recursivly call this function */
+#undef removexattr
+ int options = 0;
+ return removexattr(path, name, options);
+#endif
+#elif defined(HAVE_REMOVEEA)
+ return removeea(path, name);
+#elif defined(HAVE_EXTATTR_DELETE_FILE)
+ char *s;
+ int attrnamespace = (strncmp(name, "system", 6) == 0) ?
+ EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_SYSTEM : EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER;
+ const char *attrname = ((s=strchr(name, '.')) == NULL) ? name : s + 1;
+
+ return extattr_delete_file(path, attrnamespace, attrname);
+#elif defined(HAVE_ATTR_REMOVE)
+ int flags = 0;
+ char *attrname = strchr(name,'.') + 1;
+
+ if (strncmp(name, "system", 6) == 0) flags |= ATTR_ROOT;
+
+ return attr_remove(path, attrname, flags);
+#elif defined(HAVE_ATTROPEN)
+ int ret = -1;
+ int attrdirfd = solaris_attropen(path, ".", O_RDONLY, 0);
+ if (attrdirfd >= 0) {
+ ret = solaris_unlinkat(attrdirfd, name);
+ close(attrdirfd);
+ }
+ return ret;
+#else
+ errno = ENOSYS;
+ return -1;
+#endif
+}
+
+int rep_fremovexattr (int filedes, const char *name)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_FREMOVEXATTR)
+#ifndef XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS
+ return fremovexattr(filedes, name);
+#else
+/* So that we do not recursivly call this function */
+#undef fremovexattr
+ int options = 0;
+ return fremovexattr(filedes, name, options);
+#endif
+#elif defined(HAVE_FREMOVEEA)
+ return fremoveea(filedes, name);
+#elif defined(HAVE_EXTATTR_DELETE_FD)
+ char *s;
+ int attrnamespace = (strncmp(name, "system", 6) == 0) ?
+ EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_SYSTEM : EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER;
+ const char *attrname = ((s=strchr(name, '.')) == NULL) ? name : s + 1;
+
+ return extattr_delete_fd(filedes, attrnamespace, attrname);
+#elif defined(HAVE_ATTR_REMOVEF)
+ int flags = 0;
+ char *attrname = strchr(name,'.') + 1;
+
+ if (strncmp(name, "system", 6) == 0) flags |= ATTR_ROOT;
+
+ return attr_removef(filedes, attrname, flags);
+#elif defined(HAVE_ATTROPEN)
+ int ret = -1;
+ int attrdirfd = solaris_openat(filedes, ".", O_RDONLY|O_XATTR, 0);
+ if (attrdirfd >= 0) {
+ ret = solaris_unlinkat(attrdirfd, name);
+ close(attrdirfd);
+ }
+ return ret;
+#else
+ errno = ENOSYS;
+ return -1;
+#endif
+}
+
+int rep_setxattr (const char *path, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size, int flags)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_SETXATTR)
+#ifndef XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS
+ return setxattr(path, name, value, size, flags);
+#else
+/* So that we do not recursivly call this function */
+#undef setxattr
+ int options = 0;
+ return setxattr(path, name, value, size, 0, options);
+#endif
+#elif defined(HAVE_SETEA)
+ return setea(path, name, value, size, flags);
+#elif defined(HAVE_EXTATTR_SET_FILE)
+ char *s;
+ int retval = 0;
+ int attrnamespace = (strncmp(name, "system", 6) == 0) ?
+ EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_SYSTEM : EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER;
+ const char *attrname = ((s=strchr(name, '.')) == NULL) ? name : s + 1;
+ if (flags) {
+ /* Check attribute existence */
+ retval = extattr_get_file(path, attrnamespace, attrname, NULL, 0);
+ if (retval < 0) {
+ /* REPLACE attribute, that doesn't exist */
+ if (flags & XATTR_REPLACE && errno == ENOATTR) {
+ errno = ENOATTR;
+ return -1;
+ }
+ /* Ignore other errors */
+ }
+ else {
+ /* CREATE attribute, that already exists */
+ if (flags & XATTR_CREATE) {
+ errno = EEXIST;
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ retval = extattr_set_file(path, attrnamespace, attrname, value, size);
+ return (retval < 0) ? -1 : 0;
+#elif defined(HAVE_ATTR_SET)
+ int myflags = 0;
+ char *attrname = strchr(name,'.') + 1;
+
+ if (strncmp(name, "system", 6) == 0) myflags |= ATTR_ROOT;
+ if (flags & XATTR_CREATE) myflags |= ATTR_CREATE;
+ if (flags & XATTR_REPLACE) myflags |= ATTR_REPLACE;
+
+ return attr_set(path, attrname, (const char *)value, size, myflags);
+#elif defined(HAVE_ATTROPEN)
+ int ret = -1;
+ int myflags = O_RDWR;
+ int attrfd;
+ if (flags & XATTR_CREATE) myflags |= O_EXCL;
+ if (!(flags & XATTR_REPLACE)) myflags |= O_CREAT;
+ attrfd = solaris_attropen(path, name, myflags, (mode_t) SOLARIS_ATTRMODE);
+ if (attrfd >= 0) {
+ ret = solaris_write_xattr(attrfd, value, size);
+ close(attrfd);
+ }
+ return ret;
+#else
+ errno = ENOSYS;
+ return -1;
+#endif
+}
+
+int rep_fsetxattr (int filedes, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size, int flags)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_FSETXATTR)
+#ifndef XATTR_ADDITIONAL_OPTIONS
+ return fsetxattr(filedes, name, value, size, flags);
+#else
+/* So that we do not recursivly call this function */
+#undef fsetxattr
+ int options = 0;
+ return fsetxattr(filedes, name, value, size, 0, options);
+#endif
+#elif defined(HAVE_FSETEA)
+ return fsetea(filedes, name, value, size, flags);
+#elif defined(HAVE_EXTATTR_SET_FD)
+ char *s;
+ int retval = 0;
+ int attrnamespace = (strncmp(name, "system", 6) == 0) ?
+ EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_SYSTEM : EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER;
+ const char *attrname = ((s=strchr(name, '.')) == NULL) ? name : s + 1;
+ if (flags) {
+ /* Check attribute existence */
+ retval = extattr_get_fd(filedes, attrnamespace, attrname, NULL, 0);
+ if (retval < 0) {
+ /* REPLACE attribute, that doesn't exist */
+ if (flags & XATTR_REPLACE && errno == ENOATTR) {
+ errno = ENOATTR;
+ return -1;
+ }
+ /* Ignore other errors */
+ }
+ else {
+ /* CREATE attribute, that already exists */
+ if (flags & XATTR_CREATE) {
+ errno = EEXIST;
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ retval = extattr_set_fd(filedes, attrnamespace, attrname, value, size);
+ return (retval < 0) ? -1 : 0;
+#elif defined(HAVE_ATTR_SETF)
+ int myflags = 0;
+ char *attrname = strchr(name,'.') + 1;
+
+ if (strncmp(name, "system", 6) == 0) myflags |= ATTR_ROOT;
+ if (flags & XATTR_CREATE) myflags |= ATTR_CREATE;
+ if (flags & XATTR_REPLACE) myflags |= ATTR_REPLACE;
+
+ return attr_setf(filedes, attrname, (const char *)value, size, myflags);
+#elif defined(HAVE_ATTROPEN)
+ int ret = -1;
+ int myflags = O_RDWR | O_XATTR;
+ int attrfd;
+ if (flags & XATTR_CREATE) myflags |= O_EXCL;
+ if (!(flags & XATTR_REPLACE)) myflags |= O_CREAT;
+ attrfd = solaris_openat(filedes, name, myflags, (mode_t) SOLARIS_ATTRMODE);
+ if (attrfd >= 0) {
+ ret = solaris_write_xattr(attrfd, value, size);
+ close(attrfd);
+ }
+ return ret;
+#else
+ errno = ENOSYS;
+ return -1;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ helper functions for Solaris' EA support
+****************************************************************************/
+#ifdef HAVE_ATTROPEN
+static ssize_t solaris_read_xattr(int attrfd, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+ struct stat sbuf;
+
+ if (fstat(attrfd, &sbuf) == -1) {
+ errno = ENOATTR;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ /* This is to return the current size of the named extended attribute */
+ if (size == 0) {
+ return sbuf.st_size;
+ }
+
+ /* check size and read xattr */
+ if (sbuf.st_size > size) {
+ errno = ERANGE;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ return read(attrfd, value, sbuf.st_size);
+}
+
+static ssize_t solaris_list_xattr(int attrdirfd, char *list, size_t size)
+{
+ ssize_t len = 0;
+ DIR *dirp;
+ struct dirent *de;
+ int newfd = dup(attrdirfd);
+ /* CAUTION: The originating file descriptor should not be
+ used again following the call to fdopendir().
+ For that reason we dup() the file descriptor
+ here to make things more clear. */
+ dirp = fdopendir(newfd);
+
+ while ((de = readdir(dirp))) {
+ size_t listlen = strlen(de->d_name) + 1;
+ if (!strcmp(de->d_name, ".") || !strcmp(de->d_name, "..")) {
+ /* we don't want "." and ".." here: */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (size == 0) {
+ /* return the current size of the list of extended attribute names*/
+ len += listlen;
+ } else {
+ /* check size and copy entrieѕ + nul into list. */
+ if ((len + listlen) > size) {
+ errno = ERANGE;
+ len = -1;
+ break;
+ } else {
+ strlcpy(list + len, de->d_name, listlen);
+ len += listlen;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (closedir(dirp) == -1) {
+ return -1;
+ }
+ return len;
+}
+
+static int solaris_unlinkat(int attrdirfd, const char *name)
+{
+ if (unlinkat(attrdirfd, name, 0) == -1) {
+ if (errno == ENOENT) {
+ errno = ENOATTR;
+ }
+ return -1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int solaris_attropen(const char *path, const char *attrpath, int oflag, mode_t mode)
+{
+ int filedes = attropen(path, attrpath, oflag, mode);
+ if (filedes == -1) {
+ if (errno == EINVAL) {
+ errno = ENOTSUP;
+ } else {
+ errno = ENOATTR;
+ }
+ }
+ return filedes;
+}
+
+static int solaris_openat(int fildes, const char *path, int oflag, mode_t mode)
+{
+ int filedes = openat(fildes, path, oflag, mode);
+ if (filedes == -1) {
+ if (errno == EINVAL) {
+ errno = ENOTSUP;
+ } else {
+ errno = ENOATTR;
+ }
+ }
+ return filedes;
+}
+
+static int solaris_write_xattr(int attrfd, const char *value, size_t size)
+{
+ if ((ftruncate(attrfd, 0) == 0) && (write(attrfd, value, size) == size)) {
+ return 0;
+ } else {
+ return -1;
+ }
+}
+#endif /*HAVE_ATTROPEN*/
+
+
diff --git a/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.7.sigs b/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.7.sigs
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e236d5..0000000
--- a/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.7.sigs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-_talloc: void *(const void *, size_t)
-_talloc_array: void *(const void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-_talloc_free: int (void *, const char *)
-_talloc_get_type_abort: void *(const void *, const char *, const char *)
-_talloc_memdup: void *(const void *, const void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_move: void *(const void *, const void *)
-_talloc_realloc: void *(const void *, void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_realloc_array: void *(const void *, void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-_talloc_reference_loc: void *(const void *, const void *, const char *)
-_talloc_set_destructor: void (const void *, int (*)(void *))
-_talloc_steal_loc: void *(const void *, const void *, const char *)
-_talloc_zero: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_zero_array: void *(const void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-talloc_asprintf: char *(const void *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_asprintf_append: char *(char *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_asprintf_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_autofree_context: void *(void)
-talloc_check_name: void *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_disable_null_tracking: void (void)
-talloc_enable_leak_report: void (void)
-talloc_enable_leak_report_full: void (void)
-talloc_enable_null_tracking: void (void)
-talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree: void (void)
-talloc_find_parent_byname: void *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_free_children: void (void *)
-talloc_get_name: const char *(const void *)
-talloc_get_size: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_increase_ref_count: int (const void *)
-talloc_init: void *(const char *, ...)
-talloc_is_parent: int (const void *, const void *)
-talloc_named: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *, ...)
-talloc_named_const: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *)
-talloc_parent: void *(const void *)
-talloc_parent_name: const char *(const void *)
-talloc_pool: void *(const void *, size_t)
-talloc_realloc_fn: void *(const void *, void *, size_t)
-talloc_reference_count: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_reparent: void *(const void *, const void *, const void *)
-talloc_report: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_report_depth_cb: void (const void *, int, int, void (*)(const void *, int, int, int, void *), void *)
-talloc_report_depth_file: void (const void *, int, int, FILE *)
-talloc_report_full: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_set_abort_fn: void (void (*)(const char *))
-talloc_set_log_fn: void (void (*)(const char *))
-talloc_set_log_stderr: void (void)
-talloc_set_name: const char *(const void *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_set_name_const: void (const void *, const char *)
-talloc_show_parents: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_strdup: char *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_strdup_append: char *(char *, const char *)
-talloc_strdup_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *)
-talloc_strndup: char *(const void *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_strndup_append: char *(char *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_strndup_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_total_blocks: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_total_size: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_unlink: int (const void *, void *)
-talloc_vasprintf: char *(const void *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_vasprintf_append: char *(char *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_vasprintf_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_version_major: int (void)
-talloc_version_minor: int (void)
diff --git a/lib/talloc/doc/mainpage.dox b/lib/talloc/doc/mainpage.dox
deleted file mode 100644
index 3204e8a..0000000
--- a/lib/talloc/doc/mainpage.dox
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @mainpage
- *
- * talloc is a hierarchical, reference counted memory pool system with
- * destructors. It is the core memory allocator used in Samba.
- *
- * @section talloc_download Download
- *
- * You can download the latest releases of talloc from the
- * <a href="http://samba.org/ftp/talloc" target="_blank">talloc directory</a>
- * on the samba public source archive.
- *
- * @section talloc_bugs Discussion and bug reports
- *
- * talloc does not currently have its own mailing list or bug tracking system.
- * For now, please use the
- * <a href="https://lists.samba.org/mailman/listinfo/samba-technical" target="_blank">samba-technical</a>
- * mailing list, and the
- * <a href="http://bugzilla.samba.org/" target="_blank">Samba bugzilla</a>
- * bug tracking system.
- *
- * @section talloc_devel Development
- * You can download the latest code either via git or rsync.
- *
- * To fetch via git see the following guide:
- *
- * <a href="http://wiki.samba.org/index.php/Using_Git_for_Samba_Development" target="_blank">Using Git for Samba Development</a>
- *
- * Once you have cloned the tree switch to the master branch and cd into the
- * lib/tevent directory.
- *
- * To fetch via rsync use this command:
- *
- * rsync -Pavz samba.org::ftp/unpacked/standalone_projects/lib/talloc .
- *
- * @section talloc_preample Preamble
- *
- * talloc is a hierarchical, reference counted memory pool system with
- * destructors.
- *
- * Perhaps the biggest difference from other memory pool systems is that there
- * is no distinction between a "talloc context" and a "talloc pointer". Any
- * pointer returned from talloc() is itself a valid talloc context. This means
- * you can do this:
- *
- * @code
- * struct foo *X = talloc(mem_ctx, struct foo);
- * X->name = talloc_strdup(X, "foo");
- * @endcode
- *
- * The pointer X->name would be a "child" of the talloc context "X" which is
- * itself a child of mem_ctx. So if you do talloc_free(mem_ctx) then it is all
- * destroyed, whereas if you do talloc_free(X) then just X and X->name are
- * destroyed, and if you do talloc_free(X->name) then just the name element of
- * X is destroyed.
- *
- * If you think about this, then what this effectively gives you is an n-ary
- * tree, where you can free any part of the tree with talloc_free().
- *
- * If you find this confusing, then run the testsuite to watch talloc in
- * action. You may also like to add your own tests to testsuite.c to clarify
- * how some particular situation is handled.
- *
- * @section talloc_performance Performance
- *
- * All the additional features of talloc() over malloc() do come at a price. We
- * have a simple performance test in Samba4 that measures talloc() versus
- * malloc() performance, and it seems that talloc() is about 4% slower than
- * malloc() on my x86 Debian Linux box. For Samba, the great reduction in code
- * complexity that we get by using talloc makes this worthwhile, especially as
- * the total overhead of talloc/malloc in Samba is already quite small.
- *
- * @section talloc_named Named blocks
- *
- * Every talloc chunk has a name that can be used as a dynamic type-checking
- * system. If for some reason like a callback function you had to cast a
- * "struct foo *" to a "void *" variable, later you can safely reassign the
- * "void *" pointer to a "struct foo *" by using the talloc_get_type() or
- * talloc_get_type_abort() macros.
- *
- * @code
- * struct foo *X = talloc_get_type_abort(ptr, struct foo);
- * @endcode
- *
- * This will abort if "ptr" does not contain a pointer that has been created
- * with talloc(mem_ctx, struct foo).
- *
- * @section talloc_threading Multi-threading
- *
- * talloc itself does not deal with threads. It is thread-safe (assuming the
- * underlying "malloc" is), as long as each thread uses different memory
- * contexts.
- *
- * If two threads uses the same context then they need to synchronize in order
- * to be safe. In particular:
- *
- * - when using talloc_enable_leak_report(), giving directly NULL as a parent
- * context implicitly refers to a hidden "null context" global variable, so
- * this should not be used in a multi-threaded environment without proper
- * synchronization.
- * - the context returned by talloc_autofree_context() is also global so
- * shouldn't be used by several threads simultaneously without
- * synchronization.
- *
- */
diff --git a/lib/talloc/doxy.config b/lib/talloc/doxy.config
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e3a319..0000000
--- a/lib/talloc/doxy.config
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1538 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.6.1
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
-#
-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
-# by quotes) that should identify the project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME = talloc
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
-# if some version control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER = 2.0
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
-# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = doc
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German,
-# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English
-# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian,
-# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak,
-# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
-# Set to NO to disable this.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
- "The $name widget" \
- "The $name file" \
- is \
- provides \
- specifies \
- contains \
- represents \
- a \
- an \
- the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
-# path to strip.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-
-SHORT_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = YES
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
-# re-implements.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-
-TAB_SIZE = 8
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
-
-ALIASES =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
-# of all members will be omitted, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
-# scopes will look different, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Fortran.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
-# VHDL.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it parses.
-# With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension.
-# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this tag.
-# The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language is one of
-# the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, C#, C, C++, D, PHP,
-# Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make doxygen treat
-# .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C (default is Fortran),
-# use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING =
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
-# the \nosubgrouping command.
-
-SUBGROUPING = YES
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
-
-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
-# causing a significant performance penality.
-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
-
-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
-
-EXTRACT_ALL = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = NO
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
-# the interface are included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
-# anonymous namespace are hidden.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = YES
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = YES
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
-# documentation.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
-# function's detailed documentation block.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
-# of that file.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
-
-INLINE_INFO = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default) the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS. This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
-# the group names will appear in their defined order.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
-# not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
-# alphabetical list.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
-
-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
-# in the documentation. The default is NO.
-
-SHOW_DIRECTORIES = NO
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
-# Namespaces page.
-# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
-# of the layout file.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-QUIET = NO
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
-# NO is used.
-
-WARNINGS = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
-# automatically be disabled.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
-# documentation.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = NO
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-
-WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
-# to stderr.
-
-WARN_LOGFILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
-# with spaces.
-
-INPUT = . doc
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
-# the list of possible encodings.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank the following patterns are tested:
-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
-
-FILE_PATTERNS = *.cpp \
- *.cc \
- *.c \
- *.h \
- *.hh \
- *.hpp \
- *.dox
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
-# If left blank NO is used.
-
-RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-
-EXCLUDE =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
-# for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */.git/* \
- */.svn/* \
- */cmake/* \
- */build/*
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS =
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
-# the \include command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank all files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
-# the \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
-# to standard output.
-# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
-# ignored.
-
-INPUT_FILTER =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis.
-# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match.
-# The filters are a list of the form:
-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
-# is applied to all files.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented
-# functions referencing it will be listed.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented entities
-# called/used by that function will be listed.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
-# link to the source code.
-# Otherwise they will link to the documentation.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
-
-USE_HTAGS = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = NO
-
-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate HTML output.
-
-GENERATE_HTML = YES
-
-# If the HTML_FOOTER_DESCRIPTION tag is set to YES, Doxygen will
-# add generated date, project name and doxygen version to HTML footer.
-
-HTML_FOOTER_DESCRIPTION= NO
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-
-HTML_HEADER =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard footer.
-
-HTML_FOOTER =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET =
-
-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
-# NO a bullet list will be used.
-
-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
-# it at startup.
-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
-# can be grouped.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
-# will append .docset to the name.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
-# of the generated HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-
-CHM_FILE =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-
-HHC_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-
-GENERATE_CHI = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
-# content.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
-
-BINARY_TOC = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-
-TOC_EXPAND = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
-# HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_QHP = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
-
-QCH_FILE =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE =
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
-
-# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to add.
-# For more information please see
-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the custom filter to add.For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters">Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this project's
-# filter section matches.
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes">Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
-# .qhp file.
-
-QHG_LOCATION =
-
-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
-# the value YES disables it.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX = NO
-
-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
-# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated
-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser).
-# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NONE
-
-# By enabling USE_INLINE_TREES, doxygen will generate the Groups, Directories,
-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list.
-
-USE_INLINE_TREES = NO
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
-# is shown.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
-# to force them to be regenerated.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enable doxygen will generate a search box for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript
-# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP) or Qt help (GENERATE_QHP)
-# there is already a search function so this one should typically
-# be disabled.
-
-SEARCHENGINE = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate Latex output.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX = YES
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
-# default command name.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
-
-PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
-
-LATEX_HEADER =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
-
-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
-# in the output.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
-
-# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as SOURCE_BROWSER.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
-# other RTF readers or editors.
-
-GENERATE_RTF = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_RTF = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
-# programs which support those fields.
-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate man pages
-
-GENERATE_MAN = YES
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
-
-MAN_EXTENSION = .3
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
-
-MAN_LINKS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation.
-
-GENERATE_XML = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
-
-XML_OUTPUT = xml
-
-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_SCHEMA =
-
-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_DTD =
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
-# that captures the structure of the code including all
-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
-# and incomplete at the moment.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this
-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
-# moment.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.
-# This is useful
-# if you want to understand what is going on.
-# On the other hand, if this
-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
-# and Perl will parse it just the same.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
-# files.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
-# the preprocessor.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
-# be used.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
-# instead of the = operator.
-
-PREDEFINED = DOXYGEN PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(x,y)=
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
-# the parser if not removed.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
-# this location is as follows:
-#
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-#
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
-# does not have to be run to correct the links.
-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
-# (where the name does NOT include the path)
-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
-# will be listed.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
-# be listed.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
-
-PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
-# or is not a class.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
-
-HAVE_DOT = NO
-
-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
-# containing the font.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
-# The default size is 10pt.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
-# can find it using this tag.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH = YES
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS = YES
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-
-UML_LOOK = NO
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
-# relations between templates and their instances.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
-# other documented files.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
-# indirectly include this file.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
-
-CALL_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
-# relations between the files in the directories.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
-# If left blank png will be used.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
-
-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-
-DOT_PATH =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
-# \dotfile command).
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 0
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
-# the various graphs.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/lib/talloc/install-sh b/lib/talloc/install-sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 5871924..0000000
--- a/lib/talloc/install-sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-#
-# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-# This comes from X11R5.
-#
-# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
-# when there is no Makefile.
-#
-# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch.
-#
-
-
-# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
-
-# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit="${DOITPROG-}"
-
-
-# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
-
-mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
-cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
-chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
-chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
-chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
-stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
-rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
-mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
-
-transformbasename=""
-transform_arg=""
-instcmd="$mvprog"
-chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
-chowncmd=""
-chgrpcmd=""
-stripcmd=""
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-mvcmd="$mvprog"
-src=""
-dst=""
-dir_arg=""
-
-while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
- case $1 in
- -c) instcmd="$cpprog"
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -d) dir_arg=true
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
- shift
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
- shift
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
- shift
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
- shift
- continue;;
-
- *) if [ x"$src" = x ]
- then
- src=$1
- else
- # this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
- :
- dst=$1
- fi
- shift
- continue;;
- esac
-done
-
-if [ x"$src" = x ]
-then
- echo "install: no input file specified"
- exit 1
-else
- true
-fi
-
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
- dst=$src
- src=""
-
- if [ -d $dst ]; then
- instcmd=:
- else
- instcmd=mkdir
- fi
-else
-
-# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
-# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
-# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
-
- if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
- then
- true
- else
- echo "install: $src does not exist"
- exit 1
- fi
-
- if [ x"$dst" = x ]
- then
- echo "install: no destination specified"
- exit 1
- else
- true
- fi
-
-# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
-# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
-
- if [ -d $dst ]
- then
- dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
- else
- true
- fi
-fi
-
-## this sed command emulates the dirname command
-dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
-
-# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
-# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
-
-# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
-if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
-defaultIFS='
-'
-IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
-
-oIFS="${IFS}"
-# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
-IFS='%'
-set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
-IFS="${oIFS}"
-
-pathcomp=''
-
-while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
- pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
- shift
-
- if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
- then
- $mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
- else
- true
- fi
-
- pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
-done
-fi
-
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
-then
- $doit $instcmd $dst &&
-
- if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
- if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
- if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
- if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
-else
-
-# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
-
- if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
- then
- dstfile=`basename $dst`
- else
- dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename |
- sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
- fi
-
-# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
-
- if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
- then
- dstfile=`basename $dst`
- else
- true
- fi
-
-# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
-
- dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
-
-# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
-
- $doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
-
- trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
-
-# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
-
-# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
-# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
-
- if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
- if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
- if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
- if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-
-# Now rename the file to the real destination.
-
- $doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
- $doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile
-
-fi &&
-
-
-exit 0
diff --git a/lib/talloc/libtalloc.m4 b/lib/talloc/libtalloc.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 65227d8..0000000
--- a/lib/talloc/libtalloc.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-dnl Check to see if we should use the included talloc
-
-INCLUDED_TALLOC=auto
-AC_ARG_WITH(included-talloc,
- [AC_HELP_STRING([--with-included-talloc], [use bundled talloc library, not from system])],
- [ INCLUDED_TALLOC=$withval ])
-
-AC_SUBST(TALLOC_LIBS)
-AC_SUBST(TALLOC_CFLAGS)
-
-if test x"$INCLUDED_TALLOC" != x"yes" ; then
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS(talloc.h)
- AC_CHECK_LIB(talloc, talloc_init, [ TALLOC_LIBS="-ltalloc" ])
- if test x"$ac_cv_header_talloc_h" = x"no" -o x"$ac_cv_lib_talloc_talloc_init" = x"no" ; then
- INCLUDED_TALLOC=yes
- TALLOC_CFLAGS=""
- else
- INCLUDED_TALLOC=no
- fi
-fi
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to use included talloc)
-AC_MSG_RESULT($INCLUDED_TALLOC)
-if test x"$INCLUDED_TALLOC" != x"no" ; then
- dnl find the talloc sources. This is meant to work both for
- dnl talloc standalone builds, and builds of packages using talloc
- tallocdir=""
- tallocpaths=". lib/talloc talloc ../talloc ../lib/talloc"
- for d in $tallocpaths; do
- if test -f "$srcdir/$d/talloc.c"; then
- tallocdir="$d"
- AC_SUBST(tallocdir)
- break
- fi
- done
- if test x"$tallocdir" = "x"; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot find talloc source in $tallocpaths])
- fi
- TALLOC_OBJ="talloc.o"
- AC_SUBST(TALLOC_OBJ)
-
- TALLOC_CFLAGS="-I$srcdir/$tallocdir"
- AC_SUBST(TALLOC_CFLAGS)
-
- TALLOC_LIBS=""
- AC_SUBST(TALLOC_LIBS)
-fi
-
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(size_t,cross)
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(void *,cross)
-
-if test $ac_cv_sizeof_size_t -lt $ac_cv_sizeof_void_p; then
- AC_WARN([size_t cannot represent the amount of used memory of a process])
- AC_WARN([please report this to <samba-technical at samba.org>])
- AC_WARN([sizeof(size_t) = $ac_cv_sizeof_size_t])
- AC_WARN([sizeof(void *) = $ac_cv_sizeof_void_p])
- AC_ERROR([sizeof(size_t) < sizeof(void *)])
-fi
-
-if test x"$VERSIONSCRIPT" != "x"; then
- EXPORTSFILE=talloc.exports
- AC_SUBST(EXPORTSFILE)
-fi
diff --git a/lib/talloc/talloc.3.xml b/lib/talloc/talloc.3.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a2f27e..0000000
--- a/lib/talloc/talloc.3.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,801 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd">
-<refentry>
- <refmeta>
- <refentrytitle>talloc</refentrytitle>
- <manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
- </refmeta>
- <refnamediv>
- <refname>talloc</refname>
-<refpurpose>hierarchical reference counted memory pool system with destructors</refpurpose>
- </refnamediv>
- <refsynopsisdiv>
-<synopsis>#include <talloc.h></synopsis>
- </refsynopsisdiv>
- <refsect1><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
- <para>
- If you are used to talloc from Samba3 then please read this
- carefully, as talloc has changed a lot.
- </para>
- <para>
- The new talloc is a hierarchical, reference counted memory pool
- system with destructors. Quite a mouthful really, but not too bad
- once you get used to it.
- </para>
- <para>
- Perhaps the biggest change from Samba3 is that there is no
- distinction between a "talloc context" and a "talloc pointer". Any
- pointer returned from talloc() is itself a valid talloc context.
- This means you can do this:
- </para>
- <programlisting>
- struct foo *X = talloc(mem_ctx, struct foo);
- X->name = talloc_strdup(X, "foo");
- </programlisting>
- <para>
- and the pointer <literal role="code">X->name</literal>
- would be a "child" of the talloc context <literal
- role="code">X</literal> which is itself a child of
- <literal role="code">mem_ctx</literal>. So if you do
- <literal role="code">talloc_free(mem_ctx)</literal> then
- it is all destroyed, whereas if you do <literal
- role="code">talloc_free(X)</literal> then just <literal
- role="code">X</literal> and <literal
- role="code">X->name</literal> are destroyed, and if
- you do <literal
- role="code">talloc_free(X->name)</literal> then just
- the name element of <literal role="code">X</literal> is
- destroyed.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you think about this, then what this effectively gives you is an
- n-ary tree, where you can free any part of the tree with
- talloc_free().
- </para>
- <para>
- If you find this confusing, then I suggest you run the <literal
- role="code">testsuite</literal> program to watch talloc
- in action. You may also like to add your own tests to <literal
- role="code">testsuite.c</literal> to clarify how some
- particular situation is handled.
- </para>
- </refsect1>
- <refsect1><title>TALLOC API</title>
- <para>
- The following is a complete guide to the talloc API. Read it all at
- least twice.
- </para>
- <refsect2><title>(type *)talloc(const void *ctx, type);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc() macro is the core of the talloc library. It takes a
- memory <emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis> and a <emphasis
- role="italic">type</emphasis>, and returns a pointer to a new
- area of memory of the given <emphasis
- role="italic">type</emphasis>.
- </para>
- <para>
- The returned pointer is itself a talloc context, so you can use
- it as the <emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis> argument to more
- calls to talloc() if you wish.
- </para>
- <para>
- The returned pointer is a "child" of the supplied context. This
- means that if you talloc_free() the <emphasis
- role="italic">ctx</emphasis> then the new child disappears as
- well. Alternatively you can free just the child.
- </para>
- <para>
- The <emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis> argument to talloc()
- can be NULL, in which case a new top level context is created.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>void *talloc_size(const void *ctx, size_t size);</title>
- <para>
- The function talloc_size() should be used when you don't have a
- convenient type to pass to talloc(). Unlike talloc(), it is not
- type safe (as it returns a void *), so you are on your own for
- type checking.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>(typeof(ptr)) talloc_ptrtype(const void *ctx, ptr);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_ptrtype() macro should be used when you have a pointer and
- want to allocate memory to point at with this pointer. When compiling
- with gcc >= 3 it is typesafe. Note this is a wrapper of talloc_size()
- and talloc_get_name() will return the current location in the source file.
- and not the type.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>int talloc_free(void *ptr);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_free() function frees a piece of talloc memory, and
- all its children. You can call talloc_free() on any pointer
- returned by talloc().
- </para>
- <para>
- The return value of talloc_free() indicates success or failure,
- with 0 returned for success and -1 for failure. The only
- possible failure condition is if <emphasis
- role="italic">ptr</emphasis> had a destructor attached to it and
- the destructor returned -1. See <link
- linkend="talloc_set_destructor"><quote>talloc_set_destructor()</quote></link>
- for details on destructors.
- </para>
- <para>
- If this pointer has an additional parent when talloc_free() is
- called then the memory is not actually released, but instead the
- most recently established parent is destroyed. See <link
- linkend="talloc_reference"><quote>talloc_reference()</quote></link>
- for details on establishing additional parents.
- </para>
- <para>
- For more control on which parent is removed, see <link
- linkend="talloc_unlink"><quote>talloc_unlink()</quote></link>.
- </para>
- <para>
- talloc_free() operates recursively on its children.
- </para>
- <para>
- From the 2.0 version of talloc, as a special case,
- talloc_free() is refused on pointers that have more than one
- parent, as talloc would have no way of knowing which parent
- should be removed. To free a pointer that has more than one
- parent please use talloc_unlink().
- </para>
- <para>
- To help you find problems in your code caused by this behaviour, if
- you do try and free a pointer with more than one parent then the
- talloc logging function will be called to give output like this:
- </para>
- <para>
- <screen format="linespecific">
- ERROR: talloc_free with references at some_dir/source/foo.c:123
- reference at some_dir/source/other.c:325
- reference at some_dir/source/third.c:121
- </screen>
- </para>
- <para>
- Please see the documentation for talloc_set_log_fn() and
- talloc_set_log_stderr() for more information on talloc logging
- functions.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2 id="talloc_reference"><title>void *talloc_reference(const void *ctx, const void *ptr);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_reference() function makes <emphasis
- role="italic">ctx</emphasis> an additional parent of <emphasis
- role="italic">ptr</emphasis>.
- </para>
- <para>
- The return value of talloc_reference() is always the original
- pointer <emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>, unless talloc ran
- out of memory in creating the reference in which case it will
- return NULL (each additional reference consumes around 48 bytes
- of memory on intel x86 platforms).
- </para>
- <para>
- If <emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis> is NULL, then the
- function is a no-op, and simply returns NULL.
- </para>
- <para>
- After creating a reference you can free it in one of the
- following ways:
- </para>
- <para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- you can talloc_free() any parent of the original pointer.
- That will reduce the number of parents of this pointer by 1,
- and will cause this pointer to be freed if it runs out of
- parents.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- you can talloc_free() the pointer itself. That will destroy
- the most recently established parent to the pointer and leave
- the pointer as a child of its current parent.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- For more control on which parent to remove, see <link
- linkend="talloc_unlink"><quote>talloc_unlink()</quote></link>.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2 id="talloc_unlink"><title>int talloc_unlink(const void *ctx, const void *ptr);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_unlink() function removes a specific parent from
- <emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>. The <emphasis
- role="italic">ctx</emphasis> passed must either be a context used
- in talloc_reference() with this pointer, or must be a direct
- parent of ptr.
- </para>
- <para>
- Note that if the parent has already been removed using
- talloc_free() then this function will fail and will return -1.
- Likewise, if <emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis> is NULL, then
- the function will make no modifications and return -1.
- </para>
- <para>
- Usually you can just use talloc_free() instead of
- talloc_unlink(), but sometimes it is useful to have the
- additional control on which parent is removed.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2 id="talloc_set_destructor"><title>void talloc_set_destructor(const void *ptr, int (*destructor)(void *));</title>
- <para>
- The function talloc_set_destructor() sets the <emphasis
- role="italic">destructor</emphasis> for the pointer <emphasis
- role="italic">ptr</emphasis>. A <emphasis
- role="italic">destructor</emphasis> is a function that is called
- when the memory used by a pointer is about to be released. The
- destructor receives <emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis> as an
- argument, and should return 0 for success and -1 for failure.
- </para>
- <para>
- The <emphasis role="italic">destructor</emphasis> can do anything
- it wants to, including freeing other pieces of memory. A common
- use for destructors is to clean up operating system resources
- (such as open file descriptors) contained in the structure the
- destructor is placed on.
- </para>
- <para>
- You can only place one destructor on a pointer. If you need more
- than one destructor then you can create a zero-length child of
- the pointer and place an additional destructor on that.
- </para>
- <para>
- To remove a destructor call talloc_set_destructor() with NULL for
- the destructor.
- </para>
- <para>
- If your destructor attempts to talloc_free() the pointer that it
- is the destructor for then talloc_free() will return -1 and the
- free will be ignored. This would be a pointless operation
- anyway, as the destructor is only called when the memory is just
- about to go away.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>int talloc_increase_ref_count(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_increase_ref_count(<emphasis
- role="italic">ptr</emphasis>) function is exactly equivalent to:
- </para>
- <programlisting>talloc_reference(NULL, ptr);</programlisting>
- <para>
- You can use either syntax, depending on which you think is
- clearer in your code.
- </para>
- <para>
- It returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>size_t talloc_reference_count(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>);</title>
- <para>
- Return the number of references to the pointer.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2 id="talloc_set_name"><title>void talloc_set_name(const void *ptr, const char *fmt, ...);</title>
- <para>
- Each talloc pointer has a "name". The name is used principally
- for debugging purposes, although it is also possible to set and
- get the name on a pointer in as a way of "marking" pointers in
- your code.
- </para>
- <para>
- The main use for names on pointer is for "talloc reports". See
- <link
- linkend="talloc_report"><quote>talloc_report_depth_cb()</quote></link>,
- <link
- linkend="talloc_report"><quote>talloc_report_depth_file()</quote></link>,
- <link
- linkend="talloc_report"><quote>talloc_report()</quote></link>
- <link
- linkend="talloc_report"><quote>talloc_report()</quote></link>
- and <link
- linkend="talloc_report_full"><quote>talloc_report_full()</quote></link>
- for details. Also see <link
- linkend="talloc_enable_leak_report"><quote>talloc_enable_leak_report()</quote></link>
- and <link
- linkend="talloc_enable_leak_report_full"><quote>talloc_enable_leak_report_full()</quote></link>.
- </para>
- <para>
- The talloc_set_name() function allocates memory as a child of the
- pointer. It is logically equivalent to:
- </para>
- <programlisting>talloc_set_name_const(ptr, talloc_asprintf(ptr, fmt, ...));</programlisting>
- <para>
- Note that multiple calls to talloc_set_name() will allocate more
- memory without releasing the name. All of the memory is released
- when the ptr is freed using talloc_free().
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>void talloc_set_name_const(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>, const char *<emphasis role="italic">name</emphasis>);</title>
- <para>
- The function talloc_set_name_const() is just like
- talloc_set_name(), but it takes a string constant, and is much
- faster. It is extensively used by the "auto naming" macros, such
- as talloc_p().
- </para>
- <para>
- This function does not allocate any memory. It just copies the
- supplied pointer into the internal representation of the talloc
- ptr. This means you must not pass a <emphasis
- role="italic">name</emphasis> pointer to memory that will
- disappear before <emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis> is freed
- with talloc_free().
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>void *talloc_named(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis>, size_t <emphasis role="italic">size</emphasis>, const char *<emphasis role="italic">fmt</emphasis>, ...);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_named() function creates a named talloc pointer. It
- is equivalent to:
- </para>
- <programlisting>ptr = talloc_size(ctx, size);
-talloc_set_name(ptr, fmt, ....);</programlisting>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>void *talloc_named_const(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis>, size_t <emphasis role="italic">size</emphasis>, const char *<emphasis role="italic">name</emphasis>);</title>
- <para>
- This is equivalent to:
- </para>
- <programlisting>ptr = talloc_size(ctx, size);
-talloc_set_name_const(ptr, name);</programlisting>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>const char *talloc_get_name(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>);</title>
- <para>
- This returns the current name for the given talloc pointer,
- <emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>. See <link
- linkend="talloc_set_name"><quote>talloc_set_name()</quote></link>
- for details.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>void *talloc_init(const char *<emphasis role="italic">fmt</emphasis>, ...);</title>
- <para>
- This function creates a zero length named talloc context as a top
- level context. It is equivalent to:
- </para>
- <programlisting>talloc_named(NULL, 0, fmt, ...);</programlisting>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>void *talloc_new(void *<emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis>);</title>
- <para>
- This is a utility macro that creates a new memory context hanging
- off an existing context, automatically naming it "talloc_new:
- __location__" where __location__ is the source line it is called
- from. It is particularly useful for creating a new temporary
- working context.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>(<emphasis role="italic">type</emphasis> *)talloc_realloc(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis>, void *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>, <emphasis role="italic">type</emphasis>, <emphasis role="italic">count</emphasis>);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_realloc() macro changes the size of a talloc pointer.
- It has the following equivalences:
- </para>
- <programlisting>talloc_realloc(ctx, NULL, type, 1) ==> talloc(ctx, type);
-talloc_realloc(ctx, ptr, type, 0) ==> talloc_free(ptr);</programlisting>
- <para>
- The <emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis> argument is only used
- if <emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis> is not NULL, otherwise
- it is ignored.
- </para>
- <para>
- talloc_realloc() returns the new pointer, or NULL on failure.
- The call will fail either due to a lack of memory, or because the
- pointer has more than one parent (see <link
- linkend="talloc_reference"><quote>talloc_reference()</quote></link>).
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>void *talloc_realloc_size(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t size);</title>
- <para>
- the talloc_realloc_size() function is useful when the type is not
- known so the type-safe talloc_realloc() cannot be used.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>TYPE *talloc_steal(const void *<emphasis role="italic">new_ctx</emphasis>, const TYPE *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_steal() function changes the parent context of a
- talloc pointer. It is typically used when the context that the
- pointer is currently a child of is going to be freed and you wish
- to keep the memory for a longer time.
- </para>
- <para>
- The talloc_steal() function returns the pointer that you pass it.
- It does not have any failure modes.
- </para>
- <para>
- It is possible to produce loops in the parent/child
- relationship if you are not careful with talloc_steal(). No
- guarantees are provided as to your sanity or the safety of your
- data if you do this.
- </para>
- <para>
- Note that if you try and call talloc_steal() on a pointer that has
- more than one parent then the result is ambiguous. Talloc will choose
- to remove the parent that is currently indicated by talloc_parent()
- and replace it with the chosen parent. You will also get a message
- like this via the talloc logging functions:
- </para>
- <para>
- <screen format="linespecific">
- WARNING: talloc_steal with references at some_dir/source/foo.c:123
- reference at some_dir/source/other.c:325
- reference at some_dir/source/third.c:121
- </screen>
- </para>
- <para>
- To unambiguously change the parent of a pointer please see
- the
- function <link linkend="talloc_reference"><quote>talloc_reparent()</quote></link>. See
- the talloc_set_log_fn() documentation for more information
- on talloc logging.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>TYPE *talloc_reparent(const void *<emphasis role="italic">old_parent</emphasis>, const void *<emphasis role="italic">new_parent</emphasis>, const TYPE *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_reparent() function changes the parent context of a talloc
- pointer. It is typically used when the context that the pointer is
- currently a child of is going to be freed and you wish to keep the
- memory for a longer time.
- </para>
- <para>
- The talloc_reparent() function returns the pointer that you pass it. It
- does not have any failure modes.
- </para>
- <para>
- The difference between talloc_reparent() and talloc_steal() is that
- talloc_reparent() can specify which parent you wish to change. This is
- useful when a pointer has multiple parents via references.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>TYPE *talloc_move(const void *<emphasis role="italic">new_ctx</emphasis>, TYPE **<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_move() function is a wrapper around
- talloc_steal() which zeros the source pointer after the
- move. This avoids a potential source of bugs where a
- programmer leaves a pointer in two structures, and uses the
- pointer from the old structure after it has been moved to a
- new one.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>size_t talloc_total_size(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_total_size() function returns the total size in bytes
- used by this pointer and all child pointers. Mostly useful for
- debugging.
- </para>
- <para>
- Passing NULL is allowed, but it will only give a meaningful
- result if talloc_enable_leak_report() or
- talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has been called.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>size_t talloc_total_blocks(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_total_blocks() function returns the total memory block
- count used by this pointer and all child pointers. Mostly useful
- for debugging.
- </para>
- <para>
- Passing NULL is allowed, but it will only give a meaningful
- result if talloc_enable_leak_report() or
- talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has been called.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2 id="talloc_report"><title>void talloc_report(const void *ptr, FILE *f);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_report() function prints a summary report of all
- memory used by <emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>. One line
- of report is printed for each immediate child of ptr, showing the
- total memory and number of blocks used by that child.
- </para>
- <para>
- You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is
- printed for the top level memory context, but only if
- talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full()
- has been called.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2 id="talloc_report_full"><title>void talloc_report_full(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>, FILE *<emphasis role="italic">f</emphasis>);</title>
- <para>
- This provides a more detailed report than talloc_report(). It
- will recursively print the entire tree of memory referenced by
- the pointer. References in the tree are shown by giving the name
- of the pointer that is referenced.
- </para>
- <para>
- You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is
- printed for the top level memory context, but only if
- talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full()
- has been called.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2 id="talloc_report_depth_cb">
- <funcsynopsis><funcprototype>
- <funcdef>void <function>talloc_report_depth_cb</function></funcdef>
- <paramdef><parameter>const void *ptr</parameter></paramdef>
- <paramdef><parameter>int depth</parameter></paramdef>
- <paramdef><parameter>int max_depth</parameter></paramdef>
- <paramdef><parameter>void (*callback)(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth, int is_ref, void *priv)</parameter></paramdef>
- <paramdef><parameter>void *priv</parameter></paramdef>
- </funcprototype></funcsynopsis>
- <para>
- This provides a more flexible reports than talloc_report(). It
- will recursively call the callback for the entire tree of memory
- referenced by the pointer. References in the tree are passed with
- <emphasis role="italic">is_ref = 1</emphasis> and the pointer that is referenced.
- </para>
- <para>
- You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is
- printed for the top level memory context, but only if
- talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full()
- has been called.
- </para>
- <para>
- The recursion is stopped when depth >= max_depth.
- max_depth = -1 means only stop at leaf nodes.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2 id="talloc_report_depth_file">
- <funcsynopsis><funcprototype>
- <funcdef>void <function>talloc_report_depth_file</function></funcdef>
- <paramdef><parameter>const void *ptr</parameter></paramdef>
- <paramdef><parameter>int depth</parameter></paramdef>
- <paramdef><parameter>int max_depth</parameter></paramdef>
- <paramdef><parameter>FILE *f</parameter></paramdef>
- </funcprototype></funcsynopsis>
- <para>
- This provides a more flexible reports than talloc_report(). It
- will let you specify the depth and max_depth.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2 id="talloc_enable_leak_report"><title>void talloc_enable_leak_report(void);</title>
- <para>
- This enables calling of talloc_report(NULL, stderr) when the
- program exits. In Samba4 this is enabled by using the
- --leak-report command line option.
- </para>
- <para>
- For it to be useful, this function must be called before any
- other talloc function as it establishes a "null context" that
- acts as the top of the tree. If you don't call this function
- first then passing NULL to talloc_report() or
- talloc_report_full() won't give you the full tree printout.
- </para>
- <para>
- Here is a typical talloc report:
- </para>
- <screen format="linespecific">talloc report on 'null_context' (total 267 bytes in 15 blocks)
-libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55 contains 31 bytes in 2 blocks
-libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55 contains 31 bytes in 2 blocks
-iconv(UTF8,CP850) contains 42 bytes in 2 blocks
-libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55 contains 31 bytes in 2 blocks
-iconv(CP850,UTF8) contains 42 bytes in 2 blocks
-iconv(UTF8,UTF-16LE) contains 45 bytes in 2 blocks
-iconv(UTF-16LE,UTF8) contains 45 bytes in 2 blocks
- </screen>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2 id="talloc_enable_leak_report_full"><title>void talloc_enable_leak_report_full(void);</title>
- <para>
- This enables calling of talloc_report_full(NULL, stderr) when the
- program exits. In Samba4 this is enabled by using the
- --leak-report-full command line option.
- </para>
- <para>
- For it to be useful, this function must be called before any
- other talloc function as it establishes a "null context" that
- acts as the top of the tree. If you don't call this function
- first then passing NULL to talloc_report() or
- talloc_report_full() won't give you the full tree printout.
- </para>
- <para>
- Here is a typical full report:
- </para>
- <screen format="linespecific">full talloc report on 'root' (total 18 bytes in 8 blocks)
-p1 contains 18 bytes in 7 blocks (ref 0)
- r1 contains 13 bytes in 2 blocks (ref 0)
- reference to: p2
- p2 contains 1 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 1)
- x3 contains 1 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 0)
- x2 contains 1 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 0)
- x1 contains 1 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 0)
- </screen>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>(<emphasis role="italic">type</emphasis> *)talloc_zero(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis>, <emphasis role="italic">type</emphasis>);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_zero() macro is equivalent to:
- </para>
- <programlisting>ptr = talloc(ctx, type);
-if (ptr) memset(ptr, 0, sizeof(type));</programlisting>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>void *talloc_zero_size(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis>, size_t <emphasis role="italic">size</emphasis>)</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_zero_size() function is useful when you don't have a
- known type.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>void *talloc_memdup(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis>, const void *<emphasis role="italic">p</emphasis>, size_t size);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_memdup() function is equivalent to:
- </para>
- <programlisting>ptr = talloc_size(ctx, size);
-if (ptr) memcpy(ptr, p, size);</programlisting>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>char *talloc_strdup(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis>, const char *<emphasis role="italic">p</emphasis>);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_strdup() function is equivalent to:
- </para>
- <programlisting>ptr = talloc_size(ctx, strlen(p)+1);
-if (ptr) memcpy(ptr, p, strlen(p)+1);</programlisting>
- <para>
- This function sets the name of the new pointer to the passed
- string. This is equivalent to:
- </para>
- <programlisting>talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)</programlisting>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>char *talloc_strndup(const void *<emphasis role="italic">t</emphasis>, const char *<emphasis role="italic">p</emphasis>, size_t <emphasis role="italic">n</emphasis>);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_strndup() function is the talloc equivalent of the C
- library function strndup(3).
- </para>
- <para>
- This function sets the name of the new pointer to the passed
- string. This is equivalent to:
- </para>
- <programlisting>talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)</programlisting>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>char *talloc_vasprintf(const void *<emphasis role="italic">t</emphasis>, const char *<emphasis role="italic">fmt</emphasis>, va_list <emphasis role="italic">ap</emphasis>);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_vasprintf() function is the talloc equivalent of the C
- library function vasprintf(3).
- </para>
- <para>
- This function sets the name of the new pointer to the new
- string. This is equivalent to:
- </para>
- <programlisting>talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)</programlisting>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>char *talloc_asprintf(const void *<emphasis role="italic">t</emphasis>, const char *<emphasis role="italic">fmt</emphasis>, ...);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_asprintf() function is the talloc equivalent of the C
- library function asprintf(3).
- </para>
- <para>
- This function sets the name of the new pointer to the passed
- string. This is equivalent to:
- </para>
- <programlisting>talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)</programlisting>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>char *talloc_asprintf_append(char *s, const char *fmt, ...);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_asprintf_append() function appends the given formatted
- string to the given string.
- </para>
- <para>
- This function sets the name of the new pointer to the new
- string. This is equivalent to:
- </para>
- <programlisting>talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)</programlisting>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>(type *)talloc_array(const void *ctx, type, unsigned int count);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_array() macro is equivalent to:
- </para>
- <programlisting>(type *)talloc_size(ctx, sizeof(type) * count);</programlisting>
- <para>
- except that it provides integer overflow protection for the
- multiply, returning NULL if the multiply overflows.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>void *talloc_array_size(const void *ctx, size_t size, unsigned int count);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_array_size() function is useful when the type is not
- known. It operates in the same way as talloc_array(), but takes a
- size instead of a type.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>(typeof(ptr)) talloc_array_ptrtype(const void *ctx, ptr, unsigned int count);</title>
- <para>
- The talloc_ptrtype() macro should be used when you have a pointer to an array
- and want to allocate memory of an array to point at with this pointer. When compiling
- with gcc >= 3 it is typesafe. Note this is a wrapper of talloc_array_size()
- and talloc_get_name() will return the current location in the source file.
- and not the type.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>void *talloc_realloc_fn(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t size)</title>
- <para>
- This is a non-macro version of talloc_realloc(), which is useful
- as libraries sometimes want a realloc function pointer. A
- realloc(3) implementation encapsulates the functionality of
- malloc(3), free(3) and realloc(3) in one call, which is why it is
- useful to be able to pass around a single function pointer.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>void *talloc_autofree_context(void);</title>
- <para>
- This is a handy utility function that returns a talloc context
- which will be automatically freed on program exit. This can be
- used to reduce the noise in memory leak reports.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>void *talloc_check_name(const void *ptr, const char *name);</title>
- <para>
- This function checks if a pointer has the specified <emphasis
- role="italic">name</emphasis>. If it does then the pointer is
- returned. It it doesn't then NULL is returned.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>(type *)talloc_get_type(const void *ptr, type);</title>
- <para>
- This macro allows you to do type checking on talloc pointers. It
- is particularly useful for void* private pointers. It is
- equivalent to this:
- </para>
- <programlisting>(type *)talloc_check_name(ptr, #type)</programlisting>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>talloc_set_type(const void *ptr, type);</title>
- <para>
- This macro allows you to force the name of a pointer to be a
- particular <emphasis>type</emphasis>. This can be
- used in conjunction with talloc_get_type() to do type checking on
- void* pointers.
- </para>
- <para>
- It is equivalent to this:
- </para>
- <programlisting>talloc_set_name_const(ptr, #type)</programlisting>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>talloc_set_log_fn(void (*log_fn)(const char *message));</title>
- <para>
- This function sets a logging function that talloc will use for
- warnings and errors. By default talloc will not print any warnings or
- errors.
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- <refsect2><title>talloc_set_log_stderr(void);</title>
- <para>
- This sets the talloc log function to write log messages to stderr
- </para>
- </refsect2>
- </refsect1>
- <refsect1><title>PERFORMANCE</title>
- <para>
- All the additional features of talloc(3) over malloc(3) do come at a
- price. We have a simple performance test in Samba4 that measures
- talloc() versus malloc() performance, and it seems that talloc() is
- about 10% slower than malloc() on my x86 Debian Linux box. For
- Samba, the great reduction in code complexity that we get by using
- talloc makes this worthwhile, especially as the total overhead of
- talloc/malloc in Samba is already quite small.
- </para>
- </refsect1>
- <refsect1><title>SEE ALSO</title>
- <para>
- malloc(3), strndup(3), vasprintf(3), asprintf(3),
- <ulink url="http://talloc.samba.org/"/>
- </para>
- </refsect1>
- <refsect1><title>COPYRIGHT/LICENSE</title>
- <para>
- Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2004
- </para>
- <para>
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
- </para>
- <para>
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
- WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- General Public License for more details.
- </para>
- <para>
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
- </para>
- </refsect1>
-</refentry>
diff --git a/lib/talloc/talloc.c b/lib/talloc/talloc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3622934..0000000
--- a/lib/talloc/talloc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2370 +0,0 @@
-/*
- Samba Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-
- Samba trivial allocation library - new interface
-
- NOTE: Please read talloc_guide.txt for full documentation
-
- Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2004
- Copyright (C) Stefan Metzmacher 2006
-
- ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the talloc
- ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
- ** under the LGPL
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-/*
- inspired by http://swapped.cc/halloc/
-*/
-
-#include "replace.h"
-#include "talloc.h"
-
-#ifdef TALLOC_BUILD_VERSION_MAJOR
-#if (TALLOC_VERSION_MAJOR != TALLOC_BUILD_VERSION_MAJOR)
-#error "TALLOC_VERSION_MAJOR != TALLOC_BUILD_VERSION_MAJOR"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TALLOC_BUILD_VERSION_MINOR
-#if (TALLOC_VERSION_MINOR != TALLOC_BUILD_VERSION_MINOR)
-#error "TALLOC_VERSION_MINOR != TALLOC_BUILD_VERSION_MINOR"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* Special macros that are no-ops except when run under Valgrind on
- * x86. They've moved a little bit from valgrind 1.0.4 to 1.9.4 */
-#ifdef HAVE_VALGRIND_MEMCHECK_H
- /* memcheck.h includes valgrind.h */
-#include <valgrind/memcheck.h>
-#elif defined(HAVE_VALGRIND_H)
-#include <valgrind.h>
-#endif
-
-/* use this to force every realloc to change the pointer, to stress test
- code that might not cope */
-#define ALWAYS_REALLOC 0
-
-
-#define MAX_TALLOC_SIZE 0x10000000
-#define TALLOC_MAGIC_BASE 0xe814ec70
-#define TALLOC_MAGIC ( \
- TALLOC_MAGIC_BASE + \
- (TALLOC_VERSION_MAJOR << 12) + \
- (TALLOC_VERSION_MINOR << 4) \
-)
-
-#define TALLOC_FLAG_FREE 0x01
-#define TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP 0x02
-#define TALLOC_FLAG_POOL 0x04 /* This is a talloc pool */
-#define TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM 0x08 /* This is allocated in a pool */
-#define TALLOC_MAGIC_REFERENCE ((const char *)1)
-
-/* by default we abort when given a bad pointer (such as when talloc_free() is called
- on a pointer that came from malloc() */
-#ifndef TALLOC_ABORT
-#define TALLOC_ABORT(reason) abort()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef discard_const_p
-#if defined(__intptr_t_defined) || defined(HAVE_INTPTR_T)
-# define discard_const_p(type, ptr) ((type *)((intptr_t)(ptr)))
-#else
-# define discard_const_p(type, ptr) ((type *)(ptr))
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* these macros gain us a few percent of speed on gcc */
-#if (__GNUC__ >= 3)
-/* the strange !! is to ensure that __builtin_expect() takes either 0 or 1
- as its first argument */
-#ifndef likely
-#define likely(x) __builtin_expect(!!(x), 1)
-#endif
-#ifndef unlikely
-#define unlikely(x) __builtin_expect(!!(x), 0)
-#endif
-#else
-#ifndef likely
-#define likely(x) (x)
-#endif
-#ifndef unlikely
-#define unlikely(x) (x)
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* this null_context is only used if talloc_enable_leak_report() or
- talloc_enable_leak_report_full() is called, otherwise it remains
- NULL
-*/
-static void *null_context;
-static void *autofree_context;
-
-/* used to enable fill of memory on free, which can be useful for
- * catching use after free errors when valgrind is too slow
- */
-static struct {
- bool initialised;
- bool enabled;
- uint8_t fill_value;
-} talloc_fill;
-
-#define TALLOC_FILL_ENV "TALLOC_FREE_FILL"
-
-/*
- * do not wipe the header, to allow the
- * double-free logic to still work
- */
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_FILL_CHUNK(_tc) do { \
- if (unlikely(talloc_fill.enabled)) { \
- size_t _flen = (_tc)->size; \
- char *_fptr = (char *)TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(_tc); \
- memset(_fptr, talloc_fill.fill_value, _flen); \
- } \
-} while (0)
-
-#if defined(DEVELOPER) && defined(VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS)
-/* Mark the whole chunk as not accessable */
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc) do { \
- size_t _flen = TC_HDR_SIZE + (_tc)->size; \
- char *_fptr = (char *)(_tc); \
- VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS(_fptr, _flen); \
-} while(0)
-#else
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc) do { } while (0)
-#endif
-
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_CHUNK(_tc) do { \
- TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_FILL_CHUNK(_tc); \
- TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc); \
-} while (0)
-
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_SHRINK_FILL_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { \
- if (unlikely(talloc_fill.enabled)) { \
- size_t _flen = (_tc)->size - (_new_size); \
- char *_fptr = (char *)TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(_tc); \
- _fptr += (_new_size); \
- memset(_fptr, talloc_fill.fill_value, _flen); \
- } \
-} while (0)
-
-#if defined(DEVELOPER) && defined(VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS)
-/* Mark the unused bytes not accessable */
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_SHRINK_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { \
- size_t _flen = (_tc)->size - (_new_size); \
- char *_fptr = (char *)TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(_tc); \
- _fptr += (_new_size); \
- VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS(_fptr, _flen); \
-} while (0)
-#else
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_SHRINK_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { } while (0)
-#endif
-
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_SHRINK_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { \
- TC_INVALIDATE_SHRINK_FILL_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size); \
- TC_INVALIDATE_SHRINK_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size); \
-} while (0)
-
-#define TC_UNDEFINE_SHRINK_FILL_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { \
- if (unlikely(talloc_fill.enabled)) { \
- size_t _flen = (_tc)->size - (_new_size); \
- char *_fptr = (char *)TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(_tc); \
- _fptr += (_new_size); \
- memset(_fptr, talloc_fill.fill_value, _flen); \
- } \
-} while (0)
-
-#if defined(DEVELOPER) && defined(VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_UNDEFINED)
-/* Mark the unused bytes as undefined */
-#define TC_UNDEFINE_SHRINK_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { \
- size_t _flen = (_tc)->size - (_new_size); \
- char *_fptr = (char *)TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(_tc); \
- _fptr += (_new_size); \
- VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_UNDEFINED(_fptr, _flen); \
-} while (0)
-#else
-#define TC_UNDEFINE_SHRINK_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { } while (0)
-#endif
-
-#define TC_UNDEFINE_SHRINK_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { \
- TC_UNDEFINE_SHRINK_FILL_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size); \
- TC_UNDEFINE_SHRINK_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size); \
-} while (0)
-
-#if defined(DEVELOPER) && defined(VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_UNDEFINED)
-/* Mark the new bytes as undefined */
-#define TC_UNDEFINE_GROW_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { \
- size_t _old_used = TC_HDR_SIZE + (_tc)->size; \
- size_t _new_used = TC_HDR_SIZE + (_new_size); \
- size_t _flen = _new_used - _old_used; \
- char *_fptr = _old_used + (char *)(_tc); \
- VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_UNDEFINED(_fptr, _flen); \
-} while (0)
-#else
-#define TC_UNDEFINE_GROW_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { } while (0)
-#endif
-
-#define TC_UNDEFINE_GROW_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { \
- TC_UNDEFINE_GROW_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size); \
-} while (0)
-
-struct talloc_reference_handle {
- struct talloc_reference_handle *next, *prev;
- void *ptr;
- const char *location;
-};
-
-typedef int (*talloc_destructor_t)(void *);
-
-struct talloc_chunk {
- struct talloc_chunk *next, *prev;
- struct talloc_chunk *parent, *child;
- struct talloc_reference_handle *refs;
- talloc_destructor_t destructor;
- const char *name;
- size_t size;
- unsigned flags;
-
- /*
- * "pool" has dual use:
- *
- * For the talloc pool itself (i.e. TALLOC_FLAG_POOL is set), "pool"
- * marks the end of the currently allocated area.
- *
- * For members of the pool (i.e. TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM is set), "pool"
- * is a pointer to the struct talloc_chunk of the pool that it was
- * allocated from. This way children can quickly find the pool to chew
- * from.
- */
- void *pool;
-};
-
-/* 16 byte alignment seems to keep everyone happy */
-#define TC_ALIGN16(s) (((s)+15)&~15)
-#define TC_HDR_SIZE TC_ALIGN16(sizeof(struct talloc_chunk))
-#define TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc) ((void *)(TC_HDR_SIZE + (char*)tc))
-
-_PUBLIC_ int talloc_version_major(void)
-{
- return TALLOC_VERSION_MAJOR;
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ int talloc_version_minor(void)
-{
- return TALLOC_VERSION_MINOR;
-}
-
-static void (*talloc_log_fn)(const char *message);
-
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_set_log_fn(void (*log_fn)(const char *message))
-{
- talloc_log_fn = log_fn;
-}
-
-static void talloc_log(const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(1,2);
-static void talloc_log(const char *fmt, ...)
-{
- va_list ap;
- char *message;
-
- if (!talloc_log_fn) {
- return;
- }
-
- va_start(ap, fmt);
- message = talloc_vasprintf(NULL, fmt, ap);
- va_end(ap);
-
- talloc_log_fn(message);
- talloc_free(message);
-}
-
-static void talloc_log_stderr(const char *message)
-{
- fprintf(stderr, "%s", message);
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_set_log_stderr(void)
-{
- talloc_set_log_fn(talloc_log_stderr);
-}
-
-static void (*talloc_abort_fn)(const char *reason);
-
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_set_abort_fn(void (*abort_fn)(const char *reason))
-{
- talloc_abort_fn = abort_fn;
-}
-
-static void talloc_abort(const char *reason)
-{
- talloc_log("%s\n", reason);
-
- if (!talloc_abort_fn) {
- TALLOC_ABORT(reason);
- }
-
- talloc_abort_fn(reason);
-}
-
-static void talloc_abort_magic(unsigned magic)
-{
- unsigned striped = magic - TALLOC_MAGIC_BASE;
- unsigned major = (striped & 0xFFFFF000) >> 12;
- unsigned minor = (striped & 0x00000FF0) >> 4;
- talloc_log("Bad talloc magic[0x%08X/%u/%u] expected[0x%08X/%u/%u]\n",
- magic, major, minor,
- TALLOC_MAGIC, TALLOC_VERSION_MAJOR, TALLOC_VERSION_MINOR);
- talloc_abort("Bad talloc magic value - wrong talloc version used/mixed");
-}
-
-static void talloc_abort_access_after_free(void)
-{
- talloc_abort("Bad talloc magic value - access after free");
-}
-
-static void talloc_abort_unknown_value(void)
-{
- talloc_abort("Bad talloc magic value - unknown value");
-}
-
-/* panic if we get a bad magic value */
-static inline struct talloc_chunk *talloc_chunk_from_ptr(const void *ptr)
-{
- const char *pp = (const char *)ptr;
- struct talloc_chunk *tc = discard_const_p(struct talloc_chunk, pp - TC_HDR_SIZE);
- if (unlikely((tc->flags & (TALLOC_FLAG_FREE | ~0xF)) != TALLOC_MAGIC)) {
- if ((tc->flags & (~0xFFF)) == TALLOC_MAGIC_BASE) {
- talloc_abort_magic(tc->flags & (~0xF));
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_FREE) {
- talloc_log("talloc: access after free error - first free may be at %s\n", tc->name);
- talloc_abort_access_after_free();
- return NULL;
- } else {
- talloc_abort_unknown_value();
- return NULL;
- }
- }
- return tc;
-}
-
-/* hook into the front of the list */
-#define _TLIST_ADD(list, p) \
-do { \
- if (!(list)) { \
- (list) = (p); \
- (p)->next = (p)->prev = NULL; \
- } else { \
- (list)->prev = (p); \
- (p)->next = (list); \
- (p)->prev = NULL; \
- (list) = (p); \
- }\
-} while (0)
-
-/* remove an element from a list - element doesn't have to be in list. */
-#define _TLIST_REMOVE(list, p) \
-do { \
- if ((p) == (list)) { \
- (list) = (p)->next; \
- if (list) (list)->prev = NULL; \
- } else { \
- if ((p)->prev) (p)->prev->next = (p)->next; \
- if ((p)->next) (p)->next->prev = (p)->prev; \
- } \
- if ((p) && ((p) != (list))) (p)->next = (p)->prev = NULL; \
-} while (0)
-
-
-/*
- return the parent chunk of a pointer
-*/
-static inline struct talloc_chunk *talloc_parent_chunk(const void *ptr)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
- if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
- while (tc->prev) tc=tc->prev;
-
- return tc->parent;
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_parent(const void *ptr)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_parent_chunk(ptr);
- return tc? TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc) : NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- find parents name
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ const char *talloc_parent_name(const void *ptr)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_parent_chunk(ptr);
- return tc? tc->name : NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- A pool carries an in-pool object count count in the first 16 bytes.
- bytes. This is done to support talloc_steal() to a parent outside of the
- pool. The count includes the pool itself, so a talloc_free() on a pool will
- only destroy the pool if the count has dropped to zero. A talloc_free() of a
- pool member will reduce the count, and eventually also call free(3) on the
- pool memory.
-
- The object count is not put into "struct talloc_chunk" because it is only
- relevant for talloc pools and the alignment to 16 bytes would increase the
- memory footprint of each talloc chunk by those 16 bytes.
-*/
-
-#define TALLOC_POOL_HDR_SIZE 16
-
-#define TC_POOL_SPACE_LEFT(_pool_tc) \
- PTR_DIFF(TC_HDR_SIZE + (_pool_tc)->size + (char *)(_pool_tc), \
- (_pool_tc)->pool)
-
-#define TC_POOL_FIRST_CHUNK(_pool_tc) \
- ((void *)(TC_HDR_SIZE + TALLOC_POOL_HDR_SIZE + (char *)(_pool_tc)))
-
-#define TC_POOLMEM_CHUNK_SIZE(_tc) \
- TC_ALIGN16(TC_HDR_SIZE + (_tc)->size)
-
-#define TC_POOLMEM_NEXT_CHUNK(_tc) \
- ((void *)(TC_POOLMEM_CHUNK_SIZE(tc) + (char*)(_tc)))
-
-/* Mark the whole remaining pool as not accessable */
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_FILL_POOL(_pool_tc) do { \
- if (unlikely(talloc_fill.enabled)) { \
- size_t _flen = TC_POOL_SPACE_LEFT(_pool_tc); \
- char *_fptr = (char *)(_pool_tc)->pool; \
- memset(_fptr, talloc_fill.fill_value, _flen); \
- } \
-} while(0)
-
-#if defined(DEVELOPER) && defined(VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS)
-/* Mark the whole remaining pool as not accessable */
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_VALGRIND_POOL(_pool_tc) do { \
- size_t _flen = TC_POOL_SPACE_LEFT(_pool_tc); \
- char *_fptr = (char *)(_pool_tc)->pool; \
- VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS(_fptr, _flen); \
-} while(0)
-#else
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_VALGRIND_POOL(_pool_tc) do { } while (0)
-#endif
-
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_POOL(_pool_tc) do { \
- TC_INVALIDATE_FILL_POOL(_pool_tc); \
- TC_INVALIDATE_VALGRIND_POOL(_pool_tc); \
-} while (0)
-
-static unsigned int *talloc_pool_objectcount(struct talloc_chunk *tc)
-{
- return (unsigned int *)((char *)tc + TC_HDR_SIZE);
-}
-
-/*
- Allocate from a pool
-*/
-
-static struct talloc_chunk *talloc_alloc_pool(struct talloc_chunk *parent,
- size_t size)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *pool_ctx = NULL;
- size_t space_left;
- struct talloc_chunk *result;
- size_t chunk_size;
-
- if (parent == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (parent->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOL) {
- pool_ctx = parent;
- }
- else if (parent->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM) {
- pool_ctx = (struct talloc_chunk *)parent->pool;
- }
-
- if (pool_ctx == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- space_left = TC_POOL_SPACE_LEFT(pool_ctx);
-
- /*
- * Align size to 16 bytes
- */
- chunk_size = TC_ALIGN16(size);
-
- if (space_left < chunk_size) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- result = (struct talloc_chunk *)pool_ctx->pool;
-
-#if defined(DEVELOPER) && defined(VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_UNDEFINED)
- VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_UNDEFINED(result, size);
-#endif
-
- pool_ctx->pool = (void *)((char *)result + chunk_size);
-
- result->flags = TALLOC_MAGIC | TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM;
- result->pool = pool_ctx;
-
- *talloc_pool_objectcount(pool_ctx) += 1;
-
- return result;
-}
-
-/*
- Allocate a bit of memory as a child of an existing pointer
-*/
-static inline void *__talloc(const void *context, size_t size)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc = NULL;
-
- if (unlikely(context == NULL)) {
- context = null_context;
- }
-
- if (unlikely(size >= MAX_TALLOC_SIZE)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (context != NULL) {
- tc = talloc_alloc_pool(talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context),
- TC_HDR_SIZE+size);
- }
-
- if (tc == NULL) {
- tc = (struct talloc_chunk *)malloc(TC_HDR_SIZE+size);
- if (unlikely(tc == NULL)) return NULL;
- tc->flags = TALLOC_MAGIC;
- tc->pool = NULL;
- }
-
- tc->size = size;
- tc->destructor = NULL;
- tc->child = NULL;
- tc->name = NULL;
- tc->refs = NULL;
-
- if (likely(context)) {
- struct talloc_chunk *parent = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context);
-
- if (parent->child) {
- parent->child->parent = NULL;
- tc->next = parent->child;
- tc->next->prev = tc;
- } else {
- tc->next = NULL;
- }
- tc->parent = parent;
- tc->prev = NULL;
- parent->child = tc;
- } else {
- tc->next = tc->prev = tc->parent = NULL;
- }
-
- return TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc);
-}
-
-/*
- * Create a talloc pool
- */
-
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_pool(const void *context, size_t size)
-{
- void *result = __talloc(context, size + TALLOC_POOL_HDR_SIZE);
- struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
- if (unlikely(result == NULL)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(result);
-
- tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_POOL;
- tc->pool = TC_POOL_FIRST_CHUNK(tc);
-
- *talloc_pool_objectcount(tc) = 1;
-
- TC_INVALIDATE_POOL(tc);
-
- return result;
-}
-
-/*
- setup a destructor to be called on free of a pointer
- the destructor should return 0 on success, or -1 on failure.
- if the destructor fails then the free is failed, and the memory can
- be continued to be used
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void _talloc_set_destructor(const void *ptr, int (*destructor)(void *))
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
- tc->destructor = destructor;
-}
-
-/*
- increase the reference count on a piece of memory.
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ int talloc_increase_ref_count(const void *ptr)
-{
- if (unlikely(!talloc_reference(null_context, ptr))) {
- return -1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- helper for talloc_reference()
-
- this is referenced by a function pointer and should not be inline
-*/
-static int talloc_reference_destructor(struct talloc_reference_handle *handle)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *ptr_tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(handle->ptr);
- _TLIST_REMOVE(ptr_tc->refs, handle);
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- more efficient way to add a name to a pointer - the name must point to a
- true string constant
-*/
-static inline void _talloc_set_name_const(const void *ptr, const char *name)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
- tc->name = name;
-}
-
-/*
- internal talloc_named_const()
-*/
-static inline void *_talloc_named_const(const void *context, size_t size, const char *name)
-{
- void *ptr;
-
- ptr = __talloc(context, size);
- if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- _talloc_set_name_const(ptr, name);
-
- return ptr;
-}
-
-/*
- make a secondary reference to a pointer, hanging off the given context.
- the pointer remains valid until both the original caller and this given
- context are freed.
-
- the major use for this is when two different structures need to reference the
- same underlying data, and you want to be able to free the two instances separately,
- and in either order
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_reference_loc(const void *context, const void *ptr, const char *location)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc;
- struct talloc_reference_handle *handle;
- if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) return NULL;
-
- tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
- handle = (struct talloc_reference_handle *)_talloc_named_const(context,
- sizeof(struct talloc_reference_handle),
- TALLOC_MAGIC_REFERENCE);
- if (unlikely(handle == NULL)) return NULL;
-
- /* note that we hang the destructor off the handle, not the
- main context as that allows the caller to still setup their
- own destructor on the context if they want to */
- talloc_set_destructor(handle, talloc_reference_destructor);
- handle->ptr = discard_const_p(void, ptr);
- handle->location = location;
- _TLIST_ADD(tc->refs, handle);
- return handle->ptr;
-}
-
-static void *_talloc_steal_internal(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr);
-
-static inline void _talloc_free_poolmem(struct talloc_chunk *tc,
- const char *location)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *pool;
- void *next_tc;
- unsigned int *pool_object_count;
-
- pool = (struct talloc_chunk *)tc->pool;
- next_tc = TC_POOLMEM_NEXT_CHUNK(tc);
-
- tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_FREE;
-
- /* we mark the freed memory with where we called the free
- * from. This means on a double free error we can report where
- * the first free came from
- */
- tc->name = location;
-
- TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_CHUNK(tc);
-
- pool_object_count = talloc_pool_objectcount(pool);
-
- if (unlikely(*pool_object_count == 0)) {
- talloc_abort("Pool object count zero!");
- return;
- }
-
- *pool_object_count -= 1;
-
- if (unlikely(*pool_object_count == 1 && !(pool->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_FREE))) {
- /*
- * if there is just one object left in the pool
- * and pool->flags does not have TALLOC_FLAG_FREE,
- * it means this is the pool itself and
- * the rest is available for new objects
- * again.
- */
- pool->pool = TC_POOL_FIRST_CHUNK(pool);
- TC_INVALIDATE_POOL(pool);
- } else if (unlikely(*pool_object_count == 0)) {
- /*
- * we mark the freed memory with where we called the free
- * from. This means on a double free error we can report where
- * the first free came from
- */
- pool->name = location;
-
- TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_CHUNK(pool);
- free(pool);
- } else if (pool->pool == next_tc) {
- /*
- * if pool->pool still points to end of
- * 'tc' (which is stored in the 'next_tc' variable),
- * we can reclaim the memory of 'tc'.
- */
- pool->pool = tc;
- }
-}
-
-static inline void _talloc_free_children_internal(struct talloc_chunk *tc,
- void *ptr,
- const char *location);
-
-/*
- internal talloc_free call
-*/
-static inline int _talloc_free_internal(void *ptr, const char *location)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
- if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* possibly initialised the talloc fill value */
- if (unlikely(!talloc_fill.initialised)) {
- const char *fill = getenv(TALLOC_FILL_ENV);
- if (fill != NULL) {
- talloc_fill.enabled = true;
- talloc_fill.fill_value = strtoul(fill, NULL, 0);
- }
- talloc_fill.initialised = true;
- }
-
- tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-
- if (unlikely(tc->refs)) {
- int is_child;
- /* check if this is a reference from a child or
- * grandchild back to it's parent or grandparent
- *
- * in that case we need to remove the reference and
- * call another instance of talloc_free() on the current
- * pointer.
- */
- is_child = talloc_is_parent(tc->refs, ptr);
- _talloc_free_internal(tc->refs, location);
- if (is_child) {
- return _talloc_free_internal(ptr, location);
- }
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (unlikely(tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP)) {
- /* we have a free loop - stop looping */
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (unlikely(tc->destructor)) {
- talloc_destructor_t d = tc->destructor;
- if (d == (talloc_destructor_t)-1) {
- return -1;
- }
- tc->destructor = (talloc_destructor_t)-1;
- if (d(ptr) == -1) {
- tc->destructor = d;
- return -1;
- }
- tc->destructor = NULL;
- }
-
- if (tc->parent) {
- _TLIST_REMOVE(tc->parent->child, tc);
- if (tc->parent->child) {
- tc->parent->child->parent = tc->parent;
- }
- } else {
- if (tc->prev) tc->prev->next = tc->next;
- if (tc->next) tc->next->prev = tc->prev;
- tc->prev = tc->next = NULL;
- }
-
- tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP;
-
- _talloc_free_children_internal(tc, ptr, location);
-
- tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_FREE;
-
- /* we mark the freed memory with where we called the free
- * from. This means on a double free error we can report where
- * the first free came from
- */
- tc->name = location;
-
- if (tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOL) {
- unsigned int *pool_object_count;
-
- pool_object_count = talloc_pool_objectcount(tc);
-
- if (unlikely(*pool_object_count == 0)) {
- talloc_abort("Pool object count zero!");
- return 0;
- }
-
- *pool_object_count -= 1;
-
- if (unlikely(*pool_object_count == 0)) {
- TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_CHUNK(tc);
- free(tc);
- }
- } else if (tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM) {
- _talloc_free_poolmem(tc, location);
- } else {
- TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_CHUNK(tc);
- free(tc);
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- move a lump of memory from one talloc context to another return the
- ptr on success, or NULL if it could not be transferred.
- passing NULL as ptr will always return NULL with no side effects.
-*/
-static void *_talloc_steal_internal(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc, *new_tc;
-
- if (unlikely(!ptr)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (unlikely(new_ctx == NULL)) {
- new_ctx = null_context;
- }
-
- tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-
- if (unlikely(new_ctx == NULL)) {
- if (tc->parent) {
- _TLIST_REMOVE(tc->parent->child, tc);
- if (tc->parent->child) {
- tc->parent->child->parent = tc->parent;
- }
- } else {
- if (tc->prev) tc->prev->next = tc->next;
- if (tc->next) tc->next->prev = tc->prev;
- }
-
- tc->parent = tc->next = tc->prev = NULL;
- return discard_const_p(void, ptr);
- }
-
- new_tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(new_ctx);
-
- if (unlikely(tc == new_tc || tc->parent == new_tc)) {
- return discard_const_p(void, ptr);
- }
-
- if (tc->parent) {
- _TLIST_REMOVE(tc->parent->child, tc);
- if (tc->parent->child) {
- tc->parent->child->parent = tc->parent;
- }
- } else {
- if (tc->prev) tc->prev->next = tc->next;
- if (tc->next) tc->next->prev = tc->prev;
- tc->prev = tc->next = NULL;
- }
-
- tc->parent = new_tc;
- if (new_tc->child) new_tc->child->parent = NULL;
- _TLIST_ADD(new_tc->child, tc);
-
- return discard_const_p(void, ptr);
-}
-
-/*
- move a lump of memory from one talloc context to another return the
- ptr on success, or NULL if it could not be transferred.
- passing NULL as ptr will always return NULL with no side effects.
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_steal_loc(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr, const char *location)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
- if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-
- if (unlikely(tc->refs != NULL) && talloc_parent(ptr) != new_ctx) {
- struct talloc_reference_handle *h;
-
- talloc_log("WARNING: talloc_steal with references at %s\n",
- location);
-
- for (h=tc->refs; h; h=h->next) {
- talloc_log("\treference at %s\n",
- h->location);
- }
- }
-
-#if 0
- /* this test is probably too expensive to have on in the
- normal build, but it useful for debugging */
- if (talloc_is_parent(new_ctx, ptr)) {
- talloc_log("WARNING: stealing into talloc child at %s\n", location);
- }
-#endif
-
- return _talloc_steal_internal(new_ctx, ptr);
-}
-
-/*
- this is like a talloc_steal(), but you must supply the old
- parent. This resolves the ambiguity in a talloc_steal() which is
- called on a context that has more than one parent (via references)
-
- The old parent can be either a reference or a parent
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_reparent(const void *old_parent, const void *new_parent, const void *ptr)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc;
- struct talloc_reference_handle *h;
-
- if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (old_parent == talloc_parent(ptr)) {
- return _talloc_steal_internal(new_parent, ptr);
- }
-
- tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
- for (h=tc->refs;h;h=h->next) {
- if (talloc_parent(h) == old_parent) {
- if (_talloc_steal_internal(new_parent, h) != h) {
- return NULL;
- }
- return discard_const_p(void, ptr);
- }
- }
-
- /* it wasn't a parent */
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- remove a secondary reference to a pointer. This undo's what
- talloc_reference() has done. The context and pointer arguments
- must match those given to a talloc_reference()
-*/
-static inline int talloc_unreference(const void *context, const void *ptr)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
- struct talloc_reference_handle *h;
-
- if (unlikely(context == NULL)) {
- context = null_context;
- }
-
- for (h=tc->refs;h;h=h->next) {
- struct talloc_chunk *p = talloc_parent_chunk(h);
- if (p == NULL) {
- if (context == NULL) break;
- } else if (TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(p) == context) {
- break;
- }
- }
- if (h == NULL) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- return _talloc_free_internal(h, __location__);
-}
-
-/*
- remove a specific parent context from a pointer. This is a more
- controlled variant of talloc_free()
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ int talloc_unlink(const void *context, void *ptr)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc_p, *new_p, *tc_c;
- void *new_parent;
-
- if (ptr == NULL) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (context == NULL) {
- context = null_context;
- }
-
- if (talloc_unreference(context, ptr) == 0) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (context != NULL) {
- tc_c = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context);
- } else {
- tc_c = NULL;
- }
- if (tc_c != talloc_parent_chunk(ptr)) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- tc_p = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-
- if (tc_p->refs == NULL) {
- return _talloc_free_internal(ptr, __location__);
- }
-
- new_p = talloc_parent_chunk(tc_p->refs);
- if (new_p) {
- new_parent = TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(new_p);
- } else {
- new_parent = NULL;
- }
-
- if (talloc_unreference(new_parent, ptr) != 0) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- _talloc_steal_internal(new_parent, ptr);
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- add a name to an existing pointer - va_list version
-*/
-static inline const char *talloc_set_name_v(const void *ptr, const char *fmt, va_list ap) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,0);
-
-static inline const char *talloc_set_name_v(const void *ptr, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
- tc->name = talloc_vasprintf(ptr, fmt, ap);
- if (likely(tc->name)) {
- _talloc_set_name_const(tc->name, ".name");
- }
- return tc->name;
-}
-
-/*
- add a name to an existing pointer
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ const char *talloc_set_name(const void *ptr, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
- const char *name;
- va_list ap;
- va_start(ap, fmt);
- name = talloc_set_name_v(ptr, fmt, ap);
- va_end(ap);
- return name;
-}
-
-
-/*
- create a named talloc pointer. Any talloc pointer can be named, and
- talloc_named() operates just like talloc() except that it allows you
- to name the pointer.
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_named(const void *context, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
- va_list ap;
- void *ptr;
- const char *name;
-
- ptr = __talloc(context, size);
- if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) return NULL;
-
- va_start(ap, fmt);
- name = talloc_set_name_v(ptr, fmt, ap);
- va_end(ap);
-
- if (unlikely(name == NULL)) {
- _talloc_free_internal(ptr, __location__);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- return ptr;
-}
-
-/*
- return the name of a talloc ptr, or "UNNAMED"
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ const char *talloc_get_name(const void *ptr)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
- if (unlikely(tc->name == TALLOC_MAGIC_REFERENCE)) {
- return ".reference";
- }
- if (likely(tc->name)) {
- return tc->name;
- }
- return "UNNAMED";
-}
-
-
-/*
- check if a pointer has the given name. If it does, return the pointer,
- otherwise return NULL
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_check_name(const void *ptr, const char *name)
-{
- const char *pname;
- if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) return NULL;
- pname = talloc_get_name(ptr);
- if (likely(pname == name || strcmp(pname, name) == 0)) {
- return discard_const_p(void, ptr);
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-static void talloc_abort_type_mismatch(const char *location,
- const char *name,
- const char *expected)
-{
- const char *reason;
-
- reason = talloc_asprintf(NULL,
- "%s: Type mismatch: name[%s] expected[%s]",
- location,
- name?name:"NULL",
- expected);
- if (!reason) {
- reason = "Type mismatch";
- }
-
- talloc_abort(reason);
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_get_type_abort(const void *ptr, const char *name, const char *location)
-{
- const char *pname;
-
- if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) {
- talloc_abort_type_mismatch(location, NULL, name);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- pname = talloc_get_name(ptr);
- if (likely(pname == name || strcmp(pname, name) == 0)) {
- return discard_const_p(void, ptr);
- }
-
- talloc_abort_type_mismatch(location, pname, name);
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- this is for compatibility with older versions of talloc
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_init(const char *fmt, ...)
-{
- va_list ap;
- void *ptr;
- const char *name;
-
- ptr = __talloc(NULL, 0);
- if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) return NULL;
-
- va_start(ap, fmt);
- name = talloc_set_name_v(ptr, fmt, ap);
- va_end(ap);
-
- if (unlikely(name == NULL)) {
- _talloc_free_internal(ptr, __location__);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- return ptr;
-}
-
-static inline void _talloc_free_children_internal(struct talloc_chunk *tc,
- void *ptr,
- const char *location)
-{
- while (tc->child) {
- /* we need to work out who will own an abandoned child
- if it cannot be freed. In priority order, the first
- choice is owner of any remaining reference to this
- pointer, the second choice is our parent, and the
- final choice is the null context. */
- void *child = TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc->child);
- const void *new_parent = null_context;
- if (unlikely(tc->child->refs)) {
- struct talloc_chunk *p = talloc_parent_chunk(tc->child->refs);
- if (p) new_parent = TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(p);
- }
- if (unlikely(_talloc_free_internal(child, location) == -1)) {
- if (new_parent == null_context) {
- struct talloc_chunk *p = talloc_parent_chunk(ptr);
- if (p) new_parent = TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(p);
- }
- _talloc_steal_internal(new_parent, child);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
- this is a replacement for the Samba3 talloc_destroy_pool functionality. It
- should probably not be used in new code. It's in here to keep the talloc
- code consistent across Samba 3 and 4.
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_free_children(void *ptr)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc_name = NULL;
- struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
- if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) {
- return;
- }
-
- tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-
- /* we do not want to free the context name if it is a child .. */
- if (likely(tc->child)) {
- for (tc_name = tc->child; tc_name; tc_name = tc_name->next) {
- if (tc->name == TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc_name)) break;
- }
- if (tc_name) {
- _TLIST_REMOVE(tc->child, tc_name);
- if (tc->child) {
- tc->child->parent = tc;
- }
- }
- }
-
- _talloc_free_children_internal(tc, ptr, __location__);
-
- /* .. so we put it back after all other children have been freed */
- if (tc_name) {
- if (tc->child) {
- tc->child->parent = NULL;
- }
- tc_name->parent = tc;
- _TLIST_ADD(tc->child, tc_name);
- }
-}
-
-/*
- Allocate a bit of memory as a child of an existing pointer
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc(const void *context, size_t size)
-{
- return __talloc(context, size);
-}
-
-/*
- externally callable talloc_set_name_const()
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_set_name_const(const void *ptr, const char *name)
-{
- _talloc_set_name_const(ptr, name);
-}
-
-/*
- create a named talloc pointer. Any talloc pointer can be named, and
- talloc_named() operates just like talloc() except that it allows you
- to name the pointer.
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_named_const(const void *context, size_t size, const char *name)
-{
- return _talloc_named_const(context, size, name);
-}
-
-/*
- free a talloc pointer. This also frees all child pointers of this
- pointer recursively
-
- return 0 if the memory is actually freed, otherwise -1. The memory
- will not be freed if the ref_count is > 1 or the destructor (if
- any) returns non-zero
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ int _talloc_free(void *ptr, const char *location)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
- if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-
- if (unlikely(tc->refs != NULL)) {
- struct talloc_reference_handle *h;
-
- if (talloc_parent(ptr) == null_context && tc->refs->next == NULL) {
- /* in this case we do know which parent should
- get this pointer, as there is really only
- one parent */
- return talloc_unlink(null_context, ptr);
- }
-
- talloc_log("ERROR: talloc_free with references at %s\n",
- location);
-
- for (h=tc->refs; h; h=h->next) {
- talloc_log("\treference at %s\n",
- h->location);
- }
- return -1;
- }
-
- return _talloc_free_internal(ptr, location);
-}
-
-
-
-/*
- A talloc version of realloc. The context argument is only used if
- ptr is NULL
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_realloc(const void *context, void *ptr, size_t size, const char *name)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc;
- void *new_ptr;
- bool malloced = false;
- struct talloc_chunk *pool_tc = NULL;
-
- /* size zero is equivalent to free() */
- if (unlikely(size == 0)) {
- talloc_unlink(context, ptr);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (unlikely(size >= MAX_TALLOC_SIZE)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /* realloc(NULL) is equivalent to malloc() */
- if (ptr == NULL) {
- return _talloc_named_const(context, size, name);
- }
-
- tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-
- /* don't allow realloc on referenced pointers */
- if (unlikely(tc->refs)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /* don't let anybody try to realloc a talloc_pool */
- if (unlikely(tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOL)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /* don't let anybody try to realloc a talloc_pool */
- if (unlikely(tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM)) {
- pool_tc = (struct talloc_chunk *)tc->pool;
- }
-
-#if (ALWAYS_REALLOC == 0)
- /* don't shrink if we have less than 1k to gain */
- if (size < tc->size) {
- if (pool_tc) {
- void *next_tc = TC_POOLMEM_NEXT_CHUNK(tc);
- TC_INVALIDATE_SHRINK_CHUNK(tc, size);
- tc->size = size;
- if (next_tc == pool_tc->pool) {
- pool_tc->pool = TC_POOLMEM_NEXT_CHUNK(tc);
- }
- return ptr;
- } else if ((tc->size - size) < 1024) {
- /*
- * if we call TC_INVALIDATE_SHRINK_CHUNK() here
- * we would need to call TC_UNDEFINE_GROW_CHUNK()
- * after each realloc call, which slows down
- * testing a lot :-(.
- *
- * That is why we only mark memory as undefined here.
- */
- TC_UNDEFINE_SHRINK_CHUNK(tc, size);
-
- /* do not shrink if we have less than 1k to gain */
- tc->size = size;
- return ptr;
- }
- } else if (tc->size == size) {
- /*
- * do not change the pointer if it is exactly
- * the same size.
- */
- return ptr;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* by resetting magic we catch users of the old memory */
- tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_FREE;
-
-#if ALWAYS_REALLOC
- if (pool_tc) {
- new_ptr = talloc_alloc_pool(tc, size + TC_HDR_SIZE);
- *talloc_pool_objectcount(pool_tc) -= 1;
-
- if (new_ptr == NULL) {
- new_ptr = malloc(TC_HDR_SIZE+size);
- malloced = true;
- }
-
- if (new_ptr) {
- memcpy(new_ptr, tc, MIN(tc->size,size) + TC_HDR_SIZE);
- TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_CHUNK(tc);
- }
- } else {
- new_ptr = malloc(size + TC_HDR_SIZE);
- if (new_ptr) {
- memcpy(new_ptr, tc, MIN(tc->size, size) + TC_HDR_SIZE);
- free(tc);
- }
- }
-#else
- if (pool_tc) {
- void *next_tc = TC_POOLMEM_NEXT_CHUNK(tc);
- size_t old_chunk_size = TC_POOLMEM_CHUNK_SIZE(tc);
- size_t new_chunk_size = TC_ALIGN16(TC_HDR_SIZE + size);
- size_t space_needed;
- size_t space_left;
- unsigned int chunk_count = *talloc_pool_objectcount(pool_tc);
-
- if (!(pool_tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_FREE)) {
- chunk_count -= 1;
- }
-
- if (chunk_count == 1) {
- /*
- * optimize for the case where 'tc' is the only
- * chunk in the pool.
- */
- space_needed = new_chunk_size;
- space_left = pool_tc->size - TALLOC_POOL_HDR_SIZE;
-
- if (space_left >= space_needed) {
- size_t old_used = TC_HDR_SIZE + tc->size;
- size_t new_used = TC_HDR_SIZE + size;
- pool_tc->pool = TC_POOL_FIRST_CHUNK(pool_tc);
-#if defined(DEVELOPER) && defined(VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_UNDEFINED)
- /*
- * we need to prepare the memmove into
- * the unaccessable area.
- */
- {
- size_t diff = PTR_DIFF(tc, pool_tc->pool);
- size_t flen = MIN(diff, old_used);
- char *fptr = (char *)pool_tc->pool;
- VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_UNDEFINED(fptr, flen);
- }
-#endif
- memmove(pool_tc->pool, tc, old_used);
- new_ptr = pool_tc->pool;
-
- tc = (struct talloc_chunk *)new_ptr;
- TC_UNDEFINE_GROW_CHUNK(tc, size);
-
- /*
- * first we do not align the pool pointer
- * because we want to invalidate the padding
- * too.
- */
- pool_tc->pool = new_used + (char *)new_ptr;
- TC_INVALIDATE_POOL(pool_tc);
-
- /* now the aligned pointer */
- pool_tc->pool = new_chunk_size + (char *)new_ptr;
- goto got_new_ptr;
- }
-
- next_tc = NULL;
- }
-
- if (new_chunk_size == old_chunk_size) {
- TC_UNDEFINE_GROW_CHUNK(tc, size);
- tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_FREE;
- tc->size = size;
- return ptr;
- }
-
- if (next_tc == pool_tc->pool) {
- /*
- * optimize for the case where 'tc' is the last
- * chunk in the pool.
- */
- space_needed = new_chunk_size - old_chunk_size;
- space_left = TC_POOL_SPACE_LEFT(pool_tc);
-
- if (space_left >= space_needed) {
- TC_UNDEFINE_GROW_CHUNK(tc, size);
- tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_FREE;
- tc->size = size;
- pool_tc->pool = TC_POOLMEM_NEXT_CHUNK(tc);
- return ptr;
- }
- }
-
- new_ptr = talloc_alloc_pool(tc, size + TC_HDR_SIZE);
-
- if (new_ptr == NULL) {
- new_ptr = malloc(TC_HDR_SIZE+size);
- malloced = true;
- }
-
- if (new_ptr) {
- memcpy(new_ptr, tc, MIN(tc->size,size) + TC_HDR_SIZE);
-
- _talloc_free_poolmem(tc, __location__ "_talloc_realloc");
- }
- }
- else {
- new_ptr = realloc(tc, size + TC_HDR_SIZE);
- }
-got_new_ptr:
-#endif
- if (unlikely(!new_ptr)) {
- tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_FREE;
- return NULL;
- }
-
- tc = (struct talloc_chunk *)new_ptr;
- tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_FREE;
- if (malloced) {
- tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM;
- }
- if (tc->parent) {
- tc->parent->child = tc;
- }
- if (tc->child) {
- tc->child->parent = tc;
- }
-
- if (tc->prev) {
- tc->prev->next = tc;
- }
- if (tc->next) {
- tc->next->prev = tc;
- }
-
- tc->size = size;
- _talloc_set_name_const(TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc), name);
-
- return TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc);
-}
-
-/*
- a wrapper around talloc_steal() for situations where you are moving a pointer
- between two structures, and want the old pointer to be set to NULL
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_move(const void *new_ctx, const void *_pptr)
-{
- const void **pptr = discard_const_p(const void *,_pptr);
- void *ret = talloc_steal(new_ctx, discard_const_p(void, *pptr));
- (*pptr) = NULL;
- return ret;
-}
-
-/*
- return the total size of a talloc pool (subtree)
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ size_t talloc_total_size(const void *ptr)
-{
- size_t total = 0;
- struct talloc_chunk *c, *tc;
-
- if (ptr == NULL) {
- ptr = null_context;
- }
- if (ptr == NULL) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-
- if (tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP;
-
- if (likely(tc->name != TALLOC_MAGIC_REFERENCE)) {
- total = tc->size;
- }
- for (c=tc->child;c;c=c->next) {
- total += talloc_total_size(TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(c));
- }
-
- tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP;
-
- return total;
-}
-
-/*
- return the total number of blocks in a talloc pool (subtree)
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ size_t talloc_total_blocks(const void *ptr)
-{
- size_t total = 0;
- struct talloc_chunk *c, *tc;
-
- if (ptr == NULL) {
- ptr = null_context;
- }
- if (ptr == NULL) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-
- if (tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP;
-
- total++;
- for (c=tc->child;c;c=c->next) {
- total += talloc_total_blocks(TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(c));
- }
-
- tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP;
-
- return total;
-}
-
-/*
- return the number of external references to a pointer
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ size_t talloc_reference_count(const void *ptr)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
- struct talloc_reference_handle *h;
- size_t ret = 0;
-
- for (h=tc->refs;h;h=h->next) {
- ret++;
- }
- return ret;
-}
-
-/*
- report on memory usage by all children of a pointer, giving a full tree view
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_report_depth_cb(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth,
- void (*callback)(const void *ptr,
- int depth, int max_depth,
- int is_ref,
- void *private_data),
- void *private_data)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *c, *tc;
-
- if (ptr == NULL) {
- ptr = null_context;
- }
- if (ptr == NULL) return;
-
- tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-
- if (tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP) {
- return;
- }
-
- callback(ptr, depth, max_depth, 0, private_data);
-
- if (max_depth >= 0 && depth >= max_depth) {
- return;
- }
-
- tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP;
- for (c=tc->child;c;c=c->next) {
- if (c->name == TALLOC_MAGIC_REFERENCE) {
- struct talloc_reference_handle *h = (struct talloc_reference_handle *)TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(c);
- callback(h->ptr, depth + 1, max_depth, 1, private_data);
- } else {
- talloc_report_depth_cb(TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(c), depth + 1, max_depth, callback, private_data);
- }
- }
- tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP;
-}
-
-static void talloc_report_depth_FILE_helper(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth, int is_ref, void *_f)
-{
- const char *name = talloc_get_name(ptr);
- FILE *f = (FILE *)_f;
-
- if (is_ref) {
- fprintf(f, "%*sreference to: %s\n", depth*4, "", name);
- return;
- }
-
- if (depth == 0) {
- fprintf(f,"%stalloc report on '%s' (total %6lu bytes in %3lu blocks)\n",
- (max_depth < 0 ? "full " :""), name,
- (unsigned long)talloc_total_size(ptr),
- (unsigned long)talloc_total_blocks(ptr));
- return;
- }
-
- fprintf(f, "%*s%-30s contains %6lu bytes in %3lu blocks (ref %d) %p\n",
- depth*4, "",
- name,
- (unsigned long)talloc_total_size(ptr),
- (unsigned long)talloc_total_blocks(ptr),
- (int)talloc_reference_count(ptr), ptr);
-
-#if 0
- fprintf(f, "content: ");
- if (talloc_total_size(ptr)) {
- int tot = talloc_total_size(ptr);
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < tot; i++) {
- if ((((char *)ptr)[i] > 31) && (((char *)ptr)[i] < 126)) {
- fprintf(f, "%c", ((char *)ptr)[i]);
- } else {
- fprintf(f, "~%02x", ((char *)ptr)[i]);
- }
- }
- }
- fprintf(f, "\n");
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
- report on memory usage by all children of a pointer, giving a full tree view
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_report_depth_file(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth, FILE *f)
-{
- if (f) {
- talloc_report_depth_cb(ptr, depth, max_depth, talloc_report_depth_FILE_helper, f);
- fflush(f);
- }
-}
-
-/*
- report on memory usage by all children of a pointer, giving a full tree view
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_report_full(const void *ptr, FILE *f)
-{
- talloc_report_depth_file(ptr, 0, -1, f);
-}
-
-/*
- report on memory usage by all children of a pointer
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_report(const void *ptr, FILE *f)
-{
- talloc_report_depth_file(ptr, 0, 1, f);
-}
-
-/*
- report on any memory hanging off the null context
-*/
-static void talloc_report_null(void)
-{
- if (talloc_total_size(null_context) != 0) {
- talloc_report(null_context, stderr);
- }
-}
-
-/*
- report on any memory hanging off the null context
-*/
-static void talloc_report_null_full(void)
-{
- if (talloc_total_size(null_context) != 0) {
- talloc_report_full(null_context, stderr);
- }
-}
-
-/*
- enable tracking of the NULL context
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_enable_null_tracking(void)
-{
- if (null_context == NULL) {
- null_context = _talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "null_context");
- if (autofree_context != NULL) {
- talloc_reparent(NULL, null_context, autofree_context);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
- enable tracking of the NULL context, not moving the autofree context
- into the NULL context. This is needed for the talloc testsuite
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree(void)
-{
- if (null_context == NULL) {
- null_context = _talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "null_context");
- }
-}
-
-/*
- disable tracking of the NULL context
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_disable_null_tracking(void)
-{
- if (null_context != NULL) {
- /* we have to move any children onto the real NULL
- context */
- struct talloc_chunk *tc, *tc2;
- tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(null_context);
- for (tc2 = tc->child; tc2; tc2=tc2->next) {
- if (tc2->parent == tc) tc2->parent = NULL;
- if (tc2->prev == tc) tc2->prev = NULL;
- }
- for (tc2 = tc->next; tc2; tc2=tc2->next) {
- if (tc2->parent == tc) tc2->parent = NULL;
- if (tc2->prev == tc) tc2->prev = NULL;
- }
- tc->child = NULL;
- tc->next = NULL;
- }
- talloc_free(null_context);
- null_context = NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- enable leak reporting on exit
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_enable_leak_report(void)
-{
- talloc_enable_null_tracking();
- atexit(talloc_report_null);
-}
-
-/*
- enable full leak reporting on exit
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_enable_leak_report_full(void)
-{
- talloc_enable_null_tracking();
- atexit(talloc_report_null_full);
-}
-
-/*
- talloc and zero memory.
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_zero(const void *ctx, size_t size, const char *name)
-{
- void *p = _talloc_named_const(ctx, size, name);
-
- if (p) {
- memset(p, '\0', size);
- }
-
- return p;
-}
-
-/*
- memdup with a talloc.
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_memdup(const void *t, const void *p, size_t size, const char *name)
-{
- void *newp = _talloc_named_const(t, size, name);
-
- if (likely(newp)) {
- memcpy(newp, p, size);
- }
-
- return newp;
-}
-
-static inline char *__talloc_strlendup(const void *t, const char *p, size_t len)
-{
- char *ret;
-
- ret = (char *)__talloc(t, len + 1);
- if (unlikely(!ret)) return NULL;
-
- memcpy(ret, p, len);
- ret[len] = 0;
-
- _talloc_set_name_const(ret, ret);
- return ret;
-}
-
-/*
- strdup with a talloc
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_strdup(const void *t, const char *p)
-{
- if (unlikely(!p)) return NULL;
- return __talloc_strlendup(t, p, strlen(p));
-}
-
-/*
- strndup with a talloc
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_strndup(const void *t, const char *p, size_t n)
-{
- if (unlikely(!p)) return NULL;
- return __talloc_strlendup(t, p, strnlen(p, n));
-}
-
-static inline char *__talloc_strlendup_append(char *s, size_t slen,
- const char *a, size_t alen)
-{
- char *ret;
-
- ret = talloc_realloc(NULL, s, char, slen + alen + 1);
- if (unlikely(!ret)) return NULL;
-
- /* append the string and the trailing \0 */
- memcpy(&ret[slen], a, alen);
- ret[slen+alen] = 0;
-
- _talloc_set_name_const(ret, ret);
- return ret;
-}
-
-/*
- * Appends at the end of the string.
- */
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_strdup_append(char *s, const char *a)
-{
- if (unlikely(!s)) {
- return talloc_strdup(NULL, a);
- }
-
- if (unlikely(!a)) {
- return s;
- }
-
- return __talloc_strlendup_append(s, strlen(s), a, strlen(a));
-}
-
-/*
- * Appends at the end of the talloc'ed buffer,
- * not the end of the string.
- */
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_strdup_append_buffer(char *s, const char *a)
-{
- size_t slen;
-
- if (unlikely(!s)) {
- return talloc_strdup(NULL, a);
- }
-
- if (unlikely(!a)) {
- return s;
- }
-
- slen = talloc_get_size(s);
- if (likely(slen > 0)) {
- slen--;
- }
-
- return __talloc_strlendup_append(s, slen, a, strlen(a));
-}
-
-/*
- * Appends at the end of the string.
- */
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_strndup_append(char *s, const char *a, size_t n)
-{
- if (unlikely(!s)) {
- return talloc_strdup(NULL, a);
- }
-
- if (unlikely(!a)) {
- return s;
- }
-
- return __talloc_strlendup_append(s, strlen(s), a, strnlen(a, n));
-}
-
-/*
- * Appends at the end of the talloc'ed buffer,
- * not the end of the string.
- */
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_strndup_append_buffer(char *s, const char *a, size_t n)
-{
- size_t slen;
-
- if (unlikely(!s)) {
- return talloc_strdup(NULL, a);
- }
-
- if (unlikely(!a)) {
- return s;
- }
-
- slen = talloc_get_size(s);
- if (likely(slen > 0)) {
- slen--;
- }
-
- return __talloc_strlendup_append(s, slen, a, strnlen(a, n));
-}
-
-#ifndef HAVE_VA_COPY
-#ifdef HAVE___VA_COPY
-#define va_copy(dest, src) __va_copy(dest, src)
-#else
-#define va_copy(dest, src) (dest) = (src)
-#endif
-#endif
-
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_vasprintf(const void *t, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
-{
- int len;
- char *ret;
- va_list ap2;
- char c;
-
- /* this call looks strange, but it makes it work on older solaris boxes */
- va_copy(ap2, ap);
- len = vsnprintf(&c, 1, fmt, ap2);
- va_end(ap2);
- if (unlikely(len < 0)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- ret = (char *)__talloc(t, len+1);
- if (unlikely(!ret)) return NULL;
-
- va_copy(ap2, ap);
- vsnprintf(ret, len+1, fmt, ap2);
- va_end(ap2);
-
- _talloc_set_name_const(ret, ret);
- return ret;
-}
-
-
-/*
- Perform string formatting, and return a pointer to newly allocated
- memory holding the result, inside a memory pool.
- */
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_asprintf(const void *t, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
- va_list ap;
- char *ret;
-
- va_start(ap, fmt);
- ret = talloc_vasprintf(t, fmt, ap);
- va_end(ap);
- return ret;
-}
-
-static inline char *__talloc_vaslenprintf_append(char *s, size_t slen,
- const char *fmt, va_list ap)
- PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(3,0);
-
-static inline char *__talloc_vaslenprintf_append(char *s, size_t slen,
- const char *fmt, va_list ap)
-{
- ssize_t alen;
- va_list ap2;
- char c;
-
- va_copy(ap2, ap);
- alen = vsnprintf(&c, 1, fmt, ap2);
- va_end(ap2);
-
- if (alen <= 0) {
- /* Either the vsnprintf failed or the format resulted in
- * no characters being formatted. In the former case, we
- * ought to return NULL, in the latter we ought to return
- * the original string. Most current callers of this
- * function expect it to never return NULL.
- */
- return s;
- }
-
- s = talloc_realloc(NULL, s, char, slen + alen + 1);
- if (!s) return NULL;
-
- va_copy(ap2, ap);
- vsnprintf(s + slen, alen + 1, fmt, ap2);
- va_end(ap2);
-
- _talloc_set_name_const(s, s);
- return s;
-}
-
-/**
- * Realloc @p s to append the formatted result of @p fmt and @p ap,
- * and return @p s, which may have moved. Good for gradually
- * accumulating output into a string buffer. Appends at the end
- * of the string.
- **/
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_vasprintf_append(char *s, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
-{
- if (unlikely(!s)) {
- return talloc_vasprintf(NULL, fmt, ap);
- }
-
- return __talloc_vaslenprintf_append(s, strlen(s), fmt, ap);
-}
-
-/**
- * Realloc @p s to append the formatted result of @p fmt and @p ap,
- * and return @p s, which may have moved. Always appends at the
- * end of the talloc'ed buffer, not the end of the string.
- **/
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_vasprintf_append_buffer(char *s, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
-{
- size_t slen;
-
- if (unlikely(!s)) {
- return talloc_vasprintf(NULL, fmt, ap);
- }
-
- slen = talloc_get_size(s);
- if (likely(slen > 0)) {
- slen--;
- }
-
- return __talloc_vaslenprintf_append(s, slen, fmt, ap);
-}
-
-/*
- Realloc @p s to append the formatted result of @p fmt and return @p
- s, which may have moved. Good for gradually accumulating output
- into a string buffer.
- */
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_asprintf_append(char *s, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
- va_list ap;
-
- va_start(ap, fmt);
- s = talloc_vasprintf_append(s, fmt, ap);
- va_end(ap);
- return s;
-}
-
-/*
- Realloc @p s to append the formatted result of @p fmt and return @p
- s, which may have moved. Good for gradually accumulating output
- into a buffer.
- */
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_asprintf_append_buffer(char *s, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
- va_list ap;
-
- va_start(ap, fmt);
- s = talloc_vasprintf_append_buffer(s, fmt, ap);
- va_end(ap);
- return s;
-}
-
-/*
- alloc an array, checking for integer overflow in the array size
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_array(const void *ctx, size_t el_size, unsigned count, const char *name)
-{
- if (count >= MAX_TALLOC_SIZE/el_size) {
- return NULL;
- }
- return _talloc_named_const(ctx, el_size * count, name);
-}
-
-/*
- alloc an zero array, checking for integer overflow in the array size
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_zero_array(const void *ctx, size_t el_size, unsigned count, const char *name)
-{
- if (count >= MAX_TALLOC_SIZE/el_size) {
- return NULL;
- }
- return _talloc_zero(ctx, el_size * count, name);
-}
-
-/*
- realloc an array, checking for integer overflow in the array size
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_realloc_array(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t el_size, unsigned count, const char *name)
-{
- if (count >= MAX_TALLOC_SIZE/el_size) {
- return NULL;
- }
- return _talloc_realloc(ctx, ptr, el_size * count, name);
-}
-
-/*
- a function version of talloc_realloc(), so it can be passed as a function pointer
- to libraries that want a realloc function (a realloc function encapsulates
- all the basic capabilities of an allocation library, which is why this is useful)
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_realloc_fn(const void *context, void *ptr, size_t size)
-{
- return _talloc_realloc(context, ptr, size, NULL);
-}
-
-
-static int talloc_autofree_destructor(void *ptr)
-{
- autofree_context = NULL;
- return 0;
-}
-
-static void talloc_autofree(void)
-{
- talloc_free(autofree_context);
-}
-
-/*
- return a context which will be auto-freed on exit
- this is useful for reducing the noise in leak reports
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_autofree_context(void)
-{
- if (autofree_context == NULL) {
- autofree_context = _talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "autofree_context");
- talloc_set_destructor(autofree_context, talloc_autofree_destructor);
- atexit(talloc_autofree);
- }
- return autofree_context;
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ size_t talloc_get_size(const void *context)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
- if (context == NULL) {
- context = null_context;
- }
- if (context == NULL) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context);
-
- return tc->size;
-}
-
-/*
- find a parent of this context that has the given name, if any
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_find_parent_byname(const void *context, const char *name)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
- if (context == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context);
- while (tc) {
- if (tc->name && strcmp(tc->name, name) == 0) {
- return TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc);
- }
- while (tc && tc->prev) tc = tc->prev;
- if (tc) {
- tc = tc->parent;
- }
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- show the parentage of a context
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_show_parents(const void *context, FILE *file)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
- if (context == NULL) {
- fprintf(file, "talloc no parents for NULL\n");
- return;
- }
-
- tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context);
- fprintf(file, "talloc parents of '%s'\n", talloc_get_name(context));
- while (tc) {
- fprintf(file, "\t'%s'\n", talloc_get_name(TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc)));
- while (tc && tc->prev) tc = tc->prev;
- if (tc) {
- tc = tc->parent;
- }
- }
- fflush(file);
-}
-
-/*
- return 1 if ptr is a parent of context
-*/
-static int _talloc_is_parent(const void *context, const void *ptr, int depth)
-{
- struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
- if (context == NULL) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context);
- while (tc && depth > 0) {
- if (TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc) == ptr) return 1;
- while (tc && tc->prev) tc = tc->prev;
- if (tc) {
- tc = tc->parent;
- depth--;
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- return 1 if ptr is a parent of context
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ int talloc_is_parent(const void *context, const void *ptr)
-{
- return _talloc_is_parent(context, ptr, TALLOC_MAX_DEPTH);
-}
diff --git a/lib/talloc/talloc.h b/lib/talloc/talloc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 96c7e24..0000000
--- a/lib/talloc/talloc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1711 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _TALLOC_H_
-#define _TALLOC_H_
-/*
- Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
- Samba temporary memory allocation functions
-
- Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2004-2005
- Copyright (C) Stefan Metzmacher 2006
-
- ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the talloc
- ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
- ** under the LGPL
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @defgroup talloc The talloc API
- *
- * talloc is a hierarchical, reference counted memory pool system with
- * destructors. It is the core memory allocator used in Samba.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#define TALLOC_VERSION_MAJOR 2
-#define TALLOC_VERSION_MINOR 0
-
-int talloc_version_major(void);
-int talloc_version_minor(void);
-
-/**
- * @brief Define a talloc parent type
- *
- * As talloc is a hierarchial memory allocator, every talloc chunk is a
- * potential parent to other talloc chunks. So defining a separate type for a
- * talloc chunk is not strictly necessary. TALLOC_CTX is defined nevertheless,
- * as it provides an indicator for function arguments. You will frequently
- * write code like
- *
- * @code
- * struct foo *foo_create(TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx)
- * {
- * struct foo *result;
- * result = talloc(mem_ctx, struct foo);
- * if (result == NULL) return NULL;
- * ... initialize foo ...
- * return result;
- * }
- * @endcode
- *
- * In this type of allocating functions it is handy to have a general
- * TALLOC_CTX type to indicate which parent to put allocated structures on.
- */
-typedef void TALLOC_CTX;
-
-/*
- this uses a little trick to allow __LINE__ to be stringified
-*/
-#ifndef __location__
-#define __TALLOC_STRING_LINE1__(s) #s
-#define __TALLOC_STRING_LINE2__(s) __TALLOC_STRING_LINE1__(s)
-#define __TALLOC_STRING_LINE3__ __TALLOC_STRING_LINE2__(__LINE__)
-#define __location__ __FILE__ ":" __TALLOC_STRING_LINE3__
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TALLOC_DEPRECATED
-#define TALLOC_DEPRECATED 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE
-#if (__GNUC__ >= 3)
-/** Use gcc attribute to check printf fns. a1 is the 1-based index of
- * the parameter containing the format, and a2 the index of the first
- * argument. Note that some gcc 2.x versions don't handle this
- * properly **/
-#define PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(a1, a2) __attribute__ ((format (__printf__, a1, a2)))
-#else
-#define PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(a1, a2)
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Create a new talloc context.
- *
- * The talloc() macro is the core of the talloc library. It takes a memory
- * context and a type, and returns a pointer to a new area of memory of the
- * given type.
- *
- * The returned pointer is itself a talloc context, so you can use it as the
- * context argument to more calls to talloc if you wish.
- *
- * The returned pointer is a "child" of the supplied context. This means that if
- * you talloc_free() the context then the new child disappears as well.
- * Alternatively you can free just the child.
- *
- * @param[in] ctx A talloc context to create a new reference on or NULL to
- * create a new top level context.
- *
- * @param[in] type The type of memory to allocate.
- *
- * @return A type casted talloc context or NULL on error.
- *
- * @code
- * unsigned int *a, *b;
- *
- * a = talloc(NULL, unsigned int);
- * b = talloc(a, unsigned int);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @see talloc_zero
- * @see talloc_array
- * @see talloc_steal
- * @see talloc_free
- */
-void *talloc(const void *ctx, #type);
-#else
-#define talloc(ctx, type) (type *)talloc_named_const(ctx, sizeof(type), #type)
-void *_talloc(const void *context, size_t size);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @brief Create a new top level talloc context.
- *
- * This function creates a zero length named talloc context as a top level
- * context. It is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- * talloc_named(NULL, 0, fmt, ...);
- * @endcode
- * @param[in] fmt Format string for the name.
- *
- * @param[in] ... Additional printf-style arguments.
- *
- * @return The allocated memory chunk, NULL on error.
- *
- * @see talloc_named()
- */
-void *talloc_init(const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(1,2);
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Free a chunk of talloc memory.
- *
- * The talloc_free() function frees a piece of talloc memory, and all its
- * children. You can call talloc_free() on any pointer returned by
- * talloc().
- *
- * The return value of talloc_free() indicates success or failure, with 0
- * returned for success and -1 for failure. A possible failure condition
- * is if the pointer had a destructor attached to it and the destructor
- * returned -1. See talloc_set_destructor() for details on
- * destructors. Likewise, if "ptr" is NULL, then the function will make
- * no modifications and return -1.
- *
- * From version 2.0 and onwards, as a special case, talloc_free() is
- * refused on pointers that have more than one parent associated, as talloc
- * would have no way of knowing which parent should be removed. This is
- * different from older versions in the sense that always the reference to
- * the most recently established parent has been destroyed. Hence to free a
- * pointer that has more than one parent please use talloc_unlink().
- *
- * To help you find problems in your code caused by this behaviour, if
- * you do try and free a pointer with more than one parent then the
- * talloc logging function will be called to give output like this:
- *
- * @code
- * ERROR: talloc_free with references at some_dir/source/foo.c:123
- * reference at some_dir/source/other.c:325
- * reference at some_dir/source/third.c:121
- * @endcode
- *
- * Please see the documentation for talloc_set_log_fn() and
- * talloc_set_log_stderr() for more information on talloc logging
- * functions.
- *
- * talloc_free() operates recursively on its children.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The chunk to be freed.
- *
- * @return Returns 0 on success and -1 on error. A possible
- * failure condition is if the pointer had a destructor
- * attached to it and the destructor returned -1. Likewise,
- * if "ptr" is NULL, then the function will make no
- * modifications and returns -1.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- * unsigned int *a, *b;
- * a = talloc(NULL, unsigned int);
- * b = talloc(a, unsigned int);
- *
- * talloc_free(a); // Frees a and b
- * @endcode
- *
- * @see talloc_set_destructor()
- * @see talloc_unlink()
- */
-int talloc_free(void *ptr);
-#else
-#define talloc_free(ctx) _talloc_free(ctx, __location__)
-int _talloc_free(void *ptr, const char *location);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @brief Free a talloc chunk's children.
- *
- * The function walks along the list of all children of a talloc context and
- * talloc_free()s only the children, not the context itself.
- *
- * A NULL argument is handled as no-op.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The chunk that you want to free the children of
- * (NULL is allowed too)
- */
-void talloc_free_children(void *ptr);
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Assign a destructor function to be called when a chunk is freed.
- *
- * The function talloc_set_destructor() sets the "destructor" for the pointer
- * "ptr". A destructor is a function that is called when the memory used by a
- * pointer is about to be released. The destructor receives the pointer as an
- * argument, and should return 0 for success and -1 for failure.
- *
- * The destructor can do anything it wants to, including freeing other pieces
- * of memory. A common use for destructors is to clean up operating system
- * resources (such as open file descriptors) contained in the structure the
- * destructor is placed on.
- *
- * You can only place one destructor on a pointer. If you need more than one
- * destructor then you can create a zero-length child of the pointer and place
- * an additional destructor on that.
- *
- * To remove a destructor call talloc_set_destructor() with NULL for the
- * destructor.
- *
- * If your destructor attempts to talloc_free() the pointer that it is the
- * destructor for then talloc_free() will return -1 and the free will be
- * ignored. This would be a pointless operation anyway, as the destructor is
- * only called when the memory is just about to go away.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc chunk to add a destructor to.
- *
- * @param[in] destructor The destructor function to be called. NULL to remove
- * it.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- * static int destroy_fd(int *fd) {
- * close(*fd);
- * return 0;
- * }
- *
- * int *open_file(const char *filename) {
- * int *fd = talloc(NULL, int);
- * *fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY);
- * if (*fd < 0) {
- * talloc_free(fd);
- * return NULL;
- * }
- * // Whenever they free this, we close the file.
- * talloc_set_destructor(fd, destroy_fd);
- * return fd;
- * }
- * @endcode
- *
- * @see talloc()
- * @see talloc_free()
- */
-void talloc_set_destructor(const void *ptr, int (*destructor)(void *));
-
-/**
- * @brief Change a talloc chunk's parent.
- *
- * The talloc_steal() function changes the parent context of a talloc
- * pointer. It is typically used when the context that the pointer is
- * currently a child of is going to be freed and you wish to keep the
- * memory for a longer time.
- *
- * To make the changed hierarchy less error-prone, you might consider to use
- * talloc_move().
- *
- * If you try and call talloc_steal() on a pointer that has more than one
- * parent then the result is ambiguous. Talloc will choose to remove the
- * parent that is currently indicated by talloc_parent() and replace it with
- * the chosen parent. You will also get a message like this via the talloc
- * logging functions:
- *
- * @code
- * WARNING: talloc_steal with references at some_dir/source/foo.c:123
- * reference at some_dir/source/other.c:325
- * reference at some_dir/source/third.c:121
- * @endcode
- *
- * To unambiguously change the parent of a pointer please see the function
- * talloc_reparent(). See the talloc_set_log_fn() documentation for more
- * information on talloc logging.
- *
- * @param[in] new_ctx The new parent context.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc chunk to move.
- *
- * @return Returns the pointer that you pass it. It does not have
- * any failure modes.
- *
- * @note It is possible to produce loops in the parent/child relationship
- * if you are not careful with talloc_steal(). No guarantees are provided
- * as to your sanity or the safety of your data if you do this.
- */
-void *talloc_steal(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr);
-#else /* DOXYGEN */
-/* try to make talloc_set_destructor() and talloc_steal() type safe,
- if we have a recent gcc */
-#if (__GNUC__ >= 3)
-#define _TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr) __typeof__(ptr)
-#define talloc_set_destructor(ptr, function) \
- do { \
- int (*_talloc_destructor_fn)(_TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr)) = (function); \
- _talloc_set_destructor((ptr), (int (*)(void *))_talloc_destructor_fn); \
- } while(0)
-/* this extremely strange macro is to avoid some braindamaged warning
- stupidity in gcc 4.1.x */
-#define talloc_steal(ctx, ptr) ({ _TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr) __talloc_steal_ret = (_TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr))_talloc_steal_loc((ctx),(ptr), __location__); __talloc_steal_ret; })
-#else /* __GNUC__ >= 3 */
-#define talloc_set_destructor(ptr, function) \
- _talloc_set_destructor((ptr), (int (*)(void *))(function))
-#define _TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr) void *
-#define talloc_steal(ctx, ptr) (_TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr))_talloc_steal_loc((ctx),(ptr), __location__)
-#endif /* __GNUC__ >= 3 */
-void _talloc_set_destructor(const void *ptr, int (*_destructor)(void *));
-void *_talloc_steal_loc(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr, const char *location);
-#endif /* DOXYGEN */
-
-/**
- * @brief Assign a name to a talloc chunk.
- *
- * Each talloc pointer has a "name". The name is used principally for
- * debugging purposes, although it is also possible to set and get the name on
- * a pointer in as a way of "marking" pointers in your code.
- *
- * The main use for names on pointer is for "talloc reports". See
- * talloc_report() and talloc_report_full() for details. Also see
- * talloc_enable_leak_report() and talloc_enable_leak_report_full().
- *
- * The talloc_set_name() function allocates memory as a child of the
- * pointer. It is logically equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- * talloc_set_name_const(ptr, talloc_asprintf(ptr, fmt, ...));
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc chunk to assign a name to.
- *
- * @param[in] fmt Format string for the name.
- *
- * @param[in] ... Add printf-style additional arguments.
- *
- * @return The assigned name, NULL on error.
- *
- * @note Multiple calls to talloc_set_name() will allocate more memory without
- * releasing the name. All of the memory is released when the ptr is freed
- * using talloc_free().
- */
-const char *talloc_set_name(const void *ptr, const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,3);
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Change a talloc chunk's parent.
- *
- * This function has the same effect as talloc_steal(), and additionally sets
- * the source pointer to NULL. You would use it like this:
- *
- * @code
- * struct foo *X = talloc(tmp_ctx, struct foo);
- * struct foo *Y;
- * Y = talloc_move(new_ctx, &X);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in] new_ctx The new parent context.
- *
- * @param[in] pptr Pointer to the talloc chunk to move.
- *
- * @return The pointer of the talloc chunk it has been moved to,
- * NULL on error.
- */
-void *talloc_move(const void *new_ctx, void **pptr);
-#else
-#define talloc_move(ctx, pptr) (_TALLOC_TYPEOF(*(pptr)))_talloc_move((ctx),(void *)(pptr))
-void *_talloc_move(const void *new_ctx, const void *pptr);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @brief Assign a name to a talloc chunk.
- *
- * The function is just like talloc_set_name(), but it takes a string constant,
- * and is much faster. It is extensively used by the "auto naming" macros, such
- * as talloc_p().
- *
- * This function does not allocate any memory. It just copies the supplied
- * pointer into the internal representation of the talloc ptr. This means you
- * must not pass a name pointer to memory that will disappear before the ptr
- * is freed with talloc_free().
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc chunk to assign a name to.
- *
- * @param[in] name Format string for the name.
- */
-void talloc_set_name_const(const void *ptr, const char *name);
-
-/**
- * @brief Create a named talloc chunk.
- *
- * The talloc_named() function creates a named talloc pointer. It is
- * equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- * ptr = talloc_size(context, size);
- * talloc_set_name(ptr, fmt, ....);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in] context The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in] size Number of char's that you want to allocate.
- *
- * @param[in] fmt Format string for the name.
- *
- * @param[in] ... Additional printf-style arguments.
- *
- * @return The allocated memory chunk, NULL on error.
- *
- * @see talloc_set_name()
- */
-void *talloc_named(const void *context, size_t size,
- const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(3,4);
-
-/**
- * @brief Basic routine to allocate a chunk of memory.
- *
- * This is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- * ptr = talloc_size(context, size);
- * talloc_set_name_const(ptr, name);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in] context The parent context.
- *
- * @param[in] size The number of char's that we want to allocate.
- *
- * @param[in] name The name the talloc block has.
- *
- * @return The allocated memory chunk, NULL on error.
- */
-void *talloc_named_const(const void *context, size_t size, const char *name);
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Untyped allocation.
- *
- * The function should be used when you don't have a convenient type to pass to
- * talloc(). Unlike talloc(), it is not type safe (as it returns a void *), so
- * you are on your own for type checking.
- *
- * Best to use talloc() or talloc_array() instead.
- *
- * @param[in] ctx The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in] size Number of char's that you want to allocate.
- *
- * @return The allocated memory chunk, NULL on error.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- * void *mem = talloc_size(NULL, 100);
- * @endcode
- */
-void *talloc_size(const void *ctx, size_t size);
-#else
-#define talloc_size(ctx, size) talloc_named_const(ctx, size, __location__)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Allocate into a typed pointer.
- *
- * The talloc_ptrtype() macro should be used when you have a pointer and want
- * to allocate memory to point at with this pointer. When compiling with
- * gcc >= 3 it is typesafe. Note this is a wrapper of talloc_size() and
- * talloc_get_name() will return the current location in the source file and
- * not the type.
- *
- * @param[in] ctx The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in] type The pointer you want to assign the result to.
- *
- * @return The properly casted allocated memory chunk, NULL on
- * error.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- * unsigned int *a = talloc_ptrtype(NULL, a);
- * @endcode
- */
-void *talloc_ptrtype(const void *ctx, #type);
-#else
-#define talloc_ptrtype(ctx, ptr) (_TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr))talloc_size(ctx, sizeof(*(ptr)))
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Allocate a new 0-sized talloc chunk.
- *
- * This is a utility macro that creates a new memory context hanging off an
- * existing context, automatically naming it "talloc_new: __location__" where
- * __location__ is the source line it is called from. It is particularly
- * useful for creating a new temporary working context.
- *
- * @param[in] ctx The talloc parent context.
- *
- * @return A new talloc chunk, NULL on error.
- */
-void *talloc_new(const void *ctx);
-#else
-#define talloc_new(ctx) talloc_named_const(ctx, 0, "talloc_new: " __location__)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Allocate a 0-initizialized structure.
- *
- * The macro is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- * ptr = talloc(ctx, type);
- * if (ptr) memset(ptr, 0, sizeof(type));
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in] ctx The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in] type The type that we want to allocate.
- *
- * @return Pointer to a piece of memory, properly cast to 'type *',
- * NULL on error.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- * unsigned int *a, *b;
- * a = talloc_zero(NULL, unsigned int);
- * b = talloc_zero(a, unsigned int);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @see talloc()
- * @see talloc_zero_size()
- * @see talloc_zero_array()
- */
-void *talloc_zero(const void *ctx, #type);
-
-/**
- * @brief Allocate untyped, 0-initialized memory.
- *
- * @param[in] ctx The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in] size Number of char's that you want to allocate.
- *
- * @return The allocated memory chunk.
- */
-void *talloc_zero_size(const void *ctx, size_t size);
-#else
-#define talloc_zero(ctx, type) (type *)_talloc_zero(ctx, sizeof(type), #type)
-#define talloc_zero_size(ctx, size) _talloc_zero(ctx, size, __location__)
-void *_talloc_zero(const void *ctx, size_t size, const char *name);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @brief Return the name of a talloc chunk.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc chunk.
- *
- * @return The current name for the given talloc pointer.
- *
- * @see talloc_set_name()
- */
-const char *talloc_get_name(const void *ptr);
-
-/**
- * @brief Verify that a talloc chunk carries a specified name.
- *
- * This function checks if a pointer has the specified name. If it does
- * then the pointer is returned.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc chunk to check.
- *
- * @param[in] name The name to check against.
- *
- * @return The pointer if the name matches, NULL if it doesn't.
- */
-void *talloc_check_name(const void *ptr, const char *name);
-
-/**
- * @brief Get the parent chunk of a pointer.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc pointer to inspect.
- *
- * @return The talloc parent of ptr, NULL on error.
- */
-void *talloc_parent(const void *ptr);
-
-/**
- * @brief Get a talloc chunk's parent name.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc pointer to inspect.
- *
- * @return The name of ptr's parent chunk.
- */
-const char *talloc_parent_name(const void *ptr);
-
-/**
- * @brief Get the total size of a talloc chunk including its children.
- *
- * The function returns the total size in bytes used by this pointer and all
- * child pointers. Mostly useful for debugging.
- *
- * Passing NULL is allowed, but it will only give a meaningful result if
- * talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has
- * been called.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc chunk.
- *
- * @return The total size.
- */
-size_t talloc_total_size(const void *ptr);
-
-/**
- * @brief Get the number of talloc chunks hanging off a chunk.
- *
- * The talloc_total_blocks() function returns the total memory block
- * count used by this pointer and all child pointers. Mostly useful for
- * debugging.
- *
- * Passing NULL is allowed, but it will only give a meaningful result if
- * talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has
- * been called.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc chunk.
- *
- * @return The total size.
- */
-size_t talloc_total_blocks(const void *ptr);
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Duplicate a memory area into a talloc chunk.
- *
- * The function is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- * ptr = talloc_size(ctx, size);
- * if (ptr) memcpy(ptr, p, size);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in] t The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in] p The memory chunk you want to duplicate.
- *
- * @param[in] size Number of char's that you want copy.
- *
- * @return The allocated memory chunk.
- *
- * @see talloc_size()
- */
-void *talloc_memdup(const void *t, const void *p, size_t size);
-#else
-#define talloc_memdup(t, p, size) _talloc_memdup(t, p, size, __location__)
-void *_talloc_memdup(const void *t, const void *p, size_t size, const char *name);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Assign a type to a talloc chunk.
- *
- * This macro allows you to force the name of a pointer to be of a particular
- * type. This can be used in conjunction with talloc_get_type() to do type
- * checking on void* pointers.
- *
- * It is equivalent to this:
- *
- * @code
- * talloc_set_name_const(ptr, #type)
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc chunk to assign the type to.
- *
- * @param[in] type The type to assign.
- */
-void talloc_set_type(const char *ptr, #type);
-
-/**
- * @brief Get a typed pointer out of a talloc pointer.
- *
- * This macro allows you to do type checking on talloc pointers. It is
- * particularly useful for void* private pointers. It is equivalent to
- * this:
- *
- * @code
- * (type *)talloc_check_name(ptr, #type)
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc pointer to check.
- *
- * @param[in] type The type to check against.
- *
- * @return The properly casted pointer given by ptr, NULL on error.
- */
-type *talloc_get_type(const void *ptr, #type);
-#else
-#define talloc_set_type(ptr, type) talloc_set_name_const(ptr, #type)
-#define talloc_get_type(ptr, type) (type *)talloc_check_name(ptr, #type)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Safely turn a void pointer into a typed pointer.
- *
- * This macro is used together with talloc(mem_ctx, struct foo). If you had to
- * assing the talloc chunk pointer to some void pointer variable,
- * talloc_get_type_abort() is the recommended way to get the convert the void
- * pointer back to a typed pointer.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The void pointer to convert.
- *
- * @param[in] type The type that this chunk contains
- *
- * @return The same value as ptr, type-checked and properly cast.
- */
-void *talloc_get_type_abort(const void *ptr, #type);
-#else
-#define talloc_get_type_abort(ptr, type) (type *)_talloc_get_type_abort(ptr, #type, __location__)
-void *_talloc_get_type_abort(const void *ptr, const char *name, const char *location);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @brief Find a parent context by name.
- *
- * Find a parent memory context of the current context that has the given
- * name. This can be very useful in complex programs where it may be
- * difficult to pass all information down to the level you need, but you
- * know the structure you want is a parent of another context.
- *
- * @param[in] ctx The talloc chunk to start from.
- *
- * @param[in] name The name of the parent we look for.
- *
- * @return The memory context we are looking for, NULL if not
- * found.
- */
-void *talloc_find_parent_byname(const void *ctx, const char *name);
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Find a parent context by type.
- *
- * Find a parent memory context of the current context that has the given
- * name. This can be very useful in complex programs where it may be
- * difficult to pass all information down to the level you need, but you
- * know the structure you want is a parent of another context.
- *
- * Like talloc_find_parent_byname() but takes a type, making it typesafe.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc chunk to start from.
- *
- * @param[in] type The type of the parent to look for.
- *
- * @return The memory context we are looking for, NULL if not
- * found.
- */
-void *talloc_find_parent_bytype(const void *ptr, #type);
-#else
-#define talloc_find_parent_bytype(ptr, type) (type *)talloc_find_parent_byname(ptr, #type)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @brief Allocate a talloc pool.
- *
- * A talloc pool is a pure optimization for specific situations. In the
- * release process for Samba 3.2 we found out that we had become considerably
- * slower than Samba 3.0 was. Profiling showed that malloc(3) was a large CPU
- * consumer in benchmarks. For Samba 3.2 we have internally converted many
- * static buffers to dynamically allocated ones, so malloc(3) being beaten
- * more was no surprise. But it made us slower.
- *
- * talloc_pool() is an optimization to call malloc(3) a lot less for the use
- * pattern Samba has: The SMB protocol is mainly a request/response protocol
- * where we have to allocate a certain amount of memory per request and free
- * that after the SMB reply is sent to the client.
- *
- * talloc_pool() creates a talloc chunk that you can use as a talloc parent
- * exactly as you would use any other ::TALLOC_CTX. The difference is that
- * when you talloc a child of this pool, no malloc(3) is done. Instead, talloc
- * just increments a pointer inside the talloc_pool. This also works
- * recursively. If you use the child of the talloc pool as a parent for
- * grand-children, their memory is also taken from the talloc pool.
- *
- * If you talloc_free() children of a talloc pool, the memory is not given
- * back to the system. Instead, free(3) is only called if the talloc_pool()
- * itself is released with talloc_free().
- *
- * The downside of a talloc pool is that if you talloc_move() a child of a
- * talloc pool to a talloc parent outside the pool, the whole pool memory is
- * not free(3)'ed until that moved chunk is also talloc_free()ed.
- *
- * @param[in] context The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in] size Size of the talloc pool.
- *
- * @return The allocated talloc pool, NULL on error.
- */
-void *talloc_pool(const void *context, size_t size);
-
-/**
- * @brief Free a talloc chunk and NULL out the pointer.
- *
- * TALLOC_FREE() frees a pointer and sets it to NULL. Use this if you want
- * immediate feedback (i.e. crash) if you use a pointer after having free'ed
- * it.
- *
- * @param[in] ctx The chunk to be freed.
- */
-#define TALLOC_FREE(ctx) do { talloc_free(ctx); ctx=NULL; } while(0)
-
-/* @} ******************************************************************/
-
-/**
- * \defgroup talloc_ref The talloc reference function.
- * @ingroup talloc
- *
- * This module contains the definitions around talloc references
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-/**
- * @brief Increase the reference count of a talloc chunk.
- *
- * The talloc_increase_ref_count(ptr) function is exactly equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- * talloc_reference(NULL, ptr);
- * @endcode
- *
- * You can use either syntax, depending on which you think is clearer in
- * your code.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The pointer to increase the reference count.
- *
- * @return 0 on success, -1 on error.
- */
-int talloc_increase_ref_count(const void *ptr);
-
-/**
- * @brief Get the number of references to a talloc chunk.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The pointer to retrieve the reference count from.
- *
- * @return The number of references.
- */
-size_t talloc_reference_count(const void *ptr);
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Create an additional talloc parent to a pointer.
- *
- * The talloc_reference() function makes "context" an additional parent of
- * ptr. Each additional reference consumes around 48 bytes of memory on intel
- * x86 platforms.
- *
- * If ptr is NULL, then the function is a no-op, and simply returns NULL.
- *
- * After creating a reference you can free it in one of the following ways:
- *
- * - you can talloc_free() any parent of the original pointer. That
- * will reduce the number of parents of this pointer by 1, and will
- * cause this pointer to be freed if it runs out of parents.
- *
- * - you can talloc_free() the pointer itself if it has at maximum one
- * parent. This behaviour has been changed since the release of version
- * 2.0. Further informations in the description of "talloc_free".
- *
- * For more control on which parent to remove, see talloc_unlink()
- * @param[in] ctx The additional parent.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The pointer you want to create an additional parent for.
- *
- * @return The original pointer 'ptr', NULL if talloc ran out of
- * memory in creating the reference.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- * unsigned int *a, *b, *c;
- * a = talloc(NULL, unsigned int);
- * b = talloc(NULL, unsigned int);
- * c = talloc(a, unsigned int);
- * // b also serves as a parent of c.
- * talloc_reference(b, c);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @see talloc_unlink()
- */
-void *talloc_reference(const void *ctx, const void *ptr);
-#else
-#define talloc_reference(ctx, ptr) (_TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr))_talloc_reference_loc((ctx),(ptr), __location__)
-void *_talloc_reference_loc(const void *context, const void *ptr, const char *location);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @brief Remove a specific parent from a talloc chunk.
- *
- * The function removes a specific parent from ptr. The context passed must
- * either be a context used in talloc_reference() with this pointer, or must be
- * a direct parent of ptr.
- *
- * You can just use talloc_free() instead of talloc_unlink() if there
- * is at maximum one parent. This behaviour has been changed since the
- * release of version 2.0. Further informations in the description of
- * "talloc_free".
- *
- * @param[in] context The talloc parent to remove.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc ptr you want to remove the parent from.
- *
- * @return 0 on success, -1 on error.
- *
- * @note If the parent has already been removed using talloc_free() then
- * this function will fail and will return -1. Likewise, if ptr is NULL,
- * then the function will make no modifications and return -1.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- * unsigned int *a, *b, *c;
- * a = talloc(NULL, unsigned int);
- * b = talloc(NULL, unsigned int);
- * c = talloc(a, unsigned int);
- * // b also serves as a parent of c.
- * talloc_reference(b, c);
- * talloc_unlink(b, c);
- * @endcode
- */
-int talloc_unlink(const void *context, void *ptr);
-
-/**
- * @brief Provide a talloc context that is freed at program exit.
- *
- * This is a handy utility function that returns a talloc context
- * which will be automatically freed on program exit. This can be used
- * to reduce the noise in memory leak reports.
- *
- * Never use this in code that might be used in objects loaded with
- * dlopen and unloaded with dlclose. talloc_autofree_context()
- * internally uses atexit(3). Some platforms like modern Linux handles
- * this fine, but for example FreeBSD does not deal well with dlopen()
- * and atexit() used simultaneously: dlclose() does not clean up the
- * list of atexit-handlers, so when the program exits the code that
- * was registered from within talloc_autofree_context() is gone, the
- * program crashes at exit.
- *
- * @return A talloc context, NULL on error.
- */
-void *talloc_autofree_context(void);
-
-/**
- * @brief Get the size of a talloc chunk.
- *
- * This function lets you know the amount of memory allocated so far by
- * this context. It does NOT account for subcontext memory.
- * This can be used to calculate the size of an array.
- *
- * @param[in] ctx The talloc chunk.
- *
- * @return The size of the talloc chunk.
- */
-size_t talloc_get_size(const void *ctx);
-
-/**
- * @brief Show the parentage of a context.
- *
- * @param[in] context The talloc context to look at.
- *
- * @param[in] file The output to use, a file, stdout or stderr.
- */
-void talloc_show_parents(const void *context, FILE *file);
-
-/**
- * @brief Check if a context is parent of a talloc chunk.
- *
- * This checks if context is referenced in the talloc hierarchy above ptr.
- *
- * @param[in] context The assumed talloc context.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc chunk to check.
- *
- * @return Return 1 if this is the case, 0 if not.
- */
-int talloc_is_parent(const void *context, const void *ptr);
-
-/**
- * @brief Change the parent context of a talloc pointer.
- *
- * The function changes the parent context of a talloc pointer. It is typically
- * used when the context that the pointer is currently a child of is going to be
- * freed and you wish to keep the memory for a longer time.
- *
- * The difference between talloc_reparent() and talloc_steal() is that
- * talloc_reparent() can specify which parent you wish to change. This is
- * useful when a pointer has multiple parents via references.
- *
- * @param[in] old_parent
- * @param[in] new_parent
- * @param[in] ptr
- *
- * @return Return the pointer you passed. It does not have any
- * failure modes.
- */
-void *talloc_reparent(const void *old_parent, const void *new_parent, const void *ptr);
-
-/* @} ******************************************************************/
-
-/**
- * @defgroup talloc_array The talloc array functions
- * @ingroup talloc
- *
- * Talloc contains some handy helpers for handling Arrays conveniently
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Allocate an array.
- *
- * The macro is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- * (type *)talloc_size(ctx, sizeof(type) * count);
- * @endcode
- *
- * except that it provides integer overflow protection for the multiply,
- * returning NULL if the multiply overflows.
- *
- * @param[in] ctx The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in] type The type that we want to allocate.
- *
- * @param[in] count The number of 'type' elements you want to allocate.
- *
- * @return The allocated result, properly cast to 'type *', NULL on
- * error.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- * unsigned int *a, *b;
- * a = talloc_zero(NULL, unsigned int);
- * b = talloc_array(a, unsigned int, 100);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @see talloc()
- * @see talloc_zero_array()
- */
-void *talloc_array(const void *ctx, #type, unsigned count);
-#else
-#define talloc_array(ctx, type, count) (type *)_talloc_array(ctx, sizeof(type), count, #type)
-void *_talloc_array(const void *ctx, size_t el_size, unsigned count, const char *name);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Allocate an array.
- *
- * @param[in] ctx The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in] size The size of an array element.
- *
- * @param[in] count The number of elements you want to allocate.
- *
- * @return The allocated result, NULL on error.
- */
-void *talloc_array_size(const void *ctx, size_t size, unsigned count);
-#else
-#define talloc_array_size(ctx, size, count) _talloc_array(ctx, size, count, __location__)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Allocate an array into a typed pointer.
- *
- * The macro should be used when you have a pointer to an array and want to
- * allocate memory of an array to point at with this pointer. When compiling
- * with gcc >= 3 it is typesafe. Note this is a wrapper of talloc_array_size()
- * and talloc_get_name() will return the current location in the source file
- * and not the type.
- *
- * @param[in] ctx The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The pointer you want to assign the result to.
- *
- * @param[in] count The number of elements you want to allocate.
- *
- * @return The allocated memory chunk, properly casted. NULL on
- * error.
- */
-void *talloc_array_ptrtype(const void *ctx, const void *ptr, unsigned count);
-#else
-#define talloc_array_ptrtype(ctx, ptr, count) (_TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr))talloc_array_size(ctx, sizeof(*(ptr)), count)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Get the number of elements in a talloc'ed array.
- *
- * A talloc chunk carries its own size, so for talloc'ed arrays it is not
- * necessary to store the number of elements explicitly.
- *
- * @param[in] ctx The allocated array.
- *
- * @return The number of elements in ctx.
- */
-size_t talloc_array_length(const void *ctx);
-#else
-#define talloc_array_length(ctx) (talloc_get_size(ctx)/sizeof(*ctx))
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Allocate a zero-initialized array
- *
- * @param[in] ctx The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in] type The type that we want to allocate.
- *
- * @param[in] count The number of "type" elements you want to allocate.
- *
- * @return The allocated result casted to "type *", NULL on error.
- *
- * The talloc_zero_array() macro is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- * ptr = talloc_array(ctx, type, count);
- * if (ptr) memset(ptr, sizeof(type) * count);
- * @endcode
- */
-void *talloc_zero_array(const void *ctx, #type, unsigned count);
-#else
-#define talloc_zero_array(ctx, type, count) (type *)_talloc_zero_array(ctx, sizeof(type), count, #type)
-void *_talloc_zero_array(const void *ctx,
- size_t el_size,
- unsigned count,
- const char *name);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Change the size of a talloc array.
- *
- * The macro changes the size of a talloc pointer. The 'count' argument is the
- * number of elements of type 'type' that you want the resulting pointer to
- * hold.
- *
- * talloc_realloc() has the following equivalences:
- *
- * @code
- * talloc_realloc(ctx, NULL, type, 1) ==> talloc(ctx, type);
- * talloc_realloc(ctx, NULL, type, N) ==> talloc_array(ctx, type, N);
- * talloc_realloc(ctx, ptr, type, 0) ==> talloc_free(ptr);
- * @endcode
- *
- * The "context" argument is only used if "ptr" is NULL, otherwise it is
- * ignored.
- *
- * @param[in] ctx The parent context used if ptr is NULL.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The chunk to be resized.
- *
- * @param[in] type The type of the array element inside ptr.
- *
- * @param[in] count The intended number of array elements.
- *
- * @return The new array, NULL on error. The call will fail either
- * due to a lack of memory, or because the pointer has more
- * than one parent (see talloc_reference()).
- */
-void *talloc_realloc(const void *ctx, void *ptr, #type, size_t count);
-#else
-#define talloc_realloc(ctx, p, type, count) (type *)_talloc_realloc_array(ctx, p, sizeof(type), count, #type)
-void *_talloc_realloc_array(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t el_size, unsigned count, const char *name);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Untyped realloc to change the size of a talloc array.
- *
- * The macro is useful when the type is not known so the typesafe
- * talloc_realloc() cannot be used.
- *
- * @param[in] ctx The parent context used if 'ptr' is NULL.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The chunk to be resized.
- *
- * @param[in] size The new chunk size.
- *
- * @return The new array, NULL on error.
- */
-void *talloc_realloc_size(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t size);
-#else
-#define talloc_realloc_size(ctx, ptr, size) _talloc_realloc(ctx, ptr, size, __location__)
-void *_talloc_realloc(const void *context, void *ptr, size_t size, const char *name);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @brief Provide a function version of talloc_realloc_size.
- *
- * This is a non-macro version of talloc_realloc(), which is useful as
- * libraries sometimes want a ralloc function pointer. A realloc()
- * implementation encapsulates the functionality of malloc(), free() and
- * realloc() in one call, which is why it is useful to be able to pass around
- * a single function pointer.
- *
- * @param[in] context The parent context used if ptr is NULL.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The chunk to be resized.
- *
- * @param[in] size The new chunk size.
- *
- * @return The new chunk, NULL on error.
- */
-void *talloc_realloc_fn(const void *context, void *ptr, size_t size);
-
-/* @} ******************************************************************/
-
-/**
- * @defgroup talloc_string The talloc string functions.
- * @ingroup talloc
- *
- * talloc string allocation and manipulation functions.
- * @{
- */
-
-/**
- * @brief Duplicate a string into a talloc chunk.
- *
- * This function is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- * ptr = talloc_size(ctx, strlen(p)+1);
- * if (ptr) memcpy(ptr, p, strlen(p)+1);
- * @endcode
- *
- * This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the passed
- * string. This is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- * talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in] t The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in] p The string you want to duplicate.
- *
- * @return The duplicated string, NULL on error.
- */
-char *talloc_strdup(const void *t, const char *p);
-
-/**
- * @brief Append a string to given string and duplicate the result.
- *
- * @param[in] s The destination to append to.
- *
- * @param[in] a The string you want to append.
- *
- * @return The duplicated string, NULL on error.
- *
- * @see talloc_strdup()
- */
-char *talloc_strdup_append(char *s, const char *a);
-
-/**
- * @brief Append a string to a given buffer and duplicate the result.
- *
- * @param[in] s The destination buffer to append to.
- *
- * @param[in] a The string you want to append.
- *
- * @return The duplicated string, NULL on error.
- *
- * @see talloc_strdup()
- */
-char *talloc_strdup_append_buffer(char *s, const char *a);
-
-/**
- * @brief Duplicate a length-limited string into a talloc chunk.
- *
- * This function is the talloc equivalent of the C library function strndup(3).
- *
- * This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the passed string. This is
- * equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- * talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in] t The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in] p The string you want to duplicate.
- *
- * @param[in] n The maximum string length to duplicate.
- *
- * @return The duplicated string, NULL on error.
- */
-char *talloc_strndup(const void *t, const char *p, size_t n);
-
-/**
- * @brief Append at most n characters of a string to given string and duplicate
- * the result.
- *
- * @param[in] s The destination string to append to.
- *
- * @param[in] a The source string you want to append.
- *
- * @param[in] n The number of characters you want to append from the
- * string.
- *
- * @return The duplicated string, NULL on error.
- *
- * @see talloc_strndup()
- */
-char *talloc_strndup_append(char *s, const char *a, size_t n);
-
-/**
- * @brief Append at most n characters of a string to given buffer and duplicate
- * the result.
- *
- * @param[in] s The destination buffer to append to.
- *
- * @param[in] a The source string you want to append.
- *
- * @param[in] n The number of characters you want to append from the
- * string.
- *
- * @return The duplicated string, NULL on error.
- *
- * @see talloc_strndup()
- */
-char *talloc_strndup_append_buffer(char *s, const char *a, size_t n);
-
-/**
- * @brief Format a string given a va_list.
- *
- * This function is the talloc equivalent of the C library function
- * vasprintf(3).
- *
- * This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new string. This is
- * equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- * talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in] t The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in] fmt The format string.
- *
- * @param[in] ap The parameters used to fill fmt.
- *
- * @return The formatted string, NULL on error.
- */
-char *talloc_vasprintf(const void *t, const char *fmt, va_list ap) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,0);
-
-/**
- * @brief Format a string given a va_list and append it to the given destination
- * string.
- *
- * @param[in] s The destination string to append to.
- *
- * @param[in] fmt The format string.
- *
- * @param[in] ap The parameters used to fill fmt.
- *
- * @return The formatted string, NULL on error.
- *
- * @see talloc_vasprintf()
- */
-char *talloc_vasprintf_append(char *s, const char *fmt, va_list ap) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,0);
-
-/**
- * @brief Format a string given a va_list and append it to the given destination
- * buffer.
- *
- * @param[in] s The destination buffer to append to.
- *
- * @param[in] fmt The format string.
- *
- * @param[in] ap The parameters used to fill fmt.
- *
- * @return The formatted string, NULL on error.
- *
- * @see talloc_vasprintf()
- */
-char *talloc_vasprintf_append_buffer(char *s, const char *fmt, va_list ap) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,0);
-
-/**
- * @brief Format a string.
- *
- * This function is the talloc equivalent of the C library function asprintf(3).
- *
- * This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new string. This is
- * equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- * talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in] t The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in] fmt The format string.
- *
- * @param[in] ... The parameters used to fill fmt.
- *
- * @return The formatted string, NULL on error.
- */
-char *talloc_asprintf(const void *t, const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,3);
-
-/**
- * @brief Append a formatted string to another string.
- *
- * This function appends the given formatted string to the given string. Use
- * this variant when the string in the current talloc buffer may have been
- * truncated in length.
- *
- * This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new
- * string. This is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- * talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in] s The string to append to.
- *
- * @param[in] fmt The format string.
- *
- * @param[in] ... The parameters used to fill fmt.
- *
- * @return The formatted string, NULL on error.
- */
-char *talloc_asprintf_append(char *s, const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,3);
-
-/**
- * @brief Append a formatted string to another string.
- *
- * @param[in] s The string to append to
- *
- * @param[in] fmt The format string.
- *
- * @param[in] ... The parameters used to fill fmt.
- *
- * @return The formatted string, NULL on error.
- */
-char *talloc_asprintf_append_buffer(char *s, const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,3);
-
-/* @} ******************************************************************/
-
-/**
- * @defgroup talloc_debug The talloc debugging support functions
- * @ingroup talloc
- *
- * To aid memory debugging, talloc contains routines to inspect the currently
- * allocated memory hierarchy.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-/**
- * @brief Walk a complete talloc hierarchy.
- *
- * This provides a more flexible reports than talloc_report(). It
- * will recursively call the callback for the entire tree of memory
- * referenced by the pointer. References in the tree are passed with
- * is_ref = 1 and the pointer that is referenced.
- *
- * You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is
- * printed for the top level memory context, but only if
- * talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full()
- * has been called.
- *
- * The recursion is stopped when depth >= max_depth.
- * max_depth = -1 means only stop at leaf nodes.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc chunk.
- *
- * @param[in] depth Internal parameter to control recursion. Call with 0.
- *
- * @param[in] max_depth Maximum recursion level.
- *
- * @param[in] callback Function to be called on every chunk.
- *
- * @param[in] private_data Private pointer passed to callback.
- */
-void talloc_report_depth_cb(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth,
- void (*callback)(const void *ptr,
- int depth, int max_depth,
- int is_ref,
- void *private_data),
- void *private_data);
-
-/**
- * @brief Print a talloc hierarchy.
- *
- * This provides a more flexible reports than talloc_report(). It
- * will let you specify the depth and max_depth.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc chunk.
- *
- * @param[in] depth Internal parameter to control recursion. Call with 0.
- *
- * @param[in] max_depth Maximum recursion level.
- *
- * @param[in] f The file handle to print to.
- */
-void talloc_report_depth_file(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth, FILE *f);
-
-/**
- * @brief Print a summary report of all memory used by ptr.
- *
- * This provides a more detailed report than talloc_report(). It will
- * recursively print the entire tree of memory referenced by the
- * pointer. References in the tree are shown by giving the name of the
- * pointer that is referenced.
- *
- * You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is printed
- * for the top level memory context, but only if
- * talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has
- * been called.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc chunk.
- *
- * @param[in] f The file handle to print to.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- * unsigned int *a, *b;
- * a = talloc(NULL, unsigned int);
- * b = talloc(a, unsigned int);
- * fprintf(stderr, "Dumping memory tree for a:\n");
- * talloc_report_full(a, stderr);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @see talloc_report()
- */
-void talloc_report_full(const void *ptr, FILE *f);
-
-/**
- * @brief Print a summary report of all memory used by ptr.
- *
- * This function prints a summary report of all memory used by ptr. One line of
- * report is printed for each immediate child of ptr, showing the total memory
- * and number of blocks used by that child.
- *
- * You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is printed
- * for the top level memory context, but only if talloc_enable_leak_report()
- * or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has been called.
- *
- * @param[in] ptr The talloc chunk.
- *
- * @param[in] f The file handle to print to.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- * unsigned int *a, *b;
- * a = talloc(NULL, unsigned int);
- * b = talloc(a, unsigned int);
- * fprintf(stderr, "Summary of memory tree for a:\n");
- * talloc_report(a, stderr);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @see talloc_report_full()
- */
-void talloc_report(const void *ptr, FILE *f);
-
-/**
- * @brief Enable tracking the use of NULL memory contexts.
- *
- * This enables tracking of the NULL memory context without enabling leak
- * reporting on exit. Useful for when you want to do your own leak
- * reporting call via talloc_report_null_full();
- */
-void talloc_enable_null_tracking(void);
-
-/**
- * @brief Enable tracking the use of NULL memory contexts.
- *
- * This enables tracking of the NULL memory context without enabling leak
- * reporting on exit. Useful for when you want to do your own leak
- * reporting call via talloc_report_null_full();
- */
-void talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree(void);
-
-/**
- * @brief Disable tracking of the NULL memory context.
- *
- * This disables tracking of the NULL memory context.
- */
-void talloc_disable_null_tracking(void);
-
-/**
- * @brief Enable leak report when a program exits.
- *
- * This enables calling of talloc_report(NULL, stderr) when the program
- * exits. In Samba4 this is enabled by using the --leak-report command
- * line option.
- *
- * For it to be useful, this function must be called before any other
- * talloc function as it establishes a "null context" that acts as the
- * top of the tree. If you don't call this function first then passing
- * NULL to talloc_report() or talloc_report_full() won't give you the
- * full tree printout.
- *
- * Here is a typical talloc report:
- *
- * @code
- * talloc report on 'null_context' (total 267 bytes in 15 blocks)
- * libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55 contains 31 bytes in 2 blocks
- * libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55 contains 31 bytes in 2 blocks
- * iconv(UTF8,CP850) contains 42 bytes in 2 blocks
- * libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55 contains 31 bytes in 2 blocks
- * iconv(CP850,UTF8) contains 42 bytes in 2 blocks
- * iconv(UTF8,UTF-16LE) contains 45 bytes in 2 blocks
- * iconv(UTF-16LE,UTF8) contains 45 bytes in 2 blocks
- * @endcode
- */
-void talloc_enable_leak_report(void);
-
-/**
- * @brief Enable full leak report when a program exits.
- *
- * This enables calling of talloc_report_full(NULL, stderr) when the
- * program exits. In Samba4 this is enabled by using the
- * --leak-report-full command line option.
- *
- * For it to be useful, this function must be called before any other
- * talloc function as it establishes a "null context" that acts as the
- * top of the tree. If you don't call this function first then passing
- * NULL to talloc_report() or talloc_report_full() won't give you the
- * full tree printout.
- *
- * Here is a typical full report:
- *
- * @code
- * full talloc report on 'root' (total 18 bytes in 8 blocks)
- * p1 contains 18 bytes in 7 blocks (ref 0)
- * r1 contains 13 bytes in 2 blocks (ref 0)
- * reference to: p2
- * p2 contains 1 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 1)
- * x3 contains 1 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 0)
- * x2 contains 1 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 0)
- * x1 contains 1 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 0)
- * @endcode
- */
-void talloc_enable_leak_report_full(void);
-
-/* @} ******************************************************************/
-
-void talloc_set_abort_fn(void (*abort_fn)(const char *reason));
-void talloc_set_log_fn(void (*log_fn)(const char *message));
-void talloc_set_log_stderr(void);
-
-#if TALLOC_DEPRECATED
-#define talloc_zero_p(ctx, type) talloc_zero(ctx, type)
-#define talloc_p(ctx, type) talloc(ctx, type)
-#define talloc_array_p(ctx, type, count) talloc_array(ctx, type, count)
-#define talloc_realloc_p(ctx, p, type, count) talloc_realloc(ctx, p, type, count)
-#define talloc_destroy(ctx) talloc_free(ctx)
-#define talloc_append_string(c, s, a) (s?talloc_strdup_append(s,a):talloc_strdup(c, a))
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TALLOC_MAX_DEPTH
-#define TALLOC_MAX_DEPTH 10000
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* end of extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/talloc/talloc.pc.in b/lib/talloc/talloc.pc.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ce2109..0000000
--- a/lib/talloc/talloc.pc.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-prefix=@prefix@
-exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
-libdir=@libdir@
-includedir=@includedir@
-
-Name: talloc
-Description: A hierarchical pool based memory system with destructors
-Version: @TALLOC_VERSION@
-Libs: -L${libdir} -ltalloc
-Cflags: -I${includedir}
-URL: http://talloc.samba.org/
diff --git a/lib/talloc/talloc_guide.txt b/lib/talloc/talloc_guide.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 8164ffc..0000000
--- a/lib/talloc/talloc_guide.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,767 +0,0 @@
-Using talloc in Samba4
-======================
-
-.. contents::
-
-Andrew Tridgell
-August 2009
-
-The most current version of this document is available at
- http://samba.org/ftp/unpacked/talloc/talloc_guide.txt
-
-If you are used to the "old" talloc from Samba3 before 3.0.20 then please read
-this carefully, as talloc has changed a lot. With 3.0.20 (or 3.0.14?) the
-Samba4 talloc has been ported back to Samba3, so this guide applies to both.
-
-The new talloc is a hierarchical, reference counted memory pool system
-with destructors. Quite a mouthful really, but not too bad once you
-get used to it.
-
-Perhaps the biggest change from Samba3 is that there is no distinction
-between a "talloc context" and a "talloc pointer". Any pointer
-returned from talloc() is itself a valid talloc context. This means
-you can do this::
-
- struct foo *X = talloc(mem_ctx, struct foo);
- X->name = talloc_strdup(X, "foo");
-
-and the pointer X->name would be a "child" of the talloc context "X"
-which is itself a child of "mem_ctx". So if you do talloc_free(mem_ctx)
-then it is all destroyed, whereas if you do talloc_free(X) then just X
-and X->name are destroyed, and if you do talloc_free(X->name) then
-just the name element of X is destroyed.
-
-If you think about this, then what this effectively gives you is an
-n-ary tree, where you can free any part of the tree with
-talloc_free().
-
-If you find this confusing, then I suggest you run the testsuite to
-watch talloc in action. You may also like to add your own tests to
-testsuite.c to clarify how some particular situation is handled.
-
-
-Performance
------------
-
-All the additional features of talloc() over malloc() do come at a
-price. We have a simple performance test in Samba4 that measures
-talloc() versus malloc() performance, and it seems that talloc() is
-about 4% slower than malloc() on my x86 Debian Linux box. For Samba,
-the great reduction in code complexity that we get by using talloc
-makes this worthwhile, especially as the total overhead of
-talloc/malloc in Samba is already quite small.
-
-
-talloc API
-----------
-
-The following is a complete guide to the talloc API. Read it all at
-least twice.
-
-Multi-threading
----------------
-
-talloc itself does not deal with threads. It is thread-safe (assuming
-the underlying "malloc" is), as long as each thread uses different
-memory contexts.
-If two threads use the same context then they need to synchronize in
-order to be safe. In particular:
-- when using talloc_enable_leak_report(), giving directly NULL as a
-parent context implicitly refers to a hidden "null context" global
-variable, so this should not be used in a multi-threaded environment
-without proper synchronization ;
-- the context returned by talloc_autofree_context() is also global so
-shouldn't be used by several threads simultaneously without
-synchronization.
-
-talloc and shared objects
--------------------------
-
-talloc can be used in shared objects. Special care needs to be taken
-to never use talloc_autofree_context() in code that might be loaded
-with dlopen() and unloaded with dlclose(), as talloc_autofree_context()
-internally uses atexit(3). Some platforms like modern Linux handles
-this fine, but for example FreeBSD does not deal well with dlopen()
-and atexit() used simultaneously: dlclose() does not clean up the list
-of atexit-handlers, so when the program exits the code that was
-registered from within talloc_autofree_context() is gone, the program
-crashes at exit.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-(type *)talloc(const void *context, type);
-
-The talloc() macro is the core of the talloc library. It takes a
-memory context and a type, and returns a pointer to a new area of
-memory of the given type.
-
-The returned pointer is itself a talloc context, so you can use it as
-the context argument to more calls to talloc if you wish.
-
-The returned pointer is a "child" of the supplied context. This means
-that if you talloc_free() the context then the new child disappears as
-well. Alternatively you can free just the child.
-
-The context argument to talloc() can be NULL, in which case a new top
-level context is created.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_size(const void *context, size_t size);
-
-The function talloc_size() should be used when you don't have a
-convenient type to pass to talloc(). Unlike talloc(), it is not type
-safe (as it returns a void *), so you are on your own for type checking.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-(typeof(ptr)) talloc_ptrtype(const void *ctx, ptr);
-
-The talloc_ptrtype() macro should be used when you have a pointer and
-want to allocate memory to point at with this pointer. When compiling
-with gcc >= 3 it is typesafe. Note this is a wrapper of talloc_size()
-and talloc_get_name() will return the current location in the source file.
-and not the type.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-int talloc_free(void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_free() function frees a piece of talloc memory, and all its
-children. You can call talloc_free() on any pointer returned by
-talloc().
-
-The return value of talloc_free() indicates success or failure, with 0
-returned for success and -1 for failure. A possible failure condition
-is if the pointer had a destructor attached to it and the destructor
-returned -1. See talloc_set_destructor() for details on
-destructors. Likewise, if "ptr" is NULL, then the function will make
-no modifications and returns -1.
-
-From version 2.0 and onwards, as a special case, talloc_free() is
-refused on pointers that have more than one parent associated, as talloc
-would have no way of knowing which parent should be removed. This is
-different from older versions in the sense that always the reference to
-the most recently established parent has been destroyed. Hence to free a
-pointer that has more than one parent please use talloc_unlink().
-
-To help you find problems in your code caused by this behaviour, if
-you do try and free a pointer with more than one parent then the
-talloc logging function will be called to give output like this:
-
- ERROR: talloc_free with references at some_dir/source/foo.c:123
- reference at some_dir/source/other.c:325
- reference at some_dir/source/third.c:121
-
-Please see the documentation for talloc_set_log_fn() and
-talloc_set_log_stderr() for more information on talloc logging
-functions.
-
-talloc_free() operates recursively on its children.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_free_children(void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_free_children() walks along the list of all children of a
-talloc context and talloc_free()s only the children, not the context
-itself.
-
-A NULL argument is handled as no-op.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_reference(const void *context, const void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_reference() function makes "context" an additional parent
-of "ptr".
-
-The return value of talloc_reference() is always the original pointer
-"ptr", unless talloc ran out of memory in creating the reference in
-which case it will return NULL (each additional reference consumes
-around 48 bytes of memory on intel x86 platforms).
-
-If "ptr" is NULL, then the function is a no-op, and simply returns NULL.
-
-After creating a reference you can free it in one of the following
-ways:
-
- - you can talloc_free() any parent of the original pointer. That
- will reduce the number of parents of this pointer by 1, and will
- cause this pointer to be freed if it runs out of parents.
-
- - you can talloc_free() the pointer itself if it has at maximum one
- parent. This behaviour has been changed since the release of version
- 2.0. Further informations in the description of "talloc_free".
-
-For more control on which parent to remove, see talloc_unlink()
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-int talloc_unlink(const void *context, const void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_unlink() function removes a specific parent from ptr. The
-context passed must either be a context used in talloc_reference()
-with this pointer, or must be a direct parent of ptr.
-
-Note that if the parent has already been removed using talloc_free()
-then this function will fail and will return -1. Likewise, if "ptr"
-is NULL, then the function will make no modifications and return -1.
-
-You can just use talloc_free() instead of talloc_unlink() if there
-is at maximum one parent. This behaviour has been changed since the
-release of version 2.0. Further informations in the description of
-"talloc_free".
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_set_destructor(const void *ptr, int (*destructor)(void *));
-
-The function talloc_set_destructor() sets the "destructor" for the
-pointer "ptr". A destructor is a function that is called when the
-memory used by a pointer is about to be released. The destructor
-receives the pointer as an argument, and should return 0 for success
-and -1 for failure.
-
-The destructor can do anything it wants to, including freeing other
-pieces of memory. A common use for destructors is to clean up
-operating system resources (such as open file descriptors) contained
-in the structure the destructor is placed on.
-
-You can only place one destructor on a pointer. If you need more than
-one destructor then you can create a zero-length child of the pointer
-and place an additional destructor on that.
-
-To remove a destructor call talloc_set_destructor() with NULL for the
-destructor.
-
-If your destructor attempts to talloc_free() the pointer that it is
-the destructor for then talloc_free() will return -1 and the free will
-be ignored. This would be a pointless operation anyway, as the
-destructor is only called when the memory is just about to go away.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-int talloc_increase_ref_count(const void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_increase_ref_count(ptr) function is exactly equivalent to:
-
- talloc_reference(NULL, ptr);
-
-You can use either syntax, depending on which you think is clearer in
-your code.
-
-It returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-size_t talloc_reference_count(const void *ptr);
-
-Return the number of references to the pointer.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_set_name(const void *ptr, const char *fmt, ...);
-
-Each talloc pointer has a "name". The name is used principally for
-debugging purposes, although it is also possible to set and get the
-name on a pointer in as a way of "marking" pointers in your code.
-
-The main use for names on pointer is for "talloc reports". See
-talloc_report() and talloc_report_full() for details. Also see
-talloc_enable_leak_report() and talloc_enable_leak_report_full().
-
-The talloc_set_name() function allocates memory as a child of the
-pointer. It is logically equivalent to:
- talloc_set_name_const(ptr, talloc_asprintf(ptr, fmt, ...));
-
-Note that multiple calls to talloc_set_name() will allocate more
-memory without releasing the name. All of the memory is released when
-the ptr is freed using talloc_free().
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_set_name_const(const void *ptr, const char *name);
-
-The function talloc_set_name_const() is just like talloc_set_name(),
-but it takes a string constant, and is much faster. It is extensively
-used by the "auto naming" macros, such as talloc_p().
-
-This function does not allocate any memory. It just copies the
-supplied pointer into the internal representation of the talloc
-ptr. This means you must not pass a name pointer to memory that will
-disappear before the ptr is freed with talloc_free().
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_named(const void *context, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...);
-
-The talloc_named() function creates a named talloc pointer. It is
-equivalent to:
-
- ptr = talloc_size(context, size);
- talloc_set_name(ptr, fmt, ....);
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_named_const(const void *context, size_t size, const char *name);
-
-This is equivalent to::
-
- ptr = talloc_size(context, size);
- talloc_set_name_const(ptr, name);
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-const char *talloc_get_name(const void *ptr);
-
-This returns the current name for the given talloc pointer. See
-talloc_set_name() for details.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_init(const char *fmt, ...);
-
-This function creates a zero length named talloc context as a top
-level context. It is equivalent to::
-
- talloc_named(NULL, 0, fmt, ...);
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_new(void *ctx);
-
-This is a utility macro that creates a new memory context hanging
-off an exiting context, automatically naming it "talloc_new: __location__"
-where __location__ is the source line it is called from. It is
-particularly useful for creating a new temporary working context.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-(type *)talloc_realloc(const void *context, void *ptr, type, count);
-
-The talloc_realloc() macro changes the size of a talloc
-pointer. The "count" argument is the number of elements of type "type"
-that you want the resulting pointer to hold.
-
-talloc_realloc() has the following equivalences::
-
- talloc_realloc(context, NULL, type, 1) ==> talloc(context, type);
- talloc_realloc(context, NULL, type, N) ==> talloc_array(context, type, N);
- talloc_realloc(context, ptr, type, 0) ==> talloc_free(ptr);
-
-The "context" argument is only used if "ptr" is NULL, otherwise it is
-ignored.
-
-talloc_realloc() returns the new pointer, or NULL on failure. The call
-will fail either due to a lack of memory, or because the pointer has
-more than one parent (see talloc_reference()).
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_realloc_size(const void *context, void *ptr, size_t size);
-
-the talloc_realloc_size() function is useful when the type is not
-known so the typesafe talloc_realloc() cannot be used.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_steal(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_steal() function changes the parent context of a talloc
-pointer. It is typically used when the context that the pointer is
-currently a child of is going to be freed and you wish to keep the
-memory for a longer time.
-
-The talloc_steal() function returns the pointer that you pass it. It
-does not have any failure modes.
-
-NOTE: It is possible to produce loops in the parent/child relationship
-if you are not careful with talloc_steal(). No guarantees are provided
-as to your sanity or the safety of your data if you do this.
-
-talloc_steal (new_ctx, NULL) will return NULL with no sideeffects.
-
-Note that if you try and call talloc_steal() on a pointer that has
-more than one parent then the result is ambiguous. Talloc will choose
-to remove the parent that is currently indicated by talloc_parent()
-and replace it with the chosen parent. You will also get a message
-like this via the talloc logging functions:
-
- WARNING: talloc_steal with references at some_dir/source/foo.c:123
- reference at some_dir/source/other.c:325
- reference at some_dir/source/third.c:121
-
-To unambiguously change the parent of a pointer please see the
-function talloc_reparent(). See the talloc_set_log_fn() documentation
-for more information on talloc logging.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_reparent(const void *old_parent, const void *new_parent, const void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_reparent() function changes the parent context of a talloc
-pointer. It is typically used when the context that the pointer is
-currently a child of is going to be freed and you wish to keep the
-memory for a longer time.
-
-The talloc_reparent() function returns the pointer that you pass it. It
-does not have any failure modes.
-
-The difference between talloc_reparent() and talloc_steal() is that
-talloc_reparent() can specify which parent you wish to change. This is
-useful when a pointer has multiple parents via references.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_parent(const void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_parent() function returns the current talloc parent. This
-is usually the pointer under which this memory was originally created,
-but it may have changed due to a talloc_steal() or talloc_reparent()
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-size_t talloc_total_size(const void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_total_size() function returns the total size in bytes used
-by this pointer and all child pointers. Mostly useful for debugging.
-
-Passing NULL is allowed, but it will only give a meaningful result if
-talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has
-been called.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-size_t talloc_total_blocks(const void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_total_blocks() function returns the total memory block
-count used by this pointer and all child pointers. Mostly useful for
-debugging.
-
-Passing NULL is allowed, but it will only give a meaningful result if
-talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has
-been called.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_report_depth_cb(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth,
- void (*callback)(const void *ptr,
- int depth, int max_depth,
- int is_ref,
- void *priv),
- void *priv);
-
-This provides a more flexible reports than talloc_report(). It
-will recursively call the callback for the entire tree of memory
-referenced by the pointer. References in the tree are passed with
-is_ref = 1 and the pointer that is referenced.
-
-You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is
-printed for the top level memory context, but only if
-talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full()
-has been called.
-
-The recursion is stopped when depth >= max_depth.
-max_depth = -1 means only stop at leaf nodes.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_report_depth_file(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth, FILE *f);
-
-This provides a more flexible reports than talloc_report(). It
-will let you specify the depth and max_depth.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_report(const void *ptr, FILE *f);
-
-The talloc_report() function prints a summary report of all memory
-used by ptr. One line of report is printed for each immediate child of
-ptr, showing the total memory and number of blocks used by that child.
-
-You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is printed
-for the top level memory context, but only if
-talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has
-been called.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_report_full(const void *ptr, FILE *f);
-
-This provides a more detailed report than talloc_report(). It will
-recursively print the entire tree of memory referenced by the
-pointer. References in the tree are shown by giving the name of the
-pointer that is referenced.
-
-You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is printed
-for the top level memory context, but only if
-talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has
-been called.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_enable_leak_report(void);
-
-This enables calling of talloc_report(NULL, stderr) when the program
-exits. In Samba4 this is enabled by using the --leak-report command
-line option.
-
-For it to be useful, this function must be called before any other
-talloc function as it establishes a "null context" that acts as the
-top of the tree. If you don't call this function first then passing
-NULL to talloc_report() or talloc_report_full() won't give you the
-full tree printout.
-
-Here is a typical talloc report:
-
-talloc report on 'null_context' (total 267 bytes in 15 blocks)
- libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55 contains 31 bytes in 2 blocks
- libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55 contains 31 bytes in 2 blocks
- iconv(UTF8,CP850) contains 42 bytes in 2 blocks
- libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55 contains 31 bytes in 2 blocks
- iconv(CP850,UTF8) contains 42 bytes in 2 blocks
- iconv(UTF8,UTF-16LE) contains 45 bytes in 2 blocks
- iconv(UTF-16LE,UTF8) contains 45 bytes in 2 blocks
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_enable_leak_report_full(void);
-
-This enables calling of talloc_report_full(NULL, stderr) when the
-program exits. In Samba4 this is enabled by using the
---leak-report-full command line option.
-
-For it to be useful, this function must be called before any other
-talloc function as it establishes a "null context" that acts as the
-top of the tree. If you don't call this function first then passing
-NULL to talloc_report() or talloc_report_full() won't give you the
-full tree printout.
-
-Here is a typical full report:
-
-full talloc report on 'root' (total 18 bytes in 8 blocks)
- p1 contains 18 bytes in 7 blocks (ref 0)
- r1 contains 13 bytes in 2 blocks (ref 0)
- reference to: p2
- p2 contains 1 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 1)
- x3 contains 1 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 0)
- x2 contains 1 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 0)
- x1 contains 1 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 0)
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_enable_null_tracking(void);
-
-This enables tracking of the NULL memory context without enabling leak
-reporting on exit. Useful for when you want to do your own leak
-reporting call via talloc_report_null_full();
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_disable_null_tracking(void);
-
-This disables tracking of the NULL memory context.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-(type *)talloc_zero(const void *ctx, type);
-
-The talloc_zero() macro is equivalent to::
-
- ptr = talloc(ctx, type);
- if (ptr) memset(ptr, 0, sizeof(type));
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_zero_size(const void *ctx, size_t size)
-
-The talloc_zero_size() function is useful when you don't have a known type
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_memdup(const void *ctx, const void *p, size_t size);
-
-The talloc_memdup() function is equivalent to::
-
- ptr = talloc_size(ctx, size);
- if (ptr) memcpy(ptr, p, size);
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-char *talloc_strdup(const void *ctx, const char *p);
-
-The talloc_strdup() function is equivalent to::
-
- ptr = talloc_size(ctx, strlen(p)+1);
- if (ptr) memcpy(ptr, p, strlen(p)+1);
-
-This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the passed
-string. This is equivalent to::
-
- talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-char *talloc_strndup(const void *t, const char *p, size_t n);
-
-The talloc_strndup() function is the talloc equivalent of the C
-library function strndup()
-
-This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the passed
-string. This is equivalent to:
- talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-char *talloc_append_string(const void *t, char *orig, const char *append);
-
-The talloc_append_string() function appends the given formatted
-string to the given string.
-
-This function sets the name of the new pointer to the new
-string. This is equivalent to::
-
- talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-char *talloc_vasprintf(const void *t, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
-
-The talloc_vasprintf() function is the talloc equivalent of the C
-library function vasprintf()
-
-This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new
-string. This is equivalent to::
-
- talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-char *talloc_asprintf(const void *t, const char *fmt, ...);
-
-The talloc_asprintf() function is the talloc equivalent of the C
-library function asprintf()
-
-This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new
-string. This is equivalent to::
-
- talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-char *talloc_asprintf_append(char *s, const char *fmt, ...);
-
-The talloc_asprintf_append() function appends the given formatted
-string to the given string.
-Use this variant when the string in the current talloc buffer may
-have been truncated in length.
-
-This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new
-string. This is equivalent to::
-
- talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-char *talloc_asprintf_append_buffer(char *s, const char *fmt, ...);
-
-The talloc_asprintf_append() function appends the given formatted
-string to the end of the currently allocated talloc buffer.
-Use this variant when the string in the current talloc buffer has
-not been changed.
-
-This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new
-string. This is equivalent to::
-
- talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-((type *)talloc_array(const void *ctx, type, unsigned int count);
-
-The talloc_array() macro is equivalent to::
-
- (type *)talloc_size(ctx, sizeof(type) * count);
-
-except that it provides integer overflow protection for the multiply,
-returning NULL if the multiply overflows.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_array_size(const void *ctx, size_t size, unsigned int count);
-
-The talloc_array_size() function is useful when the type is not
-known. It operates in the same way as talloc_array(), but takes a size
-instead of a type.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-(typeof(ptr)) talloc_array_ptrtype(const void *ctx, ptr, unsigned int count);
-
-The talloc_ptrtype() macro should be used when you have a pointer to an array
-and want to allocate memory of an array to point at with this pointer. When compiling
-with gcc >= 3 it is typesafe. Note this is a wrapper of talloc_array_size()
-and talloc_get_name() will return the current location in the source file.
-and not the type.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_realloc_fn(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t size);
-
-This is a non-macro version of talloc_realloc(), which is useful
-as libraries sometimes want a ralloc function pointer. A realloc()
-implementation encapsulates the functionality of malloc(), free() and
-realloc() in one call, which is why it is useful to be able to pass
-around a single function pointer.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_autofree_context(void);
-
-This is a handy utility function that returns a talloc context
-which will be automatically freed on program exit. This can be used
-to reduce the noise in memory leak reports.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_check_name(const void *ptr, const char *name);
-
-This function checks if a pointer has the specified name. If it does
-then the pointer is returned. It it doesn't then NULL is returned.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-(type *)talloc_get_type(const void *ptr, type);
-
-This macro allows you to do type checking on talloc pointers. It is
-particularly useful for void* private pointers. It is equivalent to
-this::
-
- (type *)talloc_check_name(ptr, #type)
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-talloc_set_type(const void *ptr, type);
-
-This macro allows you to force the name of a pointer to be of a
-particular type. This can be used in conjunction with
-talloc_get_type() to do type checking on void* pointers.
-
-It is equivalent to this::
-
- talloc_set_name_const(ptr, #type)
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-talloc_get_size(const void *ctx);
-
-This function lets you know the amount of memory allocated so far by
-this context. It does NOT account for subcontext memory.
-This can be used to calculate the size of an array.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_find_parent_byname(const void *ctx, const char *name);
-
-Find a parent memory context of the current context that has the given
-name. This can be very useful in complex programs where it may be
-difficult to pass all information down to the level you need, but you
-know the structure you want is a parent of another context.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-(type *)talloc_find_parent_bytype(ctx, type);
-
-Like talloc_find_parent_byname() but takes a type, making it typesafe.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_set_log_fn(void (*log_fn)(const char *message));
-
-This function sets a logging function that talloc will use for
-warnings and errors. By default talloc will not print any warnings or
-errors.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_set_log_stderr(void)
-
-This sets the talloc log function to write log messages to stderr.
diff --git a/lib/talloc/talloc_testsuite.h b/lib/talloc/talloc_testsuite.h
deleted file mode 100644
index acb9701..0000000
--- a/lib/talloc/talloc_testsuite.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef __LIB_TALLOC_TALLOC_TESTSUITE_H__
-#define __LIB_TALLOC_TALLOC_TESTSUITE_H__
-
-struct torture_context;
-bool torture_local_talloc(struct torture_context *tctx);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/talloc/testsuite.c b/lib/talloc/testsuite.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7191703..0000000
--- a/lib/talloc/testsuite.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1430 +0,0 @@
-/*
- Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-
- local testing of talloc routines.
-
- Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2004
-
- ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the talloc
- ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
- ** under the LGPL
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#include "replace.h"
-#include "system/time.h"
-#include <talloc.h>
-
-#include "talloc_testsuite.h"
-
-static struct timeval timeval_current(void)
-{
- struct timeval tv;
- gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
- return tv;
-}
-
-static double timeval_elapsed(struct timeval *tv)
-{
- struct timeval tv2 = timeval_current();
- return (tv2.tv_sec - tv->tv_sec) +
- (tv2.tv_usec - tv->tv_usec)*1.0e-6;
-}
-
-#define torture_assert(test, expr, str) if (!(expr)) { \
- printf("failure: %s [\n%s: Expression %s failed: %s\n]\n", \
- test, __location__, #expr, str); \
- return false; \
-}
-
-#define torture_assert_str_equal(test, arg1, arg2, desc) \
- if (arg1 == NULL && arg2 == NULL) { \
- } else if (strcmp(arg1, arg2)) { \
- printf("failure: %s [\n%s: Expected %s, got %s: %s\n]\n", \
- test, __location__, arg1, arg2, desc); \
- return false; \
- }
-
-#define CHECK_SIZE(test, ptr, tsize) do { \
- if (talloc_total_size(ptr) != (tsize)) { \
- printf("failed: %s [\n%s: wrong '%s' tree size: got %u expected %u\n]\n", \
- test, __location__, #ptr, \
- (unsigned)talloc_total_size(ptr), \
- (unsigned)tsize); \
- talloc_report_full(ptr, stdout); \
- return false; \
- } \
-} while (0)
-
-#define CHECK_BLOCKS(test, ptr, tblocks) do { \
- if (talloc_total_blocks(ptr) != (tblocks)) { \
- printf("failed: %s [\n%s: wrong '%s' tree blocks: got %u expected %u\n]\n", \
- test, __location__, #ptr, \
- (unsigned)talloc_total_blocks(ptr), \
- (unsigned)tblocks); \
- talloc_report_full(ptr, stdout); \
- return false; \
- } \
-} while (0)
-
-#define CHECK_PARENT(test, ptr, parent) do { \
- if (talloc_parent(ptr) != (parent)) { \
- printf("failed: %s [\n%s: '%s' has wrong parent: got %p expected %p\n]\n", \
- test, __location__, #ptr, \
- talloc_parent(ptr), \
- (parent)); \
- talloc_report_full(ptr, stdout); \
- talloc_report_full(parent, stdout); \
- talloc_report_full(NULL, stdout); \
- return false; \
- } \
-} while (0)
-
-static unsigned int test_abort_count;
-
-#if 0
-static void test_abort_fn(const char *reason)
-{
- printf("# test_abort_fn(%s)\n", reason);
- test_abort_count++;
-}
-
-static void test_abort_start(void)
-{
- test_abort_count = 0;
- talloc_set_abort_fn(test_abort_fn);
-}
-#endif
-
-static void test_abort_stop(void)
-{
- test_abort_count = 0;
- talloc_set_abort_fn(NULL);
-}
-
-static void test_log_stdout(const char *message)
-{
- fprintf(stdout, "%s", message);
-}
-
-/*
- test references
-*/
-static bool test_ref1(void)
-{
- void *root, *p1, *p2, *ref, *r1;
-
- printf("test: ref1\n# SINGLE REFERENCE FREE\n");
-
- root = talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "root");
- p1 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "p1");
- p2 = talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "p2");
- talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x1");
- talloc_named_const(p1, 2, "x2");
- talloc_named_const(p1, 3, "x3");
-
- r1 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "r1");
- ref = talloc_reference(r1, p2);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref1", p1, 5);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref1", p2, 1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref1", r1, 2);
-
- fprintf(stderr, "Freeing p2\n");
- talloc_unlink(r1, p2);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref1", p1, 5);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref1", p2, 1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref1", r1, 1);
-
- fprintf(stderr, "Freeing p1\n");
- talloc_free(p1);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref1", r1, 1);
-
- fprintf(stderr, "Freeing r1\n");
- talloc_free(r1);
- talloc_report_full(NULL, stderr);
-
- fprintf(stderr, "Testing NULL\n");
- if (talloc_reference(root, NULL)) {
- return false;
- }
-
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref1", root, 1);
-
- CHECK_SIZE("ref1", root, 0);
-
- talloc_free(root);
- printf("success: ref1\n");
- return true;
-}
-
-/*
- test references
-*/
-static bool test_ref2(void)
-{
- void *root, *p1, *p2, *ref, *r1;
-
- printf("test: ref2\n# DOUBLE REFERENCE FREE\n");
- root = talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "root");
- p1 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "p1");
- talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x1");
- talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x2");
- talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x3");
- p2 = talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "p2");
-
- r1 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "r1");
- ref = talloc_reference(r1, p2);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref2", p1, 5);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref2", p2, 1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref2", r1, 2);
-
- fprintf(stderr, "Freeing ref\n");
- talloc_unlink(r1, ref);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref2", p1, 5);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref2", p2, 1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref2", r1, 1);
-
- fprintf(stderr, "Freeing p2\n");
- talloc_free(p2);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref2", p1, 4);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref2", r1, 1);
-
- fprintf(stderr, "Freeing p1\n");
- talloc_free(p1);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref2", r1, 1);
-
- fprintf(stderr, "Freeing r1\n");
- talloc_free(r1);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
- CHECK_SIZE("ref2", root, 0);
-
- talloc_free(root);
- printf("success: ref2\n");
- return true;
-}
-
-/*
- test references
-*/
-static bool test_ref3(void)
-{
- void *root, *p1, *p2, *ref, *r1;
-
- printf("test: ref3\n# PARENT REFERENCE FREE\n");
-
- root = talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "root");
- p1 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "p1");
- p2 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "p2");
- r1 = talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "r1");
- ref = talloc_reference(p2, r1);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref3", p1, 2);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref3", p2, 2);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref3", r1, 1);
-
- fprintf(stderr, "Freeing p1\n");
- talloc_free(p1);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref3", p2, 2);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref3", r1, 1);
-
- fprintf(stderr, "Freeing p2\n");
- talloc_free(p2);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
- CHECK_SIZE("ref3", root, 0);
-
- talloc_free(root);
-
- printf("success: ref3\n");
- return true;
-}
-
-/*
- test references
-*/
-static bool test_ref4(void)
-{
- void *root, *p1, *p2, *ref, *r1;
-
- printf("test: ref4\n# REFERRER REFERENCE FREE\n");
-
- root = talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "root");
- p1 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "p1");
- talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x1");
- talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x2");
- talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x3");
- p2 = talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "p2");
-
- r1 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "r1");
- ref = talloc_reference(r1, p2);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref4", p1, 5);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref4", p2, 1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref4", r1, 2);
-
- fprintf(stderr, "Freeing r1\n");
- talloc_free(r1);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref4", p1, 5);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref4", p2, 1);
-
- fprintf(stderr, "Freeing p2\n");
- talloc_free(p2);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
- CHECK_BLOCKS("ref4", p1, 4);
-
- fprintf(stderr, "Freeing p1\n");
- talloc_free(p1);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
- CHECK_SIZE("ref4", root, 0);
-
- talloc_free(root);
-
- printf("success: ref4\n");
- return true;
-}
-
-
-/*
- test references
-*/
-static bool test_unlink1(void)
-{
- void *root, *p1, *p2, *ref, *r1;
-
- printf("test: unlink\n# UNLINK\n");
-
- root = talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "root");
- p1 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "p1");
- talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x1");
- talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x2");
- talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x3");
- p2 = talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "p2");
-
- r1 = talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "r1");
- ref = talloc_reference(r1, p2);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
- CHECK_BLOCKS("unlink", p1, 7);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("unlink", p2, 1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("unlink", r1, 2);
-
- fprintf(stderr, "Unreferencing r1\n");
- talloc_unlink(r1, p2);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
- CHECK_BLOCKS("unlink", p1, 6);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("unlink", p2, 1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("unlink", r1, 1);
-
- fprintf(stderr, "Freeing p1\n");
- talloc_free(p1);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
- CHECK_SIZE("unlink", root, 0);
-
- talloc_free(root);
-
- printf("success: unlink\n");
- return true;
-}
-
-static int fail_destructor(void *ptr)
-{
- return -1;
-}
-
-/*
- miscellaneous tests to try to get a higher test coverage percentage
-*/
-static bool test_misc(void)
-{
- void *root, *p1;
- char *p2;
- double *d;
- const char *name;
-
- printf("test: misc\n# MISCELLANEOUS\n");
-
- root = talloc_new(NULL);
-
- p1 = talloc_size(root, 0x7fffffff);
- torture_assert("misc", !p1, "failed: large talloc allowed\n");
-
- p1 = talloc_strdup(root, "foo");
- talloc_increase_ref_count(p1);
- talloc_increase_ref_count(p1);
- talloc_increase_ref_count(p1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 2);
- talloc_unlink(NULL, p1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 2);
- talloc_unlink(NULL, p1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 2);
- p2 = talloc_strdup(p1, "foo");
- torture_assert("misc", talloc_unlink(root, p2) == -1,
- "failed: talloc_unlink() of non-reference context should return -1\n");
- torture_assert("misc", talloc_unlink(p1, p2) == 0,
- "failed: talloc_unlink() of parent should succeed\n");
- talloc_unlink(NULL, p1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 2);
-
- name = talloc_set_name(p1, "my name is %s", "foo");
- torture_assert_str_equal("misc", talloc_get_name(p1), "my name is foo",
- "failed: wrong name after talloc_set_name(my name is foo)");
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 2);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 3);
-
- talloc_set_name_const(p1, NULL);
- torture_assert_str_equal ("misc", talloc_get_name(p1), "UNNAMED",
- "failed: wrong name after talloc_set_name(NULL)");
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 2);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 3);
-
- torture_assert("misc", talloc_free(NULL) == -1,
- "talloc_free(NULL) should give -1\n");
-
- talloc_set_destructor(p1, fail_destructor);
- torture_assert("misc", talloc_free(p1) == -1,
- "Failed destructor should cause talloc_free to fail\n");
- talloc_set_destructor(p1, NULL);
-
- talloc_report(root, stderr);
-
-
- p2 = (char *)talloc_zero_size(p1, 20);
- torture_assert("misc", p2[19] == 0, "Failed to give zero memory\n");
- talloc_free(p2);
-
- torture_assert("misc", talloc_strdup(root, NULL) == NULL,
- "failed: strdup on NULL should give NULL\n");
-
- p2 = talloc_strndup(p1, "foo", 2);
- torture_assert("misc", strcmp("fo", p2) == 0,
- "strndup doesn't work\n");
- p2 = talloc_asprintf_append_buffer(p2, "o%c", 'd');
- torture_assert("misc", strcmp("food", p2) == 0,
- "talloc_asprintf_append_buffer doesn't work\n");
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p2, 1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 3);
-
- p2 = talloc_asprintf_append_buffer(NULL, "hello %s", "world");
- torture_assert("misc", strcmp("hello world", p2) == 0,
- "talloc_asprintf_append_buffer doesn't work\n");
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p2, 1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 3);
- talloc_free(p2);
-
- d = talloc_array(p1, double, 0x20000000);
- torture_assert("misc", !d, "failed: integer overflow not detected\n");
-
- d = talloc_realloc(p1, d, double, 0x20000000);
- torture_assert("misc", !d, "failed: integer overflow not detected\n");
-
- talloc_free(p1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 1);
-
- p1 = talloc_named(root, 100, "%d bytes", 100);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 2);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 3);
- talloc_unlink(root, p1);
-
- p1 = talloc_init("%d bytes", 200);
- p2 = talloc_asprintf(p1, "my test '%s'", "string");
- torture_assert_str_equal("misc", p2, "my test 'string'",
- "failed: talloc_asprintf(\"my test '%%s'\", \"string\") gave: \"%s\"");
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 3);
- CHECK_SIZE("misc", p2, 17);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 1);
- talloc_unlink(NULL, p1);
-
- p1 = talloc_named_const(root, 10, "p1");
- p2 = (char *)talloc_named_const(root, 20, "p2");
- (void)talloc_reference(p1, p2);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
- talloc_unlink(root, p2);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p2, 1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 2);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 3);
- talloc_unlink(p1, p2);
- talloc_unlink(root, p1);
-
- p1 = talloc_named_const(root, 10, "p1");
- p2 = (char *)talloc_named_const(root, 20, "p2");
- (void)talloc_reference(NULL, p2);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
- talloc_unlink(root, p2);
- talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p2, 1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 1);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 2);
- talloc_unlink(NULL, p2);
- talloc_unlink(root, p1);
-
- /* Test that talloc_unlink is a no-op */
-
- torture_assert("misc", talloc_unlink(root, NULL) == -1,
- "failed: talloc_unlink(root, NULL) == -1\n");
-
- talloc_report(root, stderr);
- talloc_report(NULL, stderr);
-
- CHECK_SIZE("misc", root, 0);
-
- talloc_free(root);
-
- CHECK_SIZE("misc", NULL, 0);
-
- talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree();
- talloc_enable_leak_report();
- talloc_enable_leak_report_full();
-
- printf("success: misc\n");
-
- return true;
-}
-
-
-/*
- test realloc
-*/
-static bool test_realloc(void)
-{
- void *root, *p1, *p2;
-
- printf("test: realloc\n# REALLOC\n");
-
- root = talloc_new(NULL);
-
- p1 = talloc_size(root, 10);
- CHECK_SIZE("realloc", p1, 10);
-
- p1 = talloc_realloc_size(NULL, p1, 20);
- CHECK_SIZE("realloc", p1, 20);
-
- talloc_new(p1);
-
- p2 = talloc_realloc_size(p1, NULL, 30);
-
- talloc_new(p1);
-
- p2 = talloc_realloc_size(p1, p2, 40);
-
- CHECK_SIZE("realloc", p2, 40);
- CHECK_SIZE("realloc", root, 60);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("realloc", p1, 4);
-
- p1 = talloc_realloc_size(NULL, p1, 20);
- CHECK_SIZE("realloc", p1, 60);
-
- talloc_increase_ref_count(p2);
- torture_assert("realloc", talloc_realloc_size(NULL, p2, 5) == NULL,
- "failed: talloc_realloc() on a referenced pointer should fail\n");
- CHECK_BLOCKS("realloc", p1, 4);
-
- talloc_realloc_size(NULL, p2, 0);
- talloc_realloc_size(NULL, p2, 0);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("realloc", p1, 4);
- talloc_realloc_size(p1, p2, 0);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("realloc", p1, 3);
-
- torture_assert("realloc", talloc_realloc_size(NULL, p1, 0x7fffffff) == NULL,
- "failed: oversize talloc should fail\n");
-
- talloc_realloc_size(NULL, p1, 0);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("realloc", root, 4);
- talloc_realloc_size(root, p1, 0);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("realloc", root, 1);
-
- CHECK_SIZE("realloc", root, 0);
-
- talloc_free(root);
-
- printf("success: realloc\n");
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/*
- test realloc with a child
-*/
-static bool test_realloc_child(void)
-{
- void *root;
- struct el2 {
- const char *name;
- } *el2;
- struct el1 {
- int count;
- struct el2 **list, **list2, **list3;
- } *el1;
-
- printf("test: REALLOC WITH CHILD\n");
-
- root = talloc_new(NULL);
-
- el1 = talloc(root, struct el1);
- el1->list = talloc(el1, struct el2 *);
- el1->list[0] = talloc(el1->list, struct el2);
- el1->list[0]->name = talloc_strdup(el1->list[0], "testing");
-
- el1->list2 = talloc(el1, struct el2 *);
- el1->list2[0] = talloc(el1->list2, struct el2);
- el1->list2[0]->name = talloc_strdup(el1->list2[0], "testing2");
-
- el1->list3 = talloc(el1, struct el2 *);
- el1->list3[0] = talloc(el1->list3, struct el2);
- el1->list3[0]->name = talloc_strdup(el1->list3[0], "testing2");
-
- el2 = talloc(el1->list, struct el2);
- el2 = talloc(el1->list2, struct el2);
- el2 = talloc(el1->list3, struct el2);
-
- el1->list = talloc_realloc(el1, el1->list, struct el2 *, 100);
- el1->list2 = talloc_realloc(el1, el1->list2, struct el2 *, 200);
- el1->list3 = talloc_realloc(el1, el1->list3, struct el2 *, 300);
-
- talloc_free(root);
-
- printf("success: REALLOC WITH CHILD\n");
- return true;
-}
-
-/*
- test type checking
-*/
-static bool test_type(void)
-{
- void *root;
- struct el1 {
- int count;
- };
- struct el2 {
- int count;
- };
- struct el1 *el1;
-
- printf("test: type\n# talloc type checking\n");
-
- root = talloc_new(NULL);
-
- el1 = talloc(root, struct el1);
-
- el1->count = 1;
-
- torture_assert("type", talloc_get_type(el1, struct el1) == el1,
- "type check failed on el1\n");
- torture_assert("type", talloc_get_type(el1, struct el2) == NULL,
- "type check failed on el1 with el2\n");
- talloc_set_type(el1, struct el2);
- torture_assert("type", talloc_get_type(el1, struct el2) == (struct el2 *)el1,
- "type set failed on el1 with el2\n");
-
- talloc_free(root);
-
- printf("success: type\n");
- return true;
-}
-
-/*
- test steal
-*/
-static bool test_steal(void)
-{
- void *root, *p1, *p2;
-
- printf("test: steal\n# STEAL\n");
-
- root = talloc_new(NULL);
-
- p1 = talloc_array(root, char, 10);
- CHECK_SIZE("steal", p1, 10);
-
- p2 = talloc_realloc(root, NULL, char, 20);
- CHECK_SIZE("steal", p1, 10);
- CHECK_SIZE("steal", root, 30);
-
- torture_assert("steal", talloc_steal(p1, NULL) == NULL,
- "failed: stealing NULL should give NULL\n");
-
- torture_assert("steal", talloc_steal(p1, p1) == p1,
- "failed: stealing to ourselves is a nop\n");
- CHECK_BLOCKS("steal", root, 3);
- CHECK_SIZE("steal", root, 30);
-
- talloc_steal(NULL, p1);
- talloc_steal(NULL, p2);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("steal", root, 1);
- CHECK_SIZE("steal", root, 0);
-
- talloc_free(p1);
- talloc_steal(root, p2);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("steal", root, 2);
- CHECK_SIZE("steal", root, 20);
-
- talloc_free(p2);
-
- CHECK_BLOCKS("steal", root, 1);
- CHECK_SIZE("steal", root, 0);
-
- talloc_free(root);
-
- p1 = talloc_size(NULL, 3);
- talloc_report_full(NULL, stderr);
- CHECK_SIZE("steal", NULL, 3);
- talloc_free(p1);
-
- printf("success: steal\n");
- return true;
-}
-
-/*
- test move
-*/
-static bool test_move(void)
-{
- void *root;
- struct t_move {
- char *p;
- int *x;
- } *t1, *t2;
-
- printf("test: move\n# MOVE\n");
-
- root = talloc_new(NULL);
-
- t1 = talloc(root, struct t_move);
- t2 = talloc(root, struct t_move);
- t1->p = talloc_strdup(t1, "foo");
- t1->x = talloc(t1, int);
- *t1->x = 42;
-
- t2->p = talloc_move(t2, &t1->p);
- t2->x = talloc_move(t2, &t1->x);
- torture_assert("move", t1->p == NULL && t1->x == NULL &&
- strcmp(t2->p, "foo") == 0 && *t2->x == 42,
- "talloc move failed");
-
- talloc_free(root);
-
- printf("success: move\n");
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/*
- test talloc_realloc_fn
-*/
-static bool test_realloc_fn(void)
-{
- void *root, *p1;
-
- printf("test: realloc_fn\n# talloc_realloc_fn\n");
-
- root = talloc_new(NULL);
-
- p1 = talloc_realloc_fn(root, NULL, 10);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("realloc_fn", root, 2);
- CHECK_SIZE("realloc_fn", root, 10);
- p1 = talloc_realloc_fn(root, p1, 20);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("realloc_fn", root, 2);
- CHECK_SIZE("realloc_fn", root, 20);
- p1 = talloc_realloc_fn(root, p1, 0);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("realloc_fn", root, 1);
- CHECK_SIZE("realloc_fn", root, 0);
-
- talloc_free(root);
-
- printf("success: realloc_fn\n");
- return true;
-}
-
-
-static bool test_unref_reparent(void)
-{
- void *root, *p1, *p2, *c1;
-
- printf("test: unref_reparent\n# UNREFERENCE AFTER PARENT FREED\n");
-
- root = talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "root");
- p1 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "orig parent");
- p2 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "parent by reference");
-
- c1 = talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "child");
- talloc_reference(p2, c1);
-
- CHECK_PARENT("unref_reparent", c1, p1);
-
- talloc_free(p1);
-
- CHECK_PARENT("unref_reparent", c1, p2);
-
- talloc_unlink(p2, c1);
-
- CHECK_SIZE("unref_reparent", root, 1);
-
- talloc_free(p2);
- talloc_free(root);
-
- printf("success: unref_reparent\n");
- return true;
-}
-
-/*
- measure the speed of talloc versus malloc
-*/
-static bool test_speed(void)
-{
- void *ctx = talloc_new(NULL);
- unsigned count;
- const int loop = 1000;
- int i;
- struct timeval tv;
-
- printf("test: speed\n# TALLOC VS MALLOC SPEED\n");
-
- tv = timeval_current();
- count = 0;
- do {
- void *p1, *p2, *p3;
- for (i=0;i<loop;i++) {
- p1 = talloc_size(ctx, loop % 100);
- p2 = talloc_strdup(p1, "foo bar");
- p3 = talloc_size(p1, 300);
- talloc_free(p1);
- }
- count += 3 * loop;
- } while (timeval_elapsed(&tv) < 5.0);
-
- fprintf(stderr, "talloc: %.0f ops/sec\n", count/timeval_elapsed(&tv));
-
- talloc_free(ctx);
-
- ctx = talloc_pool(NULL, 1024);
-
- tv = timeval_current();
- count = 0;
- do {
- void *p1, *p2, *p3;
- for (i=0;i<loop;i++) {
- p1 = talloc_size(ctx, loop % 100);
- p2 = talloc_strdup(p1, "foo bar");
- p3 = talloc_size(p1, 300);
- talloc_free_children(ctx);
- }
- count += 3 * loop;
- } while (timeval_elapsed(&tv) < 5.0);
-
- talloc_free(ctx);
-
- fprintf(stderr, "talloc_pool: %.0f ops/sec\n", count/timeval_elapsed(&tv));
-
- tv = timeval_current();
- count = 0;
- do {
- void *p1, *p2, *p3;
- for (i=0;i<loop;i++) {
- p1 = malloc(loop % 100);
- p2 = strdup("foo bar");
- p3 = malloc(300);
- free(p1);
- free(p2);
- free(p3);
- }
- count += 3 * loop;
- } while (timeval_elapsed(&tv) < 5.0);
- fprintf(stderr, "malloc: %.0f ops/sec\n", count/timeval_elapsed(&tv));
-
- printf("success: speed\n");
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static bool test_lifeless(void)
-{
- void *top = talloc_new(NULL);
- char *parent, *child;
- void *child_owner = talloc_new(NULL);
-
- printf("test: lifeless\n# TALLOC_UNLINK LOOP\n");
-
- parent = talloc_strdup(top, "parent");
- child = talloc_strdup(parent, "child");
- (void)talloc_reference(child, parent);
- (void)talloc_reference(child_owner, child);
- talloc_report_full(top, stderr);
- talloc_unlink(top, parent);
- talloc_unlink(top, child);
- talloc_report_full(top, stderr);
- talloc_free(top);
- talloc_free(child_owner);
- talloc_free(child);
-
- printf("success: lifeless\n");
- return true;
-}
-
-static int loop_destructor_count;
-
-static int test_loop_destructor(char *ptr)
-{
- loop_destructor_count++;
- return 0;
-}
-
-static bool test_loop(void)
-{
- void *top = talloc_new(NULL);
- char *parent;
- struct req1 {
- char *req2, *req3;
- } *req1;
-
- printf("test: loop\n# TALLOC LOOP DESTRUCTION\n");
-
- parent = talloc_strdup(top, "parent");
- req1 = talloc(parent, struct req1);
- req1->req2 = talloc_strdup(req1, "req2");
- talloc_set_destructor(req1->req2, test_loop_destructor);
- req1->req3 = talloc_strdup(req1, "req3");
- (void)talloc_reference(req1->req3, req1);
- talloc_report_full(top, stderr);
- talloc_free(parent);
- talloc_report_full(top, stderr);
- talloc_report_full(NULL, stderr);
- talloc_free(top);
-
- torture_assert("loop", loop_destructor_count == 1,
- "FAILED TO FIRE LOOP DESTRUCTOR\n");
- loop_destructor_count = 0;
-
- printf("success: loop\n");
- return true;
-}
-
-static int fail_destructor_str(char *ptr)
-{
- return -1;
-}
-
-static bool test_free_parent_deny_child(void)
-{
- void *top = talloc_new(NULL);
- char *level1;
- char *level2;
- char *level3;
-
- printf("test: free_parent_deny_child\n# TALLOC FREE PARENT DENY CHILD\n");
-
- level1 = talloc_strdup(top, "level1");
- level2 = talloc_strdup(level1, "level2");
- level3 = talloc_strdup(level2, "level3");
-
- talloc_set_destructor(level3, fail_destructor_str);
- talloc_free(level1);
- talloc_set_destructor(level3, NULL);
-
- CHECK_PARENT("free_parent_deny_child", level3, top);
-
- talloc_free(top);
-
- printf("success: free_parent_deny_child\n");
- return true;
-}
-
-static bool test_talloc_ptrtype(void)
-{
- void *top = talloc_new(NULL);
- struct struct1 {
- int foo;
- int bar;
- } *s1, *s2, **s3, ***s4;
- const char *location1;
- const char *location2;
- const char *location3;
- const char *location4;
-
- printf("test: ptrtype\n# TALLOC PTRTYPE\n");
-
- s1 = talloc_ptrtype(top, s1);location1 = __location__;
-
- if (talloc_get_size(s1) != sizeof(struct struct1)) {
- printf("failure: ptrtype [\n"
- "talloc_ptrtype() allocated the wrong size %lu (should be %lu)\n"
- "]\n", (unsigned long)talloc_get_size(s1),
- (unsigned long)sizeof(struct struct1));
- return false;
- }
-
- if (strcmp(location1, talloc_get_name(s1)) != 0) {
- printf("failure: ptrtype [\n"
- "talloc_ptrtype() sets the wrong name '%s' (should be '%s')\n]\n",
- talloc_get_name(s1), location1);
- return false;
- }
-
- s2 = talloc_array_ptrtype(top, s2, 10);location2 = __location__;
-
- if (talloc_get_size(s2) != (sizeof(struct struct1) * 10)) {
- printf("failure: ptrtype [\n"
- "talloc_array_ptrtype() allocated the wrong size "
- "%lu (should be %lu)\n]\n",
- (unsigned long)talloc_get_size(s2),
- (unsigned long)(sizeof(struct struct1)*10));
- return false;
- }
-
- if (strcmp(location2, talloc_get_name(s2)) != 0) {
- printf("failure: ptrtype [\n"
- "talloc_array_ptrtype() sets the wrong name '%s' (should be '%s')\n]\n",
- talloc_get_name(s2), location2);
- return false;
- }
-
- s3 = talloc_array_ptrtype(top, s3, 10);location3 = __location__;
-
- if (talloc_get_size(s3) != (sizeof(struct struct1 *) * 10)) {
- printf("failure: ptrtype [\n"
- "talloc_array_ptrtype() allocated the wrong size "
- "%lu (should be %lu)\n]\n",
- (unsigned long)talloc_get_size(s3),
- (unsigned long)(sizeof(struct struct1 *)*10));
- return false;
- }
-
- torture_assert_str_equal("ptrtype", location3, talloc_get_name(s3),
- "talloc_array_ptrtype() sets the wrong name");
-
- s4 = talloc_array_ptrtype(top, s4, 10);location4 = __location__;
-
- if (talloc_get_size(s4) != (sizeof(struct struct1 **) * 10)) {
- printf("failure: ptrtype [\n"
- "talloc_array_ptrtype() allocated the wrong size "
- "%lu (should be %lu)\n]\n",
- (unsigned long)talloc_get_size(s4),
- (unsigned long)(sizeof(struct struct1 **)*10));
- return false;
- }
-
- torture_assert_str_equal("ptrtype", location4, talloc_get_name(s4),
- "talloc_array_ptrtype() sets the wrong name");
-
- talloc_free(top);
-
- printf("success: ptrtype\n");
- return true;
-}
-
-static int _test_talloc_free_in_destructor(void **ptr)
-{
- talloc_free(*ptr);
- return 0;
-}
-
-static bool test_talloc_free_in_destructor(void)
-{
- void *level0;
- void *level1;
- void *level2;
- void *level3;
- void *level4;
- void **level5;
-
- printf("test: free_in_destructor\n# TALLOC FREE IN DESTRUCTOR\n");
-
- level0 = talloc_new(NULL);
- level1 = talloc_new(level0);
- level2 = talloc_new(level1);
- level3 = talloc_new(level2);
- level4 = talloc_new(level3);
- level5 = talloc(level4, void *);
-
- *level5 = level3;
- (void)talloc_reference(level0, level3);
- (void)talloc_reference(level3, level3);
- (void)talloc_reference(level5, level3);
-
- talloc_set_destructor(level5, _test_talloc_free_in_destructor);
-
- talloc_free(level1);
-
- talloc_free(level0);
-
- printf("success: free_in_destructor\n");
- return true;
-}
-
-static bool test_autofree(void)
-{
-#if _SAMBA_BUILD_ < 4
- /* autofree test would kill smbtorture */
- void *p;
- printf("test: autofree\n# TALLOC AUTOFREE CONTEXT\n");
-
- p = talloc_autofree_context();
- talloc_free(p);
-
- p = talloc_autofree_context();
- talloc_free(p);
-
- printf("success: autofree\n");
-#endif
- return true;
-}
-
-static bool test_pool(void)
-{
- void *pool;
- void *p1, *p2, *p3, *p4;
- void *p2_2;
-
- pool = talloc_pool(NULL, 1024);
-
- p1 = talloc_size(pool, 80);
- memset(p1, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p1));
- p2 = talloc_size(pool, 20);
- memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
- p3 = talloc_size(p1, 50);
- memset(p3, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p3));
- p4 = talloc_size(p3, 1000);
- memset(p4, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p4));
-
-#if 1 /* this relies on ALWAYS_REALLOC == 0 in talloc.c */
- p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(pool, p2, 20+1);
- torture_assert("pool realloc 20+1", p2_2 == p2, "failed: pointer changed");
- memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
- p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(pool, p2, 20-1);
- torture_assert("pool realloc 20-1", p2_2 == p2, "failed: pointer changed");
- memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
- p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(pool, p2, 20-1);
- torture_assert("pool realloc 20-1", p2_2 == p2, "failed: pointer changed");
- memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-
- talloc_free(p3);
-
- /* this should reclaim the memory of p4 and p3 */
- p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(pool, p2, 400);
- torture_assert("pool realloc 400", p2_2 == p2, "failed: pointer changed");
- memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-
- talloc_free(p1);
-
- /* this should reclaim the memory of p1 */
- p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(pool, p2, 800);
- torture_assert("pool realloc 800", p2_2 == p1, "failed: pointer not changed");
- p2 = p2_2;
- memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-
- /* this should do a malloc */
- p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(pool, p2, 1800);
- torture_assert("pool realloc 1800", p2_2 != p2, "failed: pointer not changed");
- p2 = p2_2;
- memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-
- /* this should reclaim the memory from the pool */
- p3 = talloc_size(pool, 80);
- torture_assert("pool alloc 80", p3 == p1, "failed: pointer changed");
- memset(p3, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p3));
-
- talloc_free(p2);
- talloc_free(p3);
-
- p1 = talloc_size(pool, 80);
- memset(p1, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p1));
- p2 = talloc_size(pool, 20);
- memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-
- talloc_free(p1);
-
- p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(pool, p2, 20-1);
- torture_assert("pool realloc 20-1", p2_2 == p2, "failed: pointer changed");
- memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
- p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(pool, p2, 20-1);
- torture_assert("pool realloc 20-1", p2_2 == p2, "failed: pointer changed");
- memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-
- /* this should do a malloc */
- p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(pool, p2, 1800);
- torture_assert("pool realloc 1800", p2_2 != p2, "failed: pointer not changed");
- p2 = p2_2;
- memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-
- /* this should reclaim the memory from the pool */
- p3 = talloc_size(pool, 800);
- torture_assert("pool alloc 800", p3 == p1, "failed: pointer changed");
- memset(p3, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p3));
-
-#endif /* this relies on ALWAYS_REALLOC == 0 in talloc.c */
-
- talloc_free(pool);
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static bool test_pool_steal(void)
-{
- void *root;
- void *pool;
- void *p1, *p2;
- void *p1_2, *p2_2;
- size_t hdr;
- size_t ofs1, ofs2;
-
- root = talloc_new(NULL);
- pool = talloc_pool(root, 1024);
-
- p1 = talloc_size(pool, 4 * 16);
- torture_assert("pool allocate 4 * 16", p1 != NULL, "failed ");
- memset(p1, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p1));
- p2 = talloc_size(pool, 4 * 16);
- torture_assert("pool allocate 4 * 16", p2 > p1, "failed: !(p2 > p1) ");
- memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-
- ofs1 = PTR_DIFF(p2, p1);
- hdr = ofs1 - talloc_get_size(p1);
-
- talloc_steal(root, p1);
- talloc_steal(root, p2);
-
- talloc_free(pool);
-
- p1_2 = p1;
-
-#if 1 /* this relies on ALWAYS_REALLOC == 0 in talloc.c */
- p1_2 = talloc_realloc_size(root, p1, 5 * 16);
- torture_assert("pool realloc 5 * 16", p1_2 > p2, "failed: pointer not changed");
- memset(p1_2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p1_2));
- ofs1 = PTR_DIFF(p1_2, p2);
- ofs2 = talloc_get_size(p2) + hdr;
-
- torture_assert("pool realloc ", ofs1 == ofs2, "failed: pointer offset unexpected");
-
- p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(root, p2, 3 * 16);
- torture_assert("pool realloc 5 * 16", p2_2 == p2, "failed: pointer changed");
- memset(p2_2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2_2));
-#endif /* this relies on ALWAYS_REALLOC == 0 in talloc.c */
-
- talloc_free(p1_2);
-
- p2_2 = p2;
-
-#if 1 /* this relies on ALWAYS_REALLOC == 0 in talloc.c */
- /* now we should reclaim the full pool */
- p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(root, p2, 8 * 16);
- torture_assert("pool realloc 8 * 16", p2_2 == p1, "failed: pointer not expected");
- p2 = p2_2;
- memset(p2_2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2_2));
-
- /* now we malloc and free the full pool space */
- p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(root, p2, 2 * 1024);
- torture_assert("pool realloc 2 * 1024", p2_2 != p1, "failed: pointer not expected");
- memset(p2_2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2_2));
-
-#endif /* this relies on ALWAYS_REALLOC == 0 in talloc.c */
-
- talloc_free(p2_2);
-
- talloc_free(root);
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static bool test_free_ref_null_context(void)
-{
- void *p1, *p2, *p3;
- int ret;
-
- talloc_disable_null_tracking();
- p1 = talloc_new(NULL);
- p2 = talloc_new(NULL);
-
- p3 = talloc_reference(p2, p1);
- torture_assert("reference", p3 == p1, "failed: reference on null");
-
- ret = talloc_free(p1);
- torture_assert("ref free with null parent", ret == 0, "failed: free with null parent");
- talloc_free(p2);
-
- talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree();
- p1 = talloc_new(NULL);
- p2 = talloc_new(NULL);
-
- p3 = talloc_reference(p2, p1);
- torture_assert("reference", p3 == p1, "failed: reference on null");
-
- ret = talloc_free(p1);
- torture_assert("ref free with null tracked parent", ret == 0, "failed: free with null parent");
- talloc_free(p2);
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static bool test_rusty(void)
-{
- void *root;
- const char *p1;
-
- talloc_enable_null_tracking();
- root = talloc_new(NULL);
- p1 = talloc_strdup(root, "foo");
- talloc_increase_ref_count(p1);
- talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
- talloc_free(root);
- CHECK_BLOCKS("null_context", NULL, 2);
- return true;
-}
-
-static bool test_free_children(void)
-{
- void *root;
- char *p1, *p2;
- const char *name, *name2;
-
- talloc_enable_null_tracking();
- root = talloc_new(NULL);
- p1 = talloc_strdup(root, "foo1");
- p2 = talloc_strdup(p1, "foo2");
-
- talloc_set_name(p1, "%s", "testname");
- talloc_free_children(p1);
- /* check its still a valid talloc ptr */
- talloc_get_size(talloc_get_name(p1));
- if (strcmp(talloc_get_name(p1), "testname") != 0) {
- return false;
- }
-
- talloc_set_name(p1, "%s", "testname");
- name = talloc_get_name(p1);
- talloc_free_children(p1);
- /* check its still a valid talloc ptr */
- talloc_get_size(talloc_get_name(p1));
- torture_assert("name", name == talloc_get_name(p1), "name ptr changed");
- torture_assert("namecheck", strcmp(talloc_get_name(p1), "testname") == 0,
- "wrong name");
- CHECK_BLOCKS("name1", p1, 2);
-
- /* note that this does not free the old child name */
- talloc_set_name_const(p1, "testname2");
- name2 = talloc_get_name(p1);
- /* but this does */
- talloc_free_children(p1);
- torture_assert("namecheck", strcmp(talloc_get_name(p1), "testname2") == 0,
- "wrong name");
- CHECK_BLOCKS("name1", p1, 1);
-
- talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
- talloc_free(root);
- return true;
-}
-
-
-static void test_reset(void)
-{
- talloc_set_log_fn(test_log_stdout);
- test_abort_stop();
- talloc_disable_null_tracking();
- talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree();
-}
-
-bool torture_local_talloc(struct torture_context *tctx)
-{
- bool ret = true;
-
- setlinebuf(stdout);
-
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_ref1();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_ref2();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_ref3();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_ref4();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_unlink1();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_misc();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_realloc();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_realloc_child();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_steal();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_move();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_unref_reparent();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_realloc_fn();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_type();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_lifeless();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_loop();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_free_parent_deny_child();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_talloc_ptrtype();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_talloc_free_in_destructor();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_pool();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_pool_steal();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_free_ref_null_context();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_rusty();
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_free_children();
-
- if (ret) {
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_speed();
- }
- test_reset();
- ret &= test_autofree();
-
- test_reset();
- talloc_disable_null_tracking();
- return ret;
-}
diff --git a/lib/talloc/testsuite_main.c b/lib/talloc/testsuite_main.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 50ce0f8..0000000
--- a/lib/talloc/testsuite_main.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/*
- Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-
- local testing of talloc routines.
-
- Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2004
-
- ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the talloc
- ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
- ** under the LGPL
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#include "replace.h"
-
-#include "talloc_testsuite.h"
-
-int main(void)
-{
- bool ret = torture_local_talloc(NULL);
- if (!ret)
- return -1;
- return 0;
-}
diff --git a/lib/talloc/web/index.html b/lib/talloc/web/index.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 388ec2c..0000000
--- a/lib/talloc/web/index.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
-<HTML>
-<HEAD>
-<TITLE>talloc</TITLE>
-</HEAD>
-<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" VLINK="#292555" LINK="#292555" ALINK="#cc0033">
-
-<h1>talloc</h1>
-
-talloc is a hierarchical pool based memory allocator with
-destructors. It is the core memory allocator used in Samba, and has
-made a huge difference in many aspects of Samba4 development.<p>
-
-To get started with talloc, I would recommend you read the <a
-href="http://samba.org/ftp/unpacked/talloc/talloc_guide.txt">talloc guide</a>.
-
-<h2>Download</h2>
-You can download the latest releases of talloc from the <a
-href="http://samba.org/ftp/talloc">talloc directory</a> on the samba public
-source archive.
-
-<h2>Discussion and bug reports</h2>
-
-talloc does not currently have its own mailing list or bug tracking
-system. For now, please use the <a
-href="https://lists.samba.org/mailman/listinfo/samba-technical">samba-technical</a>
-mailing list, and the <a href="http://bugzilla.samba.org/">Samba
-bugzilla</a> bug tracking system.
-
-<h2>Development</h2>
-
-You can download the latest code either via git or rsync.<br>
-<br>
-To fetch via git see the following guide:<br>
-<a href="http://wiki.samba.org/index.php/Using_Git_for_Samba_Development">Using Git for Samba Development</a><br>
-Once you have cloned the tree switch to the master branch and cd into the lib/talloc directory.<br>
-<br>
-To fetch via rsync use this command:
-
-<pre>
- rsync -Pavz samba.org::ftp/unpacked/standalone_projects/lib/talloc .
-</pre>
-
-<hr>
-<tiny>
-<a href="http://samba.org/~tridge/">Andrew Tridgell</a><br>
-talloc AT tridgell.net
-</tiny>
-
-</BODY>
-</HTML>
diff --git a/lib/tdb/ABI/tdb-1.2.10.sigs b/lib/tdb/ABI/tdb-1.2.10.sigs
deleted file mode 100644
index 61f6c19..0000000
--- a/lib/tdb/ABI/tdb-1.2.10.sigs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-tdb_add_flags: void (struct tdb_context *, unsigned int)
-tdb_append: int (struct tdb_context *, TDB_DATA, TDB_DATA)
-tdb_chainlock: int (struct tdb_context *, TDB_DATA)
-tdb_chainlock_mark: int (struct tdb_context *, TDB_DATA)
-tdb_chainlock_nonblock: int (struct tdb_context *, TDB_DATA)
-tdb_chainlock_read: int (struct tdb_context *, TDB_DATA)
-tdb_chainlock_unmark: int (struct tdb_context *, TDB_DATA)
-tdb_chainunlock: int (struct tdb_context *, TDB_DATA)
-tdb_chainunlock_read: int (struct tdb_context *, TDB_DATA)
-tdb_check: int (struct tdb_context *, int (*)(TDB_DATA, TDB_DATA, void *), void *)
-tdb_close: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_delete: int (struct tdb_context *, TDB_DATA)
-tdb_dump_all: void (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_enable_seqnum: void (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_error: enum TDB_ERROR (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_errorstr: const char *(struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_exists: int (struct tdb_context *, TDB_DATA)
-tdb_fd: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_fetch: TDB_DATA (struct tdb_context *, TDB_DATA)
-tdb_firstkey: TDB_DATA (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_freelist_size: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_get_flags: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_get_logging_private: void *(struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_get_seqnum: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_hash_size: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_increment_seqnum_nonblock: void (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_jenkins_hash: unsigned int (TDB_DATA *)
-tdb_lock_nonblock: int (struct tdb_context *, int, int)
-tdb_lockall: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_lockall_mark: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_lockall_nonblock: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_lockall_read: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_lockall_read_nonblock: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_lockall_unmark: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_log_fn: tdb_log_func (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_map_size: size_t (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_name: const char *(struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_nextkey: TDB_DATA (struct tdb_context *, TDB_DATA)
-tdb_null: dptr = 0xXXXX, dsize = 0
-tdb_open: struct tdb_context *(const char *, int, int, int, mode_t)
-tdb_open_ex: struct tdb_context *(const char *, int, int, int, mode_t, const struct tdb_logging_context *, tdb_hash_func)
-tdb_parse_record: int (struct tdb_context *, TDB_DATA, int (*)(TDB_DATA, TDB_DATA, void *), void *)
-tdb_printfreelist: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_remove_flags: void (struct tdb_context *, unsigned int)
-tdb_reopen: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_reopen_all: int (int)
-tdb_repack: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_set_logging_function: void (struct tdb_context *, const struct tdb_logging_context *)
-tdb_set_max_dead: void (struct tdb_context *, int)
-tdb_setalarm_sigptr: void (struct tdb_context *, volatile sig_atomic_t *)
-tdb_store: int (struct tdb_context *, TDB_DATA, TDB_DATA, int)
-tdb_summary: char *(struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_transaction_cancel: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_transaction_commit: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_transaction_prepare_commit: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_transaction_start: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_transaction_start_nonblock: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_transaction_write_lock_mark: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_transaction_write_lock_unmark: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_traverse: int (struct tdb_context *, tdb_traverse_func, void *)
-tdb_traverse_read: int (struct tdb_context *, tdb_traverse_func, void *)
-tdb_unlock: int (struct tdb_context *, int, int)
-tdb_unlockall: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_unlockall_read: int (struct tdb_context *)
-tdb_validate_freelist: int (struct tdb_context *, int *)
-tdb_wipe_all: int (struct tdb_context *)
diff --git a/lib/tdb/common/check.c b/lib/tdb/common/check.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 313f55c..0000000
--- a/lib/tdb/common/check.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,472 +0,0 @@
- /*
- Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-
- trivial database library
-
- Copyright (C) Rusty Russell 2009
-
- ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the tdb
- ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
- ** under the LGPL
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-#include "tdb_private.h"
-
-/* Since we opened it, these shouldn't fail unless it's recent corruption. */
-static bool tdb_check_header(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t *recovery)
-{
- struct tdb_header hdr;
- uint32_t h1, h2;
-
- if (tdb->methods->tdb_read(tdb, 0, &hdr, sizeof(hdr), 0) == -1)
- return false;
- if (strcmp(hdr.magic_food, TDB_MAGIC_FOOD) != 0)
- goto corrupt;
-
- CONVERT(hdr);
- if (hdr.version != TDB_VERSION)
- goto corrupt;
-
- if (hdr.rwlocks != 0 && hdr.rwlocks != TDB_HASH_RWLOCK_MAGIC)
- goto corrupt;
-
- tdb_header_hash(tdb, &h1, &h2);
- if (hdr.magic1_hash && hdr.magic2_hash &&
- (hdr.magic1_hash != h1 || hdr.magic2_hash != h2))
- goto corrupt;
-
- if (hdr.hash_size == 0)
- goto corrupt;
-
- if (hdr.hash_size != tdb->header.hash_size)
- goto corrupt;
-
- if (hdr.recovery_start != 0 &&
- hdr.recovery_start < TDB_DATA_START(tdb->header.hash_size))
- goto corrupt;
-
- *recovery = hdr.recovery_start;
- return true;
-
-corrupt:
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_CORRUPT;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR, "Header is corrupt\n"));
- return false;
-}
-
-/* Generic record header check. */
-static bool tdb_check_record(struct tdb_context *tdb,
- tdb_off_t off,
- const struct tdb_record *rec)
-{
- tdb_off_t tailer;
-
- /* Check rec->next: 0 or points to record offset, aligned. */
- if (rec->next > 0 && rec->next < TDB_DATA_START(tdb->header.hash_size)){
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR,
- "Record offset %d too small next %d\n",
- off, rec->next));
- goto corrupt;
- }
- if (rec->next + sizeof(*rec) < rec->next) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR,
- "Record offset %d too large next %d\n",
- off, rec->next));
- goto corrupt;
- }
- if ((rec->next % TDB_ALIGNMENT) != 0) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR,
- "Record offset %d misaligned next %d\n",
- off, rec->next));
- goto corrupt;
- }
- if (tdb->methods->tdb_oob(tdb, rec->next, sizeof(*rec), 0))
- goto corrupt;
-
- /* Check rec_len: similar to rec->next, implies next record. */
- if ((rec->rec_len % TDB_ALIGNMENT) != 0) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR,
- "Record offset %d misaligned length %d\n",
- off, rec->rec_len));
- goto corrupt;
- }
- /* Must fit tailer. */
- if (rec->rec_len < sizeof(tailer)) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR,
- "Record offset %d too short length %d\n",
- off, rec->rec_len));
- goto corrupt;
- }
- /* OOB allows "right at the end" access, so this works for last rec. */
- if (tdb->methods->tdb_oob(tdb, off, sizeof(*rec)+rec->rec_len, 0))
- goto corrupt;
-
- /* Check tailer. */
- if (tdb_ofs_read(tdb, off+sizeof(*rec)+rec->rec_len-sizeof(tailer),
- &tailer) == -1)
- goto corrupt;
- if (tailer != sizeof(*rec) + rec->rec_len) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR,
- "Record offset %d invalid tailer\n", off));
- goto corrupt;
- }
-
- return true;
-
-corrupt:
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_CORRUPT;
- return false;
-}
-
-/* Grab some bytes: may copy if can't use mmap.
- Caller has already done bounds check. */
-static TDB_DATA get_bytes(struct tdb_context *tdb,
- tdb_off_t off, tdb_len_t len)
-{
- TDB_DATA d;
-
- d.dsize = len;
-
- if (tdb->transaction == NULL && tdb->map_ptr != NULL)
- d.dptr = (unsigned char *)tdb->map_ptr + off;
- else
- d.dptr = tdb_alloc_read(tdb, off, d.dsize);
- return d;
-}
-
-/* Frees data if we're not able to simply use mmap. */
-static void put_bytes(struct tdb_context *tdb, TDB_DATA d)
-{
- if (tdb->transaction == NULL && tdb->map_ptr != NULL)
- return;
- free(d.dptr);
-}
-
-/* We use the excellent Jenkins lookup3 hash; this is based on hash_word2.
- * See: http://burtleburtle.net/bob/c/lookup3.c
- */
-#define rot(x,k) (((x)<<(k)) | ((x)>>(32-(k))))
-static void hash(uint32_t key, uint32_t *pc, uint32_t *pb)
-{
- uint32_t a,b,c;
-
- /* Set up the internal state */
- a = b = c = 0xdeadbeef + *pc;
- c += *pb;
- a += key;
- c ^= b; c -= rot(b,14);
- a ^= c; a -= rot(c,11);
- b ^= a; b -= rot(a,25);
- c ^= b; c -= rot(b,16);
- a ^= c; a -= rot(c,4);
- b ^= a; b -= rot(a,14);
- c ^= b; c -= rot(b,24);
- *pc=c; *pb=b;
-}
-
-/*
- We want to check that all free records are in the free list
- (only once), and all free list entries are free records. Similarly
- for each hash chain of used records.
-
- Doing that naively (without walking hash chains, since we want to be
- linear) means keeping a list of records which have been seen in each
- hash chain, and another of records pointed to (ie. next pointers
- from records and the initial hash chain heads). These two lists
- should be equal. This will take 8 bytes per record, and require
- sorting at the end.
-
- So instead, we record each offset in a bitmap such a way that
- recording it twice will cancel out. Since each offset should appear
- exactly twice, the bitmap should be zero at the end.
-
- The approach was inspired by Bloom Filters (see Wikipedia). For
- each value, we flip K bits in a bitmap of size N. The number of
- distinct arrangements is:
-
- N! / (K! * (N-K)!)
-
- Of course, not all arrangements are actually distinct, but testing
- shows this formula to be close enough.
-
- So, if K == 8 and N == 256, the probability of two things flipping the same
- bits is 1 in 409,663,695,276,000.
-
- Given that ldb uses a hash size of 10000, using 32 bytes per hash chain
- (320k) seems reasonable.
-*/
-#define NUM_HASHES 8
-#define BITMAP_BITS 256
-
-static void bit_flip(unsigned char bits[], unsigned int idx)
-{
- bits[idx / CHAR_BIT] ^= (1 << (idx % CHAR_BIT));
-}
-
-/* We record offsets in a bitmap for the particular chain it should be in. */
-static void record_offset(unsigned char bits[], tdb_off_t off)
-{
- uint32_t h1 = off, h2 = 0;
- unsigned int i;
-
- /* We get two good hash values out of jhash2, so we use both. Then
- * we keep going to produce further hash values. */
- for (i = 0; i < NUM_HASHES / 2; i++) {
- hash(off, &h1, &h2);
- bit_flip(bits, h1 % BITMAP_BITS);
- bit_flip(bits, h2 % BITMAP_BITS);
- h2++;
- }
-}
-
-/* Check that an in-use record is valid. */
-static bool tdb_check_used_record(struct tdb_context *tdb,
- tdb_off_t off,
- const struct tdb_record *rec,
- unsigned char **hashes,
- int (*check)(TDB_DATA, TDB_DATA, void *),
- void *private_data)
-{
- TDB_DATA key, data;
-
- if (!tdb_check_record(tdb, off, rec))
- return false;
-
- /* key + data + tailer must fit in record */
- if (rec->key_len + rec->data_len + sizeof(tdb_off_t) > rec->rec_len) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR,
- "Record offset %d too short for contents\n", off));
- return false;
- }
-
- key = get_bytes(tdb, off + sizeof(*rec), rec->key_len);
- if (!key.dptr)
- return false;
-
- if (tdb->hash_fn(&key) != rec->full_hash) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR,
- "Record offset %d has incorrect hash\n", off));
- goto fail_put_key;
- }
-
- /* Mark this offset as a known value for this hash bucket. */
- record_offset(hashes[BUCKET(rec->full_hash)+1], off);
- /* And similarly if the next pointer is valid. */
- if (rec->next)
- record_offset(hashes[BUCKET(rec->full_hash)+1], rec->next);
-
- /* If they supply a check function and this record isn't dead,
- get data and feed it. */
- if (check && rec->magic != TDB_DEAD_MAGIC) {
- data = get_bytes(tdb, off + sizeof(*rec) + rec->key_len,
- rec->data_len);
- if (!data.dptr)
- goto fail_put_key;
-
- if (check(key, data, private_data) == -1)
- goto fail_put_data;
- put_bytes(tdb, data);
- }
-
- put_bytes(tdb, key);
- return true;
-
-fail_put_data:
- put_bytes(tdb, data);
-fail_put_key:
- put_bytes(tdb, key);
- return false;
-}
-
-/* Check that an unused record is valid. */
-static bool tdb_check_free_record(struct tdb_context *tdb,
- tdb_off_t off,
- const struct tdb_record *rec,
- unsigned char **hashes)
-{
- if (!tdb_check_record(tdb, off, rec))
- return false;
-
- /* Mark this offset as a known value for the free list. */
- record_offset(hashes[0], off);
- /* And similarly if the next pointer is valid. */
- if (rec->next)
- record_offset(hashes[0], rec->next);
- return true;
-}
-
-/* Slow, but should be very rare. */
-size_t tdb_dead_space(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t off)
-{
- size_t len;
-
- for (len = 0; off + len < tdb->map_size; len++) {
- char c;
- if (tdb->methods->tdb_read(tdb, off, &c, 1, 0))
- return 0;
- if (c != 0 && c != 0x42)
- break;
- }
- return len;
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_check(struct tdb_context *tdb,
- int (*check)(TDB_DATA key, TDB_DATA data, void *private_data),
- void *private_data)
-{
- unsigned int h;
- unsigned char **hashes;
- tdb_off_t off, recovery_start;
- struct tdb_record rec;
- bool found_recovery = false;
- tdb_len_t dead;
- bool locked;
-
- /* Read-only databases use no locking at all: it's best-effort.
- * We may have a write lock already, so skip that case too. */
- if (tdb->read_only || tdb->allrecord_lock.count != 0) {
- locked = false;
- } else {
- if (tdb_lockall_read(tdb) == -1)
- return -1;
- locked = true;
- }
-
- /* Make sure we know true size of the underlying file. */
- tdb->methods->tdb_oob(tdb, tdb->map_size, 1, 1);
-
- /* Header must be OK: also gets us the recovery ptr, if any. */
- if (!tdb_check_header(tdb, &recovery_start))
- goto unlock;
-
- /* We should have the whole header, too. */
- if (tdb->map_size < TDB_DATA_START(tdb->header.hash_size)) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_CORRUPT;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR, "File too short for hashes\n"));
- goto unlock;
- }
-
- /* One big malloc: pointers then bit arrays. */
- hashes = (unsigned char **)calloc(
- 1, sizeof(hashes[0]) * (1+tdb->header.hash_size)
- + BITMAP_BITS / CHAR_BIT * (1+tdb->header.hash_size));
- if (!hashes) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_OOM;
- goto unlock;
- }
-
- /* Initialize pointers */
- hashes[0] = (unsigned char *)(&hashes[1+tdb->header.hash_size]);
- for (h = 1; h < 1+tdb->header.hash_size; h++)
- hashes[h] = hashes[h-1] + BITMAP_BITS / CHAR_BIT;
-
- /* Freelist and hash headers are all in a row: read them. */
- for (h = 0; h < 1+tdb->header.hash_size; h++) {
- if (tdb_ofs_read(tdb, FREELIST_TOP + h*sizeof(tdb_off_t),
- &off) == -1)
- goto free;
- if (off)
- record_offset(hashes[h], off);
- }
-
- /* For each record, read it in and check it's ok. */
- for (off = TDB_DATA_START(tdb->header.hash_size);
- off < tdb->map_size;
- off += sizeof(rec) + rec.rec_len) {
- if (tdb->methods->tdb_read(tdb, off, &rec, sizeof(rec),
- DOCONV()) == -1)
- goto free;
- switch (rec.magic) {
- case TDB_MAGIC:
- case TDB_DEAD_MAGIC:
- if (!tdb_check_used_record(tdb, off, &rec, hashes,
- check, private_data))
- goto free;
- break;
- case TDB_FREE_MAGIC:
- if (!tdb_check_free_record(tdb, off, &rec, hashes))
- goto free;
- break;
- /* If we crash after ftruncate, we can get zeroes or fill. */
- case TDB_RECOVERY_INVALID_MAGIC:
- case 0x42424242:
- if (recovery_start == off) {
- found_recovery = true;
- break;
- }
- dead = tdb_dead_space(tdb, off);
- if (dead < sizeof(rec))
- goto corrupt;
-
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR,
- "Dead space at %d-%d (of %u)\n",
- off, off + dead, tdb->map_size));
- rec.rec_len = dead - sizeof(rec);
- break;
- case TDB_RECOVERY_MAGIC:
- if (recovery_start != off) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR,
- "Unexpected recovery record at offset %d\n",
- off));
- goto free;
- }
- found_recovery = true;
- break;
- default: ;
- corrupt:
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_CORRUPT;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR,
- "Bad magic 0x%x at offset %d\n",
- rec.magic, off));
- goto free;
- }
- }
-
- /* Now, hashes should all be empty: each record exists and is referred
- * to by one other. */
- for (h = 0; h < 1+tdb->header.hash_size; h++) {
- unsigned int i;
- for (i = 0; i < BITMAP_BITS / CHAR_BIT; i++) {
- if (hashes[h][i] != 0) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_CORRUPT;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR,
- "Hashes do not match records\n"));
- goto free;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* We must have found recovery area if there was one. */
- if (recovery_start != 0 && !found_recovery) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR,
- "Expected a recovery area at %u\n",
- recovery_start));
- goto free;
- }
-
- free(hashes);
- if (locked) {
- tdb_unlockall_read(tdb);
- }
- return 0;
-
-free:
- free(hashes);
-unlock:
- if (locked) {
- tdb_unlockall_read(tdb);
- }
- return -1;
-}
diff --git a/lib/tdb/common/dump.c b/lib/tdb/common/dump.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 67de04e..0000000
--- a/lib/tdb/common/dump.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
- /*
- Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-
- trivial database library
-
- Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1999-2005
- Copyright (C) Paul `Rusty' Russell 2000
- Copyright (C) Jeremy Allison 2000-2003
-
- ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the tdb
- ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
- ** under the LGPL
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#include "tdb_private.h"
-
-static tdb_off_t tdb_dump_record(struct tdb_context *tdb, int hash,
- tdb_off_t offset)
-{
- struct tdb_record rec;
- tdb_off_t tailer_ofs, tailer;
-
- if (tdb->methods->tdb_read(tdb, offset, (char *)&rec,
- sizeof(rec), DOCONV()) == -1) {
- printf("ERROR: failed to read record at %u\n", offset);
- return 0;
- }
-
- printf(" rec: hash=%d offset=0x%08x next=0x%08x rec_len=%d "
- "key_len=%d data_len=%d full_hash=0x%x magic=0x%x\n",
- hash, offset, rec.next, rec.rec_len, rec.key_len, rec.data_len,
- rec.full_hash, rec.magic);
-
- tailer_ofs = offset + sizeof(rec) + rec.rec_len - sizeof(tdb_off_t);
-
- if (tdb_ofs_read(tdb, tailer_ofs, &tailer) == -1) {
- printf("ERROR: failed to read tailer at %u\n", tailer_ofs);
- return rec.next;
- }
-
- if (tailer != rec.rec_len + sizeof(rec)) {
- printf("ERROR: tailer does not match record! tailer=%u totalsize=%u\n",
- (unsigned int)tailer, (unsigned int)(rec.rec_len + sizeof(rec)));
- }
- return rec.next;
-}
-
-static int tdb_dump_chain(struct tdb_context *tdb, int i)
-{
- tdb_off_t rec_ptr, top;
-
- top = TDB_HASH_TOP(i);
-
- if (tdb_lock(tdb, i, F_WRLCK) != 0)
- return -1;
-
- if (tdb_ofs_read(tdb, top, &rec_ptr) == -1)
- return tdb_unlock(tdb, i, F_WRLCK);
-
- if (rec_ptr)
- printf("hash=%d\n", i);
-
- while (rec_ptr) {
- rec_ptr = tdb_dump_record(tdb, i, rec_ptr);
- }
-
- return tdb_unlock(tdb, i, F_WRLCK);
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ void tdb_dump_all(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- int i;
- for (i=0;i<tdb->header.hash_size;i++) {
- tdb_dump_chain(tdb, i);
- }
- printf("freelist:\n");
- tdb_dump_chain(tdb, -1);
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_printfreelist(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- int ret;
- long total_free = 0;
- tdb_off_t offset, rec_ptr;
- struct tdb_record rec;
-
- if ((ret = tdb_lock(tdb, -1, F_WRLCK)) != 0)
- return ret;
-
- offset = FREELIST_TOP;
-
- /* read in the freelist top */
- if (tdb_ofs_read(tdb, offset, &rec_ptr) == -1) {
- tdb_unlock(tdb, -1, F_WRLCK);
- return 0;
- }
-
- printf("freelist top=[0x%08x]\n", rec_ptr );
- while (rec_ptr) {
- if (tdb->methods->tdb_read(tdb, rec_ptr, (char *)&rec,
- sizeof(rec), DOCONV()) == -1) {
- tdb_unlock(tdb, -1, F_WRLCK);
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (rec.magic != TDB_FREE_MAGIC) {
- printf("bad magic 0x%08x in free list\n", rec.magic);
- tdb_unlock(tdb, -1, F_WRLCK);
- return -1;
- }
-
- printf("entry offset=[0x%08x], rec.rec_len = [0x%08x (%d)] (end = 0x%08x)\n",
- rec_ptr, rec.rec_len, rec.rec_len, rec_ptr + rec.rec_len);
- total_free += rec.rec_len;
-
- /* move to the next record */
- rec_ptr = rec.next;
- }
- printf("total rec_len = [0x%08x (%d)]\n", (int)total_free,
- (int)total_free);
-
- return tdb_unlock(tdb, -1, F_WRLCK);
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/tdb/common/error.c b/lib/tdb/common/error.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2aaaa81..0000000
--- a/lib/tdb/common/error.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
- /*
- Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-
- trivial database library
-
- Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1999-2005
- Copyright (C) Paul `Rusty' Russell 2000
- Copyright (C) Jeremy Allison 2000-2003
-
- ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the tdb
- ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
- ** under the LGPL
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#include "tdb_private.h"
-
-_PUBLIC_ enum TDB_ERROR tdb_error(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- return tdb->ecode;
-}
-
-static struct tdb_errname {
- enum TDB_ERROR ecode; const char *estring;
-} emap[] = { {TDB_SUCCESS, "Success"},
- {TDB_ERR_CORRUPT, "Corrupt database"},
- {TDB_ERR_IO, "IO Error"},
- {TDB_ERR_LOCK, "Locking error"},
- {TDB_ERR_OOM, "Out of memory"},
- {TDB_ERR_EXISTS, "Record exists"},
- {TDB_ERR_NOLOCK, "Lock exists on other keys"},
- {TDB_ERR_EINVAL, "Invalid parameter"},
- {TDB_ERR_NOEXIST, "Record does not exist"},
- {TDB_ERR_RDONLY, "write not permitted"} };
-
-/* Error string for the last tdb error */
-_PUBLIC_ const char *tdb_errorstr(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- uint32_t i;
- for (i = 0; i < sizeof(emap) / sizeof(struct tdb_errname); i++)
- if (tdb->ecode == emap[i].ecode)
- return emap[i].estring;
- return "Invalid error code";
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/tdb/common/freelist.c b/lib/tdb/common/freelist.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6358f64..0000000
--- a/lib/tdb/common/freelist.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,386 +0,0 @@
- /*
- Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-
- trivial database library
-
- Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1999-2005
- Copyright (C) Paul `Rusty' Russell 2000
- Copyright (C) Jeremy Allison 2000-2003
-
- ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the tdb
- ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
- ** under the LGPL
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#include "tdb_private.h"
-
-/* 'right' merges can involve O(n^2) cost when combined with a
- traverse, so they are disabled until we find a way to do them in
- O(1) time
-*/
-#define USE_RIGHT_MERGES 0
-
-/* read a freelist record and check for simple errors */
-int tdb_rec_free_read(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t off, struct tdb_record *rec)
-{
- if (tdb->methods->tdb_read(tdb, off, rec, sizeof(*rec),DOCONV()) == -1)
- return -1;
-
- if (rec->magic == TDB_MAGIC) {
- /* this happens when a app is showdown while deleting a record - we should
- not completely fail when this happens */
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_WARNING, "tdb_rec_free_read non-free magic 0x%x at offset=%d - fixing\n",
- rec->magic, off));
- rec->magic = TDB_FREE_MAGIC;
- if (tdb->methods->tdb_write(tdb, off, rec, sizeof(*rec)) == -1)
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (rec->magic != TDB_FREE_MAGIC) {
- /* Ensure ecode is set for log fn. */
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_CORRUPT;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_WARNING, "tdb_rec_free_read bad magic 0x%x at offset=%d\n",
- rec->magic, off));
- return -1;
- }
- if (tdb->methods->tdb_oob(tdb, rec->next, sizeof(*rec), 0) != 0)
- return -1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-#if USE_RIGHT_MERGES
-/* Remove an element from the freelist. Must have alloc lock. */
-static int remove_from_freelist(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t off, tdb_off_t next)
-{
- tdb_off_t last_ptr, i;
-
- /* read in the freelist top */
- last_ptr = FREELIST_TOP;
- while (tdb_ofs_read(tdb, last_ptr, &i) != -1 && i != 0) {
- if (i == off) {
- /* We've found it! */
- return tdb_ofs_write(tdb, last_ptr, &next);
- }
- /* Follow chain (next offset is at start of record) */
- last_ptr = i;
- }
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_CORRUPT;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL,"remove_from_freelist: not on list at off=%d\n", off));
- return -1;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/* update a record tailer (must hold allocation lock) */
-static int update_tailer(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t offset,
- const struct tdb_record *rec)
-{
- tdb_off_t totalsize;
-
- /* Offset of tailer from record header */
- totalsize = sizeof(*rec) + rec->rec_len;
- return tdb_ofs_write(tdb, offset + totalsize - sizeof(tdb_off_t),
- &totalsize);
-}
-
-/* Add an element into the freelist. Merge adjacent records if
- necessary. */
-int tdb_free(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t offset, struct tdb_record *rec)
-{
- /* Allocation and tailer lock */
- if (tdb_lock(tdb, -1, F_WRLCK) != 0)
- return -1;
-
- /* set an initial tailer, so if we fail we don't leave a bogus record */
- if (update_tailer(tdb, offset, rec) != 0) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL, "tdb_free: update_tailer failed!\n"));
- goto fail;
- }
-
-#if USE_RIGHT_MERGES
- /* Look right first (I'm an Australian, dammit) */
- if (offset + sizeof(*rec) + rec->rec_len + sizeof(*rec) <= tdb->map_size) {
- tdb_off_t right = offset + sizeof(*rec) + rec->rec_len;
- struct tdb_record r;
-
- if (tdb->methods->tdb_read(tdb, right, &r, sizeof(r), DOCONV()) == -1) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL, "tdb_free: right read failed at %u\n", right));
- goto left;
- }
-
- /* If it's free, expand to include it. */
- if (r.magic == TDB_FREE_MAGIC) {
- if (remove_from_freelist(tdb, right, r.next) == -1) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL, "tdb_free: right free failed at %u\n", right));
- goto left;
- }
- rec->rec_len += sizeof(r) + r.rec_len;
- if (update_tailer(tdb, offset, rec) == -1) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL, "tdb_free: update_tailer failed at %u\n", offset));
- goto fail;
- }
- }
- }
-left:
-#endif
-
- /* Look left */
- if (offset - sizeof(tdb_off_t) > TDB_DATA_START(tdb->header.hash_size)) {
- tdb_off_t left = offset - sizeof(tdb_off_t);
- struct tdb_record l;
- tdb_off_t leftsize;
-
- /* Read in tailer and jump back to header */
- if (tdb_ofs_read(tdb, left, &leftsize) == -1) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL, "tdb_free: left offset read failed at %u\n", left));
- goto update;
- }
-
- /* it could be uninitialised data */
- if (leftsize == 0 || leftsize == TDB_PAD_U32) {
- goto update;
- }
-
- left = offset - leftsize;
-
- if (leftsize > offset ||
- left < TDB_DATA_START(tdb->header.hash_size)) {
- goto update;
- }
-
- /* Now read in the left record */
- if (tdb->methods->tdb_read(tdb, left, &l, sizeof(l), DOCONV()) == -1) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL, "tdb_free: left read failed at %u (%u)\n", left, leftsize));
- goto update;
- }
-
- /* If it's free, expand to include it. */
- if (l.magic == TDB_FREE_MAGIC) {
- /* we now merge the new record into the left record, rather than the other
- way around. This makes the operation O(1) instead of O(n). This change
- prevents traverse from being O(n^2) after a lot of deletes */
- l.rec_len += sizeof(*rec) + rec->rec_len;
- if (tdb_rec_write(tdb, left, &l) == -1) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL, "tdb_free: update_left failed at %u\n", left));
- goto fail;
- }
- if (update_tailer(tdb, left, &l) == -1) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL, "tdb_free: update_tailer failed at %u\n", offset));
- goto fail;
- }
- tdb_unlock(tdb, -1, F_WRLCK);
- return 0;
- }
- }
-
-update:
-
- /* Now, prepend to free list */
- rec->magic = TDB_FREE_MAGIC;
-
- if (tdb_ofs_read(tdb, FREELIST_TOP, &rec->next) == -1 ||
- tdb_rec_write(tdb, offset, rec) == -1 ||
- tdb_ofs_write(tdb, FREELIST_TOP, &offset) == -1) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL, "tdb_free record write failed at offset=%d\n", offset));
- goto fail;
- }
-
- /* And we're done. */
- tdb_unlock(tdb, -1, F_WRLCK);
- return 0;
-
- fail:
- tdb_unlock(tdb, -1, F_WRLCK);
- return -1;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
- the core of tdb_allocate - called when we have decided which
- free list entry to use
-
- Note that we try to allocate by grabbing data from the end of an existing record,
- not the beginning. This is so the left merge in a free is more likely to be
- able to free up the record without fragmentation
- */
-static tdb_off_t tdb_allocate_ofs(struct tdb_context *tdb,
- tdb_len_t length, tdb_off_t rec_ptr,
- struct tdb_record *rec, tdb_off_t last_ptr)
-{
-#define MIN_REC_SIZE (sizeof(struct tdb_record) + sizeof(tdb_off_t) + 8)
-
- if (rec->rec_len < length + MIN_REC_SIZE) {
- /* we have to grab the whole record */
-
- /* unlink it from the previous record */
- if (tdb_ofs_write(tdb, last_ptr, &rec->next) == -1) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- /* mark it not free */
- rec->magic = TDB_MAGIC;
- if (tdb_rec_write(tdb, rec_ptr, rec) == -1) {
- return 0;
- }
- return rec_ptr;
- }
-
- /* we're going to just shorten the existing record */
- rec->rec_len -= (length + sizeof(*rec));
- if (tdb_rec_write(tdb, rec_ptr, rec) == -1) {
- return 0;
- }
- if (update_tailer(tdb, rec_ptr, rec) == -1) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- /* and setup the new record */
- rec_ptr += sizeof(*rec) + rec->rec_len;
-
- memset(rec, '\0', sizeof(*rec));
- rec->rec_len = length;
- rec->magic = TDB_MAGIC;
-
- if (tdb_rec_write(tdb, rec_ptr, rec) == -1) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (update_tailer(tdb, rec_ptr, rec) == -1) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- return rec_ptr;
-}
-
-/* allocate some space from the free list. The offset returned points
- to a unconnected tdb_record within the database with room for at
- least length bytes of total data
-
- 0 is returned if the space could not be allocated
- */
-tdb_off_t tdb_allocate(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_len_t length, struct tdb_record *rec)
-{
- tdb_off_t rec_ptr, last_ptr, newrec_ptr;
- struct {
- tdb_off_t rec_ptr, last_ptr;
- tdb_len_t rec_len;
- } bestfit;
- float multiplier = 1.0;
-
- if (tdb_lock(tdb, -1, F_WRLCK) == -1)
- return 0;
-
- /* over-allocate to reduce fragmentation */
- length *= 1.25;
-
- /* Extra bytes required for tailer */
- length += sizeof(tdb_off_t);
- length = TDB_ALIGN(length, TDB_ALIGNMENT);
-
- again:
- last_ptr = FREELIST_TOP;
-
- /* read in the freelist top */
- if (tdb_ofs_read(tdb, FREELIST_TOP, &rec_ptr) == -1)
- goto fail;
-
- bestfit.rec_ptr = 0;
- bestfit.last_ptr = 0;
- bestfit.rec_len = 0;
-
- /*
- this is a best fit allocation strategy. Originally we used
- a first fit strategy, but it suffered from massive fragmentation
- issues when faced with a slowly increasing record size.
- */
- while (rec_ptr) {
- if (tdb_rec_free_read(tdb, rec_ptr, rec) == -1) {
- goto fail;
- }
-
- if (rec->rec_len >= length) {
- if (bestfit.rec_ptr == 0 ||
- rec->rec_len < bestfit.rec_len) {
- bestfit.rec_len = rec->rec_len;
- bestfit.rec_ptr = rec_ptr;
- bestfit.last_ptr = last_ptr;
- }
- }
-
- /* move to the next record */
- last_ptr = rec_ptr;
- rec_ptr = rec->next;
-
- /* if we've found a record that is big enough, then
- stop searching if its also not too big. The
- definition of 'too big' changes as we scan
- through */
- if (bestfit.rec_len > 0 &&
- bestfit.rec_len < length * multiplier) {
- break;
- }
-
- /* this multiplier means we only extremely rarely
- search more than 50 or so records. At 50 records we
- accept records up to 11 times larger than what we
- want */
- multiplier *= 1.05;
- }
-
- if (bestfit.rec_ptr != 0) {
- if (tdb_rec_free_read(tdb, bestfit.rec_ptr, rec) == -1) {
- goto fail;
- }
-
- newrec_ptr = tdb_allocate_ofs(tdb, length, bestfit.rec_ptr,
- rec, bestfit.last_ptr);
- tdb_unlock(tdb, -1, F_WRLCK);
- return newrec_ptr;
- }
-
- /* we didn't find enough space. See if we can expand the
- database and if we can then try again */
- if (tdb_expand(tdb, length + sizeof(*rec)) == 0)
- goto again;
- fail:
- tdb_unlock(tdb, -1, F_WRLCK);
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
- return the size of the freelist - used to decide if we should repack
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_freelist_size(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- tdb_off_t ptr;
- int count=0;
-
- if (tdb_lock(tdb, -1, F_RDLCK) == -1) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- ptr = FREELIST_TOP;
- while (tdb_ofs_read(tdb, ptr, &ptr) == 0 && ptr != 0) {
- count++;
- }
-
- tdb_unlock(tdb, -1, F_RDLCK);
- return count;
-}
diff --git a/lib/tdb/common/freelistcheck.c b/lib/tdb/common/freelistcheck.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ab6e78f..0000000
--- a/lib/tdb/common/freelistcheck.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-/*
- Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-
- trivial database library
-
- Copyright (C) Jeremy Allison 2006
-
- ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the tdb
- ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
- ** under the LGPL
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#include "tdb_private.h"
-
-/* Check the freelist is good and contains no loops.
- Very memory intensive - only do this as a consistency
- checker. Heh heh - uses an in memory tdb as the storage
- for the "seen" record list. For some reason this strikes
- me as extremely clever as I don't have to write another tree
- data structure implementation :-).
- */
-
-static int seen_insert(struct tdb_context *mem_tdb, tdb_off_t rec_ptr)
-{
- TDB_DATA key, data;
-
- memset(&data, '\0', sizeof(data));
- key.dptr = (unsigned char *)&rec_ptr;
- key.dsize = sizeof(rec_ptr);
- return tdb_store(mem_tdb, key, data, TDB_INSERT);
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_validate_freelist(struct tdb_context *tdb, int *pnum_entries)
-{
- struct tdb_context *mem_tdb = NULL;
- struct tdb_record rec;
- tdb_off_t rec_ptr, last_ptr;
- int ret = -1;
-
- *pnum_entries = 0;
-
- mem_tdb = tdb_open("flval", tdb->header.hash_size,
- TDB_INTERNAL, O_RDWR, 0600);
- if (!mem_tdb) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (tdb_lock(tdb, -1, F_WRLCK) == -1) {
- tdb_close(mem_tdb);
- return 0;
- }
-
- last_ptr = FREELIST_TOP;
-
- /* Store the FREELIST_TOP record. */
- if (seen_insert(mem_tdb, last_ptr) == -1) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_CORRUPT;
- ret = -1;
- goto fail;
- }
-
- /* read in the freelist top */
- if (tdb_ofs_read(tdb, FREELIST_TOP, &rec_ptr) == -1) {
- goto fail;
- }
-
- while (rec_ptr) {
-
- /* If we can't store this record (we've seen it
- before) then the free list has a loop and must
- be corrupt. */
-
- if (seen_insert(mem_tdb, rec_ptr)) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_CORRUPT;
- ret = -1;
- goto fail;
- }
-
- if (tdb_rec_free_read(tdb, rec_ptr, &rec) == -1) {
- goto fail;
- }
-
- /* move to the next record */
- last_ptr = rec_ptr;
- rec_ptr = rec.next;
- *pnum_entries += 1;
- }
-
- ret = 0;
-
- fail:
-
- tdb_close(mem_tdb);
- tdb_unlock(tdb, -1, F_WRLCK);
- return ret;
-}
diff --git a/lib/tdb/common/hash.c b/lib/tdb/common/hash.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1eed722..0000000
--- a/lib/tdb/common/hash.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,345 +0,0 @@
- /*
- Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-
- trivial database library
-
- Copyright (C) Rusty Russell 2010
-
- ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the tdb
- ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
- ** under the LGPL
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-#include "tdb_private.h"
-
-/* This is based on the hash algorithm from gdbm */
-unsigned int tdb_old_hash(TDB_DATA *key)
-{
- uint32_t value; /* Used to compute the hash value. */
- uint32_t i; /* Used to cycle through random values. */
-
- /* Set the initial value from the key size. */
- for (value = 0x238F13AF * key->dsize, i=0; i < key->dsize; i++)
- value = (value + (key->dptr[i] << (i*5 % 24)));
-
- return (1103515243 * value + 12345);
-}
-
-#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-# define HASH_LITTLE_ENDIAN 1
-# define HASH_BIG_ENDIAN 0
-#else
-# define HASH_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0
-# define HASH_BIG_ENDIAN 1
-#endif
-
-/*
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-lookup3.c, by Bob Jenkins, May 2006, Public Domain.
-
-These are functions for producing 32-bit hashes for hash table lookup.
-hash_word(), hashlittle(), hashlittle2(), hashbig(), mix(), and final()
-are externally useful functions. Routines to test the hash are included
-if SELF_TEST is defined. You can use this free for any purpose. It's in
-the public domain. It has no warranty.
-
-You probably want to use hashlittle(). hashlittle() and hashbig()
-hash byte arrays. hashlittle() is is faster than hashbig() on
-little-endian machines. Intel and AMD are little-endian machines.
-On second thought, you probably want hashlittle2(), which is identical to
-hashlittle() except it returns two 32-bit hashes for the price of one.
-You could implement hashbig2() if you wanted but I haven't bothered here.
-
-If you want to find a hash of, say, exactly 7 integers, do
- a = i1; b = i2; c = i3;
- mix(a,b,c);
- a += i4; b += i5; c += i6;
- mix(a,b,c);
- a += i7;
- final(a,b,c);
-then use c as the hash value. If you have a variable length array of
-4-byte integers to hash, use hash_word(). If you have a byte array (like
-a character string), use hashlittle(). If you have several byte arrays, or
-a mix of things, see the comments above hashlittle().
-
-Why is this so big? I read 12 bytes at a time into 3 4-byte integers,
-then mix those integers. This is fast (you can do a lot more thorough
-mixing with 12*3 instructions on 3 integers than you can with 3 instructions
-on 1 byte), but shoehorning those bytes into integers efficiently is messy.
-*/
-
-#define hashsize(n) ((uint32_t)1<<(n))
-#define hashmask(n) (hashsize(n)-1)
-#define rot(x,k) (((x)<<(k)) | ((x)>>(32-(k))))
-
-/*
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-mix -- mix 3 32-bit values reversibly.
-
-This is reversible, so any information in (a,b,c) before mix() is
-still in (a,b,c) after mix().
-
-If four pairs of (a,b,c) inputs are run through mix(), or through
-mix() in reverse, there are at least 32 bits of the output that
-are sometimes the same for one pair and different for another pair.
-This was tested for:
-* pairs that differed by one bit, by two bits, in any combination
- of top bits of (a,b,c), or in any combination of bottom bits of
- (a,b,c).
-* "differ" is defined as +, -, ^, or ~^. For + and -, I transformed
- the output delta to a Gray code (a^(a>>1)) so a string of 1's (as
- is commonly produced by subtraction) look like a single 1-bit
- difference.
-* the base values were pseudorandom, all zero but one bit set, or
- all zero plus a counter that starts at zero.
-
-Some k values for my "a-=c; a^=rot(c,k); c+=b;" arrangement that
-satisfy this are
- 4 6 8 16 19 4
- 9 15 3 18 27 15
- 14 9 3 7 17 3
-Well, "9 15 3 18 27 15" didn't quite get 32 bits diffing
-for "differ" defined as + with a one-bit base and a two-bit delta. I
-used http://burtleburtle.net/bob/hash/avalanche.html to choose
-the operations, constants, and arrangements of the variables.
-
-This does not achieve avalanche. There are input bits of (a,b,c)
-that fail to affect some output bits of (a,b,c), especially of a. The
-most thoroughly mixed value is c, but it doesn't really even achieve
-avalanche in c.
-
-This allows some parallelism. Read-after-writes are good at doubling
-the number of bits affected, so the goal of mixing pulls in the opposite
-direction as the goal of parallelism. I did what I could. Rotates
-seem to cost as much as shifts on every machine I could lay my hands
-on, and rotates are much kinder to the top and bottom bits, so I used
-rotates.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*/
-#define mix(a,b,c) \
-{ \
- a -= c; a ^= rot(c, 4); c += b; \
- b -= a; b ^= rot(a, 6); a += c; \
- c -= b; c ^= rot(b, 8); b += a; \
- a -= c; a ^= rot(c,16); c += b; \
- b -= a; b ^= rot(a,19); a += c; \
- c -= b; c ^= rot(b, 4); b += a; \
-}
-
-/*
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-final -- final mixing of 3 32-bit values (a,b,c) into c
-
-Pairs of (a,b,c) values differing in only a few bits will usually
-produce values of c that look totally different. This was tested for
-* pairs that differed by one bit, by two bits, in any combination
- of top bits of (a,b,c), or in any combination of bottom bits of
- (a,b,c).
-* "differ" is defined as +, -, ^, or ~^. For + and -, I transformed
- the output delta to a Gray code (a^(a>>1)) so a string of 1's (as
- is commonly produced by subtraction) look like a single 1-bit
- difference.
-* the base values were pseudorandom, all zero but one bit set, or
- all zero plus a counter that starts at zero.
-
-These constants passed:
- 14 11 25 16 4 14 24
- 12 14 25 16 4 14 24
-and these came close:
- 4 8 15 26 3 22 24
- 10 8 15 26 3 22 24
- 11 8 15 26 3 22 24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*/
-#define final(a,b,c) \
-{ \
- c ^= b; c -= rot(b,14); \
- a ^= c; a -= rot(c,11); \
- b ^= a; b -= rot(a,25); \
- c ^= b; c -= rot(b,16); \
- a ^= c; a -= rot(c,4); \
- b ^= a; b -= rot(a,14); \
- c ^= b; c -= rot(b,24); \
-}
-
-
-/*
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-hashlittle() -- hash a variable-length key into a 32-bit value
- k : the key (the unaligned variable-length array of bytes)
- length : the length of the key, counting by bytes
- val2 : IN: can be any 4-byte value OUT: second 32 bit hash.
-Returns a 32-bit value. Every bit of the key affects every bit of
-the return value. Two keys differing by one or two bits will have
-totally different hash values. Note that the return value is better
-mixed than val2, so use that first.
-
-The best hash table sizes are powers of 2. There is no need to do
-mod a prime (mod is sooo slow!). If you need less than 32 bits,
-use a bitmask. For example, if you need only 10 bits, do
- h = (h & hashmask(10));
-In which case, the hash table should have hashsize(10) elements.
-
-If you are hashing n strings (uint8_t **)k, do it like this:
- for (i=0, h=0; i<n; ++i) h = hashlittle( k[i], len[i], h);
-
-By Bob Jenkins, 2006. bob_jenkins at burtleburtle.net. You may use this
-code any way you wish, private, educational, or commercial. It's free.
-
-Use for hash table lookup, or anything where one collision in 2^^32 is
-acceptable. Do NOT use for cryptographic purposes.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*/
-
-static uint32_t hashlittle( const void *key, size_t length )
-{
- uint32_t a,b,c; /* internal state */
- union { const void *ptr; size_t i; } u; /* needed for Mac Powerbook G4 */
-
- /* Set up the internal state */
- a = b = c = 0xdeadbeef + ((uint32_t)length);
-
- u.ptr = key;
- if (HASH_LITTLE_ENDIAN && ((u.i & 0x3) == 0)) {
- const uint32_t *k = (const uint32_t *)key; /* read 32-bit chunks */
- const uint8_t *k8;
-
- /*------ all but last block: aligned reads and affect 32 bits of (a,b,c) */
- while (length > 12)
- {
- a += k[0];
- b += k[1];
- c += k[2];
- mix(a,b,c);
- length -= 12;
- k += 3;
- }
-
- /*----------------------------- handle the last (probably partial) block */
- k8 = (const uint8_t *)k;
- switch(length)
- {
- case 12: c+=k[2]; b+=k[1]; a+=k[0]; break;
- case 11: c+=((uint32_t)k8[10])<<16; /* fall through */
- case 10: c+=((uint32_t)k8[9])<<8; /* fall through */
- case 9 : c+=k8[8]; /* fall through */
- case 8 : b+=k[1]; a+=k[0]; break;
- case 7 : b+=((uint32_t)k8[6])<<16; /* fall through */
- case 6 : b+=((uint32_t)k8[5])<<8; /* fall through */
- case 5 : b+=k8[4]; /* fall through */
- case 4 : a+=k[0]; break;
- case 3 : a+=((uint32_t)k8[2])<<16; /* fall through */
- case 2 : a+=((uint32_t)k8[1])<<8; /* fall through */
- case 1 : a+=k8[0]; break;
- case 0 : return c;
- }
- } else if (HASH_LITTLE_ENDIAN && ((u.i & 0x1) == 0)) {
- const uint16_t *k = (const uint16_t *)key; /* read 16-bit chunks */
- const uint8_t *k8;
-
- /*--------------- all but last block: aligned reads and different mixing */
- while (length > 12)
- {
- a += k[0] + (((uint32_t)k[1])<<16);
- b += k[2] + (((uint32_t)k[3])<<16);
- c += k[4] + (((uint32_t)k[5])<<16);
- mix(a,b,c);
- length -= 12;
- k += 6;
- }
-
- /*----------------------------- handle the last (probably partial) block */
- k8 = (const uint8_t *)k;
- switch(length)
- {
- case 12: c+=k[4]+(((uint32_t)k[5])<<16);
- b+=k[2]+(((uint32_t)k[3])<<16);
- a+=k[0]+(((uint32_t)k[1])<<16);
- break;
- case 11: c+=((uint32_t)k8[10])<<16; /* fall through */
- case 10: c+=k[4];
- b+=k[2]+(((uint32_t)k[3])<<16);
- a+=k[0]+(((uint32_t)k[1])<<16);
- break;
- case 9 : c+=k8[8]; /* fall through */
- case 8 : b+=k[2]+(((uint32_t)k[3])<<16);
- a+=k[0]+(((uint32_t)k[1])<<16);
- break;
- case 7 : b+=((uint32_t)k8[6])<<16; /* fall through */
- case 6 : b+=k[2];
- a+=k[0]+(((uint32_t)k[1])<<16);
- break;
- case 5 : b+=k8[4]; /* fall through */
- case 4 : a+=k[0]+(((uint32_t)k[1])<<16);
- break;
- case 3 : a+=((uint32_t)k8[2])<<16; /* fall through */
- case 2 : a+=k[0];
- break;
- case 1 : a+=k8[0];
- break;
- case 0 : return c; /* zero length requires no mixing */
- }
-
- } else { /* need to read the key one byte at a time */
- const uint8_t *k = (const uint8_t *)key;
-
- /*--------------- all but the last block: affect some 32 bits of (a,b,c) */
- while (length > 12)
- {
- a += k[0];
- a += ((uint32_t)k[1])<<8;
- a += ((uint32_t)k[2])<<16;
- a += ((uint32_t)k[3])<<24;
- b += k[4];
- b += ((uint32_t)k[5])<<8;
- b += ((uint32_t)k[6])<<16;
- b += ((uint32_t)k[7])<<24;
- c += k[8];
- c += ((uint32_t)k[9])<<8;
- c += ((uint32_t)k[10])<<16;
- c += ((uint32_t)k[11])<<24;
- mix(a,b,c);
- length -= 12;
- k += 12;
- }
-
- /*-------------------------------- last block: affect all 32 bits of (c) */
- switch(length) /* all the case statements fall through */
- {
- case 12: c+=((uint32_t)k[11])<<24;
- case 11: c+=((uint32_t)k[10])<<16;
- case 10: c+=((uint32_t)k[9])<<8;
- case 9 : c+=k[8];
- case 8 : b+=((uint32_t)k[7])<<24;
- case 7 : b+=((uint32_t)k[6])<<16;
- case 6 : b+=((uint32_t)k[5])<<8;
- case 5 : b+=k[4];
- case 4 : a+=((uint32_t)k[3])<<24;
- case 3 : a+=((uint32_t)k[2])<<16;
- case 2 : a+=((uint32_t)k[1])<<8;
- case 1 : a+=k[0];
- break;
- case 0 : return c;
- }
- }
-
- final(a,b,c);
- return c;
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ unsigned int tdb_jenkins_hash(TDB_DATA *key)
-{
- return hashlittle(key->dptr, key->dsize);
-}
diff --git a/lib/tdb/common/io.c b/lib/tdb/common/io.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3131f4f..0000000
--- a/lib/tdb/common/io.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,526 +0,0 @@
- /*
- Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-
- trivial database library
-
- Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1999-2005
- Copyright (C) Paul `Rusty' Russell 2000
- Copyright (C) Jeremy Allison 2000-2003
-
- ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the tdb
- ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
- ** under the LGPL
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-
-#include "tdb_private.h"
-
-/* check for an out of bounds access - if it is out of bounds then
- see if the database has been expanded by someone else and expand
- if necessary
-*/
-static int tdb_oob(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t off, tdb_len_t len,
- int probe)
-{
- struct stat st;
- if (len + off < len) {
- if (!probe) {
- /* Ensure ecode is set for log fn. */
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_IO;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL,"tdb_oob off %d len %d wrap\n",
- (int)off, (int)len));
- }
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (off + len <= tdb->map_size)
- return 0;
- if (tdb->flags & TDB_INTERNAL) {
- if (!probe) {
- /* Ensure ecode is set for log fn. */
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_IO;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL,"tdb_oob len %u beyond internal malloc size %u\n",
- (int)(off + len), (int)tdb->map_size));
- }
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (fstat(tdb->fd, &st) == -1) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_IO;
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (st.st_size < (size_t)off + len) {
- if (!probe) {
- /* Ensure ecode is set for log fn. */
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_IO;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL,"tdb_oob len %u beyond eof at %u\n",
- (int)(off + len), (int)st.st_size));
- }
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* Beware >4G files! */
- if ((tdb_off_t)st.st_size != st.st_size) {
- /* Ensure ecode is set for log fn. */
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_IO;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL, "tdb_oob len %llu too large!\n",
- (long long)st.st_size));
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* Unmap, update size, remap */
- if (tdb_munmap(tdb) == -1) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_IO;
- return -1;
- }
- tdb->map_size = st.st_size;
- return tdb_mmap(tdb);
-}
-
-/* write a lump of data at a specified offset */
-static int tdb_write(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t off,
- const void *buf, tdb_len_t len)
-{
- if (len == 0) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (tdb->read_only || tdb->traverse_read) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_RDONLY;
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (tdb->methods->tdb_oob(tdb, off, len, 0) != 0)
- return -1;
-
- if (tdb->map_ptr) {
- memcpy(off + (char *)tdb->map_ptr, buf, len);
- } else {
-#ifdef HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_IO;
- return -1;
-#else
- ssize_t written = pwrite(tdb->fd, buf, len, off);
- if ((written != (ssize_t)len) && (written != -1)) {
- /* try once more */
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_IO;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL, "tdb_write: wrote only "
- "%d of %d bytes at %d, trying once more\n",
- (int)written, len, off));
- written = pwrite(tdb->fd, (const char *)buf+written,
- len-written,
- off+written);
- }
- if (written == -1) {
- /* Ensure ecode is set for log fn. */
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_IO;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL,"tdb_write failed at %d "
- "len=%d (%s)\n", off, len, strerror(errno)));
- return -1;
- } else if (written != (ssize_t)len) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_IO;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL, "tdb_write: failed to "
- "write %d bytes at %d in two attempts\n",
- len, off));
- return -1;
- }
-#endif
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Endian conversion: we only ever deal with 4 byte quantities */
-void *tdb_convert(void *buf, uint32_t size)
-{
- uint32_t i, *p = (uint32_t *)buf;
- for (i = 0; i < size / 4; i++)
- p[i] = TDB_BYTEREV(p[i]);
- return buf;
-}
-
-
-/* read a lump of data at a specified offset, maybe convert */
-static int tdb_read(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t off, void *buf,
- tdb_len_t len, int cv)
-{
- if (tdb->methods->tdb_oob(tdb, off, len, 0) != 0) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (tdb->map_ptr) {
- memcpy(buf, off + (char *)tdb->map_ptr, len);
- } else {
-#ifdef HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_IO;
- return -1;
-#else
- ssize_t ret = pread(tdb->fd, buf, len, off);
- if (ret != (ssize_t)len) {
- /* Ensure ecode is set for log fn. */
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_IO;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL,"tdb_read failed at %d "
- "len=%d ret=%d (%s) map_size=%d\n",
- (int)off, (int)len, (int)ret, strerror(errno),
- (int)tdb->map_size));
- return -1;
- }
-#endif
- }
- if (cv) {
- tdb_convert(buf, len);
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
- do an unlocked scan of the hash table heads to find the next non-zero head. The value
- will then be confirmed with the lock held
-*/
-static void tdb_next_hash_chain(struct tdb_context *tdb, uint32_t *chain)
-{
- uint32_t h = *chain;
- if (tdb->map_ptr) {
- for (;h < tdb->header.hash_size;h++) {
- if (0 != *(uint32_t *)(TDB_HASH_TOP(h) + (unsigned char *)tdb->map_ptr)) {
- break;
- }
- }
- } else {
- uint32_t off=0;
- for (;h < tdb->header.hash_size;h++) {
- if (tdb_ofs_read(tdb, TDB_HASH_TOP(h), &off) != 0 || off != 0) {
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- (*chain) = h;
-}
-
-
-int tdb_munmap(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- if (tdb->flags & TDB_INTERNAL)
- return 0;
-
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
- if (tdb->map_ptr) {
- int ret;
-
- ret = munmap(tdb->map_ptr, tdb->map_size);
- if (ret != 0)
- return ret;
- }
-#endif
- tdb->map_ptr = NULL;
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* If mmap isn't coherent, *everyone* must always mmap. */
-static bool should_mmap(const struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
-#ifdef HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP
- return true;
-#else
- return !(tdb->flags & TDB_NOMMAP);
-#endif
-}
-
-int tdb_mmap(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- if (tdb->flags & TDB_INTERNAL)
- return 0;
-
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
- if (should_mmap(tdb)) {
- tdb->map_ptr = mmap(NULL, tdb->map_size,
- PROT_READ|(tdb->read_only? 0:PROT_WRITE),
- MAP_SHARED|MAP_FILE, tdb->fd, 0);
-
- /*
- * NB. When mmap fails it returns MAP_FAILED *NOT* NULL !!!!
- */
-
- if (tdb->map_ptr == MAP_FAILED) {
- tdb->map_ptr = NULL;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_WARNING, "tdb_mmap failed for size %d (%s)\n",
- tdb->map_size, strerror(errno)));
-#ifdef HAVE_INCOHERENT_MMAP
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_IO;
- return -1;
-#endif
- }
- } else {
- tdb->map_ptr = NULL;
- }
-#else
- tdb->map_ptr = NULL;
-#endif
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* expand a file. we prefer to use ftruncate, as that is what posix
- says to use for mmap expansion */
-static int tdb_expand_file(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t size, tdb_off_t addition)
-{
- char buf[8192];
-
- if (tdb->read_only || tdb->traverse_read) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_RDONLY;
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (ftruncate(tdb->fd, size+addition) == -1) {
- char b = 0;
- ssize_t written = pwrite(tdb->fd, &b, 1, (size+addition) - 1);
- if (written == 0) {
- /* try once more, potentially revealing errno */
- written = pwrite(tdb->fd, &b, 1, (size+addition) - 1);
- }
- if (written == 0) {
- /* again - give up, guessing errno */
- errno = ENOSPC;
- }
- if (written != 1) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL, "expand_file to %d failed (%s)\n",
- size+addition, strerror(errno)));
- return -1;
- }
- }
-
- /* now fill the file with something. This ensures that the
- file isn't sparse, which would be very bad if we ran out of
- disk. This must be done with write, not via mmap */
- memset(buf, TDB_PAD_BYTE, sizeof(buf));
- while (addition) {
- size_t n = addition>sizeof(buf)?sizeof(buf):addition;
- ssize_t written = pwrite(tdb->fd, buf, n, size);
- if (written == 0) {
- /* prevent infinite loops: try _once_ more */
- written = pwrite(tdb->fd, buf, n, size);
- }
- if (written == 0) {
- /* give up, trying to provide a useful errno */
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL, "expand_file write "
- "returned 0 twice: giving up!\n"));
- errno = ENOSPC;
- return -1;
- } else if (written == -1) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL, "expand_file write of "
- "%d bytes failed (%s)\n", (int)n,
- strerror(errno)));
- return -1;
- } else if (written != n) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_WARNING, "expand_file: wrote "
- "only %d of %d bytes - retrying\n", (int)written,
- (int)n));
- }
- addition -= written;
- size += written;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* You need 'size', this tells you how much you should expand by. */
-tdb_off_t tdb_expand_adjust(tdb_off_t map_size, tdb_off_t size, int page_size)
-{
- tdb_off_t new_size, top_size;
-
- /* limit size in order to avoid using up huge amounts of memory for
- * in memory tdbs if an oddball huge record creeps in */
- if (size > 100 * 1024) {
- top_size = map_size + size * 2;
- } else {
- top_size = map_size + size * 100;
- }
-
- /* always make room for at least top_size more records, and at
- least 25% more space. if the DB is smaller than 100MiB,
- otherwise grow it by 10% only. */
- if (map_size > 100 * 1024 * 1024) {
- new_size = map_size * 1.10;
- } else {
- new_size = map_size * 1.25;
- }
-
- /* Round the database up to a multiple of the page size */
- new_size = MAX(top_size, new_size);
- return TDB_ALIGN(new_size, page_size) - map_size;
-}
-
-/* expand the database at least size bytes by expanding the underlying
- file and doing the mmap again if necessary */
-int tdb_expand(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t size)
-{
- struct tdb_record rec;
- tdb_off_t offset;
-
- if (tdb_lock(tdb, -1, F_WRLCK) == -1) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR, "lock failed in tdb_expand\n"));
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* must know about any previous expansions by another process */
- tdb->methods->tdb_oob(tdb, tdb->map_size, 1, 1);
-
- size = tdb_expand_adjust(tdb->map_size, size, tdb->page_size);
-
- /* expand the file itself */
- if (!(tdb->flags & TDB_INTERNAL)) {
- if (tdb->methods->tdb_expand_file(tdb, tdb->map_size, size) != 0)
- goto fail;
- }
-
- /* form a new freelist record */
- offset = tdb->map_size;
- memset(&rec,'\0',sizeof(rec));
- rec.rec_len = size - sizeof(rec);
-
- if (tdb->flags & TDB_INTERNAL) {
- char *new_map_ptr = (char *)realloc(tdb->map_ptr,
- tdb->map_size + size);
- if (!new_map_ptr) {
- goto fail;
- }
- tdb->map_ptr = new_map_ptr;
- tdb->map_size += size;
- } else {
- /* Explicitly remap: if we're in a transaction, this won't
- * happen automatically! */
- tdb_munmap(tdb);
- tdb->map_size += size;
- if (tdb_mmap(tdb) != 0) {
- goto fail;
- }
- }
-
- /* link it into the free list */
- if (tdb_free(tdb, offset, &rec) == -1)
- goto fail;
-
- tdb_unlock(tdb, -1, F_WRLCK);
- return 0;
- fail:
- tdb_unlock(tdb, -1, F_WRLCK);
- return -1;
-}
-
-/* read/write a tdb_off_t */
-int tdb_ofs_read(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t offset, tdb_off_t *d)
-{
- return tdb->methods->tdb_read(tdb, offset, (char*)d, sizeof(*d), DOCONV());
-}
-
-int tdb_ofs_write(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t offset, tdb_off_t *d)
-{
- tdb_off_t off = *d;
- return tdb->methods->tdb_write(tdb, offset, CONVERT(off), sizeof(*d));
-}
-
-
-/* read a lump of data, allocating the space for it */
-unsigned char *tdb_alloc_read(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t offset, tdb_len_t len)
-{
- unsigned char *buf;
-
- /* some systems don't like zero length malloc */
-
- if (!(buf = (unsigned char *)malloc(len ? len : 1))) {
- /* Ensure ecode is set for log fn. */
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_OOM;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR,"tdb_alloc_read malloc failed len=%d (%s)\n",
- len, strerror(errno)));
- return NULL;
- }
- if (tdb->methods->tdb_read(tdb, offset, buf, len, 0) == -1) {
- SAFE_FREE(buf);
- return NULL;
- }
- return buf;
-}
-
-/* Give a piece of tdb data to a parser */
-
-int tdb_parse_data(struct tdb_context *tdb, TDB_DATA key,
- tdb_off_t offset, tdb_len_t len,
- int (*parser)(TDB_DATA key, TDB_DATA data,
- void *private_data),
- void *private_data)
-{
- TDB_DATA data;
- int result;
-
- data.dsize = len;
-
- if ((tdb->transaction == NULL) && (tdb->map_ptr != NULL)) {
- /*
- * Optimize by avoiding the malloc/memcpy/free, point the
- * parser directly at the mmap area.
- */
- if (tdb->methods->tdb_oob(tdb, offset, len, 0) != 0) {
- return -1;
- }
- data.dptr = offset + (unsigned char *)tdb->map_ptr;
- return parser(key, data, private_data);
- }
-
- if (!(data.dptr = tdb_alloc_read(tdb, offset, len))) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- result = parser(key, data, private_data);
- free(data.dptr);
- return result;
-}
-
-/* read/write a record */
-int tdb_rec_read(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t offset, struct tdb_record *rec)
-{
- if (tdb->methods->tdb_read(tdb, offset, rec, sizeof(*rec),DOCONV()) == -1)
- return -1;
- if (TDB_BAD_MAGIC(rec)) {
- /* Ensure ecode is set for log fn. */
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_CORRUPT;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_FATAL,"tdb_rec_read bad magic 0x%x at offset=%d\n", rec->magic, offset));
- return -1;
- }
- return tdb->methods->tdb_oob(tdb, rec->next, sizeof(*rec), 0);
-}
-
-int tdb_rec_write(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t offset, struct tdb_record *rec)
-{
- struct tdb_record r = *rec;
- return tdb->methods->tdb_write(tdb, offset, CONVERT(r), sizeof(r));
-}
-
-static const struct tdb_methods io_methods = {
- tdb_read,
- tdb_write,
- tdb_next_hash_chain,
- tdb_oob,
- tdb_expand_file,
-};
-
-/*
- initialise the default methods table
-*/
-void tdb_io_init(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- tdb->methods = &io_methods;
-}
diff --git a/lib/tdb/common/lock.c b/lib/tdb/common/lock.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 88a52e9..0000000
--- a/lib/tdb/common/lock.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,875 +0,0 @@
- /*
- Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-
- trivial database library
-
- Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1999-2005
- Copyright (C) Paul `Rusty' Russell 2000
- Copyright (C) Jeremy Allison 2000-2003
-
- ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the tdb
- ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
- ** under the LGPL
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#include "tdb_private.h"
-
-_PUBLIC_ void tdb_setalarm_sigptr(struct tdb_context *tdb, volatile sig_atomic_t *ptr)
-{
- tdb->interrupt_sig_ptr = ptr;
-}
-
-static int fcntl_lock(struct tdb_context *tdb,
- int rw, off_t off, off_t len, bool waitflag)
-{
- struct flock fl;
-
- fl.l_type = rw;
- fl.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- fl.l_start = off;
- fl.l_len = len;
- fl.l_pid = 0;
-
- if (waitflag)
- return fcntl(tdb->fd, F_SETLKW, &fl);
- else
- return fcntl(tdb->fd, F_SETLK, &fl);
-}
-
-static int fcntl_unlock(struct tdb_context *tdb, int rw, off_t off, off_t len)
-{
- struct flock fl;
-#if 0 /* Check they matched up locks and unlocks correctly. */
- char line[80];
- FILE *locks;
- bool found = false;
-
- locks = fopen("/proc/locks", "r");
-
- while (fgets(line, 80, locks)) {
- char *p;
- int type, start, l;
-
- /* eg. 1: FLOCK ADVISORY WRITE 2440 08:01:2180826 0 EOF */
- p = strchr(line, ':') + 1;
- if (strncmp(p, " POSIX ADVISORY ", strlen(" POSIX ADVISORY ")))
- continue;
- p += strlen(" FLOCK ADVISORY ");
- if (strncmp(p, "READ ", strlen("READ ")) == 0)
- type = F_RDLCK;
- else if (strncmp(p, "WRITE ", strlen("WRITE ")) == 0)
- type = F_WRLCK;
- else
- abort();
- p += 6;
- if (atoi(p) != getpid())
- continue;
- p = strchr(strchr(p, ' ') + 1, ' ') + 1;
- start = atoi(p);
- p = strchr(p, ' ') + 1;
- if (strncmp(p, "EOF", 3) == 0)
- l = 0;
- else
- l = atoi(p) - start + 1;
-
- if (off == start) {
- if (len != l) {
- fprintf(stderr, "Len %u should be %u: %s",
- (int)len, l, line);
- abort();
- }
- if (type != rw) {
- fprintf(stderr, "Type %s wrong: %s",
- rw == F_RDLCK ? "READ" : "WRITE", line);
- abort();
- }
- found = true;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (!found) {
- fprintf(stderr, "Unlock on %u@%u not found!\n",
- (int)off, (int)len);
- abort();
- }
-
- fclose(locks);
-#endif
-
- fl.l_type = F_UNLCK;
- fl.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- fl.l_start = off;
- fl.l_len = len;
- fl.l_pid = 0;
-
- return fcntl(tdb->fd, F_SETLKW, &fl);
-}
-
-/* list -1 is the alloc list, otherwise a hash chain. */
-static tdb_off_t lock_offset(int list)
-{
- return FREELIST_TOP + 4*list;
-}
-
-/* a byte range locking function - return 0 on success
- this functions locks/unlocks 1 byte at the specified offset.
-
- On error, errno is also set so that errors are passed back properly
- through tdb_open().
-
- note that a len of zero means lock to end of file
-*/
-int tdb_brlock(struct tdb_context *tdb,
- int rw_type, tdb_off_t offset, size_t len,
- enum tdb_lock_flags flags)
-{
- int ret;
-
- if (tdb->flags & TDB_NOLOCK) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (flags & TDB_LOCK_MARK_ONLY) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- if ((rw_type == F_WRLCK) && (tdb->read_only || tdb->traverse_read)) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_RDONLY;
- return -1;
- }
-
- do {
- ret = fcntl_lock(tdb, rw_type, offset, len,
- flags & TDB_LOCK_WAIT);
- /* Check for a sigalarm break. */
- if (ret == -1 && errno == EINTR &&
- tdb->interrupt_sig_ptr &&
- *tdb->interrupt_sig_ptr) {
- break;
- }
- } while (ret == -1 && errno == EINTR);
-
- if (ret == -1) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_LOCK;
- /* Generic lock error. errno set by fcntl.
- * EAGAIN is an expected return from non-blocking
- * locks. */
- if (!(flags & TDB_LOCK_PROBE) && errno != EAGAIN) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_TRACE,"tdb_brlock failed (fd=%d) at offset %d rw_type=%d flags=%d len=%d\n",
- tdb->fd, offset, rw_type, flags, (int)len));
- }
- return -1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-int tdb_brunlock(struct tdb_context *tdb,
- int rw_type, tdb_off_t offset, size_t len)
-{
- int ret;
-
- if (tdb->flags & TDB_NOLOCK) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- do {
- ret = fcntl_unlock(tdb, rw_type, offset, len);
- } while (ret == -1 && errno == EINTR);
-
- if (ret == -1) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_TRACE,"tdb_brunlock failed (fd=%d) at offset %d rw_type=%d len=%d\n",
- tdb->fd, offset, rw_type, (int)len));
- }
- return ret;
-}
-
-/*
- upgrade a read lock to a write lock. This needs to be handled in a
- special way as some OSes (such as solaris) have too conservative
- deadlock detection and claim a deadlock when progress can be
- made. For those OSes we may loop for a while.
-*/
-int tdb_allrecord_upgrade(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- int count = 1000;
-
- if (tdb->allrecord_lock.count != 1) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR,
- "tdb_allrecord_upgrade failed: count %u too high\n",
- tdb->allrecord_lock.count));
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (tdb->allrecord_lock.off != 1) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR,
- "tdb_allrecord_upgrade failed: already upgraded?\n"));
- return -1;
- }
-
- while (count--) {
- struct timeval tv;
- if (tdb_brlock(tdb, F_WRLCK, FREELIST_TOP, 0,
- TDB_LOCK_WAIT|TDB_LOCK_PROBE) == 0) {
- tdb->allrecord_lock.ltype = F_WRLCK;
- tdb->allrecord_lock.off = 0;
- return 0;
- }
- if (errno != EDEADLK) {
- break;
- }
- /* sleep for as short a time as we can - more portable than usleep() */
- tv.tv_sec = 0;
- tv.tv_usec = 1;
- select(0, NULL, NULL, NULL, &tv);
- }
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_TRACE,"tdb_allrecord_upgrade failed\n"));
- return -1;
-}
-
-static struct tdb_lock_type *find_nestlock(struct tdb_context *tdb,
- tdb_off_t offset)
-{
- unsigned int i;
-
- for (i=0; i<tdb->num_lockrecs; i++) {
- if (tdb->lockrecs[i].off == offset) {
- return &tdb->lockrecs[i];
- }
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/* lock an offset in the database. */
-int tdb_nest_lock(struct tdb_context *tdb, uint32_t offset, int ltype,
- enum tdb_lock_flags flags)
-{
- struct tdb_lock_type *new_lck;
-
- if (offset >= lock_offset(tdb->header.hash_size)) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_LOCK;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR,"tdb_lock: invalid offset %u for ltype=%d\n",
- offset, ltype));
- return -1;
- }
- if (tdb->flags & TDB_NOLOCK)
- return 0;
-
- new_lck = find_nestlock(tdb, offset);
- if (new_lck) {
- /*
- * Just increment the in-memory struct, posix locks
- * don't stack.
- */
- new_lck->count++;
- return 0;
- }
-
- new_lck = (struct tdb_lock_type *)realloc(
- tdb->lockrecs,
- sizeof(*tdb->lockrecs) * (tdb->num_lockrecs+1));
- if (new_lck == NULL) {
- errno = ENOMEM;
- return -1;
- }
- tdb->lockrecs = new_lck;
-
- /* Since fcntl locks don't nest, we do a lock for the first one,
- and simply bump the count for future ones */
- if (tdb_brlock(tdb, ltype, offset, 1, flags)) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- tdb->lockrecs[tdb->num_lockrecs].off = offset;
- tdb->lockrecs[tdb->num_lockrecs].count = 1;
- tdb->lockrecs[tdb->num_lockrecs].ltype = ltype;
- tdb->num_lockrecs++;
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int tdb_lock_and_recover(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- int ret;
-
- /* We need to match locking order in transaction commit. */
- if (tdb_brlock(tdb, F_WRLCK, FREELIST_TOP, 0, TDB_LOCK_WAIT)) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (tdb_brlock(tdb, F_WRLCK, OPEN_LOCK, 1, TDB_LOCK_WAIT)) {
- tdb_brunlock(tdb, F_WRLCK, FREELIST_TOP, 0);
- return -1;
- }
-
- ret = tdb_transaction_recover(tdb);
-
- tdb_brunlock(tdb, F_WRLCK, OPEN_LOCK, 1);
- tdb_brunlock(tdb, F_WRLCK, FREELIST_TOP, 0);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-static bool have_data_locks(const struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- unsigned int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < tdb->num_lockrecs; i++) {
- if (tdb->lockrecs[i].off >= lock_offset(-1))
- return true;
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-static int tdb_lock_list(struct tdb_context *tdb, int list, int ltype,
- enum tdb_lock_flags waitflag)
-{
- int ret;
- bool check = false;
-
- /* a allrecord lock allows us to avoid per chain locks */
- if (tdb->allrecord_lock.count &&
- (ltype == tdb->allrecord_lock.ltype || ltype == F_RDLCK)) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (tdb->allrecord_lock.count) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_LOCK;
- ret = -1;
- } else {
- /* Only check when we grab first data lock. */
- check = !have_data_locks(tdb);
- ret = tdb_nest_lock(tdb, lock_offset(list), ltype, waitflag);
-
- if (ret == 0 && check && tdb_needs_recovery(tdb)) {
- tdb_nest_unlock(tdb, lock_offset(list), ltype, false);
-
- if (tdb_lock_and_recover(tdb) == -1) {
- return -1;
- }
- return tdb_lock_list(tdb, list, ltype, waitflag);
- }
- }
- return ret;
-}
-
-/* lock a list in the database. list -1 is the alloc list */
-int tdb_lock(struct tdb_context *tdb, int list, int ltype)
-{
- int ret;
-
- ret = tdb_lock_list(tdb, list, ltype, TDB_LOCK_WAIT);
- if (ret) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR, "tdb_lock failed on list %d "
- "ltype=%d (%s)\n", list, ltype, strerror(errno)));
- }
- return ret;
-}
-
-/* lock a list in the database. list -1 is the alloc list. non-blocking lock */
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_lock_nonblock(struct tdb_context *tdb, int list, int ltype)
-{
- return tdb_lock_list(tdb, list, ltype, TDB_LOCK_NOWAIT);
-}
-
-
-int tdb_nest_unlock(struct tdb_context *tdb, uint32_t offset, int ltype,
- bool mark_lock)
-{
- int ret = -1;
- struct tdb_lock_type *lck;
-
- if (tdb->flags & TDB_NOLOCK)
- return 0;
-
- /* Sanity checks */
- if (offset >= lock_offset(tdb->header.hash_size)) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR, "tdb_unlock: offset %u invalid (%d)\n", offset, tdb->header.hash_size));
- return ret;
- }
-
- lck = find_nestlock(tdb, offset);
- if ((lck == NULL) || (lck->count == 0)) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR, "tdb_unlock: count is 0\n"));
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (lck->count > 1) {
- lck->count--;
- return 0;
- }
-
- /*
- * This lock has count==1 left, so we need to unlock it in the
- * kernel. We don't bother with decrementing the in-memory array
- * element, we're about to overwrite it with the last array element
- * anyway.
- */
-
- if (mark_lock) {
- ret = 0;
- } else {
- ret = tdb_brunlock(tdb, ltype, offset, 1);
- }
-
- /*
- * Shrink the array by overwriting the element just unlocked with the
- * last array element.
- */
- *lck = tdb->lockrecs[--tdb->num_lockrecs];
-
- /*
- * We don't bother with realloc when the array shrinks, but if we have
- * a completely idle tdb we should get rid of the locked array.
- */
-
- if (tdb->num_lockrecs == 0) {
- SAFE_FREE(tdb->lockrecs);
- }
-
- if (ret)
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR, "tdb_unlock: An error occurred unlocking!\n"));
- return ret;
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_unlock(struct tdb_context *tdb, int list, int ltype)
-{
- /* a global lock allows us to avoid per chain locks */
- if (tdb->allrecord_lock.count &&
- (ltype == tdb->allrecord_lock.ltype || ltype == F_RDLCK)) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (tdb->allrecord_lock.count) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_LOCK;
- return -1;
- }
-
- return tdb_nest_unlock(tdb, lock_offset(list), ltype, false);
-}
-
-/*
- get the transaction lock
- */
-int tdb_transaction_lock(struct tdb_context *tdb, int ltype,
- enum tdb_lock_flags lockflags)
-{
- return tdb_nest_lock(tdb, TRANSACTION_LOCK, ltype, lockflags);
-}
-
-/*
- release the transaction lock
- */
-int tdb_transaction_unlock(struct tdb_context *tdb, int ltype)
-{
- return tdb_nest_unlock(tdb, TRANSACTION_LOCK, ltype, false);
-}
-
-/* Returns 0 if all done, -1 if error, 1 if ok. */
-static int tdb_allrecord_check(struct tdb_context *tdb, int ltype,
- enum tdb_lock_flags flags, bool upgradable)
-{
- /* There are no locks on read-only dbs */
- if (tdb->read_only || tdb->traverse_read) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_LOCK;
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (tdb->allrecord_lock.count && tdb->allrecord_lock.ltype == ltype) {
- tdb->allrecord_lock.count++;
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (tdb->allrecord_lock.count) {
- /* a global lock of a different type exists */
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_LOCK;
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (tdb_have_extra_locks(tdb)) {
- /* can't combine global and chain locks */
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_LOCK;
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (upgradable && ltype != F_RDLCK) {
- /* tdb error: you can't upgrade a write lock! */
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_LOCK;
- return -1;
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* We only need to lock individual bytes, but Linux merges consecutive locks
- * so we lock in contiguous ranges. */
-static int tdb_chainlock_gradual(struct tdb_context *tdb,
- int ltype, enum tdb_lock_flags flags,
- size_t off, size_t len)
-{
- int ret;
- enum tdb_lock_flags nb_flags = (flags & ~TDB_LOCK_WAIT);
-
- if (len <= 4) {
- /* Single record. Just do blocking lock. */
- return tdb_brlock(tdb, ltype, off, len, flags);
- }
-
- /* First we try non-blocking. */
- ret = tdb_brlock(tdb, ltype, off, len, nb_flags);
- if (ret == 0) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- /* Try locking first half, then second. */
- ret = tdb_chainlock_gradual(tdb, ltype, flags, off, len / 2);
- if (ret == -1)
- return -1;
-
- ret = tdb_chainlock_gradual(tdb, ltype, flags,
- off + len / 2, len - len / 2);
- if (ret == -1) {
- tdb_brunlock(tdb, ltype, off, len / 2);
- return -1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* lock/unlock entire database. It can only be upgradable if you have some
- * other way of guaranteeing exclusivity (ie. transaction write lock).
- * We do the locking gradually to avoid being starved by smaller locks. */
-int tdb_allrecord_lock(struct tdb_context *tdb, int ltype,
- enum tdb_lock_flags flags, bool upgradable)
-{
- switch (tdb_allrecord_check(tdb, ltype, flags, upgradable)) {
- case -1:
- return -1;
- case 0:
- return 0;
- }
-
- /* We cover two kinds of locks:
- * 1) Normal chain locks. Taken for almost all operations.
- * 3) Individual records locks. Taken after normal or free
- * chain locks.
- *
- * It is (1) which cause the starvation problem, so we're only
- * gradual for that. */
- if (tdb_chainlock_gradual(tdb, ltype, flags, FREELIST_TOP,
- tdb->header.hash_size * 4) == -1) {
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* Grab individual record locks. */
- if (tdb_brlock(tdb, ltype, lock_offset(tdb->header.hash_size), 0,
- flags) == -1) {
- tdb_brunlock(tdb, ltype, FREELIST_TOP,
- tdb->header.hash_size * 4);
- return -1;
- }
-
- tdb->allrecord_lock.count = 1;
- /* If it's upgradable, it's actually exclusive so we can treat
- * it as a write lock. */
- tdb->allrecord_lock.ltype = upgradable ? F_WRLCK : ltype;
- tdb->allrecord_lock.off = upgradable;
-
- if (tdb_needs_recovery(tdb)) {
- bool mark = flags & TDB_LOCK_MARK_ONLY;
- tdb_allrecord_unlock(tdb, ltype, mark);
- if (mark) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_LOCK;
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR,
- "tdb_lockall_mark cannot do recovery\n"));
- return -1;
- }
- if (tdb_lock_and_recover(tdb) == -1) {
- return -1;
- }
- return tdb_allrecord_lock(tdb, ltype, flags, upgradable);
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-
-/* unlock entire db */
-int tdb_allrecord_unlock(struct tdb_context *tdb, int ltype, bool mark_lock)
-{
- /* There are no locks on read-only dbs */
- if (tdb->read_only || tdb->traverse_read) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_LOCK;
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (tdb->allrecord_lock.count == 0) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_LOCK;
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* Upgradable locks are marked as write locks. */
- if (tdb->allrecord_lock.ltype != ltype
- && (!tdb->allrecord_lock.off || ltype != F_RDLCK)) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_LOCK;
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (tdb->allrecord_lock.count > 1) {
- tdb->allrecord_lock.count--;
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (!mark_lock && tdb_brunlock(tdb, ltype, FREELIST_TOP, 0)) {
- TDB_LOG((tdb, TDB_DEBUG_ERROR, "tdb_unlockall failed (%s)\n", strerror(errno)));
- return -1;
- }
-
- tdb->allrecord_lock.count = 0;
- tdb->allrecord_lock.ltype = 0;
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* lock entire database with write lock */
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_lockall(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- tdb_trace(tdb, "tdb_lockall");
- return tdb_allrecord_lock(tdb, F_WRLCK, TDB_LOCK_WAIT, false);
-}
-
-/* lock entire database with write lock - mark only */
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_lockall_mark(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- tdb_trace(tdb, "tdb_lockall_mark");
- return tdb_allrecord_lock(tdb, F_WRLCK, TDB_LOCK_MARK_ONLY, false);
-}
-
-/* unlock entire database with write lock - unmark only */
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_lockall_unmark(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- tdb_trace(tdb, "tdb_lockall_unmark");
- return tdb_allrecord_unlock(tdb, F_WRLCK, true);
-}
-
-/* lock entire database with write lock - nonblocking varient */
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_lockall_nonblock(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- int ret = tdb_allrecord_lock(tdb, F_WRLCK, TDB_LOCK_NOWAIT, false);
- tdb_trace_ret(tdb, "tdb_lockall_nonblock", ret);
- return ret;
-}
-
-/* unlock entire database with write lock */
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_unlockall(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- tdb_trace(tdb, "tdb_unlockall");
- return tdb_allrecord_unlock(tdb, F_WRLCK, false);
-}
-
-/* lock entire database with read lock */
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_lockall_read(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- tdb_trace(tdb, "tdb_lockall_read");
- return tdb_allrecord_lock(tdb, F_RDLCK, TDB_LOCK_WAIT, false);
-}
-
-/* lock entire database with read lock - nonblock varient */
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_lockall_read_nonblock(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- int ret = tdb_allrecord_lock(tdb, F_RDLCK, TDB_LOCK_NOWAIT, false);
- tdb_trace_ret(tdb, "tdb_lockall_read_nonblock", ret);
- return ret;
-}
-
-/* unlock entire database with read lock */
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_unlockall_read(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- tdb_trace(tdb, "tdb_unlockall_read");
- return tdb_allrecord_unlock(tdb, F_RDLCK, false);
-}
-
-/* lock/unlock one hash chain. This is meant to be used to reduce
- contention - it cannot guarantee how many records will be locked */
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_chainlock(struct tdb_context *tdb, TDB_DATA key)
-{
- int ret = tdb_lock(tdb, BUCKET(tdb->hash_fn(&key)), F_WRLCK);
- tdb_trace_1rec(tdb, "tdb_chainlock", key);
- return ret;
-}
-
-/* lock/unlock one hash chain, non-blocking. This is meant to be used
- to reduce contention - it cannot guarantee how many records will be
- locked */
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_chainlock_nonblock(struct tdb_context *tdb, TDB_DATA key)
-{
- int ret = tdb_lock_nonblock(tdb, BUCKET(tdb->hash_fn(&key)), F_WRLCK);
- tdb_trace_1rec_ret(tdb, "tdb_chainlock_nonblock", key, ret);
- return ret;
-}
-
-/* mark a chain as locked without actually locking it. Warning! use with great caution! */
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_chainlock_mark(struct tdb_context *tdb, TDB_DATA key)
-{
- int ret = tdb_nest_lock(tdb, lock_offset(BUCKET(tdb->hash_fn(&key))),
- F_WRLCK, TDB_LOCK_MARK_ONLY);
- tdb_trace_1rec(tdb, "tdb_chainlock_mark", key);
- return ret;
-}
-
-/* unmark a chain as locked without actually locking it. Warning! use with great caution! */
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_chainlock_unmark(struct tdb_context *tdb, TDB_DATA key)
-{
- tdb_trace_1rec(tdb, "tdb_chainlock_unmark", key);
- return tdb_nest_unlock(tdb, lock_offset(BUCKET(tdb->hash_fn(&key))),
- F_WRLCK, true);
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_chainunlock(struct tdb_context *tdb, TDB_DATA key)
-{
- tdb_trace_1rec(tdb, "tdb_chainunlock", key);
- return tdb_unlock(tdb, BUCKET(tdb->hash_fn(&key)), F_WRLCK);
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_chainlock_read(struct tdb_context *tdb, TDB_DATA key)
-{
- int ret;
- ret = tdb_lock(tdb, BUCKET(tdb->hash_fn(&key)), F_RDLCK);
- tdb_trace_1rec(tdb, "tdb_chainlock_read", key);
- return ret;
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_chainunlock_read(struct tdb_context *tdb, TDB_DATA key)
-{
- tdb_trace_1rec(tdb, "tdb_chainunlock_read", key);
- return tdb_unlock(tdb, BUCKET(tdb->hash_fn(&key)), F_RDLCK);
-}
-
-/* record lock stops delete underneath */
-int tdb_lock_record(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t off)
-{
- if (tdb->allrecord_lock.count) {
- return 0;
- }
- return off ? tdb_brlock(tdb, F_RDLCK, off, 1, TDB_LOCK_WAIT) : 0;
-}
-
-/*
- Write locks override our own fcntl readlocks, so check it here.
- Note this is meant to be F_SETLK, *not* F_SETLKW, as it's not
- an error to fail to get the lock here.
-*/
-int tdb_write_lock_record(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t off)
-{
- struct tdb_traverse_lock *i;
- for (i = &tdb->travlocks; i; i = i->next)
- if (i->off == off)
- return -1;
- if (tdb->allrecord_lock.count) {
- if (tdb->allrecord_lock.ltype == F_WRLCK) {
- return 0;
- }
- return -1;
- }
- return tdb_brlock(tdb, F_WRLCK, off, 1, TDB_LOCK_NOWAIT|TDB_LOCK_PROBE);
-}
-
-int tdb_write_unlock_record(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t off)
-{
- if (tdb->allrecord_lock.count) {
- return 0;
- }
- return tdb_brunlock(tdb, F_WRLCK, off, 1);
-}
-
-/* fcntl locks don't stack: avoid unlocking someone else's */
-int tdb_unlock_record(struct tdb_context *tdb, tdb_off_t off)
-{
- struct tdb_traverse_lock *i;
- uint32_t count = 0;
-
- if (tdb->allrecord_lock.count) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (off == 0)
- return 0;
- for (i = &tdb->travlocks; i; i = i->next)
- if (i->off == off)
- count++;
- return (count == 1 ? tdb_brunlock(tdb, F_RDLCK, off, 1) : 0);
-}
-
-bool tdb_have_extra_locks(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- unsigned int extra = tdb->num_lockrecs;
-
- /* A transaction holds the lock for all records. */
- if (!tdb->transaction && tdb->allrecord_lock.count) {
- return true;
- }
-
- /* We always hold the active lock if CLEAR_IF_FIRST. */
- if (find_nestlock(tdb, ACTIVE_LOCK)) {
- extra--;
- }
-
- /* In a transaction, we expect to hold the transaction lock */
- if (tdb->transaction && find_nestlock(tdb, TRANSACTION_LOCK)) {
- extra--;
- }
-
- return extra;
-}
-
-/* The transaction code uses this to remove all locks. */
-void tdb_release_transaction_locks(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- unsigned int i, active = 0;
-
- if (tdb->allrecord_lock.count != 0) {
- tdb_brunlock(tdb, tdb->allrecord_lock.ltype, FREELIST_TOP, 0);
- tdb->allrecord_lock.count = 0;
- }
-
- for (i=0;i<tdb->num_lockrecs;i++) {
- struct tdb_lock_type *lck = &tdb->lockrecs[i];
-
- /* Don't release the active lock! Copy it to first entry. */
- if (lck->off == ACTIVE_LOCK) {
- tdb->lockrecs[active++] = *lck;
- } else {
- tdb_brunlock(tdb, lck->ltype, lck->off, 1);
- }
- }
- tdb->num_lockrecs = active;
- if (tdb->num_lockrecs == 0) {
- SAFE_FREE(tdb->lockrecs);
- }
-}
-
-/* Following functions are added specifically to support CTDB. */
-
-/* Don't do actual fcntl locking, just mark tdb locked */
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_transaction_write_lock_mark(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- return tdb_transaction_lock(tdb, F_WRLCK, TDB_LOCK_MARK_ONLY);
-}
-
-/* Don't do actual fcntl unlocking, just mark tdb unlocked */
-_PUBLIC_ int tdb_transaction_write_lock_unmark(struct tdb_context *tdb)
-{
- return tdb_nest_unlock(tdb, TRANSACTION_LOCK, F_WRLCK, true);
-}
diff --git a/lib/tdb/common/open.c b/lib/tdb/common/open.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8836f84..0000000
--- a/lib/tdb/common/open.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,647 +0,0 @@
- /*
- Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-
- trivial database library
-
- Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1999-2005
- Copyright (C) Paul `Rusty' Russell 2000
- Copyright (C) Jeremy Allison 2000-2003
-
- ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the tdb
- ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
- ** under the LGPL
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#include "tdb_private.h"
-
-/* all contexts, to ensure no double-opens (fcntl locks don't nest!) */
-static struct tdb_context *tdbs = NULL;
-
-/* We use two hashes to double-check they're using the right hash function. */
-void tdb_header_hash(struct tdb_context *tdb,
- uint32_t *magic1_hash, uint32_t *magic2_hash)
-{
- TDB_DATA hash_key;
- uint32_t tdb_magic = TDB_MAGIC;
-
- hash_key.dptr = discard_const_p(unsigned char, TDB_MAGIC_FOOD);
- hash_key.dsize = sizeof(TDB_MAGIC_FOOD);
- *magic1_hash = tdb->hash_fn(&hash_key);
-
- hash_key.dptr = (unsigned char *)CONVERT(tdb_magic);
- hash_key.dsize = sizeof(tdb_magic);
- *magic2_hash = tdb->hash_fn(&hash_key);
-
- /* Make sure at least one hash is non-zero! */
- if (*magic1_hash == 0 && *magic2_hash == 0)
- *magic1_hash = 1;
-}
-
-/* initialise a new database with a specified hash size */
-static int tdb_new_database(struct tdb_context *tdb, int hash_size)
-{
- struct tdb_header *newdb;
- size_t size;
- int ret = -1;
-
- /* We make it up in memory, then write it out if not internal */
- size = sizeof(struct tdb_header) + (hash_size+1)*sizeof(tdb_off_t);
- if (!(newdb = (struct tdb_header *)calloc(size, 1))) {
- tdb->ecode = TDB_ERR_OOM;
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* Fill in the header */
- newdb->version = TDB_VERSION;
- newdb->hash_size = hash_size;
-
- tdb_header_hash(tdb, &newdb->magic1_hash, &newdb->magic2_hash);
-
- /* Make sure older tdbs (which don't check the magic hash fields)
- * will refuse to open this TDB. */
- if (tdb->flags & TDB_INCOMPATIBLE_HASH)
- newdb->rwlocks = TDB_HASH_RWLOCK_MAGIC;
-
- if (tdb->flags & TDB_INTERNAL) {
- tdb->map_size = size;
- tdb->map_ptr = (char *)newdb;
- memcpy(&tdb->header, newdb, sizeof(tdb->header));
- /* Convert the `ondisk' version if asked. */
- CONVERT(*newdb);
- return 0;
- }
- if (lseek(tdb->fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1)
- goto fail;
-
- if (ftruncate(tdb->fd, 0) == -1)
- goto fail;
-
- /* This creates an endian-converted header, as if read from disk */
- CONVERT(*newdb);
- memcpy(&tdb->header, newdb, sizeof(tdb->header));
- /* Don't endian-convert the magic food! */
- memcpy(newdb->magic_food, TDB_MAGIC_FOOD, strlen(TDB_MAGIC_FOOD)+1);
- /* we still have "ret == -1" here */
- if (tdb_write_all(tdb->fd, newdb, size))
- ret = 0;
-
- fail:
- SAFE_FREE(newdb);
- return ret;
-}
-
-
-
-static int tdb_already_open(dev_t device,
- ino_t ino)
-{
- struct tdb_context *i;
-
- for (i = tdbs; i; i = i->next) {
- if (i->device == device && i->inode == ino) {
- return 1;
- }
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* open the database, creatin